Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 5, 2015


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F


o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-16429



ABB Ltd
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Switzerland
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Affolternstrasse 44
CH-8050 Zurich
Switzerland

(Address of principal executive offices)

Richard A. Brown
Affolternstrasse 44
CH-8050 Zurich
Switzerland
Telephone: +41-43-317-7111
Facsimile: +41-43-317-7992

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

           Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares,
each representing one Registered Share
  New York Stock Exchange
Registered Shares, par value CHF 1.03   New York Stock Exchange*



           Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

           Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

           Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 2,314,743,264 Registered Shares (including treasury shares)



           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

           If this is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  o     No  ý

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o

           Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP  ý

           International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o Other o

           If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. item 17  o     item 18  o

           If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý


*
Listed on the New York Stock Exchange not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

PART I

    3  

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

    3  

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

    3  

Item 3.

 

Key Information

    3  

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

    15  

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    31  

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

    31  

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

    79  

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

    123  

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

    123  

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

    124  

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

    125  

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    137  

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

    139  

PART II

    140  

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

    140  

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

    140  

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

    140  

Item 15T.

 

Controls and Procedures

    141  

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

    141  

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

    141  

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    141  

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

    142  

Item 16E.

 

Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

    142  

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

    143  

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

    143  

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

    143  

PART III

    143  

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

    143  

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

    143  

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

    144  

i


Table of Contents


INTRODUCTION

        ABB Ltd is a corporation organized under the laws of Switzerland. In this Annual Report, "the ABB Group," "ABB," the "Company," "we," "our" and "us" refer to ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise requires). We also use these terms to refer to ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd and its subsidiaries prior to the establishment of ABB Ltd as the holding company for the entire ABB Group in 1999, as described in this Annual Report under "Item 4. Information on the Company—Introduction—History of the ABB Group". Our American Depositary Shares (each representing one registered share of ABB Ltd) are referred to as "ADSs". The registered shares of ABB Ltd are referred to as "shares". Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41-43-317-7111.


FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

        The Consolidated Financial Statements of ABB Ltd, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 (our Consolidated Financial Statements) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). ABB Ltd has separately prepared its statutory unconsolidated financial statements in accordance with the Swiss Code of Obligations.

        In this Annual Report: (i) "$," "U.S. dollar" and "USD" refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; (ii) "CHF" and "Swiss franc" refer to the lawful currency of Switzerland; (iii) "EUR" and "euro" refer to the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union (Eurozone); (iv) "SEK" and "Swedish krona" refer to the lawful currency of Sweden; (v) "Chinese renminbi" refers to the lawful currency of the People's Republic of China; (vi) "AED" refers to the lawful currency of the United Arab Emirates; (vii) "AUD" and "Australian dollar" refer to the lawful currency of Australia; (viii) "Canadian dollar" refers to the lawful currency of Canada; and (ix) "INR" and "Indian Rupee" refer to the lawful currency of India.

        Except as otherwise stated, all monetary amounts in this Annual Report are presented in U.S. dollars. Where specifically indicated, amounts in Swiss francs have been translated into U.S. dollars. These translations are provided for convenience only, and they are not representations that the Swiss franc could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated. These translations have been made using the twelve o'clock buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2014, unless otherwise indicated. The twelve o'clock buying rate for Swiss francs on December 31, 2014, was $1.00 = CHF 0.9934. The twelve o'clock buying rate for Swiss francs on February 27, 2015, was $1.00 = CHF 0.9513.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms "believes," "estimates," "anticipates," "expects," "intends," "may," "will," or "should" or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, dispositions, strategies and the countries and industries in which we operate.

        These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to the following:

1


Table of Contents

        By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, may differ materially from those described in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are contained in cautionary statements in this Annual Report and include, without limitation, the following:

2


Table of Contents

        We urge you to read the sections of this Annual Report entitled "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors," "Item 4. Information on the Company" and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the countries and industries in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking circumstances described in this Annual Report and the assumptions underlying them may not occur.

        Except as required by law or applicable stock exchange rules or regulations, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.


PART I

Item 1.    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

        Not applicable

Item 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

        Not applicable

Item 3.    Key Information

3


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents our selected financial and operating information at the dates and for each of the periods indicated. You should read the following information together with the information contained in "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," as well as our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Our selected financial data are presented in the following tables in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been derived from our published Consolidated Financial Statements. Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, were audited by Ernst & Young AG.

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:

($ in millions, except per share data in $)
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  

Total revenues

    39,830     41,848     39,336     37,990     31,589  

Total cost of sales

    (28,615 )   (29,856 )   (27,958 )   (26,556 )   (22,060 )

Gross profit

    11,215     11,992     11,378     11,434     9,529  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (6,067 )   (6,094 )   (5,756 )   (5,373 )   (4,615 )

Non-order related research and development expenses

    (1,499 )   (1,470 )   (1,464 )   (1,371 )   (1,082 )

Other income (expense), net

    529     (41 )   (100 )   (23 )   (14 )

Income from operations

    4,178     4,387     4,058     4,667     3,818  

Interest and dividend income

    80     69     73     90     95  

Interest and other finance expense

    (362 )   (390 )   (293 )   (207 )   (173 )

Income from continuing operations before taxes

    3,896     4,066     3,838     4,550     3,740  

Provision for taxes

    (1,202 )   (1,122 )   (1,030 )   (1,244 )   (1,018 )

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,694     2,944     2,808     3,306     2,722  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    24     (37 )   4     9     10  

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812     3,315     2,732  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (124 )   (120 )   (108 )   (147 )   (171 )

Net income attributable to ABB

    2,594     2,787     2,704     3,168     2,561  

Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,570     2,824     2,700     3,159     2,551  

Net income

    2,594     2,787     2,704     3,168     2,561  

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

                               

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18     1.38     1.12  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18     1.38     1.12  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

                               

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18     1.38     1.11  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18     1.38     1.12  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) used to compute:

                               

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

    2,288     2,297     2,293     2,288     2,287  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

    2,295     2,305     2,295     2,291     2,291  

4


Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  

Cash and equivalents

    5,443     6,021     6,875     4,819     5,897  

Marketable securities and short-term investments

    1,325     464     1,606     948     2,713  

Total assets

    44,878     48,064     49,070     39,648     36,295  

Long-term debt (excluding current maturities of long-term debt)

    7,338     7,570     7,534     3,231     1,139  

Total debt (1)

    7,691     8,023     10,071     3,996     2,182  

Capital stock and additional paid-in capital

    1,777     1,750     1,691     1,621     1,454  

Total stockholders' equity (including noncontrolling interests)

    16,815     19,208     17,446     16,336     15,458  

CASH FLOW DATA:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,845     3,653     3,779     3,612     4,197  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,121 )   (717 )   (5,575 )   (3,253 )   (2,747 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,024 )   (3,856 )   3,762     (1,208 )   (2,530 )

(1)
Total debt is equal to the sum of short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt) and long-term debt.


DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Payment of dividends is subject to general business conditions, ABB's current and expected financial condition and performance and other relevant factors including growth opportunities. ABB's current dividend policy is to pay a steadily rising, sustainable annual dividend over time.

        The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. As a holding company, ABB Ltd's main sources of income are dividend and interest from its subsidiaries.

        At December 31, 2014, of the CHF 9,651 million total stockholders' equity recorded in ABB Ltd's unconsolidated statutory financial statements, CHF 2,384 million represented share capital, CHF 8,446 million was attributable to reserves and a reduction in equity of CHF 1,179 million represented own shares (treasury stock). CHF 6,790 million of the legal reserves are unrestricted and available for distribution.

        With respect to the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, ABB Ltd paid a dividend of CHF 0.60 (USD 0.69) per share, CHF 0.65 (USD 0.69) per share, CHF 0.68 (USD 0.71) per share, and CHF 0.70 (USD 0.79) per share, respectively. The USD amounts for each of the foregoing dividend payments made in CHF have been translated using the average rates of the month in which the dividends were paid.

        With respect to the year ended December 31, 2014, ABB Ltd's Board of Directors has proposed to distribute a total of CHF 0.72 per share to shareholders, comprising of a dividend of CHF 0.55 paid out of ABB Ltd's capital contribution reserves and a distribution of CHF 0.17 by way of a nominal value reduction (reduction in the par value of each share by CHF 0.17 from CHF 1.03 to CHF 0.86). These distributions are subject to approval by shareholders at ABB Ltd's 2015 Annual General Meeting (AGM).

5


Table of Contents

        For further information on dividends and dividend policy see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders' participation—Shareholders' dividend rights".


RISK FACTORS

         You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report and the following description of risks and uncertainties that we currently believe may exist. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks of which we are unaware or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See "Forward-Looking Statements".

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the volatile global economic environment and political conditions.

        Adverse changes in economic or political conditions as well as concerns about global health pandemics, terrorist activities and the longevity of the euro, both inside and outside the U.S., could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Economic volatility and financial market disruptions may adversely impact the demand for our products and services. These and other factors may prevent our customers and suppliers from obtaining the financing required to pursue their business activities as planned, which may force them to modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase or supply our products or services. In addition, if our customers do not generate sufficient revenue, or fail to obtain access to the capital markets, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, the amounts they owe us. Customers with liquidity issues may lead to additional bad debt expense for us, which may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. We are also subject to the risk that the counterparties to our credit agreements and hedging transactions may go bankrupt if they suffer catastrophic demand on their liquidity that prevents them from fulfilling their contractual obligations to us.

        Apart from effects relating to the financial crisis and the global economic slowdown that it entailed, our business environment is influenced by numerous other economic or political uncertainties which will affect the global economy and the international capital markets. In periods of slow economic growth or decline, our customers are more likely to decrease expenditures on the types of products and systems we supply and we are more likely to experience decreased revenues as a result. Our power and automation divisions are affected by the level of investments in the markets that we serve, principally utilities, industry and transport and infrastructure. At various times during the last several years, we also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines in certain businesses, reflecting the effect of items such as competitive pricing pressures, inventory write-downs, charges associated with the cancellation of planned expansion, increases in pension and postretirement benefit expenses, and increases in component and manufacturing costs resulting from higher labor and material costs borne by our manufacturers and suppliers that, as a result of competitive pricing pressures or other factors, we are unable to pass on to our customers. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses. Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments.

        In addition, we are subject to the risks that our business operations in or with certain countries may be adversely affected by trade or economic sanctions or other restrictions imposed on these countries and that actual or potential investors that object to these business operations may adversely affect the price of our shares by disposing of, or deciding not to, purchase our shares. These countries may from time to time include countries that are identified by the United States as state sponsors of terrorism. In 2014, our total revenues from business with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism represented a very small percentage of our total revenues. Based on the

6


Table of Contents

amount of revenues and other relevant quantitative and qualitative factors, we have determined that our business in 2014 with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism was not material.

Illegal behavior by any of our employees or agents could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows, and financial position as well as on our reputation and our ability to do business.

        Certain of our employees or agents have taken, and may in the future take, actions that violate or are alleged to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA), legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, applicable antitrust laws and other applicable laws or regulations. For more information regarding investigations of past actions taken by certain of our employees, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings". Such actions have resulted, and in the future could result, in governmental investigations, enforcement actions, civil and criminal penalties, including monetary penalties and other sanctions, and civil litigation. It is possible that any governmental investigation or enforcement action arising from such matters could conclude that a violation of applicable law has occurred and the consequences of any such investigation or enforcement action may have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows and financial position. In addition, such actions, whether actual or alleged, could damage our reputation and ability to do business.

        Further, detecting, investigating and resolving such actions could be expensive and could consume significant time and attention of our senior management. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our internal control systems have not been, and in the future may not be, completely effective to prevent and detect such improper activities by our employees and agents.

Our operations in emerging markets expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.

        A significant amount of our operations is conducted in the emerging markets in South America, Asia, and the Middle East and Africa. In 2014, approximately 45 percent of our consolidated revenues were generated from these emerging markets. Operations in emerging markets can present risks that are not encountered in countries with well-established economic and political systems, including:

    economic instability, which could make it difficult for us to anticipate future business conditions in these markets, cause delays in the placement of orders for projects that we have been awarded and subject us to volatile geographic markets,

    political or social instability, such as the recent political unrest in Russia and Ukraine, which could make our customers less willing to make cross-border investments in such regions and could complicate our dealings with governments regarding permits or other regulatory matters, local businesses and workforces,

    boycotts and embargoes that may be imposed by the international community on countries in which we operate could adversely affect the ability of our operations in those countries to obtain the materials necessary to fulfill contracts and our ability to pursue business or establish operations in those countries,

    foreign state takeovers of our facilities,

    significant fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates,

7


Table of Contents

    the imposition of unexpected taxes or other payments on our revenues in these markets,

    the ability to obtain financing and/or insurance coverage from export credit agencies, and

    the introduction of exchange controls and other restrictions by foreign governments.

        Additionally, political and social instability resulting from increased violence in certain countries in which we do business has raised concerns about the safety of our personnel. These concerns may hinder our ability to send personnel abroad and to hire and retain local personnel. Such concerns may require us to increase security for personnel traveling to such facilities or to conduct more operations from our other facilities rather than from facilities located in such countries, which may negatively impact our operations and result in higher costs and inefficiencies.

        In addition, the legal and regulatory systems of many emerging market countries are less developed and less well-enforced than in industrialized countries. Therefore, our ability to protect our contractual and other legal rights in these countries could be limited. Consequently, our exposure to the conditions in or affecting emerging markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Undertaking long-term, fixed price or turnkey projects exposes our businesses to risk of loss should our actual costs exceed our estimated or budgeted costs.

        We derive a portion of our revenues from long-term, fixed price or turnkey projects that are awarded on a competitive basis and can take many months, or even years, to complete. Such contracts involve substantial risks, including the possibility that we may underbid and the fact that we typically assume substantially all of the risks associated with completing the project and the post-completion warranty obligations. These risks include the project's technical risk, meaning that we must tailor our products and systems to satisfy the technical requirements of a project even though, at the time we are awarded the project, we may not have previously produced such a product or system. The revenue, cost and gross profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original projections because of changes in conditions, including but not limited to:

    unanticipated technical problems with the equipment being supplied or developed by us which may require us to incur incremental expenses to remedy the problem,

    changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,

    difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,

    project modifications that create unanticipated costs,

    delays caused by force majeure or local weather and geological conditions, including natural disasters,

    customer delays,

    shortages of construction equipment,

    changes in law or government policy,

    supply bottlenecks, especially of key components, and

    suppliers', subcontractors' or consortium partners' failure to perform.

        These risks are exacerbated if the duration of the project is extended because then there is an increased risk that the circumstances upon which we originally bid and quoted a price change in a manner that increases our costs. In addition, we sometimes bear the risk of delays caused by unexpected conditions or events. Our project contracts often make us subject to penalties if we cannot

8


Table of Contents

complete portions of the project in accordance with agreed-upon time limits and guaranteed performance levels.

We operate in very competitive markets and could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes.

        We operate in very competitive markets in particular with respect to product performance, developing integrated systems and applications that address the business challenges faced by our customers, pricing, new product introduction time and customer service. The relative importance of these factors differs across the geographic markets and product areas that we serve. The markets for our products and services are characterized by evolving industry standards (particularly for our automation technology products and systems), rapidly changing technology and increased competition as a result of privatization (particularly for our power products and systems). For example, as power transmission and distribution providers throughout the world have been undergoing substantial privatization, their need has increased for timely product and service innovations that increase efficiency and allow them to compete in a deregulated environment. Additionally, the continual development of advanced technologies for new products and product enhancements is an important way in which we maintain acceptable pricing levels. If we fail to keep pace with technological changes in the industrial sectors that we serve, we may experience price erosion and lower margins.

        All of our primary competitors are sophisticated companies with significant resources that may develop products and services that are superior to our products and services or may adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, industry changes or evolving customer requirements. We are also facing increased competition from low cost competitors in emerging markets, which may give rise to increased pressure to reduce our prices. Our failure to anticipate or respond quickly to technological developments or customer requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our multi-national operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

        Exchange rate fluctuations have had, and could continue to have, a material impact on our operating results, the comparability of our results between periods, the value of assets or liabilities as recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the price of our securities. The global financial crisis has led to increased volatility in exchange rates, which makes it harder to predict exchange rates and perform accurate financial planning. Changes in exchange rates can unpredictably and adversely affect our consolidated operating results and could result in exchange losses.

        Currency Translation Risk.     The results of operations and financial position of most of our non-U.S. companies are initially recorded in the currency, which we call "local currency," of the country in which the respective company resides. That financial information is then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The exchange rates between local currencies and the U.S. dollar can fluctuate substantially, which could have a significant translation effect on our reported consolidated results of operations and financial position.

        Increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar versus local currencies will affect the reported value of our local currency assets, liabilities, revenues and costs in our Consolidated Financial Statements, even if the value of these items has not changed in local currency terms. These translations could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position from period to period.

        Currency Transaction Risk.     Currency risk exposure also affects our operations when our sales are denominated in currencies that are different from those in which our manufacturing or sourcing costs are incurred. In this case, if after the parties agree on a price, the value of the currency in which the

9


Table of Contents

price is to be paid were to weaken relative to the currency in which we incur manufacturing or sourcing costs, there would be a negative impact on the profit margin for any such transaction. This transaction risk may exist regardless of whether or not there is also a currency translation risk as described above.

        Currency exchange rate fluctuations in those currencies in which we incur our principal manufacturing expenses or sourcing costs may adversely affect our ability to compete with companies whose costs are incurred in other currencies. If our principal expense currencies appreciate in value against such other currencies, our competitiveness may be weakened.

Our hedging activities may not protect us against the consequences of significant fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices on our earnings and cash flows.

        Our policy is to hedge material currency exposures by entering into offsetting transactions with third-party financial institutions. Given the effective horizons of our risk management activities and the anticipatory nature of the exposures intended to be hedged, there can be no assurance that our currency hedging activities will fully offset the adverse financial impact resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. In addition, the timing of the accounting for recognition of gains and losses related to a hedging instrument may not coincide with the timing of gains and losses related to the underlying economic exposures.

        As a resource-intensive operation, we are exposed to a variety of market and asset risks, including the effects of changes in commodity prices and interest rates. We monitor and manage these exposures as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects on our business. As part of our effort to manage these exposures, we may enter into commodity price and interest rate hedging arrangements. Nevertheless, changes in commodity prices and interest rates cannot always be predicted or hedged.

        If we are unable to successfully manage the risk of changes in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices or if our hedging counterparties are unable to perform their obligations under our hedging agreements with them, then changes in these rates and prices could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials may adversely affect our financial performance.

        We purchase large amounts of commodity-based raw materials, including steel, copper, aluminum and oil. Prevailing prices for such commodities are subject to fluctuations due to changes in supply and demand and a variety of additional factors beyond our control, such as global political and economic conditions. Historically, prices for some of these raw materials have been volatile and unpredictable, and such volatility is expected to continue. Therefore, commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in raw material costs, and we may be unable to increase our prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volumes, revenues or operating income. We do not fully hedge against changes in commodity prices and our hedging procedures may not work as planned.

        We depend on third parties to supply raw materials and other components and may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of these materials and components, which could limit our ability to manufacture products on a timely basis and could harm our profitability. For some raw materials and components, we rely on a single supplier or a small number of suppliers. If one of these suppliers were unable to provide us with a raw material or component we need, our ability to manufacture some of our products could be adversely affected until we are able to establish a new supply arrangement. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our suppliers are unable to deliver sufficient quantities of materials on a timely basis, the manufacture and sale of our products may be disrupted, we might have obligations under our performance guarantees and our sales and profitability could be materially adversely affected.

10


Table of Contents

An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

        Our intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses. We generate, maintain, utilize and enforce a substantial portfolio of trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights globally. Intellectual property protection is subject to applicable laws in various local jurisdictions where interpretations and protections vary or can be unpredictable and costly to enforce. We use our intellectual property rights to protect the goodwill of our products, promote our product recognition, protect our proprietary technology and development activities, enhance our competitiveness and otherwise support our business goals and objectives. However, there can be no assurance that the steps we take to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate. Our intellectual property rights may fail to provide us with significant competitive advantages, particularly in foreign jurisdictions that do not have, or do not enforce, strong intellectual property rights. The weakening of protection of our trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

Many of our contracts contain performance obligations that require innovative design capabilities, are technologically complex, require state-of-the-art manufacturing expertise or are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control. Failure to meet these obligations could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.

        We design, develop and manufacture technologically advanced and innovative products and services applied by our customers in a variety of environments. Problems and delays in our development or delivery of products or services as a result of issues with respect to design, technology, licensing and patent rights, labor, learning curve assumptions or materials and components could prevent us from achieving contractual requirements.

        In addition, our products cannot be tested and proven in all situations and are otherwise subject to unforeseen problems. Examples of unforeseen problems that could negatively affect revenue and profitability include premature failure of products that cannot be accessed for repair or replacement, problems with quality, country of origin, delivery of subcontractor components or services and unplanned degradation of product performance. Among the factors that may affect revenue and profits could be unforeseen costs and expenses not covered by insurance or indemnification from the customer, diversion of management focus in responding to unforeseen problems, loss of follow-on work, and, in the case of certain contracts, repayment to the customer of contract cost and fee payments we previously received as well as potential damages, which may significantly exceed the contract price.

Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers.

        Competitors in the industries in which we operate are consolidating. In particular, the automation industry is undergoing consolidation that is reducing the number but increasing the size of companies that compete with us. As our competitors consolidate, they likely will increase their market share, gain economies of scale that enhance their ability to compete with us and/or acquire additional products and technologies that could displace our product offerings.

        Our customer base also is undergoing consolidation. Consolidation within our customers' industries (such as the marine and cruise industry, the automotive, aluminum, steel, pulp and paper and pharmaceutical industries and the oil and gas industry) could affect our customers and their relationships with us. If one of our competitors' customers acquires any of our customers, we may lose that business. Additionally, as our customers become larger and more concentrated, they could exert pricing pressure on all suppliers, including us. For example, in an industry such as power transmission, which historically has consisted of large and concentrated customers such as utilities, price competition can be a factor in determining which products and services will be selected by a customer.

11


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We incur costs to comply with such regulations, and our ongoing operations may expose us to environmental liabilities.

        Our operations are subject to U.S., European and other laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Our manufacturing facilities use and produce paint residues, solvents, metals, oils and related residues. We use petroleum-based insulation in transformers, polyvinylchloride (PVC) resin to manufacture PVC cable and chloroparaffin as a flame retardant. We have manufactured and sold, and we are using in some of our factories, certain types of transformers and capacitors containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). These are considered to be hazardous substances in many jurisdictions in which we operate. We may be subject to substantial liabilities for environmental contamination arising from the use of such substances. All of our manufacturing operations are subject to ongoing compliance costs in respect of environmental matters and the associated capital expenditure requirements.

        In addition, we may be subject to significant fines and penalties if we do not comply with environmental laws and regulations including those referred to above. Some environmental laws provide for joint and several or strict liability for remediation of releases of hazardous substances, which could result in us incurring a liability for environmental damage without regard to our negligence or fault. Such laws and regulations could expose us to liability arising out of the conduct of operations or conditions caused by others, or for our acts which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time the acts were performed. Additionally, we may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Changes in the environmental laws and regulations, or claims for damages to persons, property, natural resources or the environment, could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us.

We may be the subject of product liability claims.

        We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by the design, manufacture or operation of our products and systems. Additionally, we may be subject to product liability claims for the improper installation of products and systems designed and manufactured by others.

        Product liability claims brought against us may be based in tort or in contract, and typically involve claims seeking compensation for personal injury or property damage. If the claimant runs a commercial business, claims are often made also for financial losses arising from interruption of operations. Based on the nature and application of many of the products we manufacture, a defect or alleged defect in one of these products could have serious consequences. For example:

    If the products produced by our power technology divisions are defective, there is a risk of fires, explosions and power surges, and significant damage to electricity generating, transmission and distribution facilities as well as electrical shock causing injury or death.

    If the products produced by our automation technology divisions are defective, our customers could suffer significant damage to facilities and equipment that rely on these products and systems to properly monitor and control their manufacturing processes. Additionally, people could be exposed to electrical shock and/or other harm causing injury or death.

    If any of the products produced by us contain hazardous substances then there is a risk that such products or substances could cause injury or death.

    If any protective products produced by us were to fail to function properly, there is a risk that such failure could cause injury or death.

        If we were to incur a very large product liability claim, our insurance protection might not be adequate or sufficient to cover such a claim in terms of paying any awards or settlements, and/or paying for our defense costs. Further, some claims may be outside the scope of our insurance coverage.

12


Table of Contents

If a litigant were successful against us, a lack or insufficiency of insurance coverage could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Additionally, a well-publicized actual or perceived problem could adversely affect our market reputation which could result in a decline in demand for our products. Furthermore, if we were required or we otherwise determined to make a product recall, the costs could be significant.

We may encounter difficulty in managing our business due to the global nature of our operations.

        We operate in approximately 100 countries around the world and, as of December 31, 2014, employed about 140,000 people. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 45 percent of our employees were located in Europe, approximately 26 percent in Asia, approximately 23 percent in the Americas and approximately 6 percent in the Middle East and Africa. In order to manage our day-to-day operations, we must overcome cultural and language barriers and assimilate different business practices. In addition, we are required to create compensation programs, employment policies and other administrative programs that comply with the laws of multiple countries. We also must communicate and monitor group-wide standards and directives across our global network. Our failure to manage successfully our geographically diverse operations could impair our ability to react quickly to changing business and market conditions and to enforce compliance with group-wide standards and procedures.

If we are unable to obtain performance and other guarantees from financial institutions, we may be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher.

        In the normal course of our business and in accordance with industry practice, we provide a number of guarantees including bid-bonds, advance payment guarantees and performance guarantees, which guarantee our own performance. These guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed or that a project or particular equipment will achieve defined performance criteria. If we fail to attain the defined criteria, we must make payments in cash or in kind. Performance guarantees frequently are requested in relation to large projects in our power and automation businesses.

        Some customers require that performance guarantees be issued by a financial institution. In considering whether to issue a guarantee on our behalf, financial institutions consider our credit ratings. In addition, the global financial crisis has made it more difficult and expensive to obtain these guarantees. If, in the future, we cannot obtain such a guarantee from a financial institution on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we could be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher, which would reduce the profitability of the contracts. If we cannot obtain guarantees on commercially reasonable terms or at all from financial institutions in the future, there could be a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could result in lower earnings and cash flows.

        We operate in approximately 100 countries and therefore are subject to different tax regulations. Changes in tax law could result in higher tax expense and payments. Furthermore, this could materially impact our tax receivables and liabilities as well as deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the uncertainty of tax environment in some regions could limit our ability to enforce our rights. As a globally operating organization, we conduct business in countries subject to complex tax rules, which may be interpreted in different ways. Future interpretations or developments of tax regimes may affect our tax liability, return on investments and business operations. We are regularly examined by tax authorities in various jurisdictions.

13


Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management and personnel then our business may be adversely affected.

        Our success depends in part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly our senior management team and key employees. Competition for highly qualified management and technical personnel remains intense in the industries and regions in which we operate. If we are unable to attract and retain members of our senior management team and key employees this could have an adverse effect on our business.

Anticipated benefits of existing and potential future mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances may not be realized.

        As part of our overall strategy, we may, from time to time, acquire businesses or interests in businesses, including noncontrolling interests, or form joint ventures or create strategic alliances. Whether we realize the anticipated benefits from these transactions depends, in part, upon the integration between the businesses involved, the performance and development of the underlying products, capabilities or technologies, our correct assessment of assumed liabilities and the management of the operations in question. Accordingly, our financial results could be adversely affected by unanticipated performance and liability issues, transaction-related charges, amortization related to intangibles, charges for impairment of long-term assets and partner performance. Although we believe that we have established appropriate and adequate procedures and processes to identify and mitigate these risks, there is no assurance that these transactions will be successful.

We could be affected by future laws or regulations enacted to address climate change concerns as well as the physical effects of climate change.

        Although we do not believe existing or pending laws and regulations intended to address climate change concerns will materially adversely affect our current business or operations, such laws and regulations could materially affect us in the future. We may need to incur additional costs to comply with these laws and regulations. We could also be affected indirectly by increased prices for goods or services provided to us by companies that are directly affected by these laws and regulations and pass their increased costs through to their customers. At this time, we cannot estimate what impact such costs may have on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be affected by the physical consequences of climate change itself, although we cannot estimate what impact those consequences might have on our business or operations.

Increased information technology (IT) security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.

        We have observed a global increase in IT security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks, both in general and against us, which pose a risk to the security of systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data stored and transmitted on those systems and networks. While we attempt to mitigate these risks through a number of measures, including employee training, comprehensive monitoring of our networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems such as firewalls and virus scanners, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to attacks. Similarly, we have observed a continued increase in attacks generally against industrial control systems as well as against our customers and the systems we supplied to them, which pose a risk to the security of those systems and networks. Depending on their nature and scope, such attacks could potentially lead to the compromising of confidential information, improper use of our systems and networks, or those we supplied to our customers, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and supply shortages, which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness and results of operations.

14


Table of Contents

Item 4.    Information on the Company


INTRODUCTION

About ABB

        We are a global leader in power and automation technologies that improve the performance and lower the environmental impact of our customers in the utility, industry and transportation & infrastructure sectors. We provide a broad range of products, systems, solutions and services that are designed to boost productivity, increase power reliability and enhance energy efficiency. We operate in roughly 100 countries and employ about 140,000 people.

History of the ABB Group

        The ABB Group was formed in 1988 through a merger between Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG. Initially founded in 1883, Asea AB was a major participant in the introduction of electricity into Swedish homes and businesses and in the development of Sweden's railway network. In the 1940s and 1950s, Asea AB expanded into the power, mining and steel industries. Brown Boveri and Cie. (later renamed BBC Brown Boveri AG) was formed in Switzerland in 1891 and initially specialized in power generation and turbines. In the early to mid-1900s, it expanded its operations throughout Europe and broadened its business operations to include a wide range of electrical engineering activities.

        In January 1988, Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG each contributed almost all of their businesses to the newly formed ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, of which they each owned 50 percent. In 1996, Asea AB was renamed ABB AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG was renamed ABB AG. In February 1999, the ABB Group announced a group reconfiguration designed to establish a single parent holding company and a single class of shares. ABB Ltd was incorporated on March 5, 1999, under the laws of Switzerland. In June 1999, ABB Ltd became the holding company for the entire ABB Group. This was accomplished by having ABB Ltd issue shares to the shareholders of ABB AG and ABB AB, the two companies that formerly owned the ABB Group. The ABB Ltd shares were exchanged for the shares of those two companies, which, as a result of the share exchange and certain related transactions, became wholly-owned subsidiaries of ABB Ltd. ABB Ltd shares are currently listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Shares).

Organizational structure

        Our business is international in scope and we generate revenues in numerous currencies. We operate in approximately 100 countries across four regions: Europe, the Americas, Asia, and the Middle East and Africa (MEA). We are headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland.

        We manage our business based on a divisional structure, with five divisions: Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Process Automation, Power Products, and Power Systems. For a breakdown of our consolidated revenues (i) by operating division and (ii) derived from each geographic region in which we operate, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Analysis of Results of Operations—Revenues."

        Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41-43-317-7111. Our agent for U.S. federal securities law purposes is ABB Holdings Inc., located at 12040 Regency Parkway, Suite 200, Cary, North Carolina 27518.

15


Table of Contents


BUSINESS DIVISIONS

Industry background

        As a global leader in power and automation, we serve utilities, industry, and transport and infrastructure customers through our five divisions. The markets and our divisions are discussed in more detail below. Revenue figures presented in this Business Divisions section are before interdivisional eliminations.

    Utilities Market

        We serve the utilities market with products, systems and services designed primarily to deliver electricity. Electricity is generated in power stations of various types, including thermal, wind, solar and hydro plants and is then fed into an electricity grid through which it is transmitted and distributed to consumers. Transmission systems link power generation sources to distribution systems, often over long distances. Distribution systems then branch out over shorter distances to carry electricity to end users. These electricity networks incorporate sophisticated devices to transmit electricity, control and monitor the power flow and ensure efficiency, reliability, quality and safety.

        The primary demand driver in the utilities market is the growing need for reliable electricity supplies to support economic growth and address global environmental challenges. This is also driving increased demand for renewable energy and high-efficiency power systems and equipment. As new power sources and loads are added, there is a need for grids and power networks to become more flexible, reliable and smarter. Power quality, stability and security of supply become key priorities. Additional drivers vary by region. Capacity addition across the power value chain is the key market driver in emerging markets, mainly in Asia, the Middle East, South America and Africa. In North America, the focus is on upgrading and replacing aging infrastructure, improving grid reliability and enabling smarter power networks. In Europe, the focus is on upgrading the power infrastructure, integrating renewable energy sources such as wind power, and building interconnections to allow more efficient use of power.

    Industry Market

        We serve the industry market with a wide variety of automation products, systems and services designed primarily to increase industrial productivity and energy efficiency, deliver more reliable and efficient electrical power to industrial end users, and improved process and product quality in industrial and manufacturing processes. We serve industrial customers who mainly use process or discrete manufacturing processes. Process automation refers to measurement, control, electrification and other applications used in processes where the main objective is continuous production, such as in the oil and gas, power, chemicals, mining, metals, and pulp and paper industries. Discrete automation refers to operations that manufacture individual items, such as automotive, consumer electronics and food and beverage. In addition, we offer power solutions to ensure that electricity is delivered within the plant safely, with low losses and at optimal quality and reliability levels.

        The primary demand drivers in the industry market include the need by our customers to reduce energy and raw material costs, improve product and process quality, increase process and manufacturing safety, lower their environmental impacts and improve the management of large assets such as manufacturing plants. There are additional regional demand drivers. In North America, for example, the emergence of shale gas and shale oil as economically viable fuel sources and feedstock for the petrochemical industry is creating more demand both for oil and gas processing as well as encouraging general industrial investments to take advantage of lower energy input costs. Development of the largely untapped natural resources base in Africa combined with the ambitions of many African countries to expand economic growth through industrial diversification is another regional demand driver in our industry market. A further example is the shift in policy in China to promote more

16


Table of Contents

efficient and cleaner industrial production, which increases demand for our industrial automation solutions.

    Transport and Infrastructure Market

        We serve the transport and infrastructure market with products, systems and services designed primarily to increase energy efficiency, thereby reducing our customers' operating costs and environmental impact. Our primary transport markets are the marine, rail and electrical vehicle markets. Our solutions ensure that electrical power is delivered and used efficiently in, for example, liquefied natural gas vessels, offshore oil and gas production vessels, cruise ships, conventional and high-speed electrical locomotives, electrically-powered urban transit systems and electric cars and buses. Our infrastructure market includes the building industry, especially building automation where we offer products and applications aimed at improving the energy efficiency of buildings through automated control of indoor climate, lighting and security. Data centers that require large amounts of electrical power delivered at extremely high reliability levels is another important infrastructure market.

        The primary demand drivers in the transport and infrastructure market are increasing urbanization, the need for increased energy efficiency to reduce costs and lower environmental impacts, the rise in demand for electrically-powered forms of transportation, and the need for reliable and high-quality power delivery to commercial buildings.

Discrete Automation and Motion Division

    Overview

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division offers a wide range of products and services including variable-speed drives, motion control solutions, motors, generators, power electronics systems, rectifiers, power quality and power protection products, mechanical power transmission of rotating equipment, traction converters, solar inverters, wind turbine converters, electric vehicle charging infrastructure, programmable logic controllers (PLCs), and industrial robots. These products help customers to improve productivity, quality, and energy efficiency, and generate energy. Key applications include energy conversion, data processing, actuation, automation, standardized manufacturing cells for applications such as machine tending, welding, cutting, painting, finishing, picking, packing and palletizing, and engineered systems for the automotive industry. The majority of these applications are for industrial applications including discrete manufacturing, process automation and hybrid or batch manufacturing, with others provided for infrastructure and buildings, transportation, and utilities. The division also provides a full range of life-cycle services, from product and system maintenance to application design, including energy efficiency appraisals, preventive maintenance and remote monitoring services.

        Revenues are generated both from direct sales to end users as well as from indirect sales through distributors, machine builders and OEMs (original equipment manufacturers), system integrators, and panel builders.

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division had approximately 31,100 employees as of December 31, 2014, and generated $10.1 billion of revenues in 2014.

    Products and Services

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division provides low-voltage and medium-voltage drive products and systems for industrial, commercial and residential applications. Drives provide speed, torque and motion control for equipment such as fans, pumps, compressors, conveyors, centrifuges, mixers, hoists, cranes, extruders, printing and textile machines. They are used in industries such as building automation, marine, power, transportation, food and beverage, metals, mining, and oil and gas.

17


Table of Contents

        The division also produces a range of power conversion products. These include static excitation and synchronizing systems that provide stability for power stations, uninterruptible power supply modular systems, as well as high power rectifiers that convert alternating current (AC) power to direct current (DC) power for very high-amperage applications such as furnaces in aluminum smelters. The division also manufactures solar inverters, wind turbine converters and converters for power protection. Rail traction converters, DC wayside power solutions and a range of solutions for the charging of electric vehicles are also part of the division's portfolio.

        Discrete Automation and Motion supplies a comprehensive range of electrical motors and generators, including high-efficiency motors that conform to leading environmental and Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS). Efficiency is an important selection criterion for customers, because electric motors account for nearly two-thirds of the electricity consumed by industrial plants. The Discrete Automation and Motion division manufactures synchronous motors for the most demanding applications and a full range of low- and high-voltage induction motors, for both IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) standards.

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division offers robots, controllers and software systems and services for the automotive manufacturers and their sub-suppliers as well as for general manufacturing industries, to improve product quality, productivity and consistency in manufacturing processes. Robots are also used in activities or environments which may be hazardous to employee health and safety, such as repetitive lifting, dusty, hot or cold rooms, or painting booths. In the automotive industry, the robot products and systems are used in such areas as press shop, body shop, paint shop, power train assembly, trim and final assembly. General industry segments in which robotics solutions are used range from metal fabrication, foundry, plastics, food and beverage, chemicals and pharmaceuticals to consumer electronics, solar and wood. Typical general industry applications include welding, material handling, painting, picking, packing and palletizing.

        The division also offers services that complement its products, including design and project management, engineering, installation, training and life-cycle care, energy efficiency appraisals and preventive maintenance.

    Customers

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division serves a wide range of customers. Customers include machinery manufacturers, process industries such as pulp and paper, oil and gas, and metals and mining companies, hybrid and batch manufacturers such as food and beverage companies, rail equipment manufacturers, discrete manufacturing companies such as '3C' (computer, communication and consumer electronic), utilities and renewable energy suppliers, particularly in the wind and solar sectors, as well as customers in the automotive industry and electric vehicle charging networks.

    Sales and Marketing

        Sales are made both through direct sales forces as well as through third-party channel partners, such as distributors, wholesalers, installers, machine builders and OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets.

    Competition

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division's principal competitors vary by product line but include Alstom, Fanuc Robotics, Kuka Robot Group, Rockwell Automation, Schneider, Siemens, Yaskawa, SMA and WEG Industries.

18


Table of Contents

    Capital Expenditures

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $192 million in 2014, compared to $214 million and $197 million in 2013 and in 2012, respectively. Principal investments in 2014 were primarily related to equipment replacement and upgrades. Geographically, in 2014, Europe represented 43 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (35 percent), Asia (19 percent) and MEA (3 percent).

Low Voltage Products Division

    Overview

        The Low Voltage Products division helps customers to improve productivity, use energy efficiently and increase safety. The division offers a wide range of products and systems, with related services, that provide protection, control and measurement for electrical installations, enclosures, switchboards, electronics and electromechanical devices for industrial machines and plants. The main applications are in industry, building, infrastructure, rail and sustainable transportation, renewable energies and e-mobility applications.

        The Low Voltage Products division had approximately 29,900 employees as of December 31, 2014, and generated $7.5 billion of revenues in 2014.

        A majority of the division's revenues comes from sales through distributors, wholesalers, OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders, although a portion of the division's revenues comes from direct sales to end users and utilities.

    Products and Services

        The Low Voltage Products division offering covers a wide range of products and services including low-voltage switchgears, breakers, switches, control products, DIN-rail components, automation and distribution enclosures, wiring accessories and installation material for many kinds of applications.

        The division offers solutions for restoring service rapidly in case of a fault and providing optimum protection of the electrical installation and people using such installation. The product offering ranges from miniature circuit breakers to high-capacity molded-case and air circuit breakers, and includes safety switches used for power distribution in factories and buildings, fuse gear systems for short circuit and overload protection as well as cabling and connection components.

        The Low Voltage Products division also offers terminal blocks and printed circuit board connectors used by panel builders and OEMs to produce standard distribution and control panels as well as specialized applications in industries such as traction, energy, maritime, explosive atmospheres and electronics. In addition, the division offers a range of contactors, soft starters, starters, proximity sensors, safety products for industrial protection, limit switches and manual motor starters, along with electronic relays and overload relays.

        The division provides smart home and intelligent building control systems, also known as KNX protocol, a complete system for all energy-reducing building application areas such as lighting and shutters, heating, ventilation, cooling and security. In addition, the division's IEC and NEMA compliant switchgear technology integrates intelligent motor and feeder control solutions to enhance protection, digital control, condition monitoring and plant-wide data access by process control systems, electrical control systems and other plant computers.

        The Low Voltage Products division has also developed a range of products for new markets, such as those used by electric vehicles (e-mobility) and in photovoltaic, solar and wind applications. These include circuit breakers, energy meters, switch-disconnectors, residual current-operated circuit breakers, interface relays and other products designed for outdoor installation.

19


Table of Contents

        The division also supplies a wide range of electrical components including conduits, boxes, covers, fittings, connectors, fasteners, wiring ducts, terminals, cable trays, struts, grounding, insulation, switchgear, metal framing, earthing & lightning protection and industrial lighting products for various types of application.

    Customers

        The Low Voltage Products division serves a wide range of customers, including residential and commercial building contractors, process industries, rail equipment manufacturers, manufacturing companies, utilities and renewable energy suppliers, particularly in the wind and solar sectors.

    Sales and Marketing

        Sales are made both through direct sales forces as well as through third-party channel partners, such as distributors, wholesalers, installers, machine builders and OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets.

    Competition

        The Low Voltage Products division's principal competitors vary by product line but include Eaton Corporation, Legrand, Mitsubishi, Schneider, Siemens, Leviton and Rittal.

    Capital Expenditures

        The Low Voltage Products division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $184 million in 2014, compared to $204 million and $208 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investments in 2014 primarily related to equipment replacement and upgrades in recently acquired businesses. Geographically, in 2014, Europe represented 48 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (34 percent), Asia (16 percent) and MEA (2 percent).

Process Automation Division

    Overview

        The Process Automation division is a leading provider of fully-engineered solutions, products and services for process control, safety, instrumentation, plant electrification and energy management for the key process industry sectors of chemical, oil and gas, marine, mining, minerals, metals, cement, and pulp and paper. Each industry has certain unique business drivers, yet all share common requirements for operational productivity, safety, energy efficiency, minimized risk and environment compliance. The Process Automation division's core competencies are the applications of automation and electrification technologies to address these generic requirements and are tailored to the characteristics of each of its key industries. Additionally, this business has a number of industry-specific services and anchor products (e.g. gearless mill drives, mine hoists, Azipods, turbochargers) that differentiate the business from its competitors. These products make ABB more relevant to its customers in these industries and represent significant components of a larger automation and electrification scope. The division is organized around industry systems, product businesses and life cycle services. The division had approximately 23,100 employees as of December 31, 2014, and generated revenues of $7.9 billion in 2014.

        The Process Automation division offering is made available as separately sold products or as part of a total electrification, instrumentation and/or automation system. The division's technologies are sold both through direct sales forces and third-party channels.

20


Table of Contents

    Products and Services

        The Process Automation division offers standalone products, engineered systems and services for process control and measurement, safety, plant electrification, information management, assets management and industry-specific applications for a variety of industries, primarily pulp and paper, metals, minerals and mining, chemical, oil and gas, marine, pharmaceuticals and the power industry. Some of the Discrete Automation and Motion, Power Systems, Power Products and Low Voltage Products divisions' products are integrated into the process control and electrification systems offered by the Process Automation division.

        Our automation systems are used in applications such as continuous and batch control, asset optimization, energy management and safety. They are the hubs that link instrumentation, measurement devices and systems for control and supervision of industrial processes and enable customers to integrate their production systems with their enterprise, resource and planning systems, thereby providing a link to their ordering, billing and shipping processes. This link allows customers to manage their entire manufacturing and business process based on real-time access to plant information. Additionally, it allows customers to increase production efficiency, optimize their assets and reduce environmental waste.

        A key element of this division's product offering is its System 800xA process automation platform. This product extends the capability of traditional process control systems, introducing advanced functions such as batch management, asset optimization and field device integration which "plug in" to a common user environment. The same user interface may also be used to manage components of existing multiple ABB control systems that have been installed in the market over approximately the past 25 years. In this way, System 800xA gives customers a way to migrate to new functions one step at a time, rather than having to make a large-scale capital investment to replace their entire control system. By creating a common user interface that can be used to manage multiple systems, System 800xA also reduces the research and development investment needed to achieve a "one size fits all" solution across our large installed systems base. The division also offers a full line of instrumentation and analytical products to analyze, measure and record industrial and power processes.

        The division's product offerings for the pulp and paper industries include quality control systems for pulp and paper mills, control systems, drive systems, on-line sensors, actuators and field instruments. On-line sensors measure product properties, such as weight, thickness, color, brightness, moisture content and additive content. Actuators allow the customer to make automatic adjustments during the production process to improve the quality and consistency of the product. Field instruments measure properties of the process, such as flow rate, chemical content and temperature.

        We offer our customers in the metals, cement and mining industries specialized products and services, as well as total production systems. We design, plan, engineer, supply, erect and commission electric equipment, drives, motors and equipment for automation and supervisory control within a variety of areas including mining, mineral handling, aluminum smelting, hot and cold steel applications and cement production.

        In the oil and gas sector, we provide solutions for onshore and offshore production and exploration, refining, and petrochemical processes, and oil and gas transportation and distribution. In the pharmaceuticals and fine chemicals areas, we offer applications to support manufacturing, packaging, quality control and compliance with regulatory agencies.

        In the marine industry, we provide global shipbuilders with power and automation technologies for luxury cruise liners, ferries, tankers, offshore oil rigs and special purpose vessels. We design, engineer, build, supply and commission electrical and automation systems for marine power generation, power distribution and diesel electric propulsion, as well as turbochargers to improve efficiency for diesel and gasoline engines.

21


Table of Contents

        We also offer a complete range of lifecycle services across all of our customer segments to help customers optimize their assets. Demand for our process automation services is increasing as our customers seek to increase productivity by improving the performance of existing equipment.

    Customers

        The Process Automation division's end customers are primarily companies in the oil and gas, minerals and mining, metals, pulp and paper, chemicals and pharmaceuticals, and the marine industries. Customers for this division are looking for complete instrumentation, automation and electrification solutions which demonstrate value mainly in the areas of lower capital costs, increased plant availability, lower lifecycle costs and reduced project costs.

    Sales and Marketing

        The Process Automation division uses a direct sales force as well as third-party channel partners, such as distributors, system integrators and OEMs. For the division as a whole, the majority of revenues are derived through the division's own direct sales channels.

    Competition

        The Process Automation division's principal competitors vary by industry or product line. Competitors include Emerson, Honeywell, Metso Automation, Rockwell Automation, Schneider, Siemens, Voith, and Yokogawa Electric Corporation.

    Capital Expenditures

        The Process Automation division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $49 million in 2014, compared to $68 million and $91 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Principal investments in 2014 were in the measurement products and turbocharging businesses. Geographically, in 2014, Europe represented 66 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (16 percent), Asia (14 percent) and MEA (4 percent).

Power Products Division

    Overview

        The Power Products division primarily serves electric, gas and water utilities as well as industrial and commercial customers, with a vast portfolio of products and services across a wide voltage range to facilitate power generation, transmission and distribution. Direct sales account for a significant part of the division's total revenues, and external channel partners, such as wholesalers, distributors and OEMs, account for the rest. Key technologies include high- and medium-voltage switchgear, circuit breakers for a range of current ratings and voltage levels, power, distribution, traction and other special transformers, as well as products to help control and protect electrical networks. The division had approximately 35,400 employees as of December 31, 2014, and generated $10.3 billion of revenues in 2014.

    Products and Services

        The Power Products division manufactures products that can be placed in three broad categories: high-voltage products, medium-voltage products and transformers. The division sells directly to end customers and also through channels such as distributors, wholesalers, installers and OEMs. Some of the division's products are also integrated into the turnkey offerings of systems divisions such as Power Systems and Process Automation or sold through engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) firms.

22


Table of Contents

        The high-voltage products business supplies high-voltage equipment, ranging from 50 to 1,200 kilovolts, mainly to power transmission utilities and also serves industrial customers. This equipment primarily enables the transmission grid to operate more reliably and efficiently with minimum environmental impact. As part of its portfolio, this business designs and manufactures a range of air-, gas-insulated and hybrid switchgear, generator circuit breakers, capacitors, high-voltage circuit breakers, surge arresters, instrument transformers, cable accessories and a variety of high-voltage components. This is supported by a range of service solutions to support the products throughout their life cycle.

        The medium-voltage business offers products and services that largely serve the power distribution sector, often providing the link between high-voltage transmission systems and low-voltage users. Medium-voltage products help utility and industrial customers to improve power quality and control, reduce outage time and enhance operational reliability and efficiency. This business reaches customers directly and through channels such as distributors and OEMs. Its comprehensive offering includes medium-voltage equipment (1 to 50 kilovolts), indoor and outdoor circuit breakers, reclosers, fuses, contactors, relays, instrument transformers, sensors, motor control centers, ring main units for primary and secondary distribution, as well as a range of air- and gas-insulated switchgear. It also produces indoor and outdoor modular systems and other solutions to facilitate efficient and reliable power distribution.

        The transformers business of the division designs and manufactures power transformers (72.5 to 1,200 kilovolts) for utility and industrial customers that help to step up or step down voltage levels and include special applications such as high voltage direct current (HVDC) transformers or phase shifters. This business also supplies transformer components and insulation material, such as bushings and tap changers. It also manufactures a wide range of distribution transformers (up to 72.5 kilovolts) for use in the power distribution sector, industrial facilities and commercial buildings. These transformers are designed to step down electrical voltage bringing it to consumption levels. They can be oil- or dry-type and, although oil-type transformers are more commonly used, demand for dry-type transformers is growing because they minimize fire hazards and are well-suited for applications such as office buildings, windmills, offshore drilling platforms, marine vessels and large industrial plants. Another part of the offering includes traction transformers for use in electric locomotives, special application transformers, as well as a wide range of service and retrofit solutions for utilities and industry customers.

    Customers

        The Power Products division serves electric utilities, owners and operators of power generating plants and power transmission and distribution networks. It also serves industries across the spectrum. Customers include electric, gas, water and other utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers.

    Sales and Marketing

        The Power Products division sells its products individually and as part of wider solutions through our systems divisions. Direct sales account for a significant part of the division's business and the rest are sold through external channel partners, such as wholesalers, distributors, system integrators, EPCs and OEMs. As the Power Products and Power Systems divisions share many of the same customers and technologies and are influenced by similar market drivers, they also have a common front-end sales organization to maximize market synergies and coverage across countries, regions, and sectors for the entire power portfolio.

    Competition

        On a global basis, the main competitors for the Power Products division are Siemens, Alstom and Schneider. The division also faces global competition in some product categories from competitors in

23


Table of Contents

emerging markets. It also competes in specific geographies with companies such as Eaton Corporation, Hyundai, Hyosung, Crompton Greaves, Larsen & Toubro and Bharat Heavy Electricals.

    Capital Expenditures

        The Power Products division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $220 million in 2014, compared to $252 million and $259 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Principal investments in 2014 related to upgrades and expansion of existing facilities in Sweden, China, United States, Germany and Czech Republic as well as a new factory in Saudi Arabia. Geographically, in 2014, Europe represented 58 percent of the division's capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (19 percent), Asia (17 percent) and MEA (6 percent).

Power Systems Division

    Overview

        The Power Systems division serves public and private utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers with solutions for power and water plants, grid integration and automation as well as a complete range of systems and services for the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity. Turnkey solutions include power plant electrification and automation, bulk power transmission, substations and network management. The division had approximately 18,900 employees as of December 31, 2014, and generated $7.0 billion of revenues in 2014.

    Products and Services

        The Power Systems division delivers solutions through four businesses: Power Generation, Grid Systems, Substations and Network Management. The scope of work in a typical turnkey contract includes design, system engineering, supply, installation, commissioning and testing of the system. As part of the business model, the Power Systems division integrates products from both the Power Products division and external suppliers, adding value through design, engineering and project management to deliver turnkey solutions.

        The Power Generation business is a leading provider of integrated power and automation solutions for all types of power generation plants, including coal, gas, combined-cycle, waste-to-energy and a range of renewables including hydro, solar, wind and biomass. With an extensive offering that includes electrical balance of plant as well as instrumentation and control systems, ABB technologies help optimize performance, improve reliability, enhance efficiency and minimize environmental impact throughout the plant life cycle. The business also serves the water industry, including applications such as pumping stations and desalination plants.

        As part of the Grid Systems business, ABB provides a comprehensive offering of AC and DC transmission systems, which help customers to reduce transmission losses, maximize efficiency and improve grid reliability. ABB pioneered HVDC technology nearly 60 years ago. HVDC technology is designed to reliably and efficiently transmit electrical power over long distances via overhead lines and underground or submarine cables with minimum losses. HVDC is also widely used for grid interconnections. HVDC Light®, a more compact form of ABB's classic HVDC technology, is ideal for linking offshore installations, such as wind farms or oil and gas platforms, to mainland grids and for interconnections, often via subsea links. The environmental benefits of HVDC Light®, include neutral electromagnetic fields, oil-free cables and compact converter stations.

        ABB also offers a comprehensive range of land and submarine cables through its Grid Systems business, as well as accessories and services for a range of applications from medium- to high-voltage AC and DC systems. The portfolio includes high-performance XLPE (cross-linked polyethylene) insulated cables for high efficiency transmission systems at voltages up to 525 kilovolts. When it comes

24


Table of Contents

to transmission grid solutions, ABB manufactures its own power semiconductors, which is a key enabler for HVDC, flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and other technologies, serving a range of sectors including transportation and wind.

        Substations are key installations in the power grid that facilitate the efficient transmission and distribution of electricity with minimal environmental impact. They perform the vital function of monitoring and controlling power flows, feeding power from generating stations into the grid and providing the link between transmission and distribution networks as well as end consumers. ABB has successfully delivered air- and gas-insulated substations in all kinds of environments, from deserts and mountains to offshore rigs and crowded city centers. ABB's substation offering spans a range of voltage levels up to 1,100 kilovolts, serving utility, industry and commercial customers as well as sectors such as railways, urban transportation and renewables.

        FACTS technologies are also part of the Substations business offering. FACTS solutions help improve power quality and can significantly increase the capacity of existing AC transmission systems, by as much as 50 percent, while maintaining and improving system reliability. FACTS technologies also boost transmission efficiency, relieve bottlenecks and can be used for the safe integration of intermittent power sources, such as wind and solar, into the grid. By enhancing the capacity of existing transmission infrastructure, FACTS solutions can alleviate the need for capital investment, reducing the time, cost and environmental impact associated with the construction of new generating facilities and transmission lines. By improving efficiency, FACTS technologies help to deliver more power to consumers, reducing the need for more electricity generation, and improving power supply and quality. ABB is a global leader in the growing field of FACTS, and has delivered more than 800 such installations across the world.

        ABB's Network Management business offers solutions to help manage power networks. The offering covers network management and utility communications solutions to monitor, control, operate and protect power systems. These solutions are designed to ensure the reliability of electricity supplies and enable real-time management of power plants, transmission grids, distribution networks and energy trading markets. The portfolio includes control and protection systems for power generation, transmission and distribution, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, as well as software solutions for central electricity markets and mixed utilities (electricity, district heating, gas and water). It also encompasses the substation automation offering, compliant with IEC 61850, the open communication standard, which provides a common framework for substation control and protection and facilitates interoperability across devices and systems. The Network Management portfolio also covers wireless and fixed communication systems for power, water and gas utilities. It includes fiber optics, microwave radio and power line applications for data networking and broadband network management, as well as teleprotection and substation communication networks and voice switching management systems.

        Network management systems are key smart-grid enablers by providing automated power systems to incorporate and manage centralized and distributed power generation, intermittent sources of renewable energy, real-time pricing and load-management data. The Ventyx and Mincom acquisitions have made ABB a global leader in enterprise software and services for essential industries such as energy, mining, public infrastructure and transportation. These solutions bridge the gap between information technologies (IT) and operational technologies (OT), enabling clients to make faster, better-informed decisions in both daily operations and long-term planning strategies. Some of the world's largest private and public enterprises rely on such solutions to minimize risk, enhance operational and financial performance and execute the right strategies for the future.

25


Table of Contents

        The Power Systems division also has a global footprint and installed base that helps drive the service business. The offering includes a range of services aimed at optimizing operations and reducing maintenance requirements across the value chain. These services range from support agreements and retrofits to spare parts, asset health, management, data analytics and training. The division also undertakes consulting activities such as energy efficiency studies for power plants and grids, analyses and design of new transmission and distribution systems as well as asset optimization based on technical, regulatory, economic and environmental considerations.

    Customers

        The Power Systems division's principal customers include public and private power generation utilities and companies, transmission and distribution utilities, owners and operators as well as industrial and commercial customers. Other customers include gas and water utilities including multi-utilities, which are involved in the transmission or distribution of more than one commodity.

    Sales and Marketing

        The Power Systems division promotes its offering primarily through a direct sales force of specialized sales engineering teams. Some sales are also handled through third-party channels, such as EPC firms, OEMs and system integrators. As the Power Products and Power Systems divisions share many of the same customers and technologies, and are influenced by similar market drivers, they also have a common front-end sales organization that helps maximize market synergies across countries and regions.

    Competition

        On a global basis, the Power Systems division faces competition mainly from Siemens and Alstom. Emerson, General Electric, Prysmian and Nexans are additional competitors in parts of the business. The division also sees emerging competitors in specific regions. The breadth of its portfolio, technology and innovation, a global footprint and a vast installed base, enable the division to maintain its leading position in the power sector.

    Capital Expenditures

        The Power Systems division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $92 million in 2014, compared to $101 million and $194 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Principal investments in 2014 were related to capacity expansion as well as the replacement of existing equipment, particularly in Sweden. Geographically, in 2014, Europe represented 81 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (10 percent), Asia (7 percent) and MEA (2 percent).

Corporate and Other

        Corporate and Other includes headquarters, central research and development, our real estate activities, Group Treasury Operations and other minor business activities.

        Corporate headquarters and stewardship activities include the operations of our corporate headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, as well as corporate-related activities in various countries. These activities cover staff functions with group-wide responsibilities, such as accounting and financial reporting, corporate finance and taxes, planning and controlling, internal audit, legal and integrity, compliance, risk management and insurance, corporate communications, information systems, investor relations and human resources.

        Corporate research and development primarily covers our research activities, as our development activities are organized under the five business divisions. We have two global research laboratories, one

26


Table of Contents

focused on power technologies and the other focused on automation technologies, which both work on technologies relevant to the future of our five business divisions. Each laboratory works on new and emerging technologies and collaborates with universities and other external partners to support our divisions in advancing relevant technologies and in developing cross-divisional technology platforms. We have corporate research centers in seven countries (the U.S., Sweden, Switzerland, Poland, China, Germany and India).

        Corporate and Other had approximately 2,000 employees at December 31, 2014.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

        Total capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (excluding intangibles acquired through business combinations) amounted to $1,026 million, $1,106 million and $1,293 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In 2014 and 2013, capital expenditures were 21 percent and 16 percent lower, respectively, than depreciation and amortization while in 2012 capital expenditures exceeded total depreciation and amortization expenses. This change, commencing in 2013, is due partly to a reduction in capital expenditures but also due to an increase in depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangible assets acquired in acquisitions).

        Capital expenditures in 2014 remained at a significant level in mature markets, reflecting the geographic distribution of our existing production facilities. Capital expenditures in Europe and North America in 2014 were driven primarily by upgrades and maintenance of existing production facilities, mainly in Sweden, the U.S., Germany and Switzerland. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were lower in 2014 compared to 2013, with expenditures being highest in China, Saudi Arabia, the Czech Republic and Poland. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were made primarily to increase production capacity by investment in new or expanded facilities. The share of emerging markets capital expenditures as a percentage of total capital expenditures in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 29 percent, 33 percent and 31 percent, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $653 million, mainly in Sweden, the U.S., Switzerland, Saudi Arabia and China, while at December 31, 2013 and 2012, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $645 million and $627 million, respectively, mainly in Sweden, the U.S., Switzerland, Germany and Brazil.

        Our capital expenditures relate primarily to property, plant and equipment. For 2015, we estimate the expenditures for property, plant and equipment will be higher than our annual depreciation charge.


SUPPLIES AND RAW MATERIALS

        We purchase a variety of raw materials and products which contain raw materials for use in our production and project execution processes. The primary materials used in our products, by weight, are copper, aluminum, carbon steel, mineral oil and various plastics. We also purchase a wide variety of fabricated products and electronic components. We operate a worldwide supply chain management network with employees dedicated to this function in our businesses and key countries. Our supply chain management network consists of a number of teams, each focusing on different product categories. These category teams, on global, divisional and/or regional level, take advantage of opportunities to leverage the scale of ABB and to optimize the efficiency of our supply networks, in a sustainable manner.

        Our supply chain management organization's activities have continued to expand in recent years, to:

    pool and leverage procurement of materials and services,

27


Table of Contents

    provide transparency of ABB's global spending through a comprehensive performance and reporting system linked to all of our enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems,

    strengthen ABB's supply chain network by implementing an effective product category management structure and extensive competency-based training, and

    monitor and develop our supply base to ensure sustainability, both in terms of materials and processes used.

        We buy many categories of products which contain steel, copper, aluminum, crude oil and other commodities. Continuing global economic growth in many emerging economies, coupled with the volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, has led to significant fluctuations in these raw material costs over the last few years. While we expect global commodity prices to remain highly volatile, some market volatility will be offset through the use of long-term contracts and global sourcing.

        We seek to mitigate the majority of our exposure to commodity price risk by entering into hedges. For example, we manage copper and aluminum price risk using principally swap contracts based on prices for these commodities quoted on leading exchanges. ABB's hedging policy is designed to safeguard margins by minimizing price volatility and providing a stable cost base during order execution. In addition to using hedging to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in raw materials prices, in some cases we can reduce this risk by incorporating changes in raw materials prices into the prices of our products (through price escalation clauses).

        Overall, during 2014 supply chain management personnel in our businesses, and in the countries in which we operate, along with the global category teams, continued to focus on value chain optimization efforts in all areas, while maintaining and improving quality and delivery performance.

        In August 2012, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued its final rules regarding "Conflict Minerals", as required by section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. We initiated conflict minerals processes in 2013 and we continue to work with our suppliers and customers, to enable us to comply with the rules and disclosure obligations. Further information on ABB's Conflict Minerals policy and supplier requirements can be found under "Material Compliance" at new.abb.com/about/supplying


PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

        As a technology-driven company, we believe that intellectual property rights are crucial to protect the assets of our business. Over the past ten years, we have substantially increased the number of first patent filings, and we intend to continue our aggressive approach to seeking patent protection. Currently, we have more than 25,500 patent applications and registrations, of which more than 8,000 are pending applications. In addition to these patents, we have more than 3,000 utility model and design applications and registrations, of which approximately 500 are pending applications. In 2014, we filed about 1,000 patent, utility model and design applications for approximately 1,600 new inventions. Based on our existing intellectual property strategy, we believe that we have adequate control over our core technologies. The "ABB" trademarks and logo are protected in all of the countries in which we operate. We aggressively defend our intellectual property rights to safeguard the reputation associated with the ABB technology and brand. While these intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses, there is no dependency of the business on any single patent, utility model or design application.


SUSTAINABILITY ACTIVITIES

        Sustainability management is one of our highest business priorities. We seek to address sustainability issues in all our business operations in order to improve our social, safety and

28


Table of Contents

environmental performance continuously, and to enhance the quality of life in the communities and countries where we operate.

        Our social and environmental efforts include:

    regularly implementing sustainability objectives covering all relevant parts of our operations,

    joining initiatives that foster economic, environmental, social and educational development, and strengthen observance of human rights in business practice,

    making positive contributions in the communities where we operate so they welcome us and consider ABB a good neighbor, an attractive employer and a good investment,

    offering our customers eco-efficient products that save energy and are safe to use, that optimize the use of natural resources, minimize waste and reduce environmental impact over their complete life cycles,

    applying non-financial risk assessment to key business decision-making processes, and to projects,

    sharing our latest technologies with emerging markets by, for example, helping customers in developing countries implement environmentally sound processes and technologies and providing environmental awareness and safety training to our business partners,

    ensuring that our operations and processes comply with applicable environmental and health and safety standards and social legislation. Specifically, every operating unit must implement an environmental management system that seeks to continuously improve its environmental performance and a health and safety management system that similarly seeks to continuously improve health and safety performance,

    ensuring that our social, health and safety and environmental policies are communicated and implemented,

    working towards achieving best practices in occupational health and safety, and ensuring the health and safety of our employees, contractors and others involved in or affected by our activities,

    ensuring that suppliers have sustainability policies and systems that are comparable with our own, and

    continuing our program to decontaminate sites that were polluted by historical manufacturing processes.

        To manage environmental aspects of our own operations, we have implemented environmental management systems according to the ISO 14001 standard at our manufacturing and service sites. For non-manufacturing sites we have implemented an adapted environmental management system in order to ensure management of environmental aspects and continual improvement of performance. Globally, we have achieved external certification for environmental management systems at 390 sites and offices.

        We have Environmental Product Declarations to communicate the environmental performance of our core products. These describe the significant environmental aspects and impacts of a product line, viewed over its complete life cycle. Declarations are based on Life Cycle Assessment studies, created according to the international standard ISO/TR 14025. Approximately 80 declarations for major product lines are published on our Web site ( www.abb.com ), some of which have been externally certified by agencies such as DNV (Det Norske Veritas) of Norway and the RINA Management System Certification Society in Italy.

29


Table of Contents

        In 2014, approximately 93 percent of our employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB's formal environmental reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The operations of companies acquired during 2014 are not yet covered by our environmental reporting. We expect that this reporting will be implemented in 2015. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our environmental reporting system, mainly sales, have very limited environmental exposure. A total of 10 environmental incidents were reported in 2014, none of which had a material environmental impact.

        In 2014, approximately 98 percent of employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB's formal social reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The operations of companies acquired during 2014 are not yet covered by our social reporting. We expect that this reporting will be implemented in 2015. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our social reporting system, mainly sales offices in countries where we do not perform manufacturing, have very limited social exposure.


REGULATION

        Our operations are subject to numerous governmental laws and regulations including those governing antitrust and competition, corruption, the environment, securities transactions and disclosures, import and export of products, currency conversions and repatriation, taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel and use of local employees and suppliers.

        As a reporting company under Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we are subject to the FCPA's anti-bribery provisions with respect to our conduct around the world.

        Our operations are also subject to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. The convention obliges signatories to adopt national legislation that makes it a crime to bribe foreign public officials. Those countries which have adopted implementing legislation and have ratified the convention include the U.S. and several European nations in which we have significant operations.

        We conduct business in certain countries known to experience governmental corruption. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our employees or agents have taken, and in the future may take, actions that violate the U.S. FCPA, legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, antitrust laws or other laws or regulations. These actions have resulted and could result in monetary or other penalties against us and could damage our reputation and, therefore, our ability to do business. For more information, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings."

        The U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 requires U.S. listed companies to disclose information relating to certain transactions with Iran. In December 2012, ABB completed or exited all of its then remaining business in Iran. This concluded a process which started with ABB's decision in November 2007 to wind down its business in that country.


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Group structure and shareholders—Group structure" for a list of ABB's significant subsidiaries.


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

        As of December 31, 2014, we occupy real estate in around 100 countries throughout the world. The facilities consist mainly of manufacturing plants, office buildings, research centers and warehouses. A substantial portion of our production and development facilities are situated in the U.S., China, Sweden, Italy, Germany, Finland, Switzerland, India, Canada and Poland. We also own or lease other

30


Table of Contents

properties, including office buildings, warehouses, research and development facilities and sales offices in many countries. We own substantially all of the machinery and equipment used in our manufacturing operations.

        From time to time, we have a surplus of space arising from acquisitions, production efficiencies and/or restructuring of operations. Normally, we seek to sell such surplus space which may involve leasing property to third parties for an interim period.

        The net book value of our property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2014, was $5,652 million, of which machinery and equipment represented $2,553 million, land and buildings represented $2,446 million and construction in progress represented $653 million. We believe that our current facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the requirements of our present and foreseeable future operations.

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        Not applicable

Item 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

        During 2014, we continued to deliver power and automation solutions that help our utility, industry, and transport and infrastructure customers meet the challenges and opportunities of a rapidly-changing world. These include significant shifts in the electricity value chain, such as the growth in renewable power generation. Wind and solar power sources are often located far from the centers of power consumption, and they often increase the number of feed-in points into a grid, creating instability and increased grid complexity. Our high-efficiency power transmission and intelligent grid solutions help utilities address these challenges. For example, we won large orders for HVDC power transmission in the United Kingdom and Canada that will link remote renewable energy sources to existing grids. An ABB substation using compact gas-insulated switchgear will integrate power from a solar park in Dubai into the local grid. We also signed a partnership agreement with wind power company Vestas to deliver affordable and clean wind-diesel micro-grid power systems to remote communities in Africa.

        Among the new opportunities facing our industrial customers is the possibility to interconnect people, processes, equipment and services, sometimes referred to as "Industry 4.0" or "the Internet of Things". This trend is having profound impacts on many of our key end markets, such as oil and gas, mining, discrete automation and building automation, where the ability to monitor and control assets and processes in real time and across large geographic spaces is opening new opportunities to increase industrial productivity, reduce environmental impacts and improve the quality of work life for people. In 2014, we won an order from Brazilian mining company Vale to install electrical and automation systems at an iron ore mine to support their development of a sustainable "mine of the future" with truckless transport systems powered through intelligent digital substations. We were also awarded a large contract from Statoil of Norway for telecommunications systems used to remotely monitor and control offshore oil and gas platforms. We also continued to roll out internet-based remote monitoring, preventive maintenance and service solutions for robotics applications, power equipment diagnostics and the control of underground mining ventilation using mobile devices.

        Market conditions were mixed in 2014.

        Utility customers remained cautious in their capital expenditures in the face of macroeconomic and policy uncertainties, especially in Europe. Nevertheless, several large power transmission projects were awarded during the year and many utilities continued to invest in their power distribution activities.

31


Table of Contents

        Industrial demand varied by sector. Many industry customers took a more cautious approach to large capital expenditures in light of ongoing macroeconomic uncertainties. However, operational spending to maintain and improve the performance of existing assets remained generally stable. Demand from the oil and gas sector remained steady as continuing high oil prices supported customer investments through most of the year. The oil price declines seen late in the year resulted in some uncertainty around short-term capital investment trends, however. Mining and metals demand remained at low levels, mainly the result of overcapacity in the industry. General industry customers continued to invest in automation solutions to improve efficiency and productivity.

        In the transport and infrastructure sectors, marine demand for specialty vessels continued to grow, mainly the result of demand for oil and gas-related vessels, such as offshore production vessels and liquefied natural gas ships. There was also a steady demand for high efficiency electrical rail equipment.

        In this mixed environment, we combined our broad geographic and business scope with the successful execution of profitable growth initiatives across the company to increase orders received in every division except Low Voltage Products, where the disposal of businesses offset order increases in most of the division's other businesses. The Discrete Automation and Motion division achieved a record level of orders, more than $10 billion, partly the result of growth initiatives to sell packaged industrial solutions that combine, for example, robots, motors and drives for packaging applications in general industry. The Process Automation division tapped growth opportunities in the marine, upstream oil and gas and pulp and paper sectors, which more than offset lower demand in mining. Low Voltage Products orders were supported by increased penetration of the U.S. market through the distribution channels of the Thomas & Betts acquisition it completed in 2012.

        In 2014, we maintained the profitability of our Power Products division, despite the continued challenging market environment, through successful cost savings and productivity improvements as well as our ability to be more selective in the orders we take, thanks to our broad product and geographic scope. Our Power Systems division experienced continuing project execution issues which impacted profitability in 2014. We therefore launched a "step change" program to reduce the risk profile of the business and secure higher and more consistent returns. Under the program, we decided to discontinue our future participation in EPC projects in the solar power generation sector. We are also changing our business model in the offshore wind power sector to reduce execution risks and we are adjusting capacity in the business to reflect this repositioning. We continue to focus the ongoing business on projects with lower risk profiles and greater pull-through of our higher value-added content. Our strong positions in fast-growing emerging markets and selected mature markets, our flexible global production base and technological leadership, as well as the operational improvements we continue to make in our businesses, also supported our business in 2014.

        Foremost among these improvements was the successful reduction of costs to adapt to changing demand. Savings in 2014 amounted to more than $1 billion and were principally achieved by making better use of global sourcing opportunities and eliminating operational and process inefficiencies. We expanded our cost savings efforts in 2014 to take greater account of improvement opportunities in white-collar productivity, such as streamlining back-office and sales-support activities.

Next Level strategy 2015-2020

        In September 2014, ABB laid the foundations to take the company to the next level, with a new strategy aimed at accelerating sustainable value creation to deliver attractive shareholder returns. The Next Level strategy is designed to build on ABB's strong position in attractive markets. The strategy builds on the three focus areas of profitable growth, relentless execution and business-led collaboration.

        To achieve the next level, ABB is targeting profitable growth by shifting its center of gravity through strengthening competitiveness, higher organic growth and lowering risk. We intend to drive

32


Table of Contents

organic growth through the PIE concept (penetration, innovation, expansion), further increase competitiveness in areas such as technology, service and software, and reduce intrinsic business risks by, for example, aligning business models more closely with our core competencies. Organic growth will be complemented by incremental strategic acquisitions and partnerships.

        Our second strategic focus area is relentless execution. We have been successful in executing our programs to reduce costs and improve customer service. We intend to broaden those efforts by developing a leading operating model across ABB, starting with the areas of white-collar productivity, net working capital management, and quality. For 2015, the completion of the Power Systems "step change" program will remain a high priority. Major Group-wide change management will be implemented through 1,000-day programs that drive and coordinate change across all businesses and regions. The strategic objectives and targets have been explicitly linked to a new performance management and compensation model.

        Our third focus area is aimed at simplifying how the organization works together and at achieving a more market-focused organization. To achieve this, as of January 1, 2015, we have streamlined our regional organization—reducing the number of regions from eight to three—with regional management on the Executive Committee to bring us closer to the market. At the same time, roles and responsibilities have been clarified—including giving global business lines undiluted responsibility for their businesses—and processes put in place to strengthen cross-business collaboration.

        The Next Level strategy includes the following financial targets: ABB expects to grow operational earnings per share at a 10-15 percent compound annual growth rate and deliver attractive cash return on invested capital in the mid-teens over the period 2015-2020. It targets to grow revenues on a like-for-like basis on average 4-7 percent per year over six years, faster than forecasted GDP and market growth. Over the same time period, ABB plans to steadily increase its profitability, measured in Operational EBITA, within a bandwidth of 11-16 percent while targeting an average free cash flow conversion rate above 90 percent. The new financial targets took effect on January 1, 2015.

        We have changed our profitability targets from Operational EBITDA to Operational EBITA. This new measure includes depreciation expense as well as amortization charges that are not related to intangibles recorded in acquisitions which were previously excluded under the Operational EBITDA measure. This change ensures that the costs of capital expenditures invested to drive organic growth will be reflected in the profitability measure on which our businesses are evaluated.

Outlook

        The long-term demand outlook in our three major customer sectors—utilities, industry, and transport and infrastructure—remains clearly positive. Key drivers are the big shift in the electricity value chain, industrial productivity improvements and Industry 4.0, as well as rapid urbanization and the need for energy efficiency in transport and infrastructure.

        We are well-positioned to tap these opportunities for long-term profitable growth, with our strong market presence, broad geographic and business scope, technology leadership and financial strength.

        In the short term, macroeconomic and geopolitical developments are signaling a mixed picture with increased uncertainty. Some macroeconomic signs in the U.S. remain positive and growth in China is expected to continue. At the same time, the market remains impacted by slow growth in Europe and geopolitical tensions in various parts of the world.

Oil prices and foreign exchange effects

        Current oil prices will influence customer operating and capital expenditures along the oil and gas value chain, and influence spending by many other of our customer segments and government spending in different ways. Government spending on energy subsidies may be reallocated to other infrastructure

33


Table of Contents

development and certain customer segments will benefit from lower energy costs. However, the current oil price will have a dampening effect on the oil and gas value chain, mainly in the upstream sector.

        Currency volatility has increased over the last 12 months, including the weakening of the Euro against the U.S. dollar and Swiss franc. Changes in foreign exchange rates have two effects on our financial results, translational and structural. Translational impacts result from converting local-currency financial information from ABB companies around the world into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates for the purpose of reporting results in U.S. dollars. If exchange rates stay around the current levels, we expect a negative translation effect in 2015.

        Structural effects are related to the export of products and services from one currency zone into another. Our well-balanced local operations (including sourcing) in all key markets mean these structural effects have a limited impact. Further, our policy to actively hedge all significant foreign exchange exposures means these effects are largely mitigated in the short to medium term.


APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

        We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and present these in U.S. dollars unless otherwise stated.

        The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including, but not limited to, those related to: gross profit margins on long-term construction-type contracts; costs of product guarantees and warranties; provisions for bad debts; recoverability of inventories, investments, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets; the fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations; income tax expenses and provisions related to uncertain tax positions; pensions and other postretirement benefit assumptions; and legal and other contingencies. Where appropriate, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions.

        We deem an accounting policy to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements. We also deem an accounting policy to be critical when the application of such policy is essential to our ongoing operations. We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies should be considered when reading our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue recognition

        We generally recognize revenues for the sale of goods when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. With regards to the sale of products, delivery is not considered to have occurred, and therefore no revenues are recognized, until the customer has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually-defined shipping terms. We use various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP). Subsequent to delivery of the products, we generally have no further contractual performance obligations that would preclude revenue recognition.

34


Table of Contents

        Revenues under long-term construction-type contracts are generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. We use the cost-to-cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to management's best estimate of total estimated costs, which are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the change in estimate is determined.

        The percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves the use of assumptions and projections, principally relating to future material, labor and project-related overhead costs. As a consequence, there is a risk that total contract costs will exceed those we originally estimated and the margin will decrease or the long-term construction-type contract may become unprofitable. This risk increases if the duration of a contract increases because there is a higher probability that the circumstances upon which we originally developed estimates will change, resulting in increased costs that we may not recover. Factors that could cause costs to increase include:

    unanticipated technical problems with equipment supplied or developed by us which may require us to incur additional costs to remedy,

    changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,

    difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,

    project modifications creating unanticipated costs,

    suppliers' or subcontractors' failure to perform, and

    delays caused by unexpected conditions or events.

        Changes in our initial assumptions, which we review on a regular basis between balance sheet dates, may result in revisions to estimated costs, current earnings and anticipated earnings. We recognize these changes in the period in which the changes in estimates are determined. By recognizing changes in estimates cumulatively, recorded revenue and costs to date reflect the current estimates of the stage of completion of each project. Additionally, losses on long-term contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.

        Short-term construction-type contracts, or long-term construction-type contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make estimates difficult, are accounted for under the completed-contract method. Revenues under the completed-contract method are recognized upon substantial completion—that is: acceptance by the customer, compliance with performance specifications demonstrated in a factory acceptance test or similar event.

        For non construction-type contracts that contain customer acceptance provisions, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance occurs or we have demonstrated the customer-specified objective criteria have been met or the contractual acceptance period has lapsed.

        Revenues from service transactions are recognized as services are performed. For long-term service contracts, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or, if the performance pattern is other than straight-line, as the services are provided. Service revenues reflect revenues earned from our activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance-type contracts, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, and installation and commissioning of products as a stand-alone service or as part of a service contract.

        Revenues for software license fees are recognized when persuasive evidence of a non-cancelable license agreement exists, delivery has occurred, the license fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products and/or services,

35


Table of Contents

the total arrangement fee is allocated using the residual method, under which revenue is allocated to the undelivered elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of such undelivered elements and the residual amounts of revenue are allocated to the delivered elements. Elements included in multiple element arrangements may consist of software licenses, maintenance (which includes customer support services and unspecified upgrades), hosting, and consulting services. VSOE is based on the price generally charged when an element is sold separately or, in the case of an element not yet sold separately, the price established by authorized management, if it is probable that the price, once established, will not change once the element is sold separately. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element, the total arrangement fee will be recognized as revenue over the life of the contract or upon delivery of the undelivered element.

        We offer multiple element arrangements to meet our customers' needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation and training) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Deliverables of such multiple element arrangements are evaluated to determine the unit of accounting and if certain criteria are met, we allocate revenues to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. A hierarchy of selling prices is used to determine the selling price of each specific deliverable that includes VSOE (if available), third-party evidence (if VSOE is not available), or estimated selling price if neither of the first two is available. The estimated selling price reflects our best estimate of what the selling prices of elements would be if the elements were sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is allocated between the elements of an arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement. Such arrangements generally include industry-specific performance and termination provisions, such as in the event of substantial delays or non-delivery.

        Revenues are reported net of customer rebates and similar incentives. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue-producing transactions between us and our customers, such as sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.

        These revenue recognition methods require the collectability of the revenues recognized to be reasonably assured. When recording the respective accounts receivable, allowances are calculated to estimate those receivables that will not be collected. These reserves assume a level of default based on historical information, as well as knowledge about specific invoices and customers. The risk remains that actual defaults will vary in number and amount from those originally estimated. As such, the amount of revenues recognized might exceed or fall below the amount which will be collected, resulting in a change in earnings in the future. The risk of deterioration is likely to increase during periods of significant negative industry, economic or political trends.

        As a result of the above policies, judgment in the selection and application of revenue recognition methods must be made.

Contingencies

        As more fully described in "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings" and in "Note 15 Commitments and contingencies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.

36


Table of Contents

        We record provisions for our contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using our best estimate of the amount of loss or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, we may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, we record such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.

        We provide for anticipated costs for warranties when we recognize revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design, material and workmanship in our products. We generally make individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order-specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities. There is a risk that actual warranty costs may exceed the amounts provided for, which would result in a deterioration of earnings in the future when these actual costs are determined.

        We may have legal obligations to perform environmental clean-up activities related to land and buildings as a result of the normal operations of our business. In some cases, the timing or the method of settlement, or both are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within our control, but the underlying obligation itself is unconditional and certain. We recognize a provision for these obligations when it is probable that a liability for the clean-up activity has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of its fair value can be made. In some cases, we may be able to recover a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle these matters. An asset is recorded when it is probable that we will collect such amounts. Provisions for environmental obligations are not discounted to their present value when the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Pension and other postretirement benefits

        As more fully described in "Note 17 Employee benefits" to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and recognize an asset for a plan's overfunded status or a liability for a plan's underfunded status in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We measure such a plan's assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year.

        Significant differences between assumptions and actual experience, or significant changes in assumptions, may materially affect the pension obligations. The effects of actual results differing from assumptions and the changing of assumptions are included in net actuarial loss within "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        We recognize actuarial gains and losses gradually over time. Any cumulative unrecognized actuarial gain or loss that exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the present value of the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and the fair value of plan assets is recognized in earnings over the expected average remaining working lives of the employees participating in the plan, or the expected average remaining lifetime of the inactive plan participants if the plan is comprised of all or almost all inactive participants. Otherwise, the actuarial gain or loss is not recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements.

        We use actuarial valuations to determine our pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates, mortality rates and expected return on plan assets. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to consider current market conditions in making these assumptions. In particular, the discount rates are reviewed annually based on changes in long-term, highly-rated corporate bond yields. Decreases in the discount rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in the discount rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs. The mortality assumptions are reviewed annually

37


Table of Contents

by management. Decreases in mortality rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in mortality rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs.

        Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25 percentage-point decrease in the discount rate would have increased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $456 million, while a 0.25 percentage-point increase in the discount rate would have decreased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $431 million.

        The expected return on plan assets is reviewed regularly and considered for adjustment annually based upon the target asset allocations and represents the long-term return expected to be achieved. Decreases in the expected return on plan assets result in an increase to pension costs. Holding all other assumptions constant, an increase or decrease of 0.25 percentage-points in the expected long-term rate of asset return would have decreased or increased, respectively, the net periodic benefit cost in 2014 by $27 million.

        The funded status, which can increase or decrease based on the performance of the financial markets or changes in our assumptions, does not represent a mandatory short-term cash obligation. Instead, the funded status of a defined benefit pension plan is the difference between the PBO and the fair value of the plan assets. At December 31, 2014, our defined benefit pension plans were $1,890 million underfunded compared to an underfunding of $1,133 million at December 31, 2013. Our other postretirement plans were underfunded by $245 million and $236 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        We have multiple non-pension postretirement benefit plans. Our health care plans are generally contributory with participants' contributions adjusted annually. For purposes of estimating our health care costs, we have assumed health care cost increases to be 8 percent per annum for 2015, gradually declining to 5 percent per annum by 2028 and to remain at that level thereafter.

Income taxes

        In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled from the weighted-average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland. Income which has been generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter "foreign jurisdictions") and has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. There is no requirement in Switzerland for a parent company of a group to file a tax return of the group determining domestic and foreign pre-tax income and as our consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines our global weighted-average tax rate.

        We account for deferred taxes by using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will be realized. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based upon historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. To the extent we increase or decrease this allowance in a period, we recognize the change in the allowance within "Provision for taxes" in the Consolidated Income Statements unless the change relates to discontinued operations, in which case the change is recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax". Unforeseen changes in tax rates

38


Table of Contents

and tax laws, as well as differences in the projected taxable income as compared to the actual taxable income, may affect these estimates.

        Certain countries levy withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter "withholding taxes") on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. Switzerland has concluded double taxation treaties with many countries in which we operate. These treaties either eliminate or reduce such withholding taxes on dividend distributions. It is our policy to distribute retained earnings of subsidiaries, insofar as such earnings are not permanently reinvested or no other reasons exist that would prevent the subsidiary from distributing them. No deferred tax liability is set up, if retained earnings are considered as permanently reinvested, and used for financing current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries.

        We operate in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of our filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) guidelines and are based on our evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period. Changes in the facts and circumstances could result in a material change to the tax accruals. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable and that appropriate tax reserves have been made, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.

        An estimated loss from a tax contingency must be accrued as a charge to income if it is more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We apply a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The required amount of provisions for contingencies of any type may change in the future due to new developments.

Business combinations

        The amount of goodwill initially recognized in a business combination is based on the excess of the purchase price of the acquired company over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The determination of these fair values requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. For instance, when assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future revenues and expenses associated with an asset are used to determine its fair value, but the actual timing and amount differ materially, the asset could become impaired. In some cases, particularly for large acquisitions, we may engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist in determining the fair values.

        Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows of the acquired business, brand awareness, customer retention, technology obsolescence and discount rates.

        In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated at the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly, based upon facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill provided that we are within the twelve-month

39


Table of Contents

measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance's or contingency's estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Income Statements and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. The fair values assigned to the intangible assets acquired are described in "Note 3 Acquisitions and business divestments" as well as "Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets", to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We use either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed. If we elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, then we perform the two-step impairment test.

        Our reporting units are the same as our business divisions for Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Power Products and Power Systems. For the Process Automation division, we determined the reporting units to be one level below the division, as the different products produced or services provided by this division do not share sufficiently similar economic characteristics to permit testing of goodwill on a total division level.

        When performing the qualitative assessment, we first determine, for a reporting unit, factors which would affect the fair value of the reporting unit including: (i) macroeconomic conditions related to the business, (ii) industry and market trends, and (iii) the overall future financial performance and future opportunities in the markets in which the business operates. We then consider how these factors would impact the most recent quantitative analysis of the reporting unit's fair value. Key assumptions in determining the value of the reporting unit include the projected level of business operations, the weighted-average cost of capital, the income tax rate and the terminal growth rate.

        If, after performing the qualitative assessment, we conclude that events or circumstances have occurred which would indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, or if we have elected not to perform a qualitative assessment, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed. In the first step, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit (using an income approach whereby the fair value is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows applying a discount rate that represents our weighted-average cost of capital) and compare it to the reporting unit's carrying value. Where the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. However, if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit is equal to or exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we would perform the second step of the impairment test. In the second step, we would determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill were to exceed its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. Any goodwill impairment losses would be recorded as a separate line item in the income statement in continuing operations, unless related to a discontinued operation, in which case the losses would be recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax".

        In 2014, we performed the two-step quantitative impairment test for all of our reporting units to reflect new assumptions and forecasts resulting from our newly-developed strategic plan for the period 2015 to 2020. The quantitative test concluded that the estimated fair values for each of our reporting

40


Table of Contents

units exceeded their respective carrying values by at least 60 percent and as no reporting unit had a zero or negative carrying value, we concluded that none of the reporting units was "at risk" of failing the goodwill impairment test. Consequently, the second step of the impairment test was not performed.

        The projected future cash flows used in the fair value calculation are based on approved business plans for the reporting units which cover a period of six years plus a calculated terminal value. The projected future cash flows require significant judgments and estimates involving variables such as future sales volumes, sales prices, awards of large orders, production and other operating costs, capital expenditures, net working capital requirements and other economic factors. The after-tax weighted-average cost of capital, currently 9 percent, is based on variables such as the risk-free rate derived from the yield of 10-year U.S. treasury bonds, as well as an ABB-specific risk premium. The terminal value growth rate is assumed to be 1 percent. The mid-term tax rate used in the test is currently 27 percent. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. Consequently, actual future results may differ from those estimates.

        We assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by reconciling the sum of the fair values for all our reporting units to our total market capitalization. The assumptions used in the fair value calculation are challenged each year (through the use of sensitivity analysis) to determine the impact on the fair value of the reporting units. Our sensitivity analysis in 2014 showed that, holding all other assumptions constant, a 1 percentage-point increase in the discount rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 11.6 percent, while a 1 percentage-point decrease in the terminal value growth rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 7.3 percent.

        In 2013, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units except for Power Systems where we elected to perform a quantitative test. Based on the qualitative assessments performed in 2013 and 2012 (when the qualitative assessment covered all our reporting units), we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value was below the carrying value for these reporting units, and as a result, concluded that it was not necessary to perform the two-step quantitative impairment test.

        The quantitative test for Power Systems was undertaken in response to the low order intake in 2013. The calculated fair value of the Power Systems reporting unit on October 1, 2013, exceeded the reporting unit's carrying value by more than 50 percent and as the carrying value was not zero or negative, we concluded that Power Systems was not "at risk" of failing the goodwill impairment test. Consequently, the second step of the impairment test was not performed.

        The projected future cash flows used in the fair value calculation for Power Systems in 2013, were based on an approved business plan for the reporting unit which covered a period of four years plus a calculated terminal value. The projected future cash flows required significant estimates and judgments involving variables such as future sales volumes, sales prices, awards of large orders, production and other operating costs, capital expenditures, net working capital requirements and other economic factors. The after-tax weighted-average cost of capital used (9 percent) was based on variables such as the risk-free rate derived from the yield of 10-year U.S. treasury bonds, as well as an ABB-specific risk premium. The terminal value growth rate was assumed to be 1 percent. The mid-term tax rate used in the test was 27 percent.

        Intangible assets are reviewed for recoverability upon the occurrence of certain triggering events (such as a decision to divest a business or projected losses of an entity) or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We record impairment charges in "Other income (expense), net", in our Consolidated Income Statements, unless they relate to a discontinued operation, in which case the charges are recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax".

41


Table of Contents


NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see "Note 2 Significant accounting policies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

        Each year, we invest significantly in research and development. Our research and development focuses on developing and commercializing the technologies of our businesses that are of strategic importance to our future growth. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we invested $1,499 million, $1,470 million and $1,464 million, respectively, or approximately 3.8 percent, 3.5 percent and 3.7 percent, respectively, of our annual consolidated revenues on research and development activities. We also had expenditures of $310 million, $274 million and $282 million, respectively, or approximately 0.8 percent, 0.7 percent and 0.7 percent, respectively, of our annual consolidated revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, on order-related development activities. These are customer- and project-specific development efforts that we undertake to develop or adapt equipment and systems to the unique needs of our customers in connection with specific orders or projects. Order-related development amounts are initially recorded in inventories as part of the work in process of a contract and then are reflected in cost of sales at the time revenue is recognized in accordance with our accounting policies.

        In addition to continuous product development, and order-related engineering work, we develop platforms for technology applications in our automation and power businesses in our research and development laboratories, which operate on a global basis. Through active management of our investment in research and development, we seek to maintain a balance between short-term and long-term research and development programs and optimize our return on investment.

        Our research and development strategy focuses on three objectives: (i) to monitor and develop emerging technologies and create an innovative, sustainable technology base for ABB, (ii) to develop technology platforms that enable efficient product design for our power and automation customers, and (iii) to create the next generation of power and automation products and systems that we believe will be the engines of profitable growth.

        Universities are incubators of future technology, and a central task of our research and development team is to transform university research into industry-ready technology platforms. We collaborate with a number of universities and research institutions to build research networks and foster new technologies. We believe these collaborations shorten the amount of time required to turn basic ideas into viable products, and they additionally help us recruit and train new personnel. We have built numerous university partnerships in the U.S., Europe and Asia, including long-term, strategic relationships with the Carnegie Mellon University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, North Carolina State University, ETH Zurich, EPFL Lausanne, University of Zurich, Chalmers Technical University Gothenburg, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH) Stockholm, TU Dresden, TU Delft, Cambridge University and Imperial College London. Our collaborative projects include research on materials, sensors, micro-engineered mechanical systems, robotics, controls, manufacturing, distributed power and communication. Common platforms for power and automation technologies are developed around advanced materials, efficient manufacturing, information technology and data communication, as well as sensor and actuator technology.

        Common applications of basic power and automation technologies can also be found in power electronics, electrical insulation, and control and optimization. Our power technologies, including our insulation technologies, current interruption and limitation devices, power electronics, flow control and power protection processes, apply as much to large, reliable, blackout-free transmission systems as they do to everyday household needs. Our automation technologies, including our control and optimization processes, power electronics, sensors and microelectronics, mechatronics and wireless communication processes, are designed to improve efficiency in plants and factories around the world, including our own.

42


Table of Contents


ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTMENTS

Acquisitions

        During 2014, 2013 and 2012, ABB paid $58 million, $897 million and $3,643 million to purchase six, seven and nine businesses, respectively. The amounts exclude changes in cost- and equity-accounted companies.

        There were no significant acquisitions in 2014 or 2013; the largest acquisition during this two-year period was Power-One, acquired in July 2013.

        The principal acquisition in 2012 was Thomas & Betts, which was acquired in May 2012. Thomas & Betts designs, manufactures and markets components used to manage the connection, distribution, transmission and reliability of electrical power in industrial, construction and utility applications. The complementary combination of Thomas & Betts' electrical components and ABB's low-voltage protection, control and measurement products creates a broader low-voltage portfolio (in our Low Voltage Products division) that can be distributed through Thomas & Betts' network of more than 6,000 distributor locations and wholesalers in North America, and through ABB's well-established distribution channels in Europe and Asia.

Divestments

        During 2014, ABB divested several businesses which were primarily its Full Service business, the Meyer Steel Structures business of Thomas & Betts, the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) business of Thomas & Betts and the Power Solutions business of Power-One. Total cash proceeds from all business divestments during 2014 amounted to $1,090 million, net of transaction costs and cash disposed.

        There were no significant divestments in 2013 and 2012.

        For more information on our divestments, see "Note 3 Acquisitions and business divestments" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.


EXCHANGE RATES

        We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Due to our global operations, a significant amount of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in other currencies. As a consequence, movements in exchange rates between currencies may affect: (i) our profitability, (ii) the comparability of our results between periods, and (iii) the reported carrying value of our assets and liabilities.

        We translate non-USD denominated results of operations, assets and liabilities to USD in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Balance sheet items are translated to USD using year-end currency exchange rates. Income statement and cash flow items are translated to USD using the relevant monthly average currency exchange rate.

        Increases and decreases in the value of the USD against other currencies will affect the reported results of operations in our Consolidated Income Statements and the value of certain of our assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, even if our results of operations or the value of those assets and liabilities have not changed in their original currency. As foreign exchange rates impact our reported results of operations and the reported value of our assets and liabilities, changes in foreign exchange rates could significantly affect the comparability of our reported results of operations between periods and result in significant changes to the reported value of our assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity.

43


Table of Contents

        While we operate globally and report our financial results in USD, exchange rate movements between the USD and both the EUR and the CHF are of particular importance to us due to (i) the location of our significant operations and (ii) our corporate headquarters being in Switzerland.

        The exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were as follows:

Exchange rates into $
  2014   2013   2012  

EUR 1.00

    1.22     1.38     1.32  

CHF 1.00

    1.01     1.12     1.09  

        The average exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were as follows:

Exchange rates into $
  2014   2013   2012  

EUR 1.00

    1.33     1.33     1.29  

CHF 1.00

    1.09     1.08     1.07  

        When we incur expenses that are not denominated in the same currency as the related revenues, foreign exchange rate fluctuations could affect our profitability. To mitigate the impact of exchange rate movements on our profitability, it is our policy to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange transaction risk of our operations.

        In 2014, approximately 81 percent of our consolidated revenues were reported in currencies other than the USD. The following percentages of consolidated revenues were reported in the following currencies:

    Euro, approximately 20 percent,

    Chinese renminbi, approximately 11 percent, and

    Swedish krona, approximately 5 percent.

        In 2014, approximately 79 percent of our cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in currencies other than the USD. The following percentages of consolidated cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in the following currencies:

    Euro, approximately 19 percent,

    Chinese renminbi, approximately 10 percent,

    Swedish krona, approximately 5 percent, and

    Canadian dollar, approximately 5 percent.

        We also incur expenses other than cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in various currencies.

        The results of operations and financial position of many of our subsidiaries outside of the United States are reported in the currencies of the countries in which those subsidiaries are located. We refer to these currencies as "local currencies". Local currency financial information is then translated into USD at applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The discussion of our results of operations below provides certain information with respect to orders, revenues, income from operations and other measures as reported in USD (as well as in local currencies). We measure period-to-period variations in local currency results by using a constant foreign exchange rate for all periods under comparison. Differences in our results of operations in local

44


Table of Contents

currencies as compared to our results of operations in USD are caused exclusively by changes in currency exchange rates.

        While we consider our results of operations as measured in local currencies to be a significant indicator of business performance, local currency information should not be relied upon to the exclusion of U.S. GAAP financial measures. Instead, local currencies reflect an additional measure of comparability and provide a means of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed together with the U.S. GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting the business. As local currency information is not standardized, it may not be possible to compare our local currency information to other companies' financial measures that have the same or a similar title. We encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.


ORDERS

        Our policy is to book and report an order when a binding contractual agreement has been concluded with a customer covering, at a minimum, the price and scope of products or services to be supplied, the delivery schedule and the payment terms. The reported value of an order corresponds to the undiscounted value of revenues that we expect to recognize following delivery of the goods or services subject to the order, less any trade discounts and excluding any value added or sales tax. The value of orders received during a given period of time represents the sum of the value of all orders received during the period, adjusted to reflect the aggregate value of any changes to the value of orders received during the period and orders existing at the beginning of the period. These adjustments, which may in the aggregate increase or decrease the orders reported during the period, may include changes in the estimated order price up to the date of contractual performance, changes in the scope of products or services ordered and cancellations of orders.

        The undiscounted value of revenues we expect to generate from our orders at any point in time is represented by our order backlog. Approximately 16 percent of the value of total orders we recorded in 2014 were "large orders," which we define as orders from third parties involving a value of at least $15 million for products or services. Approximately 43 percent of the total value of large orders in 2014 were recorded by our Power Systems division and approximately 35 percent in our Process Automation division. The other divisions accounted for the remainder of the total large orders recorded during 2014. The remaining portion of total orders recorded in 2014 was "base orders," which we define as orders from third parties with a value of less than $15 million for products or services.

        The level of orders fluctuates from year to year. Portions of our business involve orders for long-term projects that can take months or years to complete and many large orders result in revenues in periods after the order is booked. Consequently, the level of large orders and orders generally cannot be used to accurately predict future revenues or operating performance. Orders that have been placed can be cancelled, delayed or modified by the customer. These actions can reduce or delay any future revenues from the order or may result in the elimination of the order.


PERFORMANCE MEASURES

        We evaluate the performance of our divisions primarily based on orders received, revenues and Operational EBITDA.

        Operational EBITDA represents income from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items, as well as foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (ii) realized gains and losses on derivatives

45


Table of Contents

where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (iii) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).

        From 2015, performance of our divisions will be primarily based on orders received, revenues and Operational EBITA.

        Operational EBITA represents income from operations excluding amortization of intangibles acquired in business combinations, restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items, as well as foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (ii) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (iii) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).

        See "Note 23 Operating segment and geographic data" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the total consolidated Operational EBITDA to income from continuing operations before taxes.


ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Our consolidated results from operations were as follows:

($ in millions, except per share data in $)
  2014   2013   2012  

Orders

    41,515     38,896     40,232  

Order backlog at December 31,

    24,900     26,046     29,298  

Revenues

   
39,830
   
41,848
   
39,336
 

Cost of sales

    (28,615 )   (29,856 )   (27,958 )

Gross profit

    11,215     11,992     11,378  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (6,067 )   (6,094 )   (5,756 )

Non-order related research and development expenses

    (1,499 )   (1,470 )   (1,464 )

Other income (expense), net

    529     (41 )   (100 )

Income from operations

    4,178     4,387     4,058  

Net interest and other finance expense

    (282 )   (321 )   (220 )

Provision for taxes

    (1,202 )   (1,122 )   (1,030 )

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,694     2,944     2,808  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    24     (37 )   4  

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (124 )   (120 )   (108 )

Net income attributable to ABB

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,570     2,824     2,700  

Net income

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

        A more detailed discussion of the orders, revenues, Operational EBITDA and income from operations for our divisions follows in the sections of "Divisional analysis" below entitled "Discrete

46


Table of Contents

Automation and Motion", "Low Voltage Products", "Process Automation", "Power Products", "Power Systems" and "Corporate and Other". Orders and revenues of our divisions include interdivisional transactions which are eliminated in the "Corporate and Other" line in the tables below.

Orders

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Discrete Automation and Motion

    10,559     9,771     9,625     8 %   2 %

Low Voltage Products

    7,550     7,696     6,720     (2 )%   15 %

Process Automation

    8,577     8,000     8,704     7 %   (8 )%

Power Products

    10,764     10,459     11,040     3 %   (5 )%

Power Systems

    6,871     5,949     7 ,973     15 %   (25 )%

Operating divisions

    44,321     41,875     44,062     6 %   (5 )%

Corporate and Other (1)

    (2,806 )   (2,979 )   (3,830 )   n.a.     n.a.  

Total

    41,515     38,896     40,232     7 %   (3 )%

(1)
Includes interdivisional eliminations

        In 2014, total order volume increased 7 percent (9 percent in local currencies) and increased across all divisions except Low Voltage Products. Orders increased primarily due to higher large orders while base orders also increased. In the automation divisions, orders were supported by customer investments to improve operational efficiency and an increase in the demand for services. In the power divisions, the key demand drivers such as capacity expansion in emerging markets, upgrading of aging infrastructure in mature markets and the integration of renewable energy supplies into power grids, remained intact.

        In 2014, orders in the Discrete Automation and Motion division grew 8 percent (10 percent in local currencies) on higher orders in all businesses and supported by the impact of including Power-One for the full year in 2014. Orders decreased 2 percent in the Low Voltage Products division (flat in local currencies) as the impacts of divesting the HVAC and Steel Structures businesses offset the order increases which were realized in most of the division's other businesses. Orders in the Process Automation division increased 7 percent (10 percent in local currencies) on significantly higher large orders in the marine sector compared to the previous year. Orders increased 3 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Power Products division, supported by the industry sector and continued selective investments in large transmission projects. In the Power Systems division, orders grew 15 percent (20 percent in local currencies), driven primarily by the receipt of several large orders.

        During 2014, base orders grew 2 percent (4 percent in local currencies) reflecting the global economic conditions which showed positive trends but remained mixed in certain markets. Following a weak large order intake in 2013, large orders increased 45 percent (50 percent in local currencies) in 2014. Successful sales efforts resulted in orders from the 2013 tender backlog successfully turning into orders in 2014. This allowed large orders to grow significantly, particularly in the Process Automation and Power Systems divisions.

        In 2013, total order volume declined 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies) as lower large orders were not offset by base order growth. Orders were supported by our automation divisions where customer investments to improve operational efficiency and the demand for services increased during the year. Despite strong project tendering activity, some customers delayed order awards due to macroeconomic uncertainties and this resulted in order declines in the power divisions compared to 2012.

47


Table of Contents

        Supported by growth in the second half of the year, orders in the Discrete Automation and Motion division grew 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) in 2013, as higher orders in the Robotics business and the positive impact of acquiring Power-One more than compensated the decreases in the Motors and Generators business. Orders increased 15 percent (14 percent in local currencies) in the Low Voltage Products division, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013 (compared to approximately seven months in 2012). In addition, orders in all businesses in this division grew except the Low Voltage Systems business. Orders in the Process Automation division decreased 8 percent (8 percent in local currencies) as stable orders in the product businesses were more than offset by the impact of lower large orders. Orders decreased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Power Products division, mainly driven by lower transformer orders. Significantly lower large orders led to a decline of 25 percent (25 percent in local currencies) in orders in the Power Systems division as customers postponed large investments and as a result of our order selectivity and focus on higher-margin business that is part of the division's strategic repositioning (announced in December 2012).

        During 2013, base orders grew 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) as the economic environment improved in the second half of 2013. As fewer large orders from projects in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions were received, large orders declined 31 percent (31 percent in local currencies).

        We determine the geographic distribution of our orders based on the location of the customer, which may be different from the ultimate destination of the products' end use. The geographic distribution of our consolidated orders was as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Europe

    14,246     13,334     13,512     7 %   (1 )%

The Americas

    11,957     11,365     12,152     5 %   (6 )%

Asia

    11,215     10,331     10,346     9 %    

Middle East and Africa

    4,097     3,866     4,222     6 %   (8 )%

Total

    41,515     38,896     40,232     7 %   (3 )%

        Orders in 2014 grew in all regions on higher orders in both power and automation. Orders in Europe increased 7 percent (9 percent in local currencies) driven by increases in large orders. Orders were higher in the United Kingdom, Sweden, Finland, France, Switzerland, Spain and the Netherlands, offsetting lower orders in Germany, Italy, Norway and Russia. Orders increased 5 percent (9 percent in local currencies) in the Americas on higher base and large orders in the U.S., Canada, Brazil and Argentina. In Asia, orders grew 9 percent (11 percent in local currencies) on higher orders in China, South Korea, India and Japan while orders were lower in Australia. Orders increased in MEA by 6 percent (9 percent in local currencies) supported by growth in Saudi Arabia while orders decreased in the United Arab Emirates and South Africa.

        Orders in 2013 declined 6 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Americas, driven by lower orders in Brazil and lower large orders in the power sector in the U.S. and Canada. However, orders in the U.S. remained stable as base order growth (due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013) compensated lower large power orders. In Asia, orders remained unchanged (increased 1 percent in local currencies) as growth in the automation divisions was offset by lower orders in the power businesses, primarily in India and Australia. China returned to growth as most divisions received higher orders than in the previous year from that country. Europe declined 1 percent (decrease of 3 percent in local currencies), as a moderate increase in the industrial sectors was offset by lower orders in the power divisions. Order growth in Germany, France and Spain mostly compensated declines in Italy, the United Kingdom, Russia as well as in most Nordic countries. Orders

48


Table of Contents

decreased in MEA by 8 percent (7 percent in local currencies) as large orders received in Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates could not offset lower large orders from the power sector in Saudi Arabia and Iraq, as well as from the oil and gas sector in Oman.

Order backlog

 
  December 31,   % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Discrete Automation and Motion

    4,385     4,351     4,426     1 %   (2 )%

Low Voltage Products

    891     1,057     1,117     (16 )%   (5 )%

Process Automation

    5,661     5,772     6,416     (2 )%   (10 )%

Power Products

    7,791     7,946     8,493     (2 )%   (6 )%

Power Systems

    8,246     9,435     12,107     (13 )%   (22 )%

Operating divisions

    26,974     28,561     32,559     (6 )%   (12 )%

Corporate and Other (1)

    (2,074 )   (2,515 )   (3,261 )   n.a.     n.a.  

Total

    24,900     26,046     29,298     (4 )%   (11 )%

(1)
Includes interdivisional eliminations

        In 2014, consolidated order backlog decreased 4 percent (increased 5 percent in local currencies). Order backlog in all divisions reflected the effects of significant foreign currency changes as the U.S. dollar strengthened during 2014 against substantially all currencies. In the Discrete Automation and Motion, Process Automation and Power Products divisions, order backlog increased in local currencies as a result of growth in global industrial demand. Order backlog in the Process Automation division also increased due to large orders received in the marine and oil and gas sectors. Order backlog in the Low Voltage Products division decreased in local currencies due to divestments during 2014. Order backlog in the Power Systems division decreased 4 percent in local currencies as the impacts of higher large orders during 2014 were more than offset by the impacts of the run off of the order backlog in the businesses affected by the Power Systems repositioning announced in 2012 and the exit from the solar EPC business announced in 2014.

        In 2013, consolidated order backlog declined 11 percent (10 percent in local currencies) with decreases in all divisions but primarily decreases in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions. The decrease in the Power Systems division was due mainly to customers postponing investments, resulting in delays in the award of large orders, as well as reduced order intake resulting from the division's increased project selectivity, as part of the division's repositioning announced in December 2012. Order backlog in the Process Automation division decreased primarily due to a reduction in large orders received in the industrial sector. Despite an improvement of the macroeconomic environment in the second half of the year, order backlog in the Low Voltage Products division as well as in the Discrete Automation and Motion division was below the respective levels at the end of 2012.

49


Table of Contents

Revenues

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Discrete Automation and Motion

    10,142     9,915     9,405     2 %   5 %

Low Voltage Products

    7,532     7,729     6,638     (3 )%   16 %

Process Automation

    7,948     8,497     8,156     (6 )%   4 %

Power Products

    10,333     11,032     10,717     (6 )%   3 %

Power Systems

    7,020     8,375     7,852     (16 )%   7 %

Operating divisions

    42,975     45,548     42,768     (6 )%   7 %

Corporate and Other (1)

    (3,145 )   (3,700 )   (3,432 )   n.a.     n.a.  

Total

    39,830     41,848     39,336     (5 )%   6 %

(1)
Includes interdivisional eliminations

        Revenues in 2014 decreased 5 percent (2 percent in local currencies) due primarily to the impacts of the lower opening order backlog in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions compared to the beginning of 2013 and the impacts of business divestments.

        On a divisional basis, revenues grew 2 percent (4 percent in local currencies) in the Discrete Automation and Motion division, supported by growth in the Robotics business and also due to the impact of including Power-One for the full year in 2014. In the Low Voltage Products division, revenues decreased 3 percent (flat in local currencies) as steady to higher revenues in most businesses were offset by decreases in revenues resulting from divestments. Revenues in the Process Automation division decreased 6 percent (4 percent in local currencies) due to the effects of the lower opening order backlog, primarily in the systems businesses and were also impacted by the exit from a large service contract in the fourth quarter of 2013. Revenues in the Power Products division decreased 6 percent (4 percent in local currencies) mainly reflecting the low opening order backlog. In the Power Systems division, revenues decreased 16 percent (13 percent in local currencies) due to the lower opening order backlog in all businesses.

        Revenues in 2013 increased 6 percent (7 percent in local currencies) due primarily to execution from prior year's high order backlog and due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013.

        Revenues in 2013 rose 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Discrete Automation and Motion division as the Robotics business grew for the fourth consecutive year. In the Low Voltage Products division, revenues grew 16 percent (16 percent in local currencies) as most businesses recorded higher revenues, and due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. Revenues in the Process Automation division were 4 percent higher (5 percent in local currencies) in 2013, supported by the execution of orders from the 2012 order backlog, especially in the marine, mining, and oil and gas sectors. Revenues in the Power Products division increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies), as all businesses reported higher revenues, assisted by strong order execution from the 2012 order backlog. In the Power Systems division, revenues increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies) on execution from the 2012 order backlog, led by the Power Generation and Grid Systems businesses.

50


Table of Contents

        We determine the geographic distribution of our revenues based on the location of the customer, which may be different from the ultimate destination of the products' end use. The geographic distribution of our consolidated revenues was as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Europe

    13,674     14,385     14,073     (5 )%   2 %

The Americas

    11,482     12,115     10,699     (5 )%   13 %

Asia

    10,874     11,230     10,750     (3 )%   4 %

Middle East and Africa

    3,800     4,118     3,814     (8 )%   8 %

Total

    39,830     41,848     39,336     (5 )%   6 %

        In 2014, revenues declined in all regions. In Europe, revenues decreased 5 percent (3 percent in local currencies) as revenue increases in Norway, the United Kingdom, France, Switzerland and Spain were more than offset by revenue declines in Germany, Italy, Sweden, Finland, Russia and the Netherlands. Revenues from the Americas declined 5 percent (2 percent in local currencies). Revenues were steady in the U.S. and included the impacts of including Power-One for a full year in 2014 while revenues declined in Canada and Brazil. Revenues from Asia decreased 3 percent (1 percent in local currencies) as revenues were flat in China while decreases were realized in India, South Korea and Australia. Revenues in MEA declined 8 percent (6 percent in local currencies) as a result of lower revenues in Saudi Arabia and South Africa in the power divisions while revenues increased in the United Arab Emirates.

        In 2013, revenues in Europe increased 2 percent (flat in local currencies) with higher revenues in all divisions except Power Systems. Revenue increases in Sweden, Norway, the United Kingdom, Finland, France and the Netherlands more than offset revenue declines in Germany, Italy, Switzerland and Spain. Revenues from the Americas increased 13 percent (15 percent in local currencies) with higher revenues in all five divisions, and from the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. Revenues increased at a double-digit rate in the U.S., Canada and Brazil, the main markets in this region. Revenues from Asia increased 4 percent (6 percent in local currencies) with stable or higher revenues in all divisions except Power Products. The revenue increase in Asia was due to higher revenues from the Low Voltage Products division, as well as the successful execution, in the Process Automation division, of marine orders for the oil and gas sector in China and South Korea. In India revenues grew moderately. Revenues in MEA grew by 8 percent (11 percent in local currencies) primarily from increases in the Power Products division, while revenues from the oil and gas sector declined. Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Iraq recorded significant revenue increases.

Cost of sales

        Cost of sales consists primarily of labor, raw materials and component costs but also includes indirect production costs, expenses for warranties, contract and project charges, as well as order-related development expenses incurred in connection with projects for which corresponding revenues have been recognized.

        In 2014, cost of sales decreased 4 percent (1 percent in local currencies) to $28,615 million. As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales increased from 71.3 percent in 2013 to 71.8 percent in 2014. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenues decreased in most divisions as benefits from cost savings more than offset the impacts from price pressures in certain markets. However, the consolidated cost of sales as a percentage of revenues was higher due to high project-related costs in the Power Systems division and the dilutive impact on margins from the Power-One acquisition in the Discrete Automation and Motion division.

51


Table of Contents

        In 2013, cost of sales increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies) to $29,856 million. As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales increased from 71.1 percent in 2012 to 71.3 percent in 2013. Despite margin improvements in the Low Voltage Products division, cost of sales as a percentage of revenues increased due to a negative business mix and margin reductions on the execution of lower margin orders from the backlog in the Power Products division. Furthermore, additional negative impacts from project-related charges in the Power Systems division were recorded. Cost of sales as a percentage of service revenues decreased due to productivity gains and a positive business mix.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        The components of selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Selling expenses

    4,054     4,071     3,862  

Selling expenses as a percentage of orders received

    9.8 %   10.5 %   9.6 %

General and administrative expenses

    2,013     2,023     1,894  

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues

    5.1 %   4.8 %   4.8 %

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

    6,067     6,094     5,756  

Total selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues

    15.2 %   14.6 %   14.6 %

Total selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of the average of orders received and revenues

    14.9 %   15.1 %   14.5 %

        In 2014, general and administrative expenses remained stable compared to 2013 (increased 2 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 4.8 percent to 5.1 percent mainly due to the impact of lower revenues.

        In 2013, general and administrative expenses increased 7 percent (7 percent in local currencies) driven partly by the incremental costs of newly-acquired companies and investment in information technology infrastructure. However, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues, remained unchanged.

        In 2014, selling expenses remained stable compared to 2013 (increased 2 percent in local currencies). Selling expenses as a percentage of orders received decreased from 10.5 percent to 9.8 percent mainly due to the impact of higher orders received.

        In 2013, selling expenses increased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) mainly due to the increase in the number of sales-related employees added in certain key markets.

        In 2014, selling, general and administrative expenses remained stable compared to 2013 (increased 2 percent in local currencies) and as a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 15.1 percent to 14.9 percent as the impact of lower revenues was more than offset by the impact of higher orders.

        In 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 6 percent (6 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 0.6 percentage-points to 15.1 percent, primarily due to the decrease in orders received and increased selling expenses (explained above).

Non-order related research and development expenses

        In 2014, non-order related research and development expenses increased 2 percent compared to 2013 (4 percent in local currencies).

52


Table of Contents

        In 2013, non-order related research and development expenses remained flat (declined 1 percent in local currencies).

        Non-order related research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 3.8 percent in 2014, after decreasing to 3.5 percent in 2013 from 3.7 percent in 2012.

Other income (expense), net

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses (1)

    (37 )   (45 )   (54 )

Net gain from sale of property, plant and equipment

    17     18     26  

Asset impairments

    (34 )   (29 )   (111 )

Net gain (loss) from sale of businesses

    543     (16 )   (2 )

Income from equity-accounted companies and other income (expense)

    40     31     41  

Total

    529     (41 )   (100 )

(1)
Excluding asset impairments

        "Other income (expense), net" primarily includes certain restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, gains and losses from sale of businesses and sale of property, plant and equipment, recognized asset impairments, as well as our share of income or loss from equity-accounted companies. "Other income (expense), net" was an income of $529 million in 2014, compared with an expense of $41 million in 2013, mostly due to the impact of the net gains recorded in 2014 from the sale of HVAC, Power Solutions, Steel Structures and Full Service businesses.

        In 2013, "Other income (expense), net" decreased to an expense of $41 million from $100 million in 2012, mostly due to the impact in 2012 of $87 million of impairments recognized for certain equity-method investments.

Income from operations

 
   
   
   
  % Change (1)  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Discrete Automation and Motion

    1,422     1,458     1,469     (2 )%   (1 )%

Low Voltage Products

    1,475     1,092     856     35 %   28 %

Process Automation

    1,003     990     912     1 %   9 %

Power Products

    1,204     1,331     1,328     (10 )%    

Power Systems

    (360 )   171     7     n.a.     n.a.  

Operating divisions

    4,744     5,042     4,572     (6 )%   10 %

Corporate and Other

    (569 )   (650 )   (524 )   n.a.     n.a.  

Intersegment elimination

    3     (5 )   10     n.a.     n.a.  

Total

    4,178     4,387     4,058     (5 )%   8 %

(1)
Certain percentages are stated as n.a. as the computed change would not be meaningful.

        In 2014 and 2013, changes in income from operations were a result of the factors discussed above and in the divisional analysis below.

53


Table of Contents

Net interest and other finance expense

        Net interest and other finance expense consists of "Interest and dividend income" offset by "Interest and other finance expense".

        "Interest and other finance expense" includes interest expense on our debt, the amortization of upfront transaction costs associated with long-term debt and committed credit facilities, commitment fees on credit facilities, foreign exchange gains and losses on financial items and gains and losses on marketable securities.

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Interest and dividend income

    80     69     73  

Interest and other finance expense

    (362 )   (390 )   (293 )

Net interest and other finance expense

    (282 )   (321 )   (220 )

        In 2014, "Interest and other finance expense" decreased compared to 2013, mainly resulting from (i) the maturity of a bond in June 2013 and (ii) the reduction in interest expense resulting from an additional interest rate swap entered into during 2014 — see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In 2013, "Interest and other finance expense" increased compared to 2012, mainly resulting from (i) the increase in interest expense, as bonds issued in 2012 were outstanding for a full year in 2013, and (ii) interest expense in 2012 included a release of provisions for expected interest due on certain income tax obligations, primarily due to the favorable resolution of a tax dispute — see "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Provision for taxes

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from continuing operations before taxes

    3,896     4,066     3,838  

Provision for taxes

    (1,202 )   (1,122 )   (1,030 )

Effective tax rate for the year

    30.9 %   27.6 %   26.8 %

        In 2014, the tax rate of 30.9% included the effects of taxes on net gains on sale of businesses. Included in the provision for taxes of $1,202 million were taxes of $279 million relating to $543 million of gains on sale of businesses. These divestment transactions increased the effective tax rate as gains were realized primarily in higher-tax jurisdictions and the goodwill allocated to the divested businesses was not deductible for tax purposes. Excluding the effects of these divestment transactions, the effective tax rate for 2014 would have been 27.5%.

        The provision for taxes in 2014 included a net increase of valuation allowance on deferred taxes of $52 million, as we determined it was not more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. This amount included an expense of $31 million related to certain of our operations in South America.

        The provision for taxes in 2013 included a net increase in valuation allowance on deferred taxes of $31 million, as we determined it was not more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. This amount included an expense of $104 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe and South America. It also included a benefit of $42 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe.

        The provision for taxes in 2012 included a net increase in valuation allowance on deferred taxes of $44 million, as we determined it was not more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. This amount included $36 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe.

54


Table of Contents

        The provision for taxes in 2014, 2013 and 2012, also included tax credits, arising in foreign jurisdictions, for which the technical merits did not allow a benefit to be taken.

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

        As a result of the factors discussed above, income from continuing operations, net of tax, decreased $250 million to $2,694 million in 2014 compared to 2013, and increased $136 million to $2,944 million in 2013 compared to 2012.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

        The loss (net of tax) from discontinued operations for 2013 related primarily to provisions for certain environmental obligations. The income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for 2014 and 2012 was not significant.

Net income attributable to ABB

        As a result of the factors discussed above, net income attributable to ABB decreased $193 million to $2,594 million in 2014 compared to 2013, and increased $83 million to $2,787 million in 2013 compared to 2012.

Earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

(in $)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax:

                   

Basic

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Diluted

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Net income attributable to ABB:

                   

Basic

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

Diluted

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options and outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under our share-based payment arrangements. See "Note 20 Earnings per share" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Divisional analysis

Discrete Automation and Motion

        The financial results of our Discrete Automation and Motion division were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Orders

    10,559     9,771     9,625     8 %   2 %

Order backlog at December 31,

    4,385     4,351     4,426     1 %   (2 )%

Revenues

    10,142     9,915     9,405     2 %   5 %

Income from operations

    1,422     1,458     1,469     (2 )%   (1 )%

Operational EBITDA

    1,760     1,783     1,735     (1 )%   3 %

55


Table of Contents

Orders

        Orders in 2014 increased 8 percent (10 percent in local currencies) as orders were higher in all businesses. Order increases in the Power Conversion business were driven by strong rail orders and the inclusion of Power-One for a full year in 2014 compared to 5 months in 2013. Orders grew in the Robotics business as demand increased from general industry while large order demand from the automotive sector was lower. Orders in the Drives and Controls and the Motors and Generators businesses increased due to higher service orders as well as the receipt of large marine orders in 2014.

        Orders in 2013 were up 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) as both the growth in orders in our Robotics business and the impact of including Power-One (acquired July 2013) were partly offset by decreases in orders in our Motors and Generators business. Orders were negatively impacted by weak industrial demand in mature markets and reduced growth rates in emerging markets compared to 2012. In the Robotics business, strong demand from the automotive sector generated high levels of orders, while orders in the Motors and Generators business were lower due to weak market demand for industrial motors. In addition, orders increased due to large orders received from rail customers in our Power Conversion business. Orders in the Drives and Controls business were steady compared to 2012.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    39     38     37  

The Americas

    32     32     34  

Asia

    26     27     26  

Middle East and Africa

    3     3     3  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the geographical split of orders was consistent with 2013. Larger rail orders in the Power Conversion business from Sweden and Switzerland compensated for other market weakness in Europe. The Americas maintained their share of global orders as orders received in the U.S. increased due to the inclusion of the solar business of Power-One for a full year while the rest of the Americas was steady. The share of orders from Asia was supported by growth in China offsetting the impacts of order declines in India.

        In 2013, the geographic distribution of our orders remained similar to 2012. Large orders in the Robotics business contributed to the increase in the share of orders from Asia, while fewer large orders were received in the Americas, reducing its share. In addition, the weak demand for motors in the U.S. also reduced the share of orders from the Americas. The share of orders from Europe increased slightly due to several larger traction orders in our Power Conversion business.

Order backlog

        Order backlog in 2014 increased 1 percent (9 percent in local currencies) assisted by the receipt of large rail orders in Sweden and Switzerland which will primarily be delivered after 2015.

        Order backlog in 2013 was 2 percent lower (1 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, as both an increase in order backlog in Robotics and the increase in order backlog from acquiring Power-One were more than offset by a decrease in order backlog in the Drives and Controls, and Motors and Generators businesses.

56


Table of Contents

Revenues

        In 2014, revenues grew 2 percent (4 percent in local currencies) due to the impact of including Power-One for a full year in 2014 and growth in the Robotics business. Revenues were also supported by a 9 percent increase in service revenues (12 percent in local currencies). Revenues in the Drives and Controls, and Motors and Generators businesses declined due to a weak opening order backlog for mid- and large-sized medium voltage drives and high voltage motors.

        In 2013, revenues increased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) due to the impact of including Power-One as well as growth in the Robotics and Drives and Controls businesses. However, revenue decreases in the Motors and Generators business lowered the overall growth rate of the division.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    37     39     37  

The Americas

    33     32     33  

Asia

    27     26     27  

Middle East and Africa

    3     3     3  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the share of revenues from Europe declined due to lower revenues in the Drives and Controls, and Motors and Generators businesses. The Americas' share of revenues increased and was supported by the inclusion of Power-One for a full year in 2014. Revenues in Asia were supported by high automotive revenues in Robotics in China.

        In 2013, Europe's share of total revenues increased as several large projects were executed from the 2012 order backlog. Revenue growth was achieved in Sweden, Norway, Italy, Finland and Switzerland. The share of the Americas decreased as revenue growth in Brazil and Canada was offset by a revenue decrease in the U.S. Asia's share of revenues declined as revenues in India, Australia and South Korea were lower than 2012, while China recorded moderate growth.

Income from operations

        In 2014, income from operations was lower than 2013, despite higher revenues, due to price pressures affecting gross margin and higher depreciation costs. Lower revenues in the Drives and Controls, and Motors and Generators businesses also led to reduced income from operations. Robotics had a higher contribution to income from operations due to increased revenues and improved gross margins while margins were lower in the Power Conversion business due to the dilutive effects of Power-One.

        In 2013, income from operations was stable compared to 2012. The benefit of higher revenues was offset by a reduction in operating margins, primarily due to changes in product mix. In addition, higher depreciation expense, the costs of acquiring Power-One and higher restructuring-related costs compared with 2012, negatively impacted income from operations in 2013. Depreciation and amortization increased to $285 million in 2013, mainly due to the acquisition of Power-One.

57


Table of Contents

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from operations

    1,422     1,458     1,469  

Depreciation and amortization

    309     285     263  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    25     19     (4 )

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

        33     8  

FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations

    4     (12 )   (1 )

Operational EBITDA

    1,760     1,783     1,735  

        In 2014, Operational EBITDA declined 1 percent compared to 2013, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 3 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2015 outlook

        The speed and direction of global economic development is currently uncertain. There continue to be some positive indicators in the U.S., and China is expected to continue to grow. Many economies in Europe, however, are expected to remain weak. Despite this mixed outlook, we expect customers to continue to invest in safe, efficient and flexible automation, and in sustainable transport and infrastructure, which will support the performance of the Discrete Automation and Motion division in 2015.

Low Voltage Products

        The financial results of our Low Voltage Products division were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Orders

    7,550     7,696     6,720     (2 )%   15 %

Order backlog at December 31,

    891     1,057     1,117     (16 )%   (5 )%

Revenues

    7,532     7,729     6,638     (3 )%   16 %

Income from operations

    1,475     1,092     856     35 %   28 %

Operational EBITDA

    1,429     1,468     1,219     (3 )%   20 %

Orders

        In 2014, orders decreased 2 percent (flat in local currencies) as order growth in most businesses was offset by the impact of the divestments of HVAC and Steel Structures. Order growth was highest in the Wiring Accessories business and orders also grew in the Breakers and Switches, Enclosures, and Control Products businesses while orders in the Low Voltage Systems business were steady. Product businesses grew despite a challenging macroeconomic environment in Europe, lower investments in the construction market in China and political instability in certain Eastern European countries.

58


Table of Contents

        Orders increased 15 percent (14 percent in local currencies) in 2013, driven primarily by the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. In addition, orders grew moderately in most product businesses, while in the systems business orders decreased.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    39     39     43  

The Americas

    30     32     26  

Asia

    24     22     24  

Middle East and Africa

    7     7     7  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the share of orders from the Americas decreased primarily due to the impact of the divestments in the year, which were mainly based in the U.S. and Canada. The share of orders in Asia increased, partially driven by systems orders in China.

        In 2013, the share of orders from the Americas increased and the share of orders from both Europe and Asia decreased, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013, which operates primarily in the U.S. and Canada.

Order backlog

        In 2014, order backlog decreased 16 percent (9 percent in local currencies), driven mainly by the impacts of business divestments in the year.

        In 2013, order backlog decreased 5 percent (4 percent in local currencies), driven mainly by certain product businesses.

Revenues

        In 2014, revenues decreased 3 percent (flat in local currencies) as steady to higher revenues in most businesses were offset by the impacts of divested businesses. Revenues grew slightly in the Breakers and Switches and Low Voltage Systems businesses while revenues were flat in the Enclosures and Control Products businesses.

        In 2013, revenues increased 16 percent (16 percent in local currencies) primarily due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. In addition, revenues grew in our product businesses, while revenues were lower in the systems business.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    40     39     43  

The Americas

    30     33     26  

Asia

    23     22     24  

Middle East and Africa

    7     6     7  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the share of revenues from the Americas decreased primarily due to the impact of divestments in the year. The share of revenues from Asia and MEA increased slightly, partially attributable to increased systems revenues in China and Saudi Arabia respectively.

59


Table of Contents

        In 2013, the share of revenues from the Americas increased and the share of revenues from both Europe and Asia decreased, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013.

Income from operations

        In 2014, income from operations increased 35 percent, primarily due to gains from the sales of businesses divested in the year. Depreciation and amortization of $301 million was lower than 2013, due to the impacts of business divestments in 2014. However, income from operations was impacted by a negative product mix.

        In 2013, income from operations increased 28 percent, due mainly to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013 and also due to the inclusion in 2012 of $106 million of acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items (which mainly included certain employee-related expenses and transaction costs for Thomas & Betts). Depreciation and amortization of $323 million was higher than in 2012, due primarily to including Thomas & Betts for a full year. In addition, the change in geographic distribution of revenues in 2013, as well as a different revenue mix between products and systems, increased profitability.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from operations

    1,475     1,092     856  

Depreciation and amortization

    301     323     250  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    45     31     23  

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

    (407 )   16     106  

FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations

    15     6     (16 )

Operational EBITDA

    1,429     1,468     1,219  

        In 2014, Operational EBITDA decreased 3 percent compared to 2013, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 20 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2015 outlook

        The global demand outlook for 2015 in our key industry and transport and infrastructure markets varies by region and sector. There are some positive indicators in North America and slow growth in Europe is expected to remain. Economic growth in China is forecasted to continue. Customer spending to improve industrial and building efficiency is expected to support the business in 2015, along with further investments in electrical marine propulsion and rail transport.

60


Table of Contents

Process Automation

        The financial results of our Process Automation division were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Orders

    8,577     8,000     8,704     7 %   (8 )%

Order backlog at December 31,

    5,661     5,772     6,416     (2 )%   (10 )%

Revenues

    7,948     8,497     8,156     (6 )%   4 %

Income from operations

    1,003     990     912     1 %   9 %

Operational EBITDA

    1,029     1,096     1,003     (6 )%   9 %

Orders

        Orders in 2014 increased 7 percent (10 percent in local currencies), mainly due to high demand from the marine sector, especially for LNG vessels. Orders in the oil and gas businesses also increased while orders in the mining businesses remained at low levels as most mining customers delayed or postponed capital investments. Orders in the metals businesses also remained at low levels due to overcapacity issues affecting our customers. Other customers such as steel companies are focusing their spending on operating expenses and not on capital investment due to profitability pressures affecting their industry. The paper industry in North America, South America and parts of Asia, however, has improved and has started to increase its level of capital investment.

        Orders in 2013 declined 8 percent (8 percent in local currencies), reflecting the response of our customers to ongoing economic uncertainty. Order declines were primarily due to reductions in large orders as tender activity for major expansion projects decreased across most sectors. Orders during the year largely reflected customer investment in productivity improvements for existing assets rather than investment in capacity expansion. Orders from the oil and gas and marine sectors remained strong but were lower than in 2012, while orders from metals and pulp and paper customers decreased.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Process Automation division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    33     37     37  

The Americas

    23     23     25  

Asia

    35     31     27  

Middle East and Africa

    9     9     11  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the share of orders from Asia increased primarily due to the impacts of large orders received in South Korea from the LNG marine sector and strong order growth in China. Orders grew in MEA, allowing it to maintain its share of orders, and included the impact of the award of a gas treatment plant contract in Tunisia. The share of orders from the Americas remained steady. Growth in Brazil was offset by the effects of lower mining investments in Chile while North America grew slightly. Orders decreased in Europe which resulted in a reduction in the share of orders from Europe compared to 2013. Marine orders in Finland were offset by lower order intake in Germany and Southern Europe.

        In 2013, the share of orders from Asia grew while declining in the Americas and MEA. In Asia, the increase was primarily from China, where higher orders were mainly driven by the marine sector while the mining sector remained weak. South Korea also remained strong in the marine sector. In Europe, the offshore oil and gas market in the North Sea continued to see capital investments based on high oil prices and improving reservoir assessment technology. The European shipbuilding sector

61


Table of Contents

also saw renewed activity, although economic constraints such as overcapacity and the lack of financing have affected this sector. Overall, Europe, with the same share of orders as in 2012, had a moderate decrease in orders, although still at high levels. Orders in the Americas were impacted by a reduction in investments made by the mining sector, while the MEA region decreased primarily due to a reduction in large orders received from the oil and gas sector.

Order backlog

        Order backlog at December 31, 2014, was 2 percent lower compared to 2013. In local currencies, order backlog was 9 percent higher, reflecting the higher order intake during the year, especially large orders.

        Order backlog at December 31, 2013, was 10 percent lower (8 percent in local currencies) than in 2012, reflecting the impact of a reduction in order intake during the year.

Revenues

        In 2014, revenues were down 6 percent (4 percent in local currencies) reflecting the impacts of lower order intake in the previous year. Revenue decreases were more significant in the systems businesses, especially in mining systems, due to the weak opening order backlog while revenues in the oil and gas businesses increased. Product revenues were flat. Revenues in the Measurement Products business grew slightly but were offset by a decline in revenues in the Control Technologies business. Product revenues in the Turbocharging business increased slightly compared to the low levels last year. Revenues were also impacted by the exit in 2013 from a large service contract.

        Although orders decreased in 2013, revenues were 4 percent higher than 2012 (5 percent in local currencies) as we executed on projects in the order backlog from 2012. Revenue growth resulted primarily from the systems businesses, particularly in the marine and mining sectors. Revenues in our product businesses grew moderately, particularly in Measurement Products and Control Technologies. Lifecycle services also showed modest growth.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Process Automation division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    35     36     37  

The Americas

    23     24     23  

Asia

    33     32     30  

Middle East and Africa

    9     8     10  

Total

    100     100     100  

        The regional distribution of revenues in 2014 did not change significantly compared to 2013. Revenue share declines were realized in Europe and the Americas, while Asia and MEA increased. In Europe, revenues declined as result of an exit in 2013 from a large service contract in Finland and lower revenues in Sweden. In the Americas, lower opening order backlog in the mining business led to lower revenues in Chile and Peru, which more than offset growth in the U.S. The revenue share from Asia increased slightly while the revenue increase in MEA was mainly from Algeria and the United Arab Emirates.

        In 2013, revenues grew across most regions. The share of revenues from Asia increased as revenues grew in South Korea and China with high demand from the marine sector, while in Australia revenues grew in the oil and gas and mining sectors. The share of revenues from the Americas also increased as revenues grew primarily in South America, driven by the mining sector in Chile and Peru while revenue levels in North America were maintained. Although the share of revenues from Europe

62


Table of Contents

decreased, revenues from Europe increased, mainly from higher revenues in the oil and gas sector in Northern Europe, while the rest of Europe was slightly lower. The share of revenues from MEA was lower primarily due to the timing of large projects in Africa.

Income from operations

        In 2014, income from operations increased compared to 2013, mainly due to the gain on sale of the Full Service business partially offset by the impact of lower revenues.

        In 2013, income from operations increased primarily due to higher revenues, as well as a favorable product mix resulting from stronger growth rates in our higher-margin businesses. Improved project execution in the systems businesses and strict cost control also contributed to the increase.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Process Automation division was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from operations

    1,003     990     912  

Depreciation and amortization

    88     87     82  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    43     31     28  

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

    (113 )   (6 )   2  

FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations

    8     (6 )   (21 )

Operational EBITDA

    1,029     1,096     1,003  

        In 2014, Operational EBITDA decreased 6 percent compared to 2013, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 9 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2015 outlook

        The outlook for 2015 is mixed and varies by industry. While the oil and gas sector has recently been a key growth driver, the decrease in oil prices is expected to lead to lower and/or delayed capital expenditures by our upstream oil and gas customers. However, mid- and downstream activities such as refining, chemicals and petrochemicals may see increased investment. The marine market is expected to continue to be strong, while demand from the mining segment is forecast to remain at low levels. The metals industry still suffers from overcapacity, while the pulp and paper industry is expected to grow moderately, especially in the emerging markets.

63


Table of Contents

Power Products

        The financial results of our Power Products division were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Orders

    10,764     10,459     11,040     3 %   (5 )%

Order backlog at December 31,

    7,791     7,946     8,493     (2 )%   (6 )%

Revenues

    10,333     11,032     10,717     (6 )%   3 %

Income from operations

    1,204     1,331     1,328     (10 )%    

Operational EBITDA

    1,519     1,637     1,585     (7 )%   3 %

Orders

        In 2014, orders increased 3 percent (5 percent in local currencies), supported by the industry sector and continued selective investments in large transmission projects.

        In 2013, orders decreased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies), as a result of a challenging market environment and restrained investment by power utilities. Although demand in the industrial and distribution sectors continued to offer opportunities, order intake was affected by lower demand in the power transmission sector.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Power Products division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    28     31     33  

The Americas

    29     28     27  

Asia

    29     29     29  

Middle East and Africa

    14     12     11  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the share of orders from the Americas increased, mainly driven by the transmission sector. The continued development of power infrastructure investments led to a higher share of orders in MEA. Asia maintained its share of total orders with India showing growth and China remaining stable. Europe's share of orders declined, reflecting the difficult market conditions throughout the year.

        In 2013, the higher share of orders from MEA reflected continued development of power infrastructure in the region. The share of the Americas was steady, mainly driven by distribution upgrades. Asia maintained its share of total orders with China showing growth while Australia declined, as demand from industrial customers was lower, especially the mining sector. Europe's share of orders declined, reflecting the current market uncertainty.

Order backlog

        In 2014, order backlog decreased 2 percent (increased 6 percent in local currencies) compared to 2013. In local currencies, the order backlog increased in all businesses resulting from higher orders during the year.

        In 2013, order backlog decreased 6 percent (5 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012. This resulted from lower order intake (described above) and the higher revenues executed from the 2012 backlog.

64


Table of Contents

Revenues

        In 2014, revenues in the Power Products division decreased 6 percent (4 percent in local currencies), mainly reflecting the impact of the lower opening order backlog. Service revenues continued to grow and represented a higher share of the total division revenues compared to 2013.

        In 2013, revenues increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies), mainly reflecting the execution of the 2012 order backlog. This included the execution of orders with longer lead times, as well as higher revenues from industries typically having a shorter lead time, such as the distribution and industry sectors. Service revenues continued to grow but represented the same share of total division revenues as in 2012.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Power Products division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    32     32     32  

The Americas

    26     27     27  

Asia

    31     30     32  

Middle East and Africa

    11     11     9  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In 2014, the shares of revenues from both Europe and MEA remained unchanged, reflecting the current economic environment. The share of revenues from the Americas was lower as revenues in certain key markets decreased slightly compared to 2013. The increase in the share of revenues from Asia was primarily driven by revenue increases in India.

        In 2013, the shares of revenues from both the Americas and Europe remained unchanged, reflecting the current economic environment. The share of revenues from Asia fell as revenues in certain key markets decreased slightly compared to 2012. The increase in the share of revenues from MEA was primarily driven by revenue increases in Saudi Arabia.

Income from operations

        In 2014, income from operations was lower compared to 2013 primarily reflecting lower revenues, higher charges relating to FX/commodity timing differences and higher selling expenses resulting from investments made in the sales function.

        In 2013, income from operations was at the same level as 2012, as benefits from higher revenues were mostly offset by higher non-operational charges and higher depreciation and amortization. Operating margins were maintained as price pressure from lower margin orders in the backlog was largely offset by cost savings. In 2013, the gains from FX/commodity timing differences were lower than in 2012. Restructuring-related expenses were at the same level as 2012.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Power Products division was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from operations

    1,204     1,331     1,328  

Depreciation and amortization

    217     223     209  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    51     66     65  

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

    16     19     1  

FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations

    31     (2 )   (18 )

Operational EBITDA

    1,519     1,637     1,585  

65


Table of Contents

        In 2014, Operational EBITDA decreased 7 percent compared to 2013, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 3 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2015 outlook

        Utility investments continue to be restrained based on the overall macroeconomic environment. The power transmission sector is still seeing selective project investments, driven by new infrastructure demand in emerging markets and the need for grid upgrades, improved power reliability and environmental concerns in the mature markets. Power distribution demand is expected to be stable. Investments by industrial customers vary across geographies and sectors and remain largely focused on sectors such as heavy industries. The overall market remains competitive.

Power Systems

        The financial results of our Power Systems division were as follows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Orders

    6,871     5,949     7,973     15 %   (25 )%

Order backlog at December 31,

    8,246     9,435     12,107     (13 )%   (22 )%

Revenues

    7,020     8,375     7,852     (16 )%   7 %

Income from operations

    (360 )   171     7     n.a.     n.a.  

Operational EBITDA

    5     419     290     (99 )%   44 %

Orders

        In 2014, orders increased 15 percent (20 percent in local currencies) compared with 2013, mainly due to a higher level of large orders in the Grid Systems business following the $800 million award in the United Kingdom for a HVDC subsea power connection in northern Scotland and a $400 million HVDC project in Canada to provide the first electricity link between the island of Newfoundland and the North American power grid. In addition, large orders in 2014 included a $110 million substation order in Saudi Arabia which will support grid interconnection and boost electricity transmission capacity. Initiatives to drive base order growth, combined with early signs of stabilization in the utility sector, contributed to modest growth in base orders. The overall market remains highly competitive, especially in certain higher-growth regions such as the Middle East. The Power Systems division continues to be selective, focusing on higher-margin projects and those with higher pull-through of other ABB products.

        Order intake in 2013 was 25 percent lower (25 percent in local currencies), as customers postponed investments and delayed the award of large orders. In addition, we increased our project selectivity and focused on higher-margin business as part of the division's strategic repositioning. Power infrastructure spending was restrained due to economic uncertainties in most regions, while transmission utilities continued to invest selectively, focusing on additional capacity in emerging markets while mature markets focused mainly on grid upgrades. Large orders in 2013 included a $110 million order for a HVDC converter station to facilitate the connection of the Lithuanian and Polish power grids, an $80 million order to power Canada's largest solar photovoltaic plant, and substation orders of $160 million in Kuwait to help strengthen the country's power grid and support its growing infrastructure. Price pressure, resulting from ongoing macroeconomic weakness in certain key geographical markets, also negatively impacted our order levels in 2013.

66


Table of Contents

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Power Systems division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    42     35     30  

The Americas

    25     25     31  

Asia

    17     17     18  

Middle East and Africa

    16     23     21  

Total

    100     100     100  

        In the Power Systems division, the change in the geographic share of orders often reflects changes in the geographical locations of large orders. In 2014, the share of orders from Europe increased due to the award of the HVDC project in Scotland. The share of orders in the Americas and Asia remained stable with growth in both large and base orders. Orders from MEA decreased, mainly due to the timing of large order awards, resulting in a reduction of order share relative to the other regions.

        In 2013, orders declined across all regions compared to 2012. The order decrease in the Americas mainly resulted from the strong level of large orders in 2012. Regionally, the percentage of our orders from Europe was the highest, although both large and base orders were lower than in the previous year.

Order backlog

        Order backlog at December 31, 2014, was $8,246 million, a decrease of 13 percent (4 percent in local currencies) compared with 2013. Although order backlog was supported by the large orders received in 2014, order backlog decreased in 2014 as the division continued to run off the remaining orders in businesses affected by the repositioning of the Power Systems division announced in 2012 and the businesses affected by the exiting of the solar EPC business announced in 2014.

        Order backlog at December 31, 2013, was $9,435 million, a decrease of 22 percent (21 percent in local currencies) compared with 2012. Order backlog was impacted significantly by the lower level of large orders received in 2013, particularly the lack of very large project orders which typically have execution times stretching over several years.

Revenues

        Revenues in 2014 decreased 16 percent (13 percent in local currencies), due mainly to the effects of weak order intake in 2013 and the resulting lower opening order backlog at the beginning of 2014. Revenues decreased in all businesses compared to 2013. In addition, revenues in 2014 were negatively impacted by execution delays in selected projects.

        Revenues in 2013 increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies), with growth in all businesses. The increase was achieved primarily through the execution of projects from the 2012 order backlog. The strong order backlog level at the beginning of 2013 provided the division a strong base from which to generate revenues in 2013 and more than compensated for the lower level of orders received in 2013.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Power Systems division was as follows:

(in %)
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    38     36     40  

The Americas

    23     23     19  

Asia

    19     20     19  

Middle East and Africa

    20     21     22  

Total

    100     100     100  

67


Table of Contents

        The regional distribution of revenues reflects the geographical end-user markets of the projects we are executing, and consequently varies over time. In 2014, revenues decreased in all regions compared to 2013. Europe remained our largest region in terms of revenues, followed again by the Americas. The largest revenue decrease was recorded in MEA, and partly related to lower revenues in Iraq and Saudi Arabia compared to 2013, following a lower opening order backlog.

        In 2013, Europe was the largest region in terms of revenues, despite a decrease in share of revenues compared to previous year. The higher share of revenues from the Americas was due primarily to execution in 2013 of projects from the 2012 order backlog in the U.S. and Brazil.

Income from operations

        In 2014, the Power Systems division realized a loss from operations of $360 million compared to an income from operations of $171 million in 2013, due primarily to lower revenues and project-related charges, mainly for offshore wind projects and solar EPC contracts. Income from operations also included a $115 million negative impact related to FX/commodity timing differences compared with a $40 million positive impact in 2013. Restructuring-related expenses in 2014 of $63 million were lower than the $101 million in 2013, and included charges to adjust the size and cost structure of certain operations in response to lower order backlog and an increased focus on white collar productivity. Cost savings from supply chain management and operational excellence activities helped mitigate higher research and development spending, and the impact of low margin projects executed from the order backlog.

        In 2013, income from operations increased to $171 million, from $7 million in 2012, due partly to the impacts on 2012 from the repositioning of the Power Systems division. Income from operations in 2013 was also negatively impacted by operational charges in the fourth quarter of approximately $260 million, a significant portion of which related to certain offshore wind projects, where severe winter storms in the North Sea caused time delays and increased costs. The remaining operational charges in the fourth quarter related to project cost increases in certain projects in other businesses. Restructuring-related expenses in 2013 of $101 million were higher than the $52 million in 2012, and included charges to adjust the size of certain operations in response to lower order intake. However, income from operations benefitted from the contribution of higher revenues and lower research and development spending. Additionally, cost savings from supply chain management and operational excellence activities helped mitigate the impact of price pressures in projects executed from the order backlog.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Power Systems division was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from operations

    (360 )   171     7  

Depreciation and amortization

    175     183     174  

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    63     101     52  

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

    12     4     70  

FX/commodity timing differences in income from operations

    115     (40 )   (13 )

Operational EBITDA

    5     419     290  

        In 2014, Operational EBITDA decreased compared to 2013, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

68


Table of Contents

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 44 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2015 outlook

        Utilities are expected to continue to make selective investments in, for example, power infrastructure to add capacity in emerging markets, and upgrading aging infrastructure in mature markets. Integrating renewable energy sources into existing grids, improving overall grid efficiency and the development of more reliable, flexible and smarter grids will also support the business. The timing of these investments can vary significantly by region and customer and depends on both short-term macroeconomic conditions, long-term demand forecasts, and regulatory and policy developments, among other factors.

Corporate and Other

        Income from operations for Corporate and Other was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Corporate headquarters and stewardship

    (369 )   (372 )   (341 )

Corporate research and development

    (174 )   (187 )   (192 )

Corporate real estate

    44     49     50  

Other

    (70 )   (140 )   (41 )

Total Corporate and Other

    (569 )   (650 )   (524 )

        In 2014, Corporate headquarters and stewardship costs were at the same level as the previous year. In 2013, Corporate headquarters and stewardship costs increased by $31 million, primarily due to increases in personnel expenses and additional investments in information systems infrastructure.

        In 2014, Corporate research and development costs totaled $174 million, lower than in 2013. In 2013, Corporate research and development costs totaled $187 million, marginally lower than the costs reported in 2012.

        Corporate real estate primarily includes the income from property rentals and gains from the sale of real estate properties. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, income from operations in Corporate real estate includes gains of $17 million, $23 million and $26 million, respectively, from the sales of real estate property in various countries.

        "Other" consists of operational costs of our Global Treasury Operations, operating income or loss in non-core businesses and certain other charges such as costs and penalties associated with legal cases, environmental expenses and impairment charges related to investments. In 2014, "Other" declined primarily due to lower charges in connection with legal compliance cases and lower environmental expenses. In 2013, "Other" included primarily certain legal compliance cases, certain environmental expenses, acquisition-related expenses, the loss on sale of a non-core business and the impairment of certain investments. In 2012, "Other" primarily included the release of a compliance-related provision, partially offset by a provision for certain pension claims in the U.S. and charges from the impairments of our investments in the shares of a public company.

Restructuring

Cost savings initiative

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we executed cost saving measures to sustainably reduce our costs and protect our profitability. Costs associated with these measures amounted to $235 million, $252 million

69


Table of Contents

and $180 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Estimated cost savings initiatives amounted to around $1.1 billion in 2014, $1.2 billion in 2013 and $1.1 billion in 2012. These savings were achieved by optimizing global sourcing (excluding changes in commodity prices), through reductions to general and administrative expenses, as well as adjustments to our global manufacturing and engineering footprint.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Principal sources of funding

        We meet our liquidity needs principally using cash from operations, proceeds from the issuance of debt instruments (bonds and commercial paper), and short-term bank borrowings.

        During 2014, 2013 and 2012, our financial position was strengthened by the positive cash flow from operating activities of $3,845 million, $3,653 million and $3,779 million, respectively.

        Our net debt is shown in the table below:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Cash and equivalents

    5,443     6,021  

Marketable securities and short-term investments

    1,325     464  

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

    (353 )   (453 )

Long-term debt

    (7,338 )   (7,570 )

Net debt (defined as the sum of the above lines)

    (923 )   (1,538 )

        Net debt at December 31, 2014, decreased $615 million compared to December 31, 2013, as cash flows from operating activities during 2014 of $3,845 million and proceeds from sales of businesses and equity-accounted companies (net of cash disposed and transaction costs) of $1,110 million more than offset the cash outflows for the payment of dividends ($1,973 million), purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets ($1,026 million) and amounts paid to purchase treasury stock ($1,003 million). See "Financial Position", "Investing activities" and "Financing activities" for further details.

        Our Group Treasury Operations is responsible for providing a range of treasury management services to our group companies, including investing cash in excess of current business requirements. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the proportion of our aggregate "Cash and equivalents" and "Marketable securities and short-term investments" managed by our Group Treasury Operations amounted to approximately 60 percent and 55 percent, respectively.

        Throughout 2014 and 2013, the investment strategy for cash (in excess of current business requirements) has generally been to invest in short-term time deposits with maturities of less than 3 months, supplemented at times by investments in corporate commercial paper, AAA-rated money market liquidity funds, and in some cases, government securities. During 2014, we also placed limited funds in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and invested in floating-rate notes. With ongoing credit risk concerns in the eurozone economic area, we restrict our bank exposures in the eurozone area. We continue to also restrict the counterparties with whom we are prepared to place cash and we limit our deposits with certain banks in the eurozone. We actively monitor credit risk in our investment portfolio and hedging activities. Credit risk exposures are controlled in accordance with policies approved by our senior management to identify, measure, monitor and control credit risks. We closely monitor developments in the credit markets and make appropriate changes to our investment policy as deemed necessary. The rating criteria we require for our counterparts have remained unchanged during 2014 (compared to 2013) as follows—a minimum rating of A/A2 for our banking

70


Table of Contents

counterparts, while the minimum required rating for investments in short-term corporate paper is A-1/P-1. In addition to rating criteria, we have specific investment parameters and approved instruments as well as restricting the types of investments we make. These parameters are closely monitored on an ongoing basis and amended as we consider necessary.

        We believe the cash flows generated from our business, supplemented, when necessary, through access to the capital markets (including short-term commercial paper) and our credit facilities are sufficient to support business operations, capital expenditures, business acquisitions, the payment of dividends to shareholders and contributions to pension plans. Due to the nature of our operations, our cash flow from operations generally tends to be weaker in the first half of the year than in the second half of the year. Consequently, we believe that our ability to obtain funding from these sources will continue to provide the cash flows necessary to satisfy our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, as well as meet our debt repayments and other financial commitments for the next 12 months. See "Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments".

Debt and interest rates

        Total outstanding debt was as follows:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

    353     453  

Long-term debt:

             

Bonds

    7,126     7,414  

Other long-term debt

    212     156  

Total debt

    7,691     8,023  

        The decrease in short-term debt in 2014 was primarily due to repayments of borrowings in various countries partially offset by an increase in issued commercial paper ($120 million outstanding at December 31, 2014, compared to $100 million outstanding at December 31, 2013).

        Our debt has been obtained in a range of currencies and maturities and on various interest rate terms. We use derivatives to manage the interest rate exposure arising on certain of our debt obligations. For example, we use interest rate swaps to effectively convert fixed rate debt into floating rate liabilities. After considering the effects of interest rate swaps, the effective average interest rate on our floating rate long-term debt (including current maturities) of $2,318 million and our fixed rate long-term debt (including current maturities) of $5,074 million was 1.1 percent and 3.2 percent, respectively. This compares with an effective rate of 1.2 percent for floating rate long-term debt of $2,211 million and 3.1 percent for fixed-rate long-term debt of $5,389 million at December 31, 2013.

        For a discussion of our use of derivatives to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our individual bond issuances, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit facility

        During 2014, we replaced our $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility, maturing in 2015, with a new $2 billion revolving multicurrency credit facility, maturing in 2019. In 2015 and 2016, we have the option to extend the maturity of the new facility to 2020 and 2021, respectively.

        No amount was drawn under either of the committed credit facilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The replacement facility is for general corporate purposes. The facility contains cross-default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if we were to default on indebtedness, as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.

71


Table of Contents

        The credit facility does not contain financial covenants that would restrict our ability to pay dividends or raise additional funds in the capital markets. For further details of the credit facility, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial paper

        At December 31, 2014, we had in place two commercial paper programs:

    a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper in the United States, and

    a $2 billion Euro-commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies (which replaced the previous $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program in February 2014).

        At December 31, 2014, $120 million was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States, compared to $100 million outstanding at December 31, 2013.

        No amount was outstanding under the $2 billion Euro-commercial paper program at December 31, 2014. No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2013 either under our previous $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program or under the 5 billion Swedish krona program that was terminated in 2014.

European program for the issuance of debt

        The European program for the issuance of debt allows the issuance of up to (the equivalent of) $8 billion in certain debt instruments. The terms of the program do not obligate any third party to extend credit to us and the terms and possibility of issuing any debt under the program are determined with respect to, and as of the date of issuance of, each debt instrument. At December 31, 2014, it was more than 12 months since the program had been updated. New bonds could be issued under the program but cannot be listed without us formally updating the program. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, one bond (principal amount of EUR 1,250 million and due in 2019) having a carrying amount of $1,518 million and $1,722 million, respectively, was outstanding under this program.

Australian program for the issuance of debt

        During 2012, we set up a program for the issuance of up to AUD 1 billion (equivalent to approximately $819 million, using December 31, 2014 exchange rates) of medium-term notes and other debt instruments. The terms of the program do not obligate any third party to extend credit to us and the terms and possibility of issuing any debt under the program are determined with respect to, and as of the date of issuance of, each debt instrument. At both December 31, 2014 and 2013, one bond, having a principal amount of AUD 400 million and maturing in 2017, was outstanding under the program. The carrying amount of the bond at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $335 million and $353 million, respectively.

Credit ratings

        Credit ratings are assessments by the rating agencies of the credit risk associated with ABB and are based on information provided by us or other sources that the rating agencies consider reliable. Higher ratings generally result in lower borrowing costs and increased access to capital markets. Our ratings are of "investment grade" which is defined as Baa3 (or above) from Moody's and BBB– (or above) from Standard & Poor's.

        At both December 31, 2014 and 2013, our long-term debt was rated A2 by Moody's and A by Standard & Poor's.

72


Table of Contents

Limitations on transfers of funds

        Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where we operate, including: Algeria, Argentina, Chile, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Korea, Malaysia, Peru, Russia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and to a certain extent, China. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred offshore from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs in those countries. In addition, there are certain countries where, for tax reasons, it is not considered optimal to transfer the cash offshore. As a consequence, these funds are not available within our Group Treasury Operations to meet short-term cash obligations outside the relevant country. The above described funds are reported as cash in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, but we do not consider these funds immediately available for the repayment of debt outside the respective countries where the cash is situated, including those described above. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the balance of "Cash and equivalents" and "Marketable securities and other short-term investments" under such limitations (either regulatory or sub-optimal from a tax perspective) totaled approximately $1,498 million and $1,785 million, respectively.

        During 2014, we continued to direct our subsidiaries in countries with restrictions to place such cash with our core banks or investment grade banks, in order to minimize credit risk on such cash positions. We continue to closely monitor the situation to ensure bank counterparty risks are minimized.


FINANCIAL POSITION

Balance sheets

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Current assets

             

Cash and equivalents

    5,443     6,021  

Marketable securities and short-term investments

    1,325     464  

Receivables, net

    11,078     12,146  

Inventories, net

    5,376     6,004  

Prepaid expenses

    218     252  

Deferred taxes

    902     832  

Other current assets

    644     706  

Total current assets

    24,986     26,425  

        For a discussion on cash and equivalents, see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Principal sources of funding" for further details.

        Marketable securities and short-term investments increased in 2014 due to higher amounts invested in available-for-sale securities, increases in time deposits and investments made in reverse repurchase agreements (see "Cash flows—Investing activities" below).

        Receivables decreased 8.8 percent. In local currencies, Receivables decreased 1.7 percent primarily due to the impacts of divestments. For details on the components of Receivables, see "Note 7 Receivables, net". Inventories decreased 10.5 percent (increased 1.1 percent in local currencies) compared to 2013. Excluding the impacts of divestments, Inventories increased 2.9 percent in local currencies.

        For a summary of the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities, see "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

73


Table of Contents

        The decrease in "Other current assets" is due primarily to a reduction in the fair value of current derivative assets.

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable, trade

    4,765     5,112  

Billings in excess of sales

    1,455     1,714  

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

    353     453  

Advances from customers

    1,624     1,726  

Deferred taxes

    289     259  

Provisions for warranties

    1,148     1,362  

Other provisions

    1,689     1,807  

Other current liabilities

    4,257     4,242  

Total current liabilities

    15,580     16,675  

        Accounts payable decreased 6.8 percent. In local currencies, Accounts payable increased 1.8 percent due primarily to an increase in days payables outstanding of approximately 2 days. Billings in excess of sales decreased 15.1 percent compared to 2013. In local currencies, Billings in excess of sales decreased 7.0 percent due to the timing of billings and collections for contracts under the percentage-of-completion or completed-contract methods. Advances from customers declined 5.9 percent. In local currencies, Advances increased 2.3 percent primarily due to the receipt of advances on projects in the Process Automation division. Provisions for warranties decreased 15.7 percent. In local currencies, Provisions for warranties decreased 6.5 percent primarily due to the settlement of warranty claims exceeding the current year warranty expense. Other provisions decreased 6.5 percent (increased 0.9 percent in local currencies). Other current liabilities increased 0.4 percent. In local currencies, Other current liabilities increased 9.3 percent primarily due to an increase in the fair value of current derivatives classified as liabilities.

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Non-current assets

             

Property, plant and equipment, net

    5,652     6,254  

Goodwill

    10,053     10,670  

Other intangible assets, net

    2,702     3,297  

Prepaid pension and other employee benefits

    70     93  

Investments in equity-accounted companies

    177     197  

Deferred taxes

    511     370  

Other non-current assets

    727     758  

Total non-current assets

    19,892     21,639  

        Property, plant and equipment decreased 9.6 percent. In local currencies, Property, plant and equipment was flat as the impacts from sales of businesses and the current year depreciation was offset by capital expenditures.

        Goodwill decreased 5.8 percent. In local currencies Goodwill decreased 2.1 percent primarily due to goodwill allocated to businesses divested during 2014. Other intangible assets decreased 18.0 percent (14.0 percent in local currencies) primarily due to amortization recorded during 2014 and a reduction

74


Table of Contents

of intangibles on sales of businesses. See "Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Non-current liabilities

             

Long-term debt

    7,338     7,570  

Pension and other employee benefits

    2,394     1,639  

Deferred taxes

    1,165     1,265  

Other non-current liabilities

    1,586     1,707  

Total non-current liabilities

    12,483     12,181  

        Pension and other employee benefits increased 46.1 percent (54.9 percent in local currencies) primarily due to actuarial losses resulting from a decrease in the weighted-average discount rate used to determine the pension benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 (see "Note 17 Employee benefits" to our Consolidated Financial Statements). See "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and interest rates" for information on long-term debt. For a breakdown of other non-current liabilities, see "Note 13 Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further explanation regarding deferred taxes, refer to "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash flows

        In the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the effects of discontinued operations are not segregated.

        The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows can be summarized as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,845     3,653     3,779  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,121 )   (717 )   (5,575 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,024 )   (3,856 )   3,762  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    (278 )   66     90  

Net change in cash and equivalents—continuing operations

    (578 )   (854 )   2,056  

Operating activities

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,305     1,318     1,182  

Total adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    (367 )   (54 )   196  

Total changes in operating assets and liabilities

    189     (518 )   (411 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,845     3,653     3,779  

        Operating activities in 2014 provided net cash of $3,845 million, an increase from 2013 of 5.3 percent. The increase was driven primarily by improvements in net working capital management but offset partially by the cash impacts of the lower net income in 2014. Net income in 2014 also included

75


Table of Contents

$543 million of net gains from the sale of businesses which are not considered operating activities and thus are adjusted for in order to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities.

        Operating activities in 2013 provided net cash of $3,653 million, a decrease from 2012 of 3.3 percent. The decrease was partially due to higher net working capital requirements, particularly for unbilled receivables for long-term projects, but mitigated partly by cash inflows resulting from improved inventory management. Although net income increased during 2013, non-cash reconciling adjustments, primarily relating to deferred income taxes, resulted in a decrease in the cash impacts of net income compared to 2012.

Investing activities

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Purchases of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    (1,430 )   (526 )   (2,288 )

Purchases of short-term investments

    (1,465 )   (30 )   (67 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

    (1,026 )   (1,106 )   (1,293 )

Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired) and increases in cost- and equity-accounted companies

    (70 )   (914 )   (3,694 )

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    361     1,367     1,655  

Proceeds from maturity of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    523     118      

Proceeds from short-term investments

    1,011     47     27  

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

    33     80     40  

Proceeds from sales of businesses (net of cash disposed and transaction costs) and cost- and equity-accounted companies

    1,110     62     16  

Other investing activities

    (168 )   185     29  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,121 )   (717 )   (5,575 )

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2014 was $1,121 million, compared to $717 million in 2013. Higher proceeds from sales of businesses were offset by net purchases of marketable securities while in 2013, there were net sales of marketable securities. In addition, purchases of property, plant, and equipment was lower in 2014 than 2013.

        During 2014, we received net pre-tax proceeds from sales of businesses and cost- and equity-accounted companies of $1,110 million, primarily from the divestment of the Full Service business, the Steel Structures business of Thomas & Betts, the HVAC business of Thomas & Betts and the Power Solutions business of Power-One.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles were lower in 2014 compared to 2013, partly due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The total purchases of $1,026 million included $724 million for construction in progress (generally for buildings and other property facilities), $188 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $38 million for the purchase of land and buildings, and $76 million for the purchase of intangible assets.

        During 2014, we increased the amount of our excess liquidity invested in marketable securities and short-term investments with maturities between 3 months and 1 year. Amounts were invested primarily in commercial paper, reverse repurchase agreements and time deposits. The increase in these investments during 2014 resulted in a net outflow of $1,000 million.

76


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2013 was $717 million, compared to $5,575 million in 2012. The decrease is mainly attributable to lower amounts paid for the acquisition of businesses in 2013, lower purchases of property, plant and equipment, and the impact from net sales of marketable securities in 2013 compared with net purchases in 2012.

        Cash paid for acquisitions (net of cash acquired) during 2013 amounted to $914 million, primarily relating to the acquisition of Power-One for $737 million.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles in 2013 decreased compared to 2012, as we reduced the amount of investment in capacity expansion compared to 2012. The total of $1,106 million included $776 million for construction in progress, $206 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $48 million for the purchase of land and buildings, and $76 million for the purchase of intangible assets.

        To obtain necessary funds to make dividend payments, bond repayments, and to fund acquisitions during 2013, we reduced our amount invested in marketable securities and short-term investments, resulting in net proceeds of $976 million.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles in 2012 of $1,293 million included $885 million for construction in progress, $248 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $83 million for the purchase of land and buildings, and $77 million for the purchase of intangible assets.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2012 included $3,694 million for acquisitions of businesses, primarily Thomas & Betts. During 2012, we increased the amount invested in marketable securities and short-term investments resulting in a net outflow of $673 million.

Financing activities

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Net changes in debt with maturities of 90 days or less

    (103 )   (697 )   570  

Increase in debt

    150     492     5,986  

Repayment of debt

    (90 )   (1,893 )   (1,104 )

Delivery of shares

    38     74     90  

Purchases of treasury stock

    (1,003 )        

Dividends paid

    (1,841 )   (1,667 )   (1,626 )

Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders

    (132 )   (149 )   (121 )

Other financing activities

    (43 )   (16 )   (33 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,024 )   (3,856 )   3,762  

        Our financing activities primarily include debt transactions (both from the issuance of debt securities and borrowings directly from banks), dividends paid and share transactions.

        In 2014, the net cash outflow for debt with maturities of 90 days or less was primarily related to repayments made of borrowings in various countries offset by a small increase in the amount outstanding under our commercial paper program in the United States. In 2013, the net cash outflow from changes in debt with maturities of 90 days or less principally reflects a reduction in commercial paper outstanding while the 2012 net cash inflow primarily reflects a net issuance of commercial paper.

        In 2014, increases in other debt included cash flows from additional borrowings in various countries. In 2013, the increase in debt primarily related to borrowings under borrowing facilities in various countries and issuances of commercial paper with maturities above 90 days. In 2012, the cash inflows from increases in debt primarily related to the issuance of the following bonds: EUR 1,250 million aggregate principal, $1,250 million aggregate principal, $750 million aggregate principal,

77


Table of Contents

$500 million aggregate principal, AUD 400 million aggregate principal and CHF 350 million aggregate principal.

        In 2014 repayment of debt reflects repayments of borrowings in various countries. During 2013, $1,893 million of debt was repaid, partially reflecting the repayment at maturity of the 700 million euro bonds (equivalent to $918 million at date of repayment). Other repayments during 2013 consisted mainly of repayments of commercial paper issuances having maturities above 90 days and repayments of other short-term debt. During 2012, $1,104 million of debt was repaid, mainly reflecting the repayment of part of the debt assumed from the acquisition of Thomas & Betts (approximately $320 million) and of other debt (primarily short-term bank borrowings).

        In 2014, "Purchases of treasury stock" reflects the cash paid to purchase approximately 45 million of our own shares of which 33 million shares were purchased in connection with the share buyback program announced in September 2014.

Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments

        The contractual obligations presented in the table below represent our estimates of future payments under fixed contractual obligations and commitments. The amounts in the table may differ from those reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014. Changes in our business needs, cancellation provisions and changes in interest rates, as well as actions by third parties and other factors, may cause these estimates to change. Therefore, our actual payments in future periods may vary from those presented in the table. The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations and principal and interest payments under our debt instruments, leases and purchase obligations at December 31, 2014.

($ in millions)
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 

Payments due by period

                               

Long-term debt obligations

    7,184     25     2,009     1,877     3,273  

Interest payments related to long-term debt obligations

    1,832     213     387     320     912  

Operating lease obligations

    1,703     432     661     380     230  

Capital lease obligations (1)

    234     41     59     35     99  

Purchase obligations

    4,970     4,018     569     138     245  

Total

    15,923     4,729     3,685     2,750     4,759  

(1)
Capital lease obligations represent the total cash payments to be made in the future and include interest expense of $88 million and executory costs of $2 million.

        In the table above, the long-term debt obligations reflect the cash amounts to be repaid upon maturity of those debt obligations. The cash obligations above will differ from the long-term debt balance reflected in "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements due to the impacts of fair value hedge accounting adjustments and premiums or discounts on certain debt. In addition, capital lease obligations are shown separately in the table above while they are combined with Long-term debt amounts in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        We have determined the interest payments related to long-term debt obligations by reference to the payments due under the terms of our debt obligations at the time such obligations were incurred. However, we use interest rate swaps to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our debt obligations. The net effect of these swaps may be to increase or decrease the actual amount of our cash interest payment obligations, which may differ from those stated in the above table. For further details on our debt obligations and the related hedges, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

78


Table of Contents

        Of the total of $829 million unrecognized tax benefits (net of deferred tax assets) at December 31, 2014, it is expected that $69 million will be paid within less than a year. However, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate as to the related future payments for the remaining amount.

Off balance sheet arrangements

Commercial commitments

        We disclose the maximum potential exposure of certain guarantees, as well as possible recourse provisions that may allow us to recover from third parties amounts paid out under such guarantees. The maximum potential exposure does not allow any discounting of our assessment of actual exposure under the guarantees. The information below reflects our maximum potential exposure under the guarantees, which is higher than our assessment of the expected exposure.

Guarantees

        The following table provides quantitative data regarding our third-party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a worst-case scenario, and do not reflect our expected outcomes.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Maximum
potential
payments
 

Performance guarantees

    232     149  

Financial guarantees

    72     77  

Indemnification guarantees

    50     50  

Total

    354     276  

        The carrying amounts of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in respect of the above guarantees were not significant at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and reflect our best estimate of future payments, which we may incur as part of fulfilling our guarantee obligations.

        In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, we have entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively "performance bonds") with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that the Company does not fulfill its contractual obligations. ABB would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance bonds. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

        For additional descriptions of our performance, financial and indemnification guarantees see "Note 15 Commitments and contingencies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Principles of Corporate Governance

General principles

        ABB is committed to the highest international standards of corporate governance, and supports the general principles as set forth in the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance, as well as those of the capital markets where its shares are listed and traded.

        In addition to the provisions of the Swiss Code of Obligations, ABB's key principles and rules on corporate governance are laid down in ABB's Articles of Incorporation, the ABB Ltd Board

79


Table of Contents

Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (which includes the regulations of ABB's Board committees and the ABB Ltd Related Party Transaction Policy), and the ABB Code of Conduct and the Addendum to the ABB Code of Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee (EC). It is the duty of ABB's Board of Directors (the Board) to review and amend or propose amendments to those documents from time to time to reflect the most recent developments and practices, as well as to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

        This section of the Annual Report is based on the Directive on Information Relating to Corporate Governance published by the SIX Swiss Exchange. Where an item listed in the directive is not addressed in this report, it is either inapplicable to or immaterial for ABB.

        According to the New York Stock Exchange's corporate governance standards (the Standards), ABB is required to disclose significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from the Standards. ABB has reviewed the Standards and concluded that its corporate governance practices are generally consistent with the Standards, with the following significant exceptions:

    Swiss law requires that the external auditors be elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting rather than by the audit committee or the board of directors.

    The Standards require that all equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto be approved by the shareholders. Consistent with Swiss law such matters are decided by our Board. However, the shareholders decide about the creation of new share capital that can be used in connection with equity compensation plans.

    Swiss law requires that the members of the compensation committee are elected by the shareholders rather than appointed by our Board.

    Swiss law requires shareholders to approve Board compensation and Executive Committee compensation.

Duties of directors and officers

        The directors and officers of a Swiss corporation are bound, as specified in the Swiss Code of Obligations, to perform their duties with all due care, to safeguard the interests of the corporation in good faith and to extend equal treatment to shareholders in like circumstances.

        The Swiss Code of Obligations does not specify what standard of due care is required of the directors of a corporate board. However, it is generally held by Swiss legal scholars and jurisprudence that the directors must have the requisite capability and skill to fulfill their function, and must devote the necessary time to the discharge of their duties. Moreover, the directors must exercise all due care that a prudent and diligent director would have taken in like circumstances. Finally, the directors are required to take actions in the best interests of the corporation and may not take any actions that may be harmful to the corporation.

    (i) Exercise of powers

        Directors, as well as other persons authorized to act on behalf of a Swiss corporation, may perform all legal acts on behalf of the corporation which the business purpose, as set forth in the articles of incorporation of the corporation, may entail. Pursuant to court practice, such directors and officers can take any action that is not explicitly excluded by the business purpose of the corporation. In so doing, however, the directors and officers must still pursue the duty of due care and the duty of loyalty described above and must extend equal treatment to the corporation's shareholders in like circumstances. ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain provisions concerning a director's power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on the compensation to each director; however, the

80


Table of Contents

maximum aggregate compensation of the directors for each term of office is subject to shareholder approval.

    (ii) Conflicts of interest

        Swiss law does not have a general provision on conflicts of interest and our Articles of Incorporation do not limit our directors' power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director or officer is materially interested. However, the Swiss Code of Obligations requires directors and officers to safeguard the interests of the corporation and, in this connection, imposes a duty of care and loyalty on directors and officers. This rule is generally understood and so recommended by the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance as disqualifying directors and officers from participating in decisions, other than in the shareholders' meeting, that directly affect them.

    (iii) Confidentiality

        Confidential information obtained by directors and officers of a Swiss corporation acting in such capacity must be kept confidential during and after their term of office.

    (iv) Sanctions

        If directors and officers transact business on behalf of the corporation with bona fide third parties in violation of their statutory duties, the transaction is nevertheless valid, as long as it is not explicitly excluded by the corporation's business purpose as set forth in its articles of incorporation. Directors and officers acting in violation of their statutory duties—whether transacting business with bona fide third parties or performing any other acts on behalf of the company—may, however, become liable to the corporation, its shareholders and its creditors for damages. The liability is joint and several, but the courts may apportion the liability among the directors and officers in accordance with their degree of culpability.

        In addition, Swiss law contains a provision under which payments made to a shareholder or a director or any person(s) associated therewith, other than at arm's length, must be repaid to the company if the shareholder or director or any person associated therewith was acting in bad faith.

        If the board of directors has lawfully delegated the power to carry out day-to-day management to a different corporate body, e.g., the executive committee, it is not liable for the acts of the members of that different corporate body. Instead, the directors can be held liable only for their failure to properly select, instruct and supervise the members of that different corporate body.

Group structure and shareholders

Group structure

        ABB Ltd, Switzerland, is the ultimate parent company of the ABB Group, which at December 31, 2014, principally comprised approximately 350 consolidated operating and holding subsidiaries worldwide. ABB Ltd's shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (where its shares are traded in the form of American depositary shares (ADS)—each ADS representing one registered ABB share). On December 31, 2014, ABB Ltd had a market capitalization of CHF 48 billion.

        The only consolidated subsidiary in the ABB Group with listed shares is ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which is listed on the BSE Ltd. (Bombay Stock Exchange) and the National Stock Exchange of India. On December 31, 2014, ABB Ltd, Switzerland, directly or indirectly owned

81


Table of Contents

75 percent of ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which at that time had a market capitalization of INR 273 billion.

Stock exchange listings at December 31, 2014
Stock exchange
  Security   Ticker
symbol
  ISIN code

SIX Swiss Exchange

  ABB Ltd, Zurich, share   ABBN   CH0012221716

SIX Swiss Exchange

  ABB Ltd, Zurich, share buyback (second trading line)   ABBNE   CH0253301128

NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange

  ABB Ltd, Zurich, share   ABB   CH0012221716

New York Stock Exchange

  ABB Ltd, Zurich, ADS   ABB   US0003752047

BSE Ltd. (Bombay Stock Exchange)

  ABB India Limited, Bangalore, share   ABB*   INE117A01022

National Stock Exchange of India

  ABB India Limited, Bangalore, share   ABB   INE117A01022

*
also called Scrip ID

        The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2014, the name, place of incorporation, ownership interest and share capital of the significant direct and indirect subsidiaries of ABB Ltd, Switzerland:

Company name
  Country   ABB
Interest %
 

ABB S.A. 

  Argentina     100.00  

ABB Australia Pty Limited

  Australia     100.00  

ABB AG

  Austria     100.00  

ABB N.V. 

  Belgium     100.00  

ABB Ltda. 

  Brazil     100.00  

ABB Bulgaria EOOD

  Bulgaria     100.00  

ABB Inc. 

  Canada     100.00  

Thomas & Betts Limited

  Canada     100.00  

ABB (China) Ltd. 

  China     100.00  

ABB Ltda. 

  Colombia     100.00  

ABB Ltd. 

  Croatia     100.00  

ABB s.r.o. 

  Czech Republic     100.00  

ABB A/S

  Denmark     100.00  

ABB Ecuador S.A. 

  Ecuador     96.87  

Asea Brown Boveri S.A.E. 

  Egypt     100.00  

ABB AS

  Estonia     100.00  

ABB Oy

  Finland     100.00  

ABB S.A. 

  France     100.00  

ABB AG

  Germany     100.00  

ABB Automation GmbH

  Germany     100.00  

ABB Automation Products GmbH

  Germany     100.00  

ABB Beteiligungs- und Verwaltungsges. mbH

  Germany     100.00  

ABB Stotz-Kontakt GmbH

  Germany     100.00  

Busch-Jaeger Elektro GmbH

  Germany     100.00  

Asea Brown Boveri S.A. 

  Greece     100.00  

ABB (Hong Kong) Ltd. 

  Hong Kong     100.00  

ABB Engineering Trading and Service Ltd. 

  Hungary     100.00  

ABB India Limited

  India     75.00  

ABB Limited

  Ireland     100.00  

ABB Technologies Ltd. 

  Israel     99.99  

ABB S.p.A. 

  Italy     100.00  

Power-One Italy S.p.A. 

  Italy     100.00  

82


Table of Contents

Company name
  Country   ABB
Interest %
 

ABB K.K. 

  Japan     100.00  

ABB Ltd. 

  Korea, Republic of     100.00  

ABB Holdings Sdn. Bhd. 

  Malaysia     100.00  

Asea Brown Boveri S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico     100.00  

ABB B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00  

ABB Capital B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00  

ABB Finance B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00  

ABB Holdings B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00  

ABB Investments B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00  

ABB Limited

  New Zealand     100.00  

ABB Holding AS

  Norway     100.00  

ABB S.A. 

  Peru     98.18  

ABB, Inc. 

  Philippines     100.00  

ABB Sp. z o.o. 

  Poland     99.92  

ABB (Asea Brown Boveri), S.A. 

  Portugal     100.00  

ABB Ltd. 

  Russian Federation     100.00  

ABB Contracting Company Ltd. 

  Saudi Arabia     65.00  

ABB Holdings Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore     100.00  

ABB Holdings (Pty) Ltd. 

  South Africa     100.00  

Asea Brown Boveri S.A. 

  Spain     100.00  

ABB AB

  Sweden     100.00  

ABB Norden Holding AB

  Sweden     100.00  

ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd

  Switzerland     100.00  

ABB Schweiz AG

  Switzerland     100.00  

ABB Technology Ltd. 

  Switzerland     100.00  

ABB LIMITED

  Thailand     100.00  

ABB Elektrik Sanayi A.S. 

  Turkey     99.95  

ABB Ltd. 

  Ukraine     100.00  

ABB Industries (L.L.C.)

  United Arab Emirates     49.00  

ABB Holdings Limited

  United Kingdom     100.00  

ABB Limited

  United Kingdom     100.00  

ABB Holdings Inc. (Cary, NC)

  United States     100.00  

ABB Inc. (Cary, NC)

  United States     100.00  

Baldor Electric Company (Fort Smith, AR)

  United States     100.00  

Kuhlman Electric Corporation (Crystal Springs, MS)

  United States     100.00  

Power-One, Inc (Delaware)

  United States     100.00  

Thomas & Betts Corporation (Knoxville, TN)

  United States     100.00  

        ABB's operational group structure is described in "Item 4. Information of the Company—Introduction—Organizational structure".

Significant shareholders

        Investor AB, Sweden, held 199,965,142 ABB shares as of December 31, 2014. This holding represents approximately 8.6 percent of ABB's total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date. The number of shares held by Investor AB does not include shares held by Mr. Jacob Wallenberg, the chairman of Investor AB and a director of ABB, in his individual capacity.

        BlackRock Inc., New York, U.S., disclosed that as per July 25, 2011, it, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, held 69,702,100 ABB shares. This holding represents 3.0 percent of ABB's total

83


Table of Contents

share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2014. For a full review of the disclosure report pursuant to which BlackRock reported its ABB shareholdings, please refer to the search facility of the SIX Swiss Exchange Disclosure Office at www.six-swissexchange.com/shares/companies/major_shareholders_en.html?fromDate=19980101& issuer=10881

        To the best of ABB's knowledge, no other shareholder held 3 percent or more of ABB's total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2014.

        Under ABB's Articles of Incorporation, each registered share represents one vote. Significant shareholders do not have different voting rights.

        To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any government or by any other corporation or person.

Capital structure

Ordinary share capital

        On December 31, 2014, ABB's ordinary share capital (including treasury shares) as registered with the Commercial Register amounted to CHF 2,384,185,561.92, divided into 2,314,743,264 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share.

Changes to the share capital

        There were no changes to ABB's ordinary share capital during 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Contingent share capital

        At December 31, 2014, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 206,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants granted in connection with the issuance on national or international capital markets of newly or already issued bonds or other financial market instruments.

        At December 31, 2014, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 10,300,000 through the issuance of up to 10,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share through the exercise of warrant rights granted to its shareholders. The Board may grant warrant rights not taken up by shareholders for other purposes in the interest of ABB.

        The pre-emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments or the grant of warrant rights. The then current owners of conversion rights and/or warrants will be entitled to subscribe for new shares. The conditions of the conversion rights and/or warrants will be determined by the Board.

        The acquisition of shares through the exercise of warrants and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation (see "Shareholders' participation—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below).

        In connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the advance subscription rights of shareholders if such bonds or other financial market instruments are for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, participations or new investments or an issuance on national or international capital markets. If the Board denies advance subscription rights, the convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments will be issued at the relevant market conditions and the new shares will be issued pursuant to the relevant market

84


Table of Contents

conditions taking into account the share price and/or other comparable instruments having a market price. Conversion rights may be exercised during a maximum ten-year period, and warrants may be exercised during a maximum seven-year period, in each case from the date of the respective issuance. The advance subscription rights of the shareholders may be granted indirectly.

        At December 31, 2014, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 96,859,964 through the issuance of up to 94,038,800 fully paid shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share to employees. The pre-emptive and advance subscription rights of ABB's shareholders are excluded. The shares or rights to subscribe for shares will be issued to employees pursuant to one or more regulations to be issued by the Board, taking into account performance, functions, level of responsibility and profitability criteria. ABB may issue shares or subscription rights to employees at a price lower than that quoted on a stock exchange. The acquisition of shares within the context of employee share ownership and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation (see "Shareholders' participation—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below).

Authorized share capital

        At December 31, 2014, ABB had an authorized share capital in the amount of up to CHF 206,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 each, which is valid through April 29, 2015. The Board is authorized to determine the date of issue of new shares, the issue price, the type of payment, the conditions for the exercise of pre-emptive rights and the beginning date for dividend entitlement. In this regard, the Board may issue new shares by means of a firm underwriting through a banking institution, a syndicate or another third party with a subsequent offer of these shares to the shareholders. The Board may permit pre-emptive rights that have not been exercised by shareholders to expire or it may place these rights and/or shares as to which preemptive rights have been granted but not exercised at market conditions or use them for other purposes in the interest of the company. Furthermore, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the pre-emptive rights of shareholders and allocate such rights to third parties if the shares are used (1) for the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, or participations, or for new investments, or in case of a share placement, for the financing or refinancing of such transactions; or (2) for the purpose of broadening the shareholder constituency in connection with a listing of shares on domestic or foreign stock exchanges. The subscription and the acquisition of the new shares, as well as each subsequent transfer of the shares, will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation. In addition, the Board has decided to propose to the Shareholders at the 2015 Annual General Meeting that the authorized share capital be renewed for another two years, through April 29, 2017.

Convertible bonds and options

        ABB does not have any bonds outstanding that are convertible into ABB shares. For information about options on shares issued by ABB, see "Note 19 Stockholders' Equity" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shareholders' participation

Shareholders' voting rights

        ABB has one class of shares and each registered share carries one vote at the general meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been registered in the share register of ABB as a shareholder with the right to vote, or with Euroclear Sweden AB (Euroclear), which maintains a subregister of the share register of ABB.

85


Table of Contents

        A shareholder may be represented at the Annual General Meeting by its legal representative, by another shareholder with the right to vote or an independent proxy elected by the shareholders ( unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter ). All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by one representative only.

        For practical reasons shareholders must be registered in the share register no later than 6 business days before the general meeting in order to be entitled to vote. Except for the cases described under "Shareholders' participation—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below, there are no voting rights restrictions limiting ABB's shareholders' rights.

Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration

        ABB may decline a registration with voting rights if a shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights.

        A person failing to expressly declare in its registration application that it holds the shares for its own account (a nominee), will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its status, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision. In special cases the Board may grant exemptions. There were no exemptions granted in 2014.

        The limitation on the transferability of shares may be removed by an amendment of ABB's Articles of Incorporation by a shareholders' resolution requiring two-thirds of the votes represented at the meeting.

Shareholders' dividend rights

        The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. Swiss law requires that ABB Ltd retain at least 5 percent of its annual net profits as legal reserves, until these reserves amount to at least 20 percent of ABB Ltd's share capital. Any net profits remaining in excess of those reserves are at the disposal of the shareholders' meeting.

        Under Swiss law, ABB Ltd may only pay out a dividend if it has been proposed by a shareholder or the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd and approved at a general meeting of shareholders, and the auditors confirm that the dividend conforms to statutory law and ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation. In practice, the shareholders' meeting usually approves dividends as proposed by the Board of Directors, if the Board of Directors' proposal is confirmed by the statutory auditors as compliant with Swiss law and ABB's Articles of Incorporation.

        Dividends are usually due and payable no earlier than two trading days after the shareholders' resolution and the ex-date for dividends is normally two trading days after the shareholders' resolution approving the dividend. Dividends are paid out to the holders that are registered on the record date. Euroclear administers the payment of those shares registered with it. Under Swiss law, dividends not collected within five years after the due date accrue to ABB Ltd and are allocated to its other reserves. As ABB Ltd pays cash dividends, if any, in Swiss francs (subject to the exception for certain shareholders in Sweden described below), exchange rate fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs upon conversion of those cash dividends by Citibank, N.A., the depositary, in accordance with the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated May 7, 2001.

        For shareholders who are residents of Sweden, ABB has established a dividend access facility (for up to 600,004,716 shares). With respect to any annual dividend payment for which this facility is made available, shareholders who register with Euroclear may elect to receive the dividend from ABB

86


Table of Contents

Norden Holding AB in Swedish krona (in an amount equivalent to the dividend paid in Swiss francs) without deduction of Swiss withholding tax. For further information on the dividend access facility, see ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

General meeting

        Shareholders' resolutions at general meetings are approved with an absolute majority of the votes represented at the meeting, except for those matters described in article 704 of the Swiss Code of Obligations and for resolutions with respect to restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of such restrictions, which all require the approval of two-thirds of the votes represented at the meeting.

        At December 31, 2014, shareholders representing shares of a par value totaling at least CHF 412,000 may request items to be included in the agenda of a general meeting. Any such request must be made in writing at least 40 days prior to the date of the general meeting and specify the items and the motions of such shareholder(s).

        ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain provisions on the convocation of the general meeting of shareholders that differ from the applicable legal provisions.

Compensation principles and "say on pay"

        Compensation for the members of the Board consists of fixed compensation and for members of the EC consists of fixed and variable compensation. Compensation may be paid in the form of cash, shares or other types of benefits and for the EC also in the form of share-based instruments or units. The Board, or, to the extent delegated to it, the Compensation Committee, shall determine grant, vesting, exercise and forfeiture conditions relating to share-based instruments or units. Additional details on "ABB's General Compensation Principles" can be found in Article 33 of ABB's Articles of Incorporation and information about their implementation can be found in the "Compensation highlights" section below.

        Shareholders must approve the maximum aggregate amount of compensation for the Board for the following Board term and for the EC for the following financial year. If the approved compensation is not sufficient to cover new EC members or newly promoted EC members following the approval, then up to 30% of the last approved maximum aggregate EC compensation shall be available for payment as a supplementary amount for such new members or such newly promoted members. Additional details on ABB's "Approval of Compensation by the General Meeting of Shareholders" and "Supplementary Amount for Changes to the Executive Committee" can be found respectively in Articles 34 and 35 of ABB's Articles of Incorporation.

Mandates for Board and EC members outside of ABB

        No member of the Board may hold more than ten additional mandates of which no more than four may be in listed companies. No member of the EC may hold more than five mandates of which no more than one may be in a listed company. Certain types of mandates, such as those in our subsidiaries and those in non-profit and charitable institutions, are not subject to those limits. Additional details on "Mandates Outside the Group" can be found in Article 38 of ABB's Articles of Incorporation.

Credits to Board and EC members

        Article 37 of ABB's Articles of Incorporation states that credits may not be granted to a member of the Board or to a member of the EC.

87


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Responsibilities and organization

        The Board defines the ultimate direction of the business of ABB and issues the necessary instructions. It determines the organization of the ABB Group and appoints, removes and supervises the persons entrusted with the management and representation of ABB.

        The internal organizational structure and the definition of the areas of responsibility of the Board, as well as the information and control instruments vis-à-vis the Executive Committee, are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

        The Board meets as frequently as needed but at least four times per annual Board term. Board meetings are convened by the chairman or upon request by a director or the chief executive officer (CEO). Documentation covering the various items of the agenda for each Board meeting is sent out in advance to each Board member in order to allow each member time to study the covered matters prior to the meetings. Decisions made at the Board meetings are recorded in written minutes of the meetings.

        The CEO shall regularly, and whenever extraordinary circumstances so require, report to the Board about ABB's overall business and affairs. Further, Board members are entitled to information concerning ABB's business and affairs. Additional details are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Term and members

        The members of the Board are elected individually at the annual general meeting of the shareholders for a term of one year; re-election is possible. Our Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance, do not provide for the retirement of directors based on their age. However, an age limit for members of the Board is set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (although waivers are possible and subject to Board discretion), a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

        As at December 31, 2014, the members of the Board (Board term April 2014 to April 2015) were:

         Hubertus von Grünberg has been a member and chairman of ABB's Board of Directors since May 2007. He is a member of the supervisory board of Deutsche Telekom AG (Germany) and vice chairman of the supervisory board of Sapinda Holding B.V. (The Netherlands). He is a member of the board of directors of Schindler Holding AG (Switzerland). Mr. von Grünberg was born in 1942 and is a German citizen.

         Roger Agnelli has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since March 2002. He is the founding partner and chief executive officer of AGN Holding (Brazil). He is the chairman of B&A, a joint venture between BTG Pactual and AGN Holding (Brazil) and a director of WPP plc (U.K.). Mr. Agnelli was born in 1959 and is a Brazilian citizen.

         Matti Alahuhta has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since April 2014. He is the chairman of the board of Outotec Corporation (Finland). He is also a member of the boards of directors of KONE Corporation and (through April 9, 2015) UPM-Kymmene Corporation (both Finland) and Volvo AB (Sweden). Mr. Alahuhta was born in 1952 and is a Finnish citizen.

         Louis R. Hughes has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since May 2003. He is the chairman of the board of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories LLC) (U.S.). He is also a

88


Table of Contents

member of the supervisory board of Akzo Nobel (The Netherlands) and a member of the board of directors of Alcatel Lucent (France). Mr. Hughes was born in 1949 and is a U.S. citizen.

         Michel de Rosen has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since March 2002. He is the chief executive officer of and chairman of the board of Eutelsat Communications (France). He is also a member of the board of directors of Pharnext SAS (France). Mr. de Rosen was born in 1951 and is a French citizen.

         Michael Treschow has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since May 2003. He is the chairman of the boards of Unilever NV (The Netherlands), and Unilever PLC (U.K.). He is also a member of the board of directors of the Knut and Alice Wallenberg Foundation (Sweden). Mr. Treschow was born in 1943 and is a Swedish citizen.

         Jacob Wallenberg has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since June 1999. From March 1999 to June 1999, he served as a member of the board of directors of ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, the former parent company of the ABB Group. He is the chairman of the board of Investor AB (Sweden). He is vice chairman of the boards of Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB and SAS AB (both Sweden). He is also a member of the boards of directors of the Knut and Alice Wallenberg Foundation and the Stockholm School of Economics (both Sweden). Mr. Wallenberg was born in 1956 and is a Swedish citizen.

         Ying Yeh has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since April 2011. She is a member of the boards of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group (U.K.) and Samsonite International S.A. (Luxembourg). Ms. Yeh was born in 1948 and is a Chinese citizen.

        As of December 31, 2014, all Board members were non-executive and independent directors (see "Business relationships" below), and none of ABB's Board members held any official functions or political posts. Further information on ABB's Board members can be found by clicking on the ABB Board of Directors CV link which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Board committees

        Beginning with the 2014-2015 Board term, the Board has created three Board committees: the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee (FACC), the Governance and Nomination Committee (GNC), and the Compensation Committee (CC). For the 2013-2014 Board term, the duties of the GNC and the CC were handled by the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee (GNCC). The duties and objectives of the Board committees are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance. These committees assist the Board in its tasks and report regularly to the Board. The members of the Board committees either are required to be independent or are elected directly by the shareholders.

    (i) Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee

        The FACC is responsible for overseeing (1) the integrity of ABB's financial statements, (2) ABB's compliance with legal, tax and regulatory requirements, (3) the independent auditors' qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of ABB's internal audit function and external auditors, and (5) ABB's capital structure, funding requirements and financial risk policies.

        The FACC must comprise three or more independent directors who have a thorough understanding of finance and accounting. The chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee's chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained. In addition, the Chief Integrity Officer, the Head of Internal Audit and the external auditors participate in the meetings as appropriate. As required by the U.S. Securities and

89


Table of Contents

Exchange Commission (SEC) at least one member of the FACC has to be an audit committee financial expert. The Board has determined that each member of the FACC is an audit committee financial expert.

    As at December 31, 2014, the members of the FACC were:
    Louis R. Hughes (chairman)
    Roger Agnelli
    Jacob Wallenberg

    (ii) Governance and Nomination Committee

        The GNC is responsible for (1) overseeing corporate governance practices within ABB, (2) nominating candidates for the Board, the role of CEO and other positions on the Executive Committee, and (3) succession planning and employment matters relating to the Board and the Executive Committee. The GNC is also responsible for maintaining an orientation program for new Board members and an ongoing education program for existing Board members.

        The GNC must comprise three or more independent directors. The chairman of the Board (unless he is already a member) and, upon invitation by the committee's chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained.

    As at December 31, 2014, the members of the GNC were:
    Michael Treschow (chairman)
    Matti Alahuhta
    Hubertus von Grünberg

    (iii) Compensation Committee

        The CC is responsible for compensation matters relating to the Board and the Executive Committee.

        The CC must comprise three or more directors who are elected by the shareholders. The chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee's chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained.

    As at December 31, 2014, the members of the CC were:
    Michel de Rosen (chairman)
    Michael Treschow
    Ying Yeh

Meetings and attendance

        The Board and its committees have regularly scheduled meetings throughout the year. These meetings are supplemented by additional meetings (either in person or by conference call), as necessary.

        The table below shows the number of meetings held during 2014 by the Board and its committees, their average duration, as well as the attendance of the individual Board members. The regular

90


Table of Contents

meetings shown include a strategic retreat attended by all members of the Board and the Executive Committee.

 
  Board    
   
   
   
 
Meetings and attendance
  Regular   Additional   FACC   GNCC   GNC   CC  

Average duration (hours)

    7.7     1.2     2.8     3.33     1.75     1.9  

Number of meetings

    7     5     8     3     3     4  

Meetings attended:

                                     

Hubertus von Grünberg

    7     5             3      

Roger Agnelli

    7     5     8              

Matti Alahuhta*

    2     2             3      

Louis R. Hughes

    6     4     8              

Hans Ulrich Märki**

    4     3         3          

Michel de Rosen

    7     5         3         4  

Michael Treschow

    7     5         3     3     4  

Jacob Wallenberg

    7     5     8              

Ying Yeh

    7     5         3         4  

*
Matti Alahuhta was elected at the April 2014 AGM.

**
Hans Ulrich Märki did not stand for re-election at the April 2014 AGM.

Board compensation and shareholdings

        Information about Board compensation and shareholdings can be found in the section titled "Compensation and share ownership tables" below.

Secretary to the Board

        Diane de Saint Victor is the secretary to the Board.

Executive Committee

Responsibilities and organization

        The Board has delegated the executive management of ABB to the CEO and the other members of the Executive Committee. The CEO and, under his direction, the other members of the Executive Committee are responsible for ABB's overall business and affairs and day-to-day management.

        The CEO reports to the Board regularly, and whenever extraordinary circumstances so require, on the course of ABB's business and financial performance and on all organizational and personnel matters, transactions and other issues relevant to the Group.

        Each member of the Executive Committee is appointed and discharged by the Board.

Members of the Executive Committee

        As at December 31, 2014, the members of the Executive Committee were (except for Peter Terwiesch who joined the Executive Committee effective January 1, 2015):

         Ulrich Spiesshofer was appointed Chief Executive Officer in September 2013 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2005. From January 2010 to September 2013, Mr. Spiesshofer was Executive Committee member responsible for the Discrete Automation and Motion division. He joined ABB in November 2005, as Executive Committee member responsible for Corporate Development. From 2002 until he joined ABB, he was senior partner and global head of operations practice at Roland Berger AG (Switzerland). From 1991 to 2002, he held various

91


Table of Contents

management positions with A.T. Kearney Ltd. and its affiliates. Mr. Spiesshofer was born in 1964 and is a German citizen.

         Eric Elzvik was appointed Chief Financial Officer and member of the Executive Committee in February 2013. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Elzvik was the Chief Financial Officer of ABB's Discrete Automation and Motion division. He joined ABB in 1984 and has held a variety of other leadership roles in Sweden, Singapore and Switzerland, including head of Corporate Development, and head of Mergers & Acquisitions and New Ventures. Mr. Elzvik was born in 1960 and is a Swiss and Swedish citizen.

         Jean-Christophe Deslarzes was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer and member of the Executive Committee in November 2013. From 2010 through 2013, he was the Chief Human Resources and Organization Officer of the Carrefour Group (France). From 2008 to 2010 he was President and CEO of the Downstream Aluminum Businesses of Rio Tinto (Canada). He was Senior Vice President Human Resources of Alcan Inc. (Canada) from 2006-2008 and in addition he co-led the integration of Rio Tinto and Alcan from 2007 to 2008. Between 1994 and 2006, he held various human resources and management roles with Alcan Inc. Mr. Deslarzes was born in 1963 and is a Swiss citizen.

         Diane de Saint Victor was appointed General Counsel and member of the Executive Committee in January 2007. In March 2013, she was appointed as a non-executive director of Barclays plc and Barclays Bank plc (both U.K.). From 2004 to 2006, she was general counsel of the Airbus Group (France/Germany). From 2003 to 2004, she was general counsel of SCA Hygiene Products (Germany). From 1993 to 2003, she held various legal positions with Honeywell International (France/Belgium). From 1988 to 1993, she held various legal positions with General Electric (U.S.). Ms. de Saint Victor was born in 1955 and is a French citizen.

         Pekka Tiitinen was appointed President of the Discrete Automation and Motion division and member of the Executive Committee in September 2013 and was named Head of Group Marketing & Sales in January 2015. In 2013, prior to joining the Executive Committee, Mr. Tiitinen was the head of ABB's drives and controls global business unit. From 2003 to 2012, Mr. Tiitinen was the head of ABB's low voltage drives global business unit and from 1990 to 2003, he held various management roles with ABB. Mr. Tiitinen was born in 1967 and is a Finnish citizen.

         Tarak Mehta was appointed President of the Low Voltage Products division and member of the Executive Committee in October 2010. From 2007 to 2010, he was head of ABB's transformers business. Between 1998 and 2006, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Mehta was born in 1966 and is a U.S. citizen.

         Peter Terwiesch was appointed President of the Process Automation division and member of the Executive Committee in January 2015. He is a member of the board of directors of Metall Zug AG (Switzerland). From 2011 to 2014, he was the head of ABB's Central Europe region. He was ABB's Chief Technology Officer from 2005 to 2011. From 1994 to 2005, he held several positions with ABB. Mr. Terwiesch was born in 1966 and is a Swiss and German citizen.

         Bernhard Jucker was appointed President of the Power Products division and member of the Executive Committee in January 2006. From 2003 to 2005, he was ABB's country manager for Germany. From 1980 to 2003, he held various positions in ABB. Mr. Jucker was born in 1954 and is a Swiss citizen.

         Claudio Facchin was appointed President of the Power Systems division and member of the Executive Committee in December 2013. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Facchin was head of ABB's North Asia region. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Facchin was the head of ABB's substations global business unit and from 1995 to 2004, he held various management roles with ABB. Mr. Facchin was born in 1965 and is an Italian citizen.

92


Table of Contents

         Frank Duggan was appointed President of the Asia, Middle East and Africa region in January 2015 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2011. From 2011 to 2014, Mr. Duggan was the head of Global Markets as well as a member of the Executive Committee. From 2008 to 2014, he was also ABB's region manager for India, Middle East and Africa. From 2008 to 2011, he was ABB's country manager for the United Arab Emirates. Between 1986 and 2008, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Duggan was born in 1959 and is an Irish citizen.

         Greg Scheu was appointed President of the Americas region as well as Head of Group Service and Business Integration in January 2015 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2012. From 2013 to 2014, he was the Executive Committee member responsible for business integration, group service and North America. Mr. Scheu joined the Executive Committee as the member responsible for Marketing and Customer Solutions in May 2012. Mr. Scheu, a former executive of Rockwell International, joined ABB in 2001 and was responsible for the integration of both Baldor Electric Co. and Thomas & Betts into ABB. Mr. Scheu was born in 1961 and is a U.S. citizen.

         Veli-Matti Reinikkala was appointed President of the Europe region in January 2015 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2006. From 2006 to 2014, he was the Executive Committee member responsible for the Process Automation division. He is a member of the board of directors of UPM-Kymmene Corporation (Finland). In 2005, he was head of the Process Automation business area. From 1993 to 2005, he held several positions with ABB. Mr. Reinikkala was born in 1957 and is a Finnish citizen.

        Further information about the members of the Executive Committee can be found by clicking on the Executive Committee CV link at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Executive Committee compensation and shareholdings

        Information about Executive Committee compensation and shareholdings can be found in the section titled "Compensation and share ownership tables" below.

Management contracts

        There are no management contracts between ABB and companies or natural persons not belonging to the ABB Group.

Business relationships

        This section describes important business relationships between ABB and its Board members, or companies and organizations represented by them. This determination has been made based on ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy. This policy is contained in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found in the section "Corporate governance—Further information on corporate governance" at www.abb.com/investorrelations

        Atlas Copco AB (Atlas Copco) is an important customer of ABB. ABB supplies Atlas Copco primarily with drives and motors through its Discrete Automation and Motion division. The total revenues recorded by ABB relating to business with Atlas Copco were approximately $61 million in 2014. Jacob Wallenberg was vice chairman of Atlas Copco until April 2012.

        ABB has an unsecured syndicated $2 billion revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2014, SEB Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) (SEB) and Barclays Bank plc had each committed to approximately $74 million out of the $2 billion total. In addition, ABB has regular banking business with SEB and Barclays. Jacob Wallenberg was the vice chairman of SEB until March 2014 and Diane de Saint Victor is a non-executive director of Barclays Bank plc and Barclays plc (collectively, "Barclays").

93


Table of Contents

        After comparing the share of revenues generated from ABB's business with Atlas Copco, and after reviewing the banking commitments of SEB and Barclays, the Board has determined that ABB's business relationships with those companies are not unusual in their nature or conditions and do not constitute material business relationships. As a result, the Board concluded that all members of the Board are considered to be independent directors. This determination was made in accordance with ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Employee participation programs

        In order to align its employees' interests with the business goals and financial results of the company, ABB operates a number of incentive plans, linked to ABB's shares, such as the Employee Share Acquisition Plan, the Management Incentive Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan. For a more detailed description of these incentive plans, please refer to "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Duty to make a public tender offer

        ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain any provisions raising the threshold (opting-up) or waiving the duty (opting out) to make a public tender offer pursuant to article 32 of the Swiss Stock Exchange and Securities Trading Act.

Compensation highlights

New regulation in 2014

        ABB's Compensation report has been revised and expanded compared with previous years to address feedback from stakeholders and to reflect new regulation that requires, starting in 2015, shareholders of publicly listed companies in Switzerland to vote on compensation for the Board of Directors and executive management.

        The report has been prepared in accordance with applicable regulations, including the Swiss Code of Obligations, the Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Remuneration in Listed Companies Limited by Shares, and the rules of the stock markets where ABB's shares are listed in Switzerland, Sweden and the U.S. The report also fully adheres to the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance.

Key facts 2014

Table 1: Overview of total compensation (in CHF)

Board Term

  2014-2015   2013-2014

Board of Directors

  3,630,000   3,500,000

Calendar Year

 
2014
 
2013

Executive Committee

  38,699,707   48,651,862

For a breakdown of total Board compensation by individual and component see "Table 3: Total compensation per Board member" in "Compensation in 2014" and "Table 9: Board compensation in 2014 and 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables". For EC compensation by individual and component see "Table 10: EC Compensation in 2014" and "Table 11: EC Compensation in 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

        For the 2014-2015 term of office, aggregate Board compensation increased by 3.7 percent, the first increase in seven years.

94


Table of Contents

        The EC's total compensation was lower in 2014 than in 2013, due to the absence of special share grants in 2014, changes in the composition of the EC in 2013, and a below-target payout on short-term variable compensation of 85.8 percent in 2014 compared with 100 percent in 2013.

Revised compensation principles for 2015

        Based on the Next Level strategy launched in September 2014 and on the feedback received from stakeholders since the last AGM, the Board has revised the compensation principles. As of 2015, those principles are:

Linked and balanced   Compensation linked to the Next Level strategy and performance through ambitious objectives, robust performance monitoring and a sound balance between Group and individual performance

Competitive

 

Annual base salaries of top management set between market median and upper quartile in order to attract suitable talent

Performance driven

 

Ambitious targets set in the Group's planning processes, and variable pay aimed at upper quartile when these objectives are achieved

Comprehensive KPIs

 

All performance metrics support development of earnings per share and cash return on invested capital; and cover financial, operational, change and behavioral performance

Market tested

 

Compensation mix and levels tested annually against benchmarks that include selected ABB peers and appropriate markets

Principal refinements in ABB's executive compensation system as of 2015

        The Board has also refined various elements of EC compensation as of 2015, including:

    a more comprehensive set of key performance indicators to drive the execution of the strategy and the creation of shareholder value;

    in short-term variable compensation, a better balance between an individual's and the Group's performance. In addition, the Board will no longer have discretion over the size of the payout where the Group targets are exceeded; and

    in long-term variable compensation, stronger performance considerations including more emphasis on the earnings-per-share development and the addition of a net income objective threshold as a vesting condition.

95


Table of Contents

Components of EC compensation in 2015

        ABB's compensation structure is designed to be competitive in local labor markets, and to encourage executives to deliver outstanding results. Also, EC compensation is designed to be balanced in terms of fixed versus variable compensation and in terms of short- versus long-term incentives:

 
  Fixed compensation   Variable compensation
 
  Base salary   Short-term   Long-term

Purpose

  Compensates executives based on their responsibilities, experience and skillset   Rewards performance against specific KPIs   Encourages creation of long-term, sustainable value for the shareholders

Performance influencing grant size or payout

 

Individual performance and behavior

 

Financial and non-financial corporate and individual performance

 

Corporate (also vs peers) and individual performance

Delivery

 

Cash

 

Cash

 

Shares and cash

Votes at 2015 AGM

        At the AGM in April 2015, ABB's shareholders will vote on maximum aggregate compensation to the Board for the term of office running from the AGM in 2015 until the AGM in 2016, and on maximum aggregate EC compensation for the calendar year 2016. In addition, shareholders will have a non-binding vote on the 2014 compensation report (see "Chart 7: Shareholders will have three separate votes on compensation at 2015 AGM" in "Revisions taking effect in 2015—Responding to shareholder expectations" below).

        In order to provide shareholders with information for these votes, this report includes a compensation outlook, in addition to the review of compensation in 2014. The report has three sections presenting:

    the principles, governance and levels of Board and EC compensation in 2014;

    the main changes to compensation governance and EC compensation as of 2015; and

    tables of Board and EC compensation and share/option ownership in 2014 and 2013.

Compensation in 2014

Board compensation governance and levels

        In 2014, the CC was responsible for making recommendations to the Board on the level of compensation of Board members, while the Board took the final decisions.

96


Table of Contents

Table 2: Clearly defined roles and responsibilities

GRAPHIC


The CC proposes the compensation both for the entire Board and its individual members; the Board takes the respective decisions.

        The Board and CC regularly benchmark the levels and mix of compensation of Board members against the compensation of non-executive board members of publicly traded companies in Switzerland that are part of the Swiss Market Index.

        In connection with the Board's decision to increase the number of its committees from two to three by splitting the GNCC, the Board revised its compensation structure. As a result, overall Board compensation for the 2014-2015 term of office increased 3.7 percent, the first increase since 2007.

        Board members are paid for their service over a 12-month period that starts with their election at the AGM. Payment is made in semi-annual installments. Board members do not receive pension benefits and are not eligible to participate in any of ABB's employee incentive programs.

        Half of each member's compensation is paid in the form of ABB shares, though Board members can choose to receive all of their compensation in shares. The shares are kept in a blocked account for three years. Departing Board members are entitled to the shares when they leave the company.

        The number of shares delivered is calculated prior to each semi-annual payment by dividing the sum to which the Board members are entitled by the average closing price of the ABB share over a predefined 30-day period.

        The Board is satisfied that the compensation structure aligns the interests of its members with those of ABB's shareholders.

        The compensation amounts per Board member for the 2014-2015 and 2013-2014 terms of office are shown below.

97


Table of Contents

Table 3: Total compensation per Board member

Name
  Function   Board term
2014 - 2015
CHF
  Board term
2013 - 2014
CHF
 

Hubertus von Grünberg (1)

  Chairman of the Board     1,200,000     1,200,000  

Roger Agnelli (2)

  Member of the Board     330,000     300,000  

Matti Alahuhta (1) (4)

  Member of the Board     320,000      

Louis R. Hughes (2)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee     400,000     400,000  

Hans Ulrich Märki (3)(5)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee         400,000  

Michel de Rosen (3) (6)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Compensation Committee     350,000     300,000  

Michael Treschow (1) (3) (6)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Governance and Nomination Committee     380,000     300,000  

Jacob Wallenberg (2)

  Member of the Board     330,000     300,000  

Ying Yeh (3) (6)

  Member of the Board     320,000     300,000  

Total

        3,630,000     3,500,000  

(1)
Member of the Governance and Nomination Committee since April 30, 2014.

(2)
Member of the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee.

(3)
Member of the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee until April 30, 2014.

(4)
Elected as new Board member at ABB Ltd AGM on April 30, 2014.

(5)
Did not stand for re-election at ABB Ltd AGM on April 30, 2014.

(6)
Member of the Compensation Committee since April 30, 2014.

        For compensation amounts per Board member in the calendar years 2014 and 2013, see "Table 9: Board compensation in 2014 and 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

Executive Committee compensation

Principles and governance

        The Board considers the Group's compensation system to be an important factor in attracting, motivating and retaining people with the talent necessary to strengthen the company's position as a global leader in power and automation.

        The system therefore aims to provide compensation that is competitive in local labor markets and encourages employees to deliver outstanding results. At the same time, a balance between fixed and variable compensation and between short- and long-term incentives is designed to align the interests of employees with those of other stakeholders and ensure that performance is sustainable.

        For several years, executive compensation at ABB has been based on the principles that it should be market oriented and competitive, drive performance and reward the creation of shareholder value. Benchmarking ensured that compensation was at a level that would attract and retain the key talent that ABB needs to drive its success globally, and performance metrics including financial objectives, individual performance and behavior, and the evolution of the share price, determined the compensation levels in 2014.

98


Table of Contents

        In addition, compensation elements were focused on rewarding the delivery of outstanding and sustainable results without inappropriate risk taking.

    (i) Alignment of strategy, performance and compensation

        The Board defines the ultimate direction of the business of ABB and regularly reviews progress on the strategy. Based on these reviews, the Board sets annual budgets and performance targets, and ensures that the company's compensation arrangements support implementation of the strategy and reflect performance.

Chart 1: Cycle of alignment by the Board of strategy, performance and compensation

GRAPHIC


    To effectively align strategy, performance and compensation, the target setting and review processes are directly linked to the financial and budget processes.

        The Board and its Compensation Committee (CC) have direct oversight of compensation principles and of executive compensation at ABB. The CC is responsible for developing the general compensation principles and practices of ABB and for recommending them to the full Board, which takes the final decisions (see "Table 4: The Board decides on EC compensation" in "—Annual reviews" below).

        The Board and CC drive and steer the continuous development of ABB's executive compensation system to ensure that it attracts, motivates and retains people with the talent necessary to strengthen the company's position as a global leader in power and automation.

        The CC, on behalf of the Board, regularly reviews the compensation policy and structure, and recommends to the Board specific proposals on executive compensation to ensure that they are consistent with ABB's compensation principles.

        Information on the meetings held in 2014 by the CC and its predecessor, the GNCC, can be found in section "Board of Directors—Meetings and attendance".

    (ii) Annual reviews

        Each year, the Board reviews the CEO's performance while the CEO reviews the performance of other EC members and makes recommendations to the CC on their individual compensation. For 2014, the full Board took the final decisions on compensation for all EC members, none of whom participated in the deliberations on their own compensation.

99


Table of Contents

        The Board also sets the ABB annual objectives that determine short-term variable compensation, taking into account the recommendations of the CC.

        The Board sets the overall grant size of the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), the principal mechanism through which ABB encourages executives to create shareholder value over the long term, and approves the individual grants made to the CEO and other EC members.

Table 4: The Board decides on EC compensation

GRAPHIC


Compensation levels for the CEO are proposed by the CC, while those of the other EC members are proposed by the CEO. The Board is responsible for all approvals.

    (iii) Benchmarks

        ABB uses benchmarks and third-party consultants to evaluate positions throughout the company; assess the competitiveness of EC compensation levels; analyze market trends with regard to executive compensation design and mix; and provide advice on compensation.

        All senior positions in ABB have been evaluated using a consistent methodology developed by the Hay Group, whose job evaluation system is used by more than 10,000 companies around the world. This approach provides a meaningful, transparent and consistent basis for comparing compensation levels at ABB with those of equivalent jobs at other companies that have been evaluated using the same criteria.

        In 2014, the Board primarily used the General Pan-European Market data in Hay's annual Top Executive Compensation in Europe survey to set EC compensation, which was targeted to be above the median values for the market. Other indicators considered included Hay's data on the Swiss and European industry markets and on U.S. peers.

        Hostettler & Company (HCM), an independent consultant specializing in performance management and compensation, provides advice to the CC in the area of compensation. HCM has no other mandate with ABB.

Components of EC compensation

        ABB aims for total EC compensation to be competitive, as well as balanced in terms of fixed versus variable compensation and in terms of short- versus long-term incentives. It also aims to reflect performance considerations in each component of executive compensation, as shown in "Chart 2:

100


Table of Contents

Linkage of EC compensation components to performance" below. The objective is to encourage outstanding performance that delivers sustainable results without excessive risk taking.

        In addition to the benchmarks mentioned above, the Board considered individual performance, experience, potential and the prevailing conditions in the market, when setting each EC member's compensation.

        The main components of executive compensation in 2014 were unchanged from the previous year and consisted of: cash compensation including base salary, short-term variable compensation, pension and other benefits; and share-based compensation in the form of grants under the LTIP.

Chart 2: Linkage of EC compensation components to performance

GRAPHIC

The compensation of EC members consists of a base salary and benefits, a short-term variable component dependent on annual performance objectives, and a long-term variable component.

    (i) Fixed compensation—Annual base salary and benefits

        The base salary for members of the EC is set taking into account positions of comparable responsibility outside ABB. When considering changes in base salary, the executive's performance during the preceding year against individual objectives is taken into account.

        Members of the EC received pension benefits, paid into the Swiss ABB Pension Fund and the ABB Supplementary Insurance Plans (the regulations are available at www.abbvorsorge.ch), except for one member who is covered under the plans of ABB Inc. in the U.S. The compensation of EC members also included social security contributions and other benefits, as outlined in "Table 10: EC compensation in 2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables". Tax equalization was provided for EC members resident outside Switzerland to the extent that they were not able to claim a tax credit in their country of residence for income taxes they paid in Switzerland.

101


Table of Contents

    (ii) Variable compensation

    (a) Short-term variable compensation

        Payment of the short-term variable component of compensation for 2014 was conditional on the fulfillment of predefined ABB performance objectives that were specific, quantifiable and challenging. The 2014 objectives, shown in "Table 5: Group-wide 2014 objectives and performance for short-term variable compensation" in "—Level of EC compensation—Short-term variable compensation" below, were aligned with strategic targets that had been communicated to shareholders.

        Fully achieving the objectives would have resulted in a payout equivalent to 150 percent of the base salary for the CEO and 100 percent of the base salary for other members of the EC. Underperformance would have resulted in a lower payout, or none at all if performance had been below the defined threshold for each of the objectives. If the objectives had been exceeded, the Board would have had the authority to approve a payout that was up to 50 percent higher, representing up to 225 percent of the base salary for the CEO and 150 percent of the base salary for other members of the EC.

    (b) Long-term variable compensation

        An important principle of executive compensation at ABB is that it should encourage EC members to drive the creation of long-term value for the company's shareholders in a sustainable way. Granted annually, LTIPs are the principal mechanism through which this is achieved.

        Under the terms and conditions of the LTIP, the Board decides whether EC members who leave the company before the end of the three-year period forfeit the unvested grant, or receive all or a portion of such grants. The Board also decides whether to grant LTIPs to new participants or change the size of an LTIP grant to an existing participant for up to six months after the launch of a plan, if the existing participant's responsibilities change. These Board decisions are made taking into account the recommendations of the CC.

        The LTIP granted in 2014 comprised a performance component and a retention component. Their proportions in relation to the base salary are explained in "—Level of EC Compensation" below.

    (b.1) Performance component

        The performance component of the plan is designed to reward participants for increasing earnings per share (1) (EPS) over a three-year period.

        The payout is based on ABB's weighted cumulative EPS performance against predefined objectives. This EPS objective is primarily based on an investor's perspective and is derived taking into account the growth expectations, risk profiles, investment levels and profitability levels that are typical for the industry (ie, outside-in view). The EPS target-setting process assumes that investors expect a risk-adjusted return on their investment which is based on market value (and not book value), and translates such expected returns over a three-year period into EPS targets. The weighted cumulative EPS result is calculated as 33 percent of EPS in the first year plus 67 percent of EPS in the second year plus 100 percent of EPS in the third year. There is no payout if the lower threshold is not reached and payout is capped at 200 percent of the reference number of shares conditionally granted if performance exceeds the upper threshold. The payout percentages are shown in "Chart 3: Alignment with shareholders by linking payout of performance component to EPS development" below. The payout at the end of the three-year period, if any, will be made in cash.

   


(1)
Earnings per share is defined in the terms of the LTIP as diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders calculated using Income from continuing operations, net of tax, unless the Board decides to calculate using Net income for a particular year.

102


Table of Contents

Chart 3: Alignment with shareholders by linking payout of performance component to EPS development

GRAPHIC


The LTIP rewards participants for increasing EPS over a three-year period. The payout of the performance component is based on ABB's weighted cumulative EPS performance against predefined objectives.

    (b.2) Retention component

        This component of the LTIP granted in 2014 aimed to retain executives at ABB. Members of the EC were conditionally granted shares, which are delivered at the end of the vesting period generally three years from grant date, subject to fulfillment of the vesting conditions, which required them to be employed by ABB as of the vesting date.

        Upon vesting, EC members will receive 70 percent of the payout in shares and the remainder in cash, unless they elect to receive 100 percent in shares.

    (b.3) Share delivery under LTIP

        Shares under our LTIP are typically delivered from treasury shares. Our contingent share capital, together with our treasury shares, is used to cover our obligations in connection with our share plans, including our conditional share grants under the LTIP. In addition, the Board has determined that any dilution of shareholders in connection with LTIP share deliveries shall not exceed 1 percent annually.

    (b.4) Vesting in 2014 of performance component of 2011 LTIP

        There was no payout for the performance component of the 2011 LTIP that vested in 2014. This was the last LTIP in which the value created for the company's shareholders was measured in terms of total shareholder return, which is the percentage change in the value of the ABB share plus dividends over a three-year period relative to a specific group of peers. EPS was adopted as the relevant measure for the performance component of LTIP launches beginning in 2012.

Level of EC compensation

    (i) Overview

        There were no changes to the composition of the EC during 2014, nor to the design and mix of compensation. Due mainly to factors in 2013 that were not repeated in 2014, total EC compensation was lower in 2014 than in the previous year. For a breakdown of compensation by individual and component in each of these years, see "Table 10: EC compensation in 2014" and "Table 11: EC compensation in 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

        Total cash-based compensation was 25.8 million Swiss francs in 2014 compared with 29.0 million Swiss francs in 2013. The difference is mainly attributable to ABB not achieving the target performance in some of the 2014 objectives for short-term variable compensation.

103


Table of Contents

        Share-based compensation was 12.9 million Swiss francs in 2014 compared with 19.7 million Swiss francs in 2013. The difference is mainly attributable to the absence of special share-based grants in 2014 and changes in the composition of the EC during 2013.

        In 2014, fixed compensation represented 33 percent of the CEO's compensation and an average of 46 percent for the other EC members. The ratio of fixed to variable components in any given year will depend on the performance of the individuals and of the company against predefined ABB performance objectives.

    (ii) Base salary and benefits

        The base salary and benefits are fixed elements of the annual EC compensation packages, while the other components are variable. The benefits consist primarily of pension contributions. Other benefits comprise mainly social security and health insurance contributions.

    (iii) Short-term variable compensation

        Although the company exceeded the short-term objectives for orders, cost savings and Net Promoter Score (NPS) set by the Board, it was below target but above threshold on revenues, operational EBITDA and operating cash flow (see "Table 5: Group-wide 2014 objectives and performance for short-term variable compensation" below). This resulted in a payout of 85.8 percent of the target short-term compensation, compared with 100 percent in 2013.

Table 5: Group-wide 2014 objectives and performance for short-term variable compensation

GRAPHIC


(1)
The financial objectives exclude the impact of currency fluctuations, major acquisitions and divestments, and the impact of discontinued operations where appropriate.

(2)
See definition in "Note 23 Operating segment and geographic data" to ABB's Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)
Operating cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities, reversing the cash impact of interest, taxes, restructuring-related activities and one-time pension contributions.

(4)
Net Promoter Score (NPS) is a metric based on dividing customers into three categories: Promoters, Passives, and Detractors. This is achieved by asking customers in a one-question survey whether they would recommend ABB to a

104


Table of Contents

    colleague. In 2014, ABB had a target to increase the proportion of countries that have improved their NPS compared to the previous year.

Short-term variable compensation payout is dependent on performance.

    (iv) Long-term variable compensation

    (a) Performance component

        At the launch of the 2014 LTIP, participants were allocated a reference number of conditionally granted shares for the performance component that was equivalent to 67 percent of base salary for the CEO (compared with 100 percent for the previous CEO in 2012) and 42 percent for the other members of the EC.

        The performance component of LTIP is valued at the grant date using the ABB share price and Monte Carlo modeling, a mathematical technique that calculates a range of outcomes and the probability that they will occur. The model is an accepted simulation method under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP—the accounting standard used by ABB).

    (b) Retention component

        For the retention component in 2014, the reference grant size for the CEO was equivalent to 100 percent of base salary. The other EC members received a grant from a pool whose reference size was equivalent to 65 percent of their combined base salaries.

        The reference grant size for the CEO and the pool for the other EC members for any particular launch can each be increased or decreased by the Board by up to 25 percent, based on an assessment of ABB's performance against its peers over the three years preceding the launch of the plan. In 2014, the Board assessed ABB's 2011-2013 performance on: revenue growth, cash return on invested capital, EBITDA margin, share price development, share price to earnings ratio, NPS development, integrity and safety performance.

        Based on the strong NPS development, revenue growth and cash return ratios identified in the assessment, and on a significant improvement in integrity processes, the Board increased the reference grant size of the retention component in the 2014 LTIP launch by 22 percent in aggregate for all EC participants.

        The Board allocated shares from this pool to each individual EC member, based on an assessment of their individual performance in 2013. The number of shares conditionally granted to EC members under LTIP during 2014 is included in "Table 14: LTIP grants in 2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables" below.

    (v) Other compensation

        Members of the EC are eligible to participate in the Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP), a savings plan based on stock options, which is open to employees around the world. Seven members of the EC participated in the 11th annual launch of the plan. EC members who participated in that launch are each entitled to acquire up to 480 ABB shares at 20.97 Swiss francs per share, the market share price at the start of that launch.

        For a more detailed description of ESAP, please refer to "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to ABB's Consolidated Financial Statements.

    (vi) Compensation of former EC members

        Furthermore, in 2014, certain former EC members received contractual compensation for the period after leaving the EC. The compensation included the base salary, benefits and short-term variable compensation for 2014. The compensation is shown gross (i.e., before deduction of employee's social insurance and pension contributions) in "Table 12: Compensation to former EC members in

105


Table of Contents

2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables". Compensation to former EC members in 2013 is shown in "Table 13: Compensation to former EC members in 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

Share ownership and severance provisions

    (i) Share ownership requirement

        To further strengthen the alignment of executives' interests with those of shareholders, EC members are required to build up a holding of ABB shares that is equivalent to a multiple of their base salary, as set out below:

Table 6: Share ownership requirements for EC members

Chief Executive Officer

  5 × base salary

Other EC members

  4 × base salary

        Only shares owned by an EC member and the member's spouse are included in the share ownership calculation. Vested and unvested options are excluded.

        As the level of the shareholding requirement is high relative to market practice, the Board has determined that members of the EC should aim to reach these multiples within five years of their appointment. The CC reviews the status of EC share ownership on an annual basis. It also reviews the required shareholding amounts annually, based on salary and expected share price developments.

    (ii) Notice and severance provisions

        Employment contracts for EC members contain notice periods of 12 months, during which they are entitled to compensation comprising their base salary, benefits and short-term variable compensation. Since January 1, 2013, contracts for new EC members no longer include a provision extending compensation for up to 12 additional months if their employment is terminated by ABB and if they do not find alternative employment within the notice period that pays at least 70 percent of their compensation. In accordance with Swiss law and ABB's Articles of Incorporation, the contracts for the other EC members will be amended in 2015 to exclude this provision.

Additional information about 2014

Additional compensation information

        In 2014, ABB did not pay any fees or compensation to the members of the Board or the EC for services rendered to ABB other than those disclosed above. Except as disclosed in the section "Business relationships" above, ABB did not pay any additional fees or compensation in 2014 to persons closely linked to a member of the Board or the EC for services rendered to ABB.

        Except as disclosed in "Table 12: Compensation to former EC members in 2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables" below, ABB did not make any payments in 2014 to former members of the Board or the EC in connection with such roles.

        Following the spirit of ABB's compensation policy, none of ABB's Board members, EC members or members of senior management receives "golden parachutes" or other special benefits in the event of a change of control. No loans or guarantees were granted to members of the Board or the EC in 2014.

Holdings of ABB shares

        The members of the Board and EC owned less than 1 percent of ABB's total shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

106


Table of Contents

        "Table 16: Board ownership of ABB shares" in "Compensation and share ownership tables" shows the number of ABB shares held by each Board member as of December 31, 2014, and 2013. Except as described in this table, no member of the Board and no person closely linked to a member of the Board held any shares of ABB or options in ABB shares.

        As of December 31, 2014, members of the EC held ABB shares (or American Depositary Shares—ADS—representing such shares), the conditional rights to receive shares under the LTIP, options (either vested or unvested as indicated) under the Management Incentive Plan (MIP), and unvested shares in respect of other compensation arrangements, as shown in "Table 17: EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables". Their holdings as of December 31, 2013, are shown in "Table 18: EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

        Furthermore, as of December 31, 2014, members of the EC held warrant appreciation rights (WARs) and conditionally granted ABB shares under the performance component of the LTIP 2014, 2013 and 2012, which at the time of vesting will be settled in cash, as shown in "Table 19: EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2014" in "Compensation and share ownership tables". Their equivalent holdings as of December 31, 2013, are shown in "Table 20: EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2013" in "Compensation and share ownership tables".

        Members of the EC cannot participate in the MIP. Any MIP instruments held by EC members were awarded to them as part of the compensation they received in earlier roles that they held in ABB.

        Except as described in Tables 17 ("EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2014"), 18 ("EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2013"), 19 ("EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2014") and 20 ("EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2013") in "Compensation and share ownership tables", no member of the EC and no person closely linked to a member of the EC held any shares of ABB or options on ABB shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Revisions taking effect in 2015

        Effective as of 2015, the Board is modifying ABB's compensation system to reflect valuable feedback from our stakeholders and to align it with the Next Level strategy presented in September 2014.

        In addition changes were made to ABB's Articles of Incorporation at the 2014 AGM to reflect a change in Swiss law giving shareholders a greater say on Board and executive compensation. These changes include the right to elect the members of the CC as well as to approve the maximum aggregate amounts of Board and EC compensation.

107


Table of Contents

Changes to compensation governance

        Starting in 2015, the process for approval of maximum aggregate compensation of each of the Board and the EC will be as follows:

Table 7: Shareholders vote on maximum aggregate compensation of both Board and EC

GRAPHIC


The table shows the new levels of decision-making authority as of 2015. Up to and including 2014, the Board took the final decision on the level of compensation for its members and the EC, as illustrated in "Table 2: Clearly defined roles and responsibilities" and "Table 4: The Board decides on EC compensation" in "Compensation in 2014".

        The Board's proposals to shareholders at the 2015 AGM will relate to compensation in the 12 months following the AGM for the Board and in the calendar year 2016 for the EC. The Board will propose a fixed level of compensation for its own members. For the EC, the Board will propose a compensation package in which some components are dependent on performance.

        The EC's maximum aggregate compensation for 2016 will consist of the total base salary and benefits of its members, the maximum possible payout of the short-term variable compensation component, and the value of the maximum possible LTIP grant calculated according to the method described in "—Executive Committee compensation—Level of EC Compensation" above.

        Shareholders will have a non-binding, consultative vote on ABB's Compensation report for 2014.

Changes to executive compensation structure

Guiding principles

        The new executive compensation system is designed to support the achievement of financial targets and improvements in key operations, and to drive focused change and the related leadership behaviors required.

        To help achieve these goals, the Board has further developed ABB's key principles of executive compensation:

    Linked and balanced:   Compensation is linked to the Next Level strategy and performance through ambitious objectives, robust performance monitoring and a sound balance between Group and individual performance

108


Table of Contents

    Competitive:   Annual base salaries of top management are set between the market median and upper quartile in order to attract suitable talent

    Performance driven:   Ambitious objectives are set in ABB's planning processes, and variable pay is aimed at the upper quartile level when these objectives are met

    Comprehensive KPIs:   All performance metrics support the development of earnings per share and cash return on invested capital, and cover financial, operational, change and behavioral performance

    Market tested:   Compensation mix and levels are tested annually against benchmarks that include selected ABB peers and appropriate markets in which the company operates

        These principles represent an evolution of the principles that governed executive compensation at ABB until 2014 (see "—Executive Committee compensation—Principles and governance" above), and their adaptation to the requirements of the company's new strategic objectives.

Compensation link with Next Level strategy and performance

        Following the revision of the key principles of executive compensation, the Board has changed the design of certain elements to strengthen the focus on performance that directly supports the Next Level strategy's goals. The system therefore places greater emphasis on an individual's objectives than in the past, and introduces a broader set of performance metrics (see "Chart 4: Short-term variable compensation linked to clearly defined objectives" below). These changes will help management ensure that the results are achieved in a sustainable way.

    (i) Base salary

        The annual review of individual performance assesses each EC member's results and behavior with respect to the Next Level strategy's objectives.

    (ii) Short-term variable compensation

        Formerly based entirely on ABB Group's performance, short-term variable compensation for each EC member will from 2015 be based on a balance between the Group's results and the member's individual performance. The change reflects the Board's aim to align incentives more closely to the role of each EC member in implementing the Next Level strategy in his or her areas of responsibility, to strengthen rewards for outstanding individual performance, and to achieve a better balance in compensation between company and individual performance.

        Individual objectives will cover key performance indicators that go beyond the Group's results. They will include metrics that help the management to assess whether the results are achieved in a sustainable way, and with the appropriate processes and changes required to deliver the intended long-term results. These individual objectives will include the following types of objectives aligned with the Next Level strategy:

Financial   Operational
e.g., drivers of earnings per share and cash return on invested capital   e.g., improvements in costs, cash, customer satisfaction and safety

 

Change   Leadership
e.g., contribution to implementation of the Next Level strategy and its attendant change programs   e.g., behavior that supports strategic direction

        Payment will continue to be conditional on the fulfillment of predefined annual objectives that are specific and challenging. Performance that is below these objectives results in a lower payout, or none

109


Table of Contents

at all if performance is below a certain threshold. If the objectives are exceeded, the payout may be up to 50 percent higher. However, the short-term variable compensation payout for 2015 will be directly proportional to the degree of performance achieved up to the level at which it is capped. Previously, the size of the payout for exceeding the objectives was at the Board's discretion, up to the cap of 150 percent.

Chart 4: Short-term variable compensation linked to clearly defined objectives

GRAPHIC


The short-term variable compensation component will be based on a balance between Group and individual performance as of 2015. Payout, if any, is proportional to the calculated performance up to the level at which it is capped.

    (iii) Long-term variable compensation

        ABB has also revised the structure of LTIP, starting with the plan to be launched in 2015, to improve the emphasis on performance measures (see "Table 8: LTIP components with increased emphasis on performance" below).

    (a) Performance component 1 (P1)

        The size of this component at the grant date will continue to depend on ABB's performance in the preceding three years and on the individual's performance in the preceding year, but its weighting has been reduced to 50 percent from 60 percent. The vesting of this component is subject to ABB achieving a net income threshold in the financial year prior to the year in which the plan vests.

        This component will continue to be settled in shares (70 percent) and cash (30 percent), although beneficiaries can elect to receive 100 percent in shares.

    (b) Performance component 2 (P2)

        The component based on earnings-per-share performance has been given a larger weighting of 50 percent (previously 40 percent).

        This component, previously settled in cash, will be settled in shares (70 percent) and cash (30 percent), although beneficiaries can elect to receive 100 percent in shares, to further strengthen the alignment of EC members' interests with those of shareholders.

110


Table of Contents

Table 8: LTIP components with increased emphasis on performance

 
   
   

Design up to 2014

  Retention component…   Performance component…

Weighting

  60%   40%

Delivery

  Shares and cash   Cash

Design as of 2015

 

…becomes Performance component 1 (P1)

 

…becomes Performance component 2 (P2)

Weighting

  50%   50%

Delivery

  Shares and cash   Shares and cash

As of 2015 the weighting of the component based on EPS performance has been increased and a net income threshold has been introduced for the other component. More of the LTIP will be settled in shares to better align the interests of EC members with those of shareholders.

Illustration of compensation amounts in 2014, 2015 and 2016

    (i) Relative size of compensation components

        The components of EC compensation can vary in size. "Chart 5: Size of compensation components under different scenarios" below shows the relative proportions of the components under minimum, target and maximum scenarios under the revised EC compensation system taking effect in 2015.

Chart 5: Size of compensation components under different scenarios

GRAPHIC

    (ii) Considerations in shareholder proposal

        "Chart 6: Overview of considerations in calculation of maximum aggregate EC compensation" illustrates the considerations in the proposal for the maximum aggregate compensation for the EC for 2016, which will be submitted to shareholders for their approval at the 2015 AGM.

111


Table of Contents

Chart 6: Overview of considerations in calculation of maximum aggregate EC compensation

GRAPHIC

        The maximum aggregate compensation amount submitted to shareholders for approval will almost always be higher than the actual payout, as it must cover the potential maximum value of each component of compensation.

Responding to shareholder expectations

        The new design of executive compensation described above is the outcome of a thorough review of stakeholder expectations undertaken by the CC and the Board. It takes into account the feedback provided in dialogue with stakeholders as well as the goals of a new strategy fully focused on delivering value for shareholders in the form of higher earnings per share and cash return on invested capital.

        Our independent consultant and the use of benchmarks have helped to ensure that the revised system is also well-aligned with practices at ABB's peers and other companies of similar size operating in comparable markets.

        With its stronger emphasis on performance, on a balance of Group and individual objectives, on behavioral change and on metrics that directly reflect the Next Level strategy's goals, the Board believes that the new system of executive compensation is fully aligned with the interests of ABB's shareholders.

        Finally, the Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Remuneration in Listed Companies Limited by Shares means ABB's shareholders will have greater influence on compensation, as illustrated below.

112


Table of Contents

Chart 7: Shareholders will have three separate votes on compensation at 2015 AGM

GRAPHIC


At the 2015 AGM there will be separate binding votes on maximum aggregate compensation for the Board in its 2015-2016 term of office and on maximum aggregate compensation for the EC in 2016. There will also be a non-binding vote on the 2014 Compensation report.

113


Table of Contents

Compensation and share ownership tables

Table 9: Board compensation in 2014 and 2013

 
   
  Paid in 2014   Paid in 2013  
 
   
  November
Board term
2014 - 2015
  May
Board term
2013 - 2014
   
  November
Board term
2013 - 2014
  May
Board term
2012 - 2013
   
 
Name
  Function   Settled in
cash (1)
  Settled in
shares—
number of
shares
received (2)
  Settled in
cash (1)
  Settled in
shares—
number of
shares
received (2)
  Total
compensation
paid in
2014 (3)(4)(5)
  Settled in
cash (1)
  Settled in
shares—
number of
shares
received (2)
  Settled in
cash (1)
  Settled in
shares—
number of
shares
received (2)
  Total
compensation
paid in
2013 (4)(5)
 
 
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
  CHF
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
 

Hubertus von Grünberg (6)

  Chairman of the Board         20,976         19,563     1,200,000         19,616         19,739     1,200,000  

Roger Agnelli (7)

  Member of the Board     82,500     2,779     75,000     2,359     315,000     75,000     2,419     75,000     2,442     300,000  

Matti Alahuhta (6) (8)

  Member of the Board     80,000     2,912             160,000                      

Louis R. Hughes (7)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee     100,000     3,417     100,000     3,172     400,000     100,000     3,233     100,000     3,264     400,000  

Hans Ulrich Märki (9)(10)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee                 8,229     200,000         8,966         9,018     400,000  

Michel de Rosen (9) (11)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Compensation Committee     87,500     3,185     75,000     2,547     325,000     75,000     2,629     75,000     2,646     300,000  

Michael Treschow (6) (9) (11)

  Member of the Board and Chairman of the Governance and Nomination Committee     95,000     3,458     75,000     2,547     340,000     75,000     2,629     75,000     2,647     300,000  

Jacob Wallenberg (7)

  Member of the Board     82,500     3,003     75,000     2,547     315,000     75,000     2,629     75,000     2,647     300,000  

Ying Yeh (9) (11)

  Member of the Board     80,000     2,736     75,000     2,391     310,000     75,000     2,460     75,000     2,474     300,000  

Total

        607,500     42,466     475,000     43,355     3,565,000     475,000     44,581     475,000     44,877     3,500,000  

(1)
Represents gross amounts paid, prior to deductions for social security, withholding tax etc.

(2)
Number of shares per Board member is calculated based on net amount due after deductions for social security, withholding tax etc.

(3)
For the 2014-2015 Board term, all members elected to receive 50% of their gross compensation in the form of ABB shares, except for Hubertus von Grünberg who elected to receive 100%.

(4)
For the 2013-2014 and 2012-2013 Board terms, all members elected to receive 50% of their gross compensation in the form of ABB shares, except for Hubertus von Grünberg and Hans Ulrich Märki who elected to receive 100%.

(5)
In addition to the Board remuneration stated in the above table, the Company paid in 2014 and 2013, CHF 664,870 and CHF 147,290, respectively, in related social security payments. The increase in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily related to the reassessment and settlement of social security payments in various jurisdictions.

(6)
Member of the Governance and Nomination Committee since April 30, 2014.

(7)
Member of the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee.

(8)
Elected as new Board member at ABB Ltd AGM on April 30, 2014.

(9)
Member of the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee until April 30, 2014.

(10)
Did not stand for re-election at ABB Ltd AGM on April 30, 2014.

(11)
Member of the Compensation Committee since April 30, 2014.

114


Table of Contents

Table 10: EC compensation in 2014

Name
  Base
salary
  Short-term
variable
compensation (1)
  Pension
benefits
  Other
benefits (2)
  2014
Total
cash-based
compensation
  Estimated value
of share-based
grants under the
LTIP in 2014 (3)
  2014
Total
(incl. conditional
share-based
grants)
 
 
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer (4)

    1,600,004     2,059,200     265,325     633,857     4,558,386     3,020,437     7,578,823  

Eric Elzvik

    850,007     729,300     264,591     287,769     2,131,667     991,551     3,123,218  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes

    850,007     729,300     251,106     280,473     2,110,886     991,551     3,102,437  

Diane de Saint Victor

    1,000,001     858,000     287,455     410,421     2,555,877     1,166,531     3,722,408  

Frank Duggan (5)

    748,145     641,908     328,518     607,503     2,326,074     894,155     3,220,229  

Greg Scheu (6)

    792,670     680,111     7,719     192,980     1,673,480     849,085     2,522,565  

Pekka Tiitinen

    700,001     600,600     228,045     192,747     1,721,393     816,592     2,537,985  

Tarak Mehta

    794,426     686,400     235,777     622,037     2,338,640     1,053,812     3,392,452  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    770,006     660,660     275,328     303,877     2,009,871     898,250     2,908,121  

Bernhard Jucker

    969,009     831,402     291,729     510,281     2,602,421     1,250,933     3,853,354  

Claudio Facchin

    700,001     600,600     236,951     263,397     1,800,949     937,166     2,738,115  

Total current Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2014

    9,774,277     9,077,481     2,672,544     4,305,342     25,829,644     12,870,063     38,699,707  

(1)
Represents accruals of the short-term variable compensation for the year 2014 for all EC members, which will be paid in 2015, after the publication of the financial results. Short-term variable compensation is linked to the objectives defined in the ABB Group's scorecard. Upon full achievement of these objectives, the short-term variable compensation of the CEO corresponds to 150 percent of his base salary, while for all other EC members it represents 100 percent of their respective base salary.

(2)
Other benefits comprise payments related to social security, health insurance, children's education, transportation, tax advice and certain other items.

(3)
At the day of vesting (August 12, 2017), the value of the share-based awards granted under the LTIP may vary from the above numbers due to changes in ABB's share price and the outcome of the performance (earnings per share) parameter. The LTIP is also subject to service conditions. The estimated values have been calculated using the market value of the ABB share on the day of grant and additionally, in the case of the performance component of the LTIP, the Monte Carlo simulation model.

(4)
The above compensation figures for Ulrich Spiesshofer represent compensation in respect to his first full calendar year of service as CEO. His annual base salary remained unchanged at CHF 1,600,000.

(5)
Frank Duggan received 20 percent of his base salary in AED and 80 percent in EUR at a fixed AED/EUR exchange rate for the period January to December 2014. All AED amounts were converted into Swiss francs at a rate of CHF 0.2694219 per AED.

(6)
Greg Scheu received 100 percent of his base salary in USD. All USD amounts were converted into Swiss francs using a rate of CHF 0.9896 per USD.

115


Table of Contents

Table 11: EC compensation in 2013

Name
  Base
salary
  Short-term
variable
compensation (1)
  Pension
benefits
  Other
benefits (2)
  2013
Total
cash-based
compensation
  Estimated value
of share-based
grants under the
LTIP in 2013 (3)
  Estimated value of
replacement and
special share-
based grants in
2013 (3)
  2013
Total
(incl. conditional
share-based
grants)
 
 
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer (appointed CEO as of September 15, 2013) (4)

    1,097,346     1,336,375     247,293     232,225     2,913,239     2,859,135         5,772,374  

Eric Elzvik (joined the EC on February 1, 2013)

    779,173     779,167     238,437     228,478     2,025,255     981,672         3,006,927  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes (joined ABB on November 15, 2013) (5)

    107,938     108,611     20,557     26,576     263,682     991,307     3,381,127     4,636,116  

Diane de Saint Victor (6)

    1,000,001     1,000,000     283,181     196,137     2,479,319     1,154,907     3,142,500     6,776,726  

Frank Duggan (7)

    666,322     676,257     322,308     634,447     2,299,334     910,437         3,209,771  

Greg Scheu (8)

    731,259     742,500     251,428     341,149     2,066,336     881,952         2,948,288  

Pekka Tiitinen (joined the EC on September 15, 2013)

    206,508     206,111     55,892     49,545     518,056     801,222         1,319,278  

Tarak Mehta

    760,424     766,500     230,159     363,814     2,120,897     910,437         3,031,334  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    770,006     770,000     270,799     204,648     2,015,453     585,598         2,601,051  

Bernhard Jucker

    965,842     969,000     287,455     239,366     2,461,663     1,246,516         3,708,179  

Claudio Facchin (joined the EC on December 1, 2013)

    58,334     58,334     19,373     3,790     139,831     816,396         956,227  

Total current Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    7,143,153     7,412,855     2,226,882     2,520,175     19,303,065     12,139,579     6,523,627     37,966,271  

Joe Hogan (CEO until September 15, 2013) (9)

    1,423,758     2,135,625     207,007     948,293     4,714,683             4,714,683  

Michel Demaré (CFO until January 31, 2013) (9)

    100,001     100,000     23,154     9,618     232,773             232,773  

Gary Steel (EC member until November 15, 2013) (9)

    704,376     704,375     255,253     202,724     1,866,728             1,866,728  

Prith Banerjee (EC member until May 31, 2013) (9)

    291,667     218,750     101,173     233,192     844,782             844,782  

Brice Koch (EC member until November 30, 2013) (9)

    773,285     776,050     221,812     249,888     2,021,035     1,005,590         3,026,625  

Total former Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    3,293,087     3,934,800     808,399     1,643,715     9,680,001     1,005,590         10,685,591  

Total

    10,436,240     11,347,655     3,035,281     4,163,890     28,983,066     13,145,169     6,523,627     48,651,862  

(1)
Represents accruals of the short-term variable compensation for the year 2013 for all EC members, except for Prith Banerjee, who received, in May 2013, a pro-rata short-term variable compensation payment covering his period of service as an EC member in 2013. For all other EC members, the short-term variable compensation was paid in 2014, after the publication of the final results. Short-term variable compensation is linked to the objectives defined in the ABB Group's scorecard. Upon full achievement of these objectives, the short-term variable compensation of the CEO corresponds to 150 percent of his base salary, while for all other EC members it represents 100 percent of their respective base salary.

(2)
Other benefits comprise payments related to social security, health insurance, children's education, transportation, tax advice and certain other items.

(3)
At the day of vesting (June 5, 2016), the value of the share-based awards granted under the LTIP may vary from the above numbers due to changes in ABB's share price and the outcome of the performance (earnings per share) parameter. The LTIP is also subject to service conditions, while the other share-based awards are subject to service and/or other conditions. The above amounts have been calculated using the market value of the ABB share on the day of grant and additionally, in the case of the performance component of the LTIP, the Monte Carlo simulation model.

(4)
The above compensation figures for Ulrich Spiesshofer represent compensation for the period January 1 to September 14, 2013, in his capacity as Head of the Discrete Automation and Motion division and thereafter as Chief Executive Officer. His annual base salary as CEO is CHF 1,600,000.

(5)
Jean-Christophe Deslarzes received a replacement share grant of 144,802 shares for foregone benefits with his previous employer, representing a grant date fair value of CHF 3,381,127. Of the total, 78,983 shares vest on November 15, 2016, while 65,819 shares vest on November 15, 2018.

(6)
Diane de Saint Victor received a special retention share grant of 150,000 shares representing a grant date fair value of CHF 3,142,500. The shares vest on December 31, 2015.

(7)
Frank Duggan received 20 percent of his base salary in AED and 80 percent in EUR at a fixed AED/EUR exchange rate for the period January to December 2013. All AED amounts were converted into Swiss francs at a rate of CHF 0.2422914 per AED.

(8)
On May 16, 2013, Greg Scheu received a special bonus of CHF 168,750, which was settled in shares (7,942 shares).

(9)
The compensation of former EC members was for their period of service as an EC member during 2013.

116


Table of Contents

Table 12: Compensation to former EC members in 2014

Name
  Base salary   Short-term
variable
compensation (1)
  Pension
benefits
  Other
benefits (2)
  2014 Total
cash-based
compensation
 
 
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
 

Joe Hogan (CEO until September 15, 2013) (3)

    502,503     753,750     74,194     1,126,823     2,457,270  

Michel Demaré (CFO until January 31, 2013) (4)

                186,950     186,950  

Gary Steel (EC member until November 15, 2013) (4)

    422,515         121,549     402,535     946,599  

Brice Koch (EC member until November 30, 2013) (4)

    33,785     35,250     20,547     179,815     269,397  

Prith Banerjee (EC member until May 31, 2013) (5)

                2,700     2,700  

Total

    958,803     789,000     216,290     1,898,823     3,862,916  

(1)
The short-term variable compensation was paid in 2014 at the time of departure from ABB.

(2)
Other benefits comprise payments related to social security, health insurance, children's education, transportation, tax advice and certain other items.

(3)
The compensation of Joe Hogan was for the period January 1 to March 31, 2014, during which he was acting as a Senior Adviser to the ABB Board.

(4)
The compensation of Michel Demaré, Gary Steel and Brice Koch represents contractual obligations of ABB to those individuals in 2014, up to the time of their departure from ABB.

(5)
Prith Banerjee received tax advice related to his period of employment with ABB.

Table 13: Compensation to former EC members in 2013

Name
  Base salary   Short-term
variable
compensation (1)
  Pension
benefits
  Other
benefits (2)
  2013 Total
cash-based
compensation
 
 
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
  CHF
 

Joe Hogan (CEO until September 15, 2013) (3)

    586,253     879,375     85,239     323,314     1,874,181  

Michel Demaré (CFO until January 31, 2013) (4)

    1,100,006     1,100,000     255,549     428,053     2,883,608  

Gary Steel (EC member until November 15, 2013) (4)

    100,626     100,625     36,465     14,276     251,992  

Brice Koch (EC member until November 30, 2013) (4)

    70,551     70,550     20,174     34,447     195,722  

Total

    1,857,436     2,150,550     397,427     800,090     5,205,503  

(1)
The short-term variable compensation was paid in 2014, after the publication of the financial results.

(2)
Other benefits comprise payments related to social security, health insurance, children's education, transportation, tax advice and certain other items.

(3)
The above compensation figures of Joe Hogan represent compensation for the period September 16 to December 31, 2013, during which he was acting as a Senior Adviser to the ABB Board.

(4)
The above compensation figures of Michel Demaré, Gary Steel and Brice Koch represent contractual compensation for the period following their departure from the EC up to December 31, 2013.

117


Table of Contents

Table 14: LTIP grants in 2014

Name
  Reference
number
of shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2014
launch of
the LTIP (1) (4)
  Total
estimated
value of
share-based
grants
under the
performance
component of
the LTIP
in 2014 (2)
  Number of
retention
shares
granted
under
the 2014
launch of
the LTIP (1) (3)
  Total
estimated
value of
share-based grants
under the
retention
component of
the LTIP
in 2014 (2)
  Total number
of shares
granted under the
2014
launch of
the LTIP (1)
  Total
estimated
value of
share-based
grants under
the LTIP
in 2014 (2)
 
 
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer

    51,489     1,110,670     93,846     1,909,767     145,335     3,020,437  

Eric Elzvik

    17,147     369,878     30,549     621,673     47,696     991,551  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes

    17,147     369,878     30,549     621,673     47,696     991,551  

Diane de Saint Victor

    20,173     435,152     35,940     731,379     56,113     1,166,531  

Frank Duggan

    15,463     333,553     27,548     560,602     43,011     894,155  

Greg Scheu

    14,684     316,749     26,159     532,336     40,843     849,085  

Pekka Tiitinen

    14,122     304,626     25,158     511,966     39,280     816,592  

Tarak Mehta

    16,139     348,135     34,677     705,677     50,816     1,053,812  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    15,534     335,084     27,674     563,166     43,208     898,250  

Bernhard Jucker

    19,548     421,670     40,750     829,263     60,298     1,250,933  

Claudio Facchin

    14,122     304,626     31,083     632,540     45,205     937,166  

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2014

    215,568     4,650,021     403,933     8,220,042     619,501     12,870,063  

(1)
Vesting date August 12, 2017.

(2)
The shares of the performance component are valued using the market value of the ABB share on the grant date and the Monte Carlo simulation model. The estimated value applied to the shares of the retention component represents the market value of the ABB share on the grant date of the award.

(3)
The LTIP foresees delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested retention shares in cash. However, participants have the possibility to elect upon vesting to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(4)
The vested performance component under the plan, if any, will be fully settled in cash. The plan foresees a maximum payout of 200 percent of the number of reference shares, based on the weighted cumulative EPS performance against predefined objectives.

        In addition to the above awards, seven members of the EC participated in the 11th launch of ESAP which will allow them to save over a 12-month period and, in November 2015, use their savings to acquire ABB shares under the ESAP. All EC members who participated in ESAP are each entitled to acquire up to 480 ABB shares at an exercise price of CHF 20.97 per share.

        No parties related to any of the EC members received any fees or remuneration for services rendered to ABB, other than on an arm's length basis. A related party includes a spouse, children below the age of 18, legal or natural persons acting as a fiduciary and legal entities controlled by a member of the EC.

        No loans or guarantees were granted to EC members in 2014.

118


Table of Contents

Table 15: LTIP grants in 2013

Name
  Reference number
of shares under
the performance
component of the
2013 launch of
the LTIP (1)(4)
  Total estimated
value of share-
based grants
under the
performance
component of
the LTIP
in 2013 (2)
  Number of
retention shares
granted under
the 2013
launch of
the LTIP (1)(3)
  Total estimated
value of share-
based grants
under the
retention
component of
the LTIP
in 2013 (2)
  Total number of
shares granted
under the 2013
launch of
the LTIP (1)
  Total estimated
value of share-
based grants
under the
LTIP in 2013 (2)
 
 
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
   
  CHF
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer (appointed as CEO as of September 15, 2013)

    50,024     1,172,858     78,395     1,686,277     128,419     2,859,135  

Eric Elzvik (joined the EC on February 1, 2013)

    16,659     422,926     27,071     558,746     43,730     981,672  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes (joined ABB on November 15, 2013)

    16,659     393,579     27,071     597,728     43,730     991,307  

Diane de Saint Victor

    19,599     497,564     31,848     657,343     51,447     1,154,907  

Frank Duggan

    15,023     381,392     25,632     529,045     40,655     910,437  

Greg Scheu

    14,553     369,460     24,830     512,492     39,383     881,952  

Pekka Tiitinen (joined the EC on September 15, 2013)

    13,720     321,678     22,294     479,544     36,014     801,222  

Tarak Mehta

    15,023     381,392     25,632     529,045     40,655     910,437  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    15,091     383,119     9,810     202,479     24,901     585,598  

Bernhard Jucker

    18,992     482,154     37,033     764,362     56,025     1,246,516  

Claudio Facchin (joined the EC on December 1, 2013)

    13,720     324,144     22,294     492,252     36,014     816,396  

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    209,063     5,130,266     331,910     7,009,313     540,973     12,139,579  

Brice Koch (EC member until November 30, 2013) (5)

    16,593     421,250     28,311     584,340     44,904     1,005,590  

Total former Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    16,593     421,250     28,311     584,340     44,904     1,005,590  

Total

    225,656     5,551,516     360,221     7,593,653     585,877     13,145,169  

(1)
Vesting date June 5, 2016.

(2)
The shares of the performance component are valued using the market value of the ABB share on the grant date and the Monte Carlo simulation model. The estimated value applied to the shares of the retention component represents the market value of the ABB share on the grant date of the award.

(3)
The LTIP foresees to deliver 30 percent of the value of the vested retention shares in cash. However, participants have the possibility to elect upon vesting to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(4)
The vested performance component under the plan, if any, will be fully settled in cash. The plan foresees a maximum payout of 200 percent of the number of reference shares, based on the weighted cumulative EPS performance against predefined objectives.

(5)
In connection with his resignation from ABB, Brice Koch forfeited all unvested share grants under the LTIP.

        In addition to the above awards, nine members of the EC participated in the 10th launch of ESAP allowing them to save over a 12-month period and, in November 2014, use their savings to acquire ABB shares under the ESAP. All EC members who participated in ESAP were each entitled to acquire up to 440 ABB shares at an exercise price of CHF 22.90 per share. In addition, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the tenth launch of ESAP, each participant would receive one share free of charge for every 10 shares purchased.

        No parties related to any of the EC members received any fees or remuneration for services rendered to ABB, other than on an arm's length basis. A related party includes a spouse, children below the age of 18, legal or natural persons acting as a fiduciary and legal entities controlled by a member of the EC.

        No loans or guarantees were granted to members of the EC in 2013.

119


Table of Contents

Table 16: Board ownership of ABB shares

 
  Total number of shares held  
Name
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Hubertus von Grünberg

    253,264     212,725  

Roger Agnelli

    170,671     165,533  

Matti Alahuhta (1)

    17,912      

Louis R. Hughes

    72,742     70,425  

Hans Ulrich Märki (2)

        428,176  

Michel de Rosen

    139,602     133,870  

Michael Treschow

    108,787     102,782  

Jacob Wallenberg (3)

    185,708     180,158  

Ying Yeh

    18,970     13,843  

Total

    967,656     1,307,512  

(1)
Matti Alahuhta was elected to the Board at the AGM in April 2014.

(2)
Hans Ulrich Märki left the Board at the end of the 2013-2014 term of office.

(3)
Share amounts provided in the section do not include the shares beneficially owned by Investor AB, of which Mr Wallenberg is chairman.

Table 17: EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2014

 
   
   
  Unvested at December 31, 2014  
 
   
  Vested at
December 31,
2014
 
 
   
   
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2012 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2015)
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2013 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2016)
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2014 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2017)
  Replacement
share grant
for foregone
benefits from
former
employer (3)
(vesting 2016
and 2018)
   
 
 
   
  Number of
unvested
options
held under
the MIP (1)
(vesting 2015)
   
 
Name
  Total
number
of shares
held
  Number of
vested
options
held under
the MIP (1)
  Special
retention
share grant (3)
(vesting 2015)
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer

    241,943             67,293     78,395     93,846          

Eric Elzvik

    23,768     422,625     287,500         27,071     30,549          

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes

                    27,071     30,549     144,802      

Diane de Saint Victor

    286,773             38,673     31,848     35,940         150,000  

Frank Duggan

    97,607     212,500         35,289     25,632     27,548          

Greg Scheu (4)

    63,137     221,375         29,664     24,830     26,159          

Pekka Tiitinen

    8,000     422,625         12,041     22,294     25,158          

Tarak Mehta

    91,275             35,289     25,632     34,677          

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    176,119             37,223     9,810     27,674          

Bernhard Jucker

    235,702             45,924     37,033     40,750          

Claudio Facchin

    9,903             17,598     22,294     31,083          

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2014

    1,234,227     1,279,125     287,500     318,994     331,910     403,933     144,802     150,000  

(1)
Options may be sold or exercised/converted into shares at the ratio of 5 options for 1 share.

(2)
The LTIP foresees delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested retention shares in cash. However, participants have the possibility to elect to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(3)
The Replacement share grant and the Special retention share grant foresee delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested shares in cash. However, under both awards participants have the possibility to elect to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(4)
Total number of shares held includes 32 shares held by children.

120


Table of Contents

Table 18: EC ownership of ABB shares and options as of December 31, 2013

 
   
  Vested at
December 31,
2013
  Unvested at December 31, 2013  
 
   
   
   
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2011 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2014)
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2012 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2015)
  Retention
shares
deliverable
under the
2013 retention
component of
the LTIP (2)
(vesting 2016)
   
  Replacement
share grant
for foregone
benefits from
former
employer (3)
(vesting 2016
and 2018)
   
 
Name
 
Total
number
of shares
held
  Number of
vested
options and
warrants
held under
the MIP (1)
  Number of
unvested
options
held under
the MIP (1)
(vesting 2014)
  Number of
unvested
options
held under
the MIP (1)
(vesting 2015)
  Shares
deliverable
under the
one-time
2012 AIEP (2)
(vesting 2014)
  Special
retention
share grant (3)
(vesting 2015)
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer (appointed CEO as of September 15, 2013)

    148,179                 31,104     67,293     78,395     72,603          

Eric Elzvik (joined the EC on February 1, 2013)

    23,284     201,250     221,375     287,500             27,071              

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes (joined ABB on November 15, 2013)

                            27,071         144,802      

Diane de Saint Victor

    201,707                 26,359     38,673     31,848     66,380         150,000  

Frank Duggan

    26,389     422,215             21,326     35,289     25,632     62,232          

Greg Scheu (4)

    7,974     201,250     221,375             29,664     24,830     56,008          

Pekka Tiitinen (joined the EC on September 15, 2013)

    5,500     603,750     221,375             12,041     22,294              

Tarak Mehta

    24,670                 24,211     35,289     25,632     60,572          

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

    137,388                 18,517     37,223     9,810     63,891          

Bernhard Jucker

    154,050                 27,753     45,924     37,033     78,827          

Claudio Facchin (joined the EC on December 1, 2013)

    1,883                 11,458     17,598     22,294              

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    731,024     1,428,465     664,125     287,500     160,728     318,994     331,910     460,513     144,802     150,000  

(1)
Warrants and options may be sold or exercised/converted into shares at the ratio of 5 warrants/options for 1 share.

(2)
The LTIP foresees delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested retention shares in cash, while the Acquisition Integration Execution Plan (AIEP) foresees delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested shares in cash. However, under both plans participants have the possibility to elect to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(3)
The Replacement share grant and the Special retention share grant foresee delivering 30 percent of the value of the vested shares in cash. However, under both awards participants have the possibility to elect to receive 100 percent of the vested award in shares.

(4)
Total number of shares held includes 32 shares held by children.

Table 19: EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2014

 
   
  Unvested at December 31, 2014  
 
   
  Reference
number of
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2012
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2015)
  Reference
number of
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2013
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2016)
  Reference
number of
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2014
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2017)
 
 
  Vested at
December 31,
2014
 
Name
  Number of
fully vested
WARs held
under the MIP
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer

        22,588     50,024     51,489  

Eric Elzvik

    201,250         16,659     17,147  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes

            16,659     17,147  

Diane de Saint Victor

        20,652     19,599     20,173  

Frank Duggan

        18,845     15,023     15,463  

Greg Scheu

        17,425     14,553     14,684  

Pekka Tiitinen

        6,950     13,720     14,122  

Tarak Mehta

        18,845     15,023     16,139  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

        19,878     15,091     15,534  

Bernhard Jucker

        24,524     18,992     19,548  

Claudio Facchin

    387,500     10,665     13,720     14,122  

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2014

    588,750     160,372     209,063     215,568  

121


Table of Contents

Table 20: EC ownership of WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares (all cash-settled) as of December 31, 2013

 
   
  Unvested at December 31, 2013  
 
   
  Maximum
number of
conditionally
granted
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2011
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2014)
   
   
 
 
   
  Reference
number of
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2012
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2015)
  Reference
number of
shares
under the
performance
component
of the 2013
launch of
the LTIP
(vesting 2016)
 
 
  Vested at
December 31,
2013
 
Name
  Number of
fully vested
WARs held
under the MIP
 

Ulrich Spiesshofer (appointed CEO as of September 15, 2013)

        15,460     22,588     50,024  

Eric Elzvik (joined the EC on February 1, 2013)

    434,380             16,659  

Jean-Christophe Deslarzes (joined ABB on November 15, 2013)

                16,659  

Diane de Saint Victor

        14,194     20,652     19,599  

Frank Duggan

        13,780     18,845     15,023  

Greg Scheu

            17,425     14,553  

Pekka Tiitinen (joined the EC on September 15, 2013)

            6,950     13,720  

Tarak Mehta

        12,516     18,845     15,023  

Veli-Matti Reinikkala

        11,965     19,878     15,091  

Bernhard Jucker

        17,933     24,524     18,992  

Claudio Facchin (joined the EC on December 1, 2013)

    675,000     7,639     10,665     13,720  

Total Executive Committee members as of December 31, 2013

    1,109,380     93,487     160,372     209,063  


EMPLOYEES

        A breakdown of our employees by geographic region is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2012  

Europe

    63,000     65,000     64,000  

The Americas

    32,200     34,400     34,400  

Asia

    37,100     39,400     38,300  

Middle East and Africa

    8,100     8,900     9,400  

Total

    140,400     147,700     146,100  

        The proportion of our employees that are represented by labor unions or are the subject of collective bargaining agreements varies based on the labor practices of each country in which we operate.

122


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

        At December 31, 2014, we had approximately 390,000 shareholders. Approximately 131,000 were U.S. holders, of which approximately 530 were record holders. Based on the share register, U.S. holders (including holders of ADSs) held approximately 10 percent of the total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date.

        For information on major shareholders see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Group structure and shareholders—Significant shareholders".


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Affiliates and associates

        In the normal course of our business, we purchase products from, sell products to and engage in other transactions with entities in which we hold an equity interest. The amounts involved in these transactions are not material to ABB Ltd. Also, in the normal course of our business, we engage in transactions with businesses that we have divested. We believe that the terms of the transactions we conduct with these companies are negotiated on an arm's length basis.

Key management personnel

        For information on important business relationships between ABB and its Board and EC members, or companies and organizations represented by them, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Business relationships".

Item 8.    Financial Information

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        See "Item 18. Financial Statements" for a list of financial statements contained in this Annual Report.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Antitrust

        In April 2014, the European Commission announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and granted ABB full immunity from fines under the European Commission's leniency program. In December 2013, we agreed with the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) to settle its ongoing investigation into our involvement in anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and we agreed to pay a fine of approximately 1.5 million Brazilian reals (equivalent to approximately $1 million on date of payment). Our cables business remains under investigation for alleged anticompetitive practices in certain other jurisdictions. An informed judgment about the outcome of these remaining investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for ABB, if any, relating to these remaining investigations cannot be made at this stage.

        In Brazil, our Gas Insulated Switchgear business is under investigation by the CADE for alleged anticompetitive practices. In addition, the CADE has opened an investigation into certain other power businesses of ABB, including flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and power transformers. An informed judgment about the outcome of these investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for ABB, if any, relating to these investigations cannot be made at this stage.

123


Table of Contents

        In Italy, one of our recently acquired subsidiaries was raided in October 2013 by the Italian Antitrust Agency for alleged anticompetitive practices. In July 2014, ABB received the decision of the Italian Antitrust Agency regarding this matter. The agency closed its investigation without imposing a fine and accepted the non-financial commitments offered by us.

        With respect to those aforementioned matters which are still ongoing, management is cooperating fully with the antitrust authorities.

General

        In addition, we are aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against us and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, we are subject to other various legal proceedings, investigations, and claims that have not yet been resolved. With respect to the above-mentioned regulatory matters and commercial litigation contingencies, we will bear the costs of the continuing investigations and any related legal proceedings.

Liabilities recognized

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had aggregate liabilities of $147 million and $245 million, respectively, included in "Other provisions" and "Other non-current liabilities", for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.


DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        See "Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy" and "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders' participation—Shareholders' dividend rights".


SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

        Except as otherwise described in this Annual Report, there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2014.

Item 9.    The Offer and Listing

MARKETS

        The shares of ABB Ltd are principally traded on the SIX Swiss Exchange (under the symbol "ABBN") and on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange (under the symbol "ABB"). ADSs of ABB Ltd have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "ABB" since April 6, 2001. ABB Ltd's ADSs are issued under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated May 7, 2001, with Citibank, N.A. as depositary. Each ADS represents one share.


TRADING HISTORY

        No suspension in the trading of our shares occurred in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

124


Table of Contents

        The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing prices for the shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange and the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and for the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

 
  SIX Swiss
Exchange
  NASDAQ OMX
Stockholm
Exchange
  New York
Stock Exchange
 
 
  High   Low   High   Low   High   Low  
 
  (CHF)
  (SEK)
  ($)
 

Annual highs and lows

                                     

2010

    23.86     18.43     161.30     129.00     22.69     16.05  

2011

    23.88     15.00     170.20     112.40     27.49     16.42  

2012

    20.12     14.83     146.70     109.00     21.91     15.42  

2013

    23.53     19.20     172.30     133.50     26.56     20.87  

2014

    24.75     19.16     175.70     145.70     27.09     20.37  

Quarterly highs and lows

                                     

2013

                                     

First quarter

    21.83     19.20     148.70     133.50     23.17     20.87  

Second quarter

    22.03     19.37     151.10     137.80     23.23     20.89  

Third quarter

    21.86     19.90     153.20     141.80     24.03     21.41  

Fourth quarter

    23.53     20.68     172.30     146.90     26.56     22.77  

2014

                                     

First quarter

    24.75     21.52     175.70     157.60     27.09     24.31  

Second quarter

    23.24     20.30     171.60     151.80     26.26     22.80  

Third quarter

    21.71     20.17     164.40     153.60     24.01     22.27  

Fourth quarter

    22.14     19.16     170.60     145.70     23.02     20.37  

Monthly highs and lows

                                     

2014

                                     

September

    21.66     20.93     164.40     159.50     23.32     22.41  

October

    21.28     19.16     162.40     145.70     22.12     20.37  

November

    22.14     20.82     170.60     160.40     23.02     21.68  

December

    21.46     19.85     169.20     156.70     22.14     20.50  

2015

                                     

January

    20.66     16.83     166.00     155.60     21.08     19.14  

February

    20.45     17.94     180.60     160.60     21.57     19.55  

Item 10.    Additional Information

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

        This section summarizes the material provisions of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations relating to the shares of ABB Ltd. The description is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report, ABB Ltd's filings with the commercial registry of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) and Swiss statutory law.

Registration and Business Purpose

        ABB Ltd was registered as a corporation ( Aktiengesellschaft ) in the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) on March 5, 1999, under the name of "New ABB Ltd" and its name was subsequently changed to "ABB Ltd". Its commercial registry number is CHE-101.049.653.

        ABB Ltd's purpose, as set forth in Article 2 of its Articles of Incorporation, is to hold interests in business enterprises, particularly in enterprises active in the areas of industry, trade and services. It may

125


Table of Contents

acquire, encumber, exploit or sell real estate and intellectual property rights in Switzerland and abroad and may also finance other companies. It may engage in all types of transactions and may take all measures that appear appropriate to promote, or that are related to, its purpose.

Our Shares

        ABB Ltd's shares are registered shares ( Namenaktien ) with a par value of CHF 1.03 each. The shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The shares rank pari passu in all respects with each other, including in respect of entitlements to dividends, to a share of the liquidation proceeds in the case of a liquidation of ABB Ltd, to advance subscription rights and to pre-emptive rights.

        Each share carries one vote in ABB Ltd's general shareholders' meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been recorded in ABB Ltd's share register ( Aktienbuch ) as a shareholder with voting rights, or with Euroclear Sweden AB in Sweden, which maintains a subregister of ABB Ltd's share register. Euroclear Sweden AB is an authorized central securities depository under the Swedish Act on Registration of Financial Instruments and carries out, among other things, the duties of registrar for Swedish companies listed on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange. Registration with voting rights is subject to the restrictions described in "Transfer of Shares".

        The shares are not issued in certificated form and are held in collective custody at SIX SIS AG. Shareholders do not have the right to request printing and delivery of share certificates ( aufgehobener Titeldruck ), but may at any time request ABB Ltd to issue a confirmation of the number of registered shares held.

Capital Structure

        For a description of ABB Ltd's capital structure (including issued shares, contingent share capital and authorized share capital) and its dividend policy, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital structure" and "Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy".

Transfer of Shares

        The transfer of shares is effected by corresponding entry in the books of a bank or depository institution. An acquirer of shares must file a share registration form in order to be registered in ABB Ltd's share register as a shareholder with voting rights. Failing such registration, the acquirer will not be able to participate in or vote at shareholders' meetings, but will be entitled to dividends, pre-emptive and advanced subscription rights, and liquidation proceeds.

        An acquirer of shares will be recorded in ABB Ltd's share register with voting rights upon disclosure of its name and address. However, ABB Ltd may decline a registration with voting rights if the shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights. A person failing to declare in its registration application that it holds shares for its own account (a nominee), will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its shares, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision.

        After having given the registered shareholder or nominee the right to be heard, the Board of Directors may cancel registrations in the share register retroactive to the date of registration if such registrations were made on the basis of incorrect information. The relevant shareholder or nominee will be informed promptly as to the cancellation. The Board of Directors will oversee the details and issue the instructions necessary for compliance with the preceding regulations. In special cases, it may grant exemptions from the rule concerning nominees.

126


Table of Contents

        Acquirers of registered shares who have chosen to have their shares registered in the share register with Euroclear Sweden AB are not requested to file a share registration form or declare that they have acquired the shares in their own name and for their own account in order to be registered as a shareholder with voting rights. However, in order to be entitled to vote at a shareholders' meeting those acquirers need to be entered in the Euroclear Sweden AB share register in their own name no later than six business days prior to the shareholders' meeting. Uncertificated shares registered with Euroclear Sweden AB may be pledged in accordance with Swedish law.

        Except as described in this subsection, neither the Swiss Code of Obligations nor ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation limit any right to own ABB Ltd's shares, or any rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to exercise voting rights of ABB Ltd's shares.

Shareholders' Meetings

        Under Swiss law, the annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months after the end of ABB Ltd's fiscal year. Annual general meetings of shareholders are convened by the board of directors, liquidators or representatives of bondholders or, if necessary, by the statutory auditors. The board of directors is further required to convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders if so resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting of shareholders or if so requested by one or more shareholders holding in aggregate at least 10 percent of ABB Ltd's share capital. A general meeting of shareholders is convened by publishing a notice in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce ( Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt ) at least 20 days prior to the meeting date. Holders of Euroclear Sweden AB-registered shares are able to attend shareholders' meetings in respect of such shares. Notices of shareholders' meetings are published in at least three national Swedish daily newspapers, as well as on ABB's Web site. Such notices contain information as to procedures to be followed by shareholders in order to participate and exercise voting rights at the shareholders' meetings.

        One or more shareholders whose combined holdings represent an aggregate par value of at least CHF 412,000 may request in writing 40 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders that specific items and proposals be included on the agenda and voted on at the next general meeting of shareholders.

        The following powers are vested exclusively in the general meeting of the shareholders:

    adoption and amendment of the Articles of Incorporation,

    election of members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the members of the Compensation Committee, the auditors and the independent proxy,

    approval of the annual management report and the consolidated financial statements,

    approval of the annual financial statements and decision on the allocation of profits shown on the balance sheet, in particular with regard to dividends,

    approval of the compensation of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee pursuant to ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation,

    granting discharge to the members of the Board of Directors and the persons entrusted with management, and

    passing resolutions as to all matters reserved to the authority of the shareholders' meeting by law or under the articles of incorporation or that are submitted to the shareholders' meeting by the Board of Directors to the extent permitted by law.

        There is no provision in ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation requiring a quorum for the holding of shareholders' meetings.

127


Table of Contents

        Resolutions and elections usually require the approval of an "absolute majority" of the shares represented at a shareholders' meeting (i.e. a majority of the shares represented at the shareholders' meeting with abstentions having the effect of votes against the resolution). If the first ballot fails to result in an election and more than one candidate is standing for election, the presiding officer will order a second ballot in which a relative majority (i.e. a majority of the votes) shall be decisive.

        A resolution passed with a qualified majority (at least two-thirds) of the shares represented at a shareholders' meeting is required for:

    a modification of the purpose of ABB Ltd,

    the creation of shares with increased voting powers,

    restrictions on the transfer of registered shares and the removal of those restrictions,

    restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of those restrictions,

    an authorized or conditional increase in share capital,

    an increase in share capital through the conversion of capital surplus, through an in-kind contribution or in exchange for an acquisition of property, and the grant of special benefits,

    the restriction or denial of pre-emptive rights,

    a transfer of ABB Ltd's place of incorporation, and

    ABB Ltd's dissolution.

        In addition, the introduction of any provision in the Articles of Incorporation providing for a qualified majority must be resolved in accordance with such qualified majority voting requirements.

        Pursuant to the Swiss Federal Merger Act, special quorum rules apply by law to a merger ( Fusion ) (including a possible squeeze-out merger), de-merger ( Spaltung ), or conversion ( Umwandlung ) of ABB Ltd.

        At shareholders' meetings, shareholders can be represented by proxy, but only by their legal representative, another shareholder with the right to vote, or the independent proxy elected by the shareholders ( unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter ). All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by only one representative. Votes are taken on a show of hands unless a secret ballot is required by the general meeting of shareholders or the presiding officer. The presiding officer may arrange for resolutions and elections to be carried out by electronic means. As a result, resolutions and elections carried out by electronic means will be deemed to have the same effect as secret ballots. The presiding officer may at any time order that a resolution or election decided by a show of hands be repeated through a secret ballot if, in his view, the results of the vote are in doubt. In this case, the preceding decision by a show of hands shall be deemed to have not occurred.

        Only shareholders registered in ABB Ltd's share register with the right to vote are entitled to participate at shareholders' meetings. See "—Transfer of Shares". For practical reasons, shareholders must be registered in the share register with the right to vote no later than six business days prior to a shareholders' meeting in order to be entitled to participate and vote at such shareholders' meeting.

        Holders of Euroclear Sweden AB-registered shares are provided with financial and other information on ABB Ltd in the Swedish language in accordance with regulatory requirements and market practice. For shares that are registered in the system of Euroclear Sweden AB in the name of a nominee, such information is to be provided by the nominee.

128


Table of Contents

Pre-emptive Rights

        Shareholders of a Swiss corporation have certain pre-emptive rights to subscribe for new shares issued in connection with capital increases in proportion to the nominal amount of their shares held. A resolution adopted at a shareholders' meeting with a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented may, however, repeal, limit or suspend (or authorize the board of directors to repeal, limit or suspend) pre-emptive rights for cause. Cause includes an acquisition of a business or a part thereof, an acquisition of a participation in a company or the grant of shares to employees. In addition, based on Article 4bis para. 1 and para. 4 of the Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd, pre-emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, shares to employees of ABB issued out of ABB Ltd's contingent share capital or the grant of warrant rights to shareholders, or may be restricted or denied by the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd under certain circumstances as set forth in Article 4ter of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation. See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital structure".

Advance Subscription Rights

        Shareholders of a Swiss corporation may have an advance subscription right with respect to bonds and other instruments issued in connection with options or conversion rights for shares if such option or conversion rights are based on the corporation's conditional capital. However, the shareholders' meeting can, with a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting, exclude or restrict (or authorize the board of directors to exclude or restrict) such advance subscription rights for cause. See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital structure—Contingent share capital".

Borrowing Power

        Neither Swiss law nor ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation restrict in any way ABB Ltd's power to borrow and raise funds. The decision to borrow funds is taken by or under the direction of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, and no shareholders' resolution is required. The Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd do not contain provisions concerning borrowing powers exercisable by its directors or how such borrowings could be varied.

Repurchase of Shares

        Swiss law limits a corporation's ability to repurchase or hold its own shares. ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries may only repurchase shares if ABB Ltd has sufficient freely distributable reserves to pay the purchase price, and the aggregate nominal value of such shares does not exceed 10 percent of ABB Ltd's total share capital. Furthermore, ABB Ltd must create a special reserve on its balance sheet in the amount of the purchase price of the acquired shares. Such shares held by ABB Ltd or its subsidiaries do not carry any rights to vote at shareholders' meetings, but are entitled to the economic benefits applicable to the shares generally and are considered to be "outstanding" under Swiss law.

Notices

        Written communication by ABB Ltd to its shareholders will be sent by ordinary mail to the last address of the shareholder or authorized recipient entered in the share register. To the extent that personal notification is not mandated by law, all communications to the shareholders are validly made by publication in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce ( Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt ).

        Notices required under the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange will be published in two Swiss newspapers in German and French. ABB Ltd or the SIX Swiss Exchange may also disseminate the relevant information on the online exchange information systems. Notices required under the listing

129


Table of Contents

rules of the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange will be published in three national daily Swedish newspapers, as well as on ABB's Web site.

Duration, Liquidation and Merger

        The duration of ABB Ltd as a legal entity is unlimited. It may be dissolved at any time by a shareholders' resolution which must be approved by a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented at the general meeting of shareholders (this supermajority requirement applies in the event of a dissolution by way of liquidation or a merger where ABB Ltd is not the surviving entity). Dissolution by court order is possible if it becomes bankrupt or if holders of at least 10 percent of its share capital registered in the commercial register can establish cause for dissolution.

        Under Swiss law, any surplus arising out of a liquidation of a corporation (after the settlement of all claims of all creditors) is distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the paid-up par value of shares held, but this surplus is subject to Swiss withholding tax of 35 percent (see "—Taxation" below).

Disclosure of Major Shareholders

        Under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who directly or indirectly acquire or sell shares of a listed Swiss corporation or rights based thereon and thereby reach, exceed or fall below the thresholds of 3 percent, 5 percent, 10 percent, 15 percent, 20 percent, 25 percent, 33 1 / 3  percent, 50 percent or 66 2 / 3  percent of the voting rights of the corporation must notify the corporation and the exchange(s) in Switzerland on which such shares are listed of such holdings in writing within four trading days, whether or not the voting rights can be exercised. Following receipt of such a notification, the corporation must inform the public within two trading days.

        An additional disclosure requirement exists under the Swiss Code of Obligations, according to which ABB Ltd must disclose individual shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert and their shareholdings if they hold more than 5 percent of all voting rights and ABB Ltd knows or has reason to know of such major shareholders. Such disclosures must be made once a year in the notes to the financial statements as published in its annual report. For a list of our major shareholders, see "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders".

Mandatory Offering Rules

        Under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who acquire more than 33 1 / 3  percent of the voting rights (whether exercisable or not) of a listed Swiss company have to submit a takeover bid to all remaining shareholders unless the articles of incorporation of the company provide for an alteration of this obligation. ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation do not provide for any alterations of the bidder's obligations under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act. The mandatory offer obligation may be waived under certain circumstances, for example if another shareholder owns a higher percentage of voting rights than the acquiror. A waiver from the mandatory bid rules may be granted by the Swiss Takeover Board or the Swiss Federal Banking Commission. If no waiver is granted, the mandatory takeover bid must be made pursuant to the procedural rules set forth in the Swiss Stock Exchange Act and the implementing ordinances.

        Other than the rules discussed in this section and in the section above entitled "—Duration, Liquidation and Merger" and "—Shareholders' Meetings" (which reflect mandatory provisions of Swiss law), no provision of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring of ABB (or any of our subsidiaries) and have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of ABB.

130


Table of Contents

Cancellation of Remaining Equity Securities

        Under Swiss law, any offeror who has made a tender offer for the shares of a Swiss target company and who, as a result of such offer, holds more than 98 percent of the voting rights of the target company, may petition the court to cancel the remaining equity securities. The corresponding petition must be filed against the target company within three months after the lapse of the offer period. The remaining shareholders may join in the proceedings. If the court orders cancellation of the remaining equity securities, the target company will reissue the equity securities and deliver such securities to the offeror against performance of the offer for the benefit of the holders of the cancelled equity securities.

Directors and Officers

        For further information regarding the material provisions of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations regarding directors and officers, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Corporate Governance—Duties of directors and officers".

Auditors

        The auditors are elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, their term of office is one year.

        Ernst & Young AG, Switzerland, assumed the sole auditing mandate of the consolidated financial statements of the ABB Group beginning in the year ended December 31, 2001 (having previously been joint auditors since 1994). Ernst & Young AG has been the independent auditor of ABB Ltd and the ABB Group for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The auditor in charge and responsible for the mandate, Leslie Clifford, began serving in this capacity in respect of the financial year ended December 31, 2013.

        See "Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services" for information regarding the fees paid to Ernst & Young AG.


MATERIAL CONTRACTS

        The following descriptions of the material provisions of the referenced agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the agreements which have been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Revolving Credit Facility

        In May 2014, ABB entered into a new syndicated $2-billion five-year revolving credit facility with the right to extend for up to two additional years in accordance with its terms. For a description of the facility, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities" and "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.

Thomas & Betts Merger Agreement

        In January 2012, ABB Ltd, Edison Acquisition Corporation, one of our subsidiaries, and Thomas & Betts Corporation entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 29, 2012, pursuant to which Edison Acquisition Corporation agreed to acquire the outstanding shares of Thomas & Betts Corporation for $72 per share in cash. The acquisition was completed in May 2012. See Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual Report.

131


Table of Contents

Notes Indenture

        On May 8, 2012, ABB's subsidiary, ABB Finance (USA) Inc., issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.625% notes due 2017, $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.875% notes due 2022 and $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.375% notes due 2042 under an Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2012, among ABB Finance (USA) Inc., ABB and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the "Indenture"). Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, ABB has fully and unconditionally guaranteed payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the notes. See Exhibit 4.3 to this Annual Report.


EXCHANGE CONTROLS

        Other than in connection with Swiss government sanctions imposed on Belarus, Cote d'Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Myanmar, North Korea, Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Zimbabwe, certain persons from the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia and persons and organizations with connection to Osama bin Laden, the "al Qaeda" group or the Taliban and certain persons connected with the assassination of Rafik Hariri, there are currently no laws, decrees or regulations in Switzerland that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, Swiss foreign exchange controls on payment of dividends, interest or liquidation proceeds, if any, to non-Swiss resident holders of shares. In addition, there are no limitations imposed by Swiss law or ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation on the rights of non-Swiss residents or non-Swiss citizens as shareholders to hold shares or to vote.


TAXATION

Swiss Taxation

    Withholding Tax on Dividends and Other Distributions

        Dividends paid and similar cash or in-kind distributions that we make to a holder of shares or ADSs (including dividends on liquidation proceeds and stock dividends and taxable income resulting from partial liquidation) are subject to a Swiss federal withholding tax at a rate of 35 percent. A repurchase of shares by us for the purpose of a capital reduction is defined as a partial liquidation of the Company. In this case, the difference between the nominal value of the shares and their repurchase price is qualified as taxable income. The same would be true upon a repurchase of shares if we were not to dispose of the repurchased shares within six years after the repurchase, or if 10 percent of outstanding shares were exceeded. We must withhold the tax from the gross distribution and pay it to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration. A reduction of the shares' nominal value by means of a capital reduction does not represent a dividend or similar distribution for purposes of Swiss withholding tax. As a result of the Swiss corporate tax reform II entered into force on January 1, 2011, qualifying contributions from the shareholders exceeding the nominal share capital can be distributed without deduction of Swiss withholding tax.

    Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents

        The Convention between the Swiss Confederation and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation with Respect to Taxes on Income, which entered into force on December 19, 1997 and which we will refer to in the following discussion as the Treaty, allows U.S. resident individuals or U.S. corporations to seek a refund of the Swiss withholding tax paid in respect of our shares or ADSs if they qualify for benefits under the Treaty. U.S. resident individuals and U.S. corporations holding less than 10 percent of the voting rights in respect of our shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld exceeds 15 percent of the gross dividend or other distribution. U.S. corporations holding 10 percent or more of the voting rights of our shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld

132


Table of Contents

exceeds 5 percent of the gross dividend or other distribution. Qualifying U.S. pension or other retirement arrangements that do not control the Company are entitled to seek a full refund of withholding tax.

        Claims for refunds must be filed with the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, Eigerstrasse 65, 3003 Bern, Switzerland, no later than December 31 of the third year following the calendar year in which the dividend or similar distribution became payable. The form used for obtaining a refund is Swiss Tax Form 82 (82C for companies; 82E for other entities; 82I for individuals; 82R for regulated investment companies (RICs)). This form may be obtained from any Swiss Consulate General in the United States or from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration at the address above. The form must be filled out in triplicate with each copy duly completed and signed before a notary public in the United States. The form must be accompanied by evidence of the deduction of withholding tax withheld at the source (including tax voucher issued by the custodian bank).

    Stamp Duties upon Transfer of Securities

        The sale of shares or ADSs, whether by Swiss resident or non-resident holders, may be subject to a Swiss securities transfer stamp duty of up to 0.15 percent calculated on the sale proceeds if it occurs through or with a Swiss bank or other Swiss securities dealer as defined in the Swiss Federal Stamp Tax Act. In addition to the stamp duty, the sale of shares or ADSs by or through a member of the SIX Swiss Exchange may be subject to a stock exchange levy.

United States Taxes

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership by U.S. holders (defined below) of shares or ADSs. This summary does not purport to address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of shares or ADSs. This summary assumes that U.S. holders hold shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, partnerships owning shares or ADSs, tax-exempt entities, banks and other financial institutions, regulated investment companies, traders in securities that elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, insurance companies, holders that own (or are deemed to own) at least 10 percent or more (by voting power or value) of the stock of ABB, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that will hold shares or ADSs as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction for U.S. tax purposes and persons who are not U.S. holders. This discussion does not address aspects of U.S. taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation, nor does it address state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs.

        This summary is based (i) on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date of this registration statement and (ii) in part, on representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. The U.S. tax laws and the interpretation thereof are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

        For purposes of this summary, a U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

    a citizen or resident of the United States,

133


Table of Contents

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state, including the District of Columbia,

    an estate if its income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

    a trust if such trust validly has elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and (ii) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions.

        If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds shares or ADSs you should consult your tax advisor.

        Each prospective purchaser should consult the purchaser's tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of shares or ADSs.

    Ownership of ADSs in General

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by the ADSs.

    Distributions

        In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution (other than certain distributions, if any, of shares distributed to all shareholders of ABB, including holders of ADSs) made to you with respect to shares or ADSs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the distribution, will constitute dividends to the extent of ABB's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles).

        Non-corporate U.S. holders generally will be taxed on such distributions at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) with respect to distributions during 2014, provided that the U.S. holder meets certain holding period and other requirements and provided that such distributions constitute "qualified dividends" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions treated as dividends will not be treated as "qualified dividends" if we were to be treated as a "passive foreign investment company" (a "PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the year that the dividend is paid or in the year prior to the year that the dividend is paid. Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets and the nature of its business, ABB believes that it will not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2014. ABB's status in future years will depend on its assets and activities in those years. ABB has no reason to believe that its assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause it to be classified as a PFIC. However, as PFIC status is a factual matter that must be determined annually at the close of each taxable year, there can be no certainty regarding ABB's PFIC status in any particular year until the end of that year. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability to them of the reduced dividend rate in light of their own particular circumstances and the consequences to them if ABB were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year.

        Dividends paid to U.S. corporate holders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

        If you are a U.S. holder and distributions with respect to shares or ADSs exceed ABB's current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, then the excess generally would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax

134


Table of Contents

basis in the shares or ADSs. Any amount in excess of the amount of the dividend and the return of capital generally would be treated as capital gain. ABB does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends paid in Swiss francs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the dividends, will be included in your gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Swiss francs calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are includible in income. In the case of ADSs, dividends generally are includible in income on the date they are received by the depositary, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If dividends paid in Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are includible in income, then you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the conversion. However, any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of Swiss francs between the time of the receipt of dividends paid in Swiss francs and the time the Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss to you, as the case may be. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of the property on the date of distribution.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then you will have a basis in any Swiss francs received as a refund of Swiss withholding taxes equal to a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt of the dividend on which the tax was withheld. See "—Swiss Taxation—Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents" above.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends received by you with respect to shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Swiss tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. However, to the extent that you would be entitled to a refund of Swiss withholding taxes pursuant to the U.S.-Switzerland tax treaty, you may not be eligible for a U.S. foreign tax credit with respect to the amount of such withholding taxes which may be refunded, even if you fail to claim the refund. See "—Swiss Taxation—Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents". The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by ABB generally will constitute passive income, or, in the case of certain U.S. holders, financial services income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit.

    Sale or Exchange of Shares or ADSs

        If you are a U.S. holder that holds shares or ADSs as capital assets, then you generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon a sale or exchange of your shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the shares or ADSs and the amount realized on their disposition. If you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to the gain is generally lower than the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (other than certain dividends) if your holding period for the shares or ADSs exceeds one year (i.e., long-term capital gains). If you are a U.S. holder, then the gain or loss, if any, recognized by you generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as the case may be, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

        If you are a U.S. holder and you receive any foreign currency on the sale of shares or ADSs, then you may recognize U.S. source ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the date of the sale of the shares or ADSs, as the case may be, and the date the sales proceeds are converted into U.S. dollars.

135


Table of Contents

    Medicare Tax

        For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts must pay a 3.8 percent tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder's "net investment income" for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A U.S. holder's net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of shares or ADSs, unless such income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in shares or ADSs.

    Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs made within the United States to a holder of shares or ADSs (other than an exempt recipient, including a corporation, a payee that is not a U.S. holder that provides an appropriate certification, and certain other persons).

        A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs within the United States to you, unless you are an exempt recipient, if you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fail to establish an exception from backup withholding tax requirements. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The current backup withholding tax rate is 28 percent.

         THE ABOVE SUMMARIES ARE NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OR ADSs. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF SHARES OR ADSs SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS.


DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

        We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this Annual Report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Further information on the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Our annual reports and some of the other information we submit to the SEC may be accessed through this Web site. In addition, material that we file can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

136


Table of Contents

Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk Disclosure

        The continuously evolving financial markets and the dynamic business environment expose us to changes in foreign exchange, interest rate and other market price risks. We have developed and implemented comprehensive policies, procedures, and controls to identify, mitigate, and monitor financial risk on a firm-wide basis. To efficiently aggregate and manage financial risks that could impact our financial performance, we operate a Group Treasury Operations function. Our Group Treasury Operations provides an efficient source of liquidity, financing, risk management and other global financial services to the ABB Group companies. Our policies do not allow our Group Treasury Operations or ABB Group companies to perform speculative trading. Market risk management activities are focused on mitigating material financial risks resulting from our global operating and financing activities.

        Group Treasury Operations maintains risk management control systems to monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risks and exposures arising from our underlying business, as well as the associated hedge positions. Our written policies govern how such exposures are managed. Financial risks are monitored using a number of analytical techniques including market value and sensitivity analysis. The following quantitative analyses are based on sensitivity analysis tests, which assume parallel shifts of interest rate yield curves, and foreign exchange rates and equity prices.

Currency Fluctuations and Foreign Exchange Risk

        It is our policy to identify and manage all transactional foreign exchange exposures to minimize risk. With the exception of certain financing subsidiaries and to the extent certain operating subsidiaries are domiciled in high inflation environments, the functional currency of each of our companies is considered to be its local currency. Our policies require our subsidiaries to hedge all contracted foreign exchange exposures, as well as a portion of their forecast exposures, against their local currency. These transactions are undertaken mainly with our Group Treasury Operations.

        We have foreign exchange transaction exposures related to our global operating and financing activities in currencies other than the functional currency in which our entities operate. Specifically, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to future earnings, assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The most significant currency exposures relate to operations in Germany, Sweden and Switzerland. In addition, we are exposed to currency risk associated with translating our functional currency financial statements into our reporting currency, which is the U.S. dollar.

        Our operating companies are responsible for identifying their foreign currency exposures and entering into intercompany derivative contracts with Group Treasury Operations, where legally possible, to hedge their exposures. Where local laws restrict our operating companies from entering into intercompany derivatives with Group Treasury Operations, derivative contracts are entered into locally with third-party financial institutions. The intercompany transactions have the effect of transferring the operating companies' currency risk to Group Treasury Operations, but create no additional market risks on a consolidated basis. Group Treasury Operations then manages this risk by entering into offsetting transactions with third-party financial institutions. According to our policy, material net currency exposures are required to be hedged and are primarily hedged with forward foreign exchange contracts. The majority of the foreign exchange hedge instruments have, on average, a maturity of less than twelve months. Group Treasury Operations also hedges currency risks arising from monetary intercompany balances, primarily loans receivable from other ABB companies.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the net fair value of financial instruments with exposure to foreign currency rate movements was $(2,379) million and $(3,658) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in foreign exchange

137


Table of Contents

rates against our position would be approximately $616 million and $632 million for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The analysis reflects the aggregate adverse foreign exchange impact associated with transaction exposures, as well as translation exposures where appropriate. Our sensitivity analysis assumes a simultaneous shift in exchange rates against our positions exposed to foreign exchange risk and as such assumes an unlikely adverse case scenario. Exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. Therefore, the assumption of a simultaneous shift may overstate the impact of changing rates on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The underlying trade-related transaction exposures of the industrial companies are not included in the quantitative analysis. If these underlying transaction exposures were included, they would tend to have an offsetting effect on the potential loss in fair value detailed above.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to interest rate risk due to our financing, investing, and liquidity management activities. Our operating companies primarily invest excess cash with, and receive funding from, our Group Treasury Operations on an arm's length basis. It is our policy that the primary third-party funding and investing activities, as well as the monitoring and management of the resulting interest rate risk, are the responsibility of Group Treasury Operations. Group Treasury Operations adjusts the duration of the overall funding portfolio through derivative instruments in order to better match underlying assets and liabilities, as well as minimize the cost of capital.

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the net fair value of instruments subject to Interest Rate Risk was $(1,427) million and $(1,583) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such instruments from a hypothetical 100 basis points parallel shift in interest rates against our position (or a multiple of 100 basis points where 100 basis points is less than 10 percent of the interest rate) would be approximately $277 million and $312 million, for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in interest rate risk is primarily due to decrease in time to maturity for long-term outstanding transactions.

        Leases are not included as part of the sensitivity analysis. This represents a limitation of the analysis. While sensitivity analysis includes the interest rate sensitivity of the funding of the lease portfolio, a corresponding change in the lease portfolio was not considered in the sensitivity model.

Equity Risk

        Certain of our entities have equity investments that expose us to equity price risk. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the net fair value of equity risk sensitive instruments was $86 million and $156 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying equity prices against our position would be approximately $18 million and $27 million, for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Included in the net fair value and potential loss in fair value figures for equity risk are derivative instruments designated as hedges of warrant appreciation rights granted to employees under our management incentive plans (see "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements). As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of such instruments included in the total net fair value of equity risk sensitive instruments was $33 million and $56 million, respectively, and the corresponding amount of potential loss in fair value was $12 million and $17 million, respectively. The liabilities relating to the warrant appreciation rights are not included as part of the sensitivity analysis. If such liabilities being hedged were included, they would tend to have an offsetting effect on the potential loss in fair value.

138


Table of Contents

Commodity Risk

        We enter into commodity derivatives to hedge certain of our raw material exposures. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the net fair value of commodity derivatives was $(18) million and $(8) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such commodity hedging derivatives from a hypothetical adverse 10 percent move against our position in the underlying commodity prices would be approximately $34 million and $39 million for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. A significant proportion of our commodity derivatives are denominated in euro. The foreign exchange risk arising on such contracts has been excluded from the calculation of the potential loss in fair value from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying commodity prices as discussed above.

Item 12.    Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

American Depositary Shares

        Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly-issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn may charge these transaction fees to their clients.

        Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date. The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, rights offerings), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or un-certificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts via the central clearing and settlement system, The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the depositary bank, generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients' ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients' accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

        In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set-off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

        Depositary fees are as follows:

Depositary Service
  Fee

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares

  Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued.

Delivery of deposited security against surrender of ADSs

 

Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered.

Distribution of dividend

 

Up to $2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held.

Distribution of cash proceeds

 

Up to $2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held.

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights

 

Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued.

139


Table of Contents

Depositary Payments

        In 2014, we received reimbursements from Citibank N.A., the Depositary Bank of our ADS program, of approximately $4 million to help cover costs related to our ADS program. Those costs, in addition to costs associated with compliance with U.S. securities laws, include expenses such as listing fees, proxy expenses, printing and distribution of reports, and other investor relations-related activities.


PART II

Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

        Not applicable

Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

        Not applicable

Item 15.    Controls and Procedures

    (a)
    Disclosure controls and procedures

        We maintain controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act, Rule 13a-15(e)) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis. Our Chief Executive Officer, Ulrich Spiesshofer, and Chief Financial Officer, Eric Elzvik, with the participation of key corporate senior management and management of key corporate functions, performed an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based on that evaluation, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

    (b)
    Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting

        The Board of Directors and management of the ABB Group are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The ABB Group's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of the published Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

140


Table of Contents

        Ernst & Young AG, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of the ABB Group's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.

    (c)
    Report of the independent registered public accounting firm

        Ernst & Young AG's opinion on the effectiveness of the ABB Group's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, is included in "Item 18. Financial Statements".

    (d)
    Changes in internal control

        There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 15T.    Controls and Procedures

        Not applicable

Item 16A.    Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our Board of Directors has determined that Louis R. Hughes, Jacob Wallenberg and Roger Agnelli, who serve on our Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee, are independent, as that term is defined in the listing standards promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange, and are audit committee financial experts.

Item 16B.    Code of Ethics

        Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions are bound to adhere to our Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees of all companies in the ABB Group. Our Code of Conduct is available on our Web site in the section "Corporate governance" at www.abb.com/investorrelations

Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    Audit Fees

        Fees for audit services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $27.1 million and $29.9 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Audit fees include the standard audit work performed each fiscal year necessary to allow the auditor to issue an opinion on our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the integrated audit of internal controls over financial reporting) and to issue an opinion on the local statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries. Audit fees also include services that can be provided only by the ABB Group auditor such as pre-issuance reviews of quarterly financial results and comfort letters delivered to underwriters in connection with debt and equity offerings.

    Audit-Related Fees

        Fees for audit-related services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $1.0 million and $1.2 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively, consisting primarily of accounting consultations, audits of pension and benefit plans, accounting advisory services and other attest services related to financial reporting that are not required by statute or regulation.

141


Table of Contents

    Tax Fees

        Fees for tax services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $3.5 million and $2.9 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively, representing primarily income tax and indirect tax compliance services as well as tax advisory services.

    All Other Fees

        Fees for other services provided by Ernst & Young, not included in the above three categories, totaled approximately $1.5 million and $0.5 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively, consisting mainly of consultations relating to conflict minerals compliance.

    Pre-Approval Procedures and Policies

        In accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules issued by the SEC, we utilize a procedure for the review and pre-approval of any services performed by Ernst & Young. The procedure requires that all proposed engagements of Ernst & Young for audit and permitted non-audit services are submitted to the FACC for approval prior to the beginning of any such services. In accordance with this policy, all services performed by and fees paid to Ernst & Young in 2014 and 2013, as discussed above in this Item 16C, were approved by the FACC.

Item 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

        None

Item 16E.    Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

        The following table sets out certain information about purchases of our own shares made by us or on our behalf.

Period
  Total number
of shares
purchased (1)
  Average
price paid
per share (2)
  Total number
of shares
purchased as
part of publicly
announced
program (3)
  Approximate USD
equivalent
amount of shares
that may yet be
purchased under
the program (in
millions of USD)
 

January 2014

                 

February 2014

                 

March 2014

                 

April 2014

                 

May 5 - May 12, 2014

    12,000,000   $ 23.53          

June 2014

                 

July 2014

                 

August 2014

                 

September 16 - September 30, 2014

    15,400,000   $ 22.84     15,400,000   $ 3,648  

October 28 - October 31, 2014

    5,200,000   $ 21.72     5,200,000   $ 3,535  

November 3 - November 24, 2014

    10,166,227   $ 22.24     10,166,227   $ 3,309  

December 5 - December 17, 2014

    1,963,773   $ 21.26     1,963,773   $ 3,267  

Total

    44,730,000           32,730,000        

(1)
In May 2014, 12 million shares were purchased other than through a publicly announced program. The share purchases were made in open-market transactions.

(2)
Represents average prices in CHF translated into USD using weighted-average closing rates.

(3)
In September 2014, we announced a share buyback program for the purchase of up to $4 billion of our own shares over a period ending no later than September 2016. We intend that approximately three quarters of the shares to be purchased will be held for cancellation (after approval from shareholders) and the remainder will be purchased to be available for our employee share programs. Shares acquired for cancellation are acquired through a separate trading line on the SIX Swiss Exchange (on which only we can purchase shares), while shares acquired for delivery under employee share programs are acquired through the ordinary trading line.

142


Table of Contents

Item 16F.    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

        Not applicable

Item 16G.    Corporate Governance

        See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Principles of Corporate Governance—General Principles" for significant ways in which ABB's corporate governance practices differ from the New York Stock Exchange's standards.

Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure

        Not applicable


PART III

Item 17.    Financial Statements

        We have elected to provide financial statements and the related information pursuant to Item 18.

Item 18.    Financial Statements

        See pages F-1 to F-79, which are incorporated herein by reference. All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

143


Table of Contents

Item 19.    Exhibits

  1.1   Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd as amended to date.

 

2.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, by and among ABB Ltd, Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners from time to time of the American Depositary Shares issued thereunder (including as an exhibit the form of American Depositary Receipt). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) to Form F-6EF (File No. 333-147488) filed by ABB Ltd on November 19, 2007.

 

2.2

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.1).

 

4.1

 

$2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement, dated May 23, 2014 and as amended on June 13, 2014, entered into between ABB Ltd, certain subsidiaries of ABB Ltd as borrowers, 27 banks as mandated lead arrangers, Citibank International PLC, as facility agent and euro swingline agent and Citibank N.A. as dollar swingline agent.

 

4.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 29, 2012, entered into by and among ABB Ltd, Thomas & Betts Corporation, and Edison Acquisition Corporation, one of ABB Ltd's subsidiaries, pursuant to which Edison Acquisition Corporation agreed to acquire the outstanding shares of Thomas & Betts Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Thomas & Betts Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2012.

 

4.3

 

Indenture dated as of May 8, 2012, among ABB Finance (USA) Inc., ABB and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, pursuant to which ABB has fully and unconditionally guaranteed payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of any notes issued thereunder. On May 8, 2012, ABB's subsidiary, ABB Finance (USA) Inc., issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.625% notes due 2017. $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.875% notes due 2022 and $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.375% notes due 2042 under the Indenture. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed by ABB Ltd and ABB Finance (USA) Inc. on April 25, 2012

 

7.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

8.1

 

Subsidiaries of ABB Ltd as of December 31, 2014.

 

12.1

 

Certification of the chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

12.2

 

Certification of the chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

13.1

 

Certification by the chief executive officer of ABB Ltd pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

13.2

 

Certification by the chief financial officer of ABB Ltd pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

144


Table of Contents

  101   The following financial information from this Annual Report formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) includes (i) Consolidated Income Statements, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity, (vi) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text, (vii) each significant accounting policy within "Note 2 Significant accounting policies", tagged as a single block of text, (viii) each table in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as a separate block of text and, (ix) each amount in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged separately. Furnished electronically herewith.

*
This document is being furnished in accordance with SEC Release Nos. 33-8212 and 34-74551.

145


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

    ABB LTD

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ERIC ELZVIK

        Name:   Eric Elzvik
        Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD A. BROWN

        Name:   Richard A. Brown
        Title:   Group Senior Vice President and
Chief Counsel Corporate & Finance

Date: March 5, 2015.

146


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Consolidated Financial Statements:

   

Report of management on internal control over financial reporting

  F-2

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-3

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-6

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-8

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  F-9

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-10

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of management on internal control over financial reporting

        The Board of Directors and management of ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries ("ABB") are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ABB's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of the published Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with ABB's policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that ABB's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

        Ernst & Young AG, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of ABB's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, which is included on page F-4 of this Annual Report.

/s/ ULRICH SPIESSHOFER

Chief Executive Officer
   

/s/ ERIC ELZVIK

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Zurich, March 5, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ABB Ltd as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ABB Ltd at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), ABB Ltd's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 5, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

Zurich, Switzerland
March 5, 2015

F-3


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd

        We have audited ABB Ltd's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). ABB Ltd's Board of Directors and management are responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and management is responsible for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of management on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, ABB Ltd maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2014 consolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd and our report dated March 5, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

Zurich, Switzerland
March 5, 2015

F-4


Table of Contents


ABB Ltd

Consolidated Income Statements

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data in $)

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Sales of products

    33,279     35,282     32,979  

Sales of services

    6,551     6,566     6,357  

Total revenues

    39,830     41,848     39,336  

Cost of products

    (24,506 )   (25,728 )   (23,838 )

Cost of services

    (4,109 )   (4,128 )   (4,120 )

Total cost of sales

    (28,615 )   (29,856 )   (27,958 )

Gross profit

    11,215     11,992     11,378  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (6,067 )   (6,094 )   (5,756 )

Non-order related research and development expenses

    (1,499 )   (1,470 )   (1,464 )

Other income (expense), net

    529     (41 )   (100 )

Income from operations

    4,178     4,387     4,058  

Interest and dividend income

    80     69     73  

Interest and other finance expense

    (362 )   (390 )   (293 )

Income from continuing operations before taxes

    3,896     4,066     3,838  

Provision for taxes

    (1,202 )   (1,122 )   (1,030 )

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,694     2,944     2,808  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    24     (37 )   4  

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (124 )   (120 )   (108 )

Net income attributable to ABB

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,570     2,824     2,700  

Net income

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders :

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions) used to compute:

                   

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

    2,288     2,297     2,293  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

    2,295     2,305     2,295  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5


Table of Contents


ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions)

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (1,680 )   141     383  

Available-for-sale securities:

                   

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the year

    (9 )   (4 )   3  

Reclassification adjustments for net (gains) losses included in net income

    15     (13 )   1  

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

    6     (17 )   4  

Pension and other postretirement plans:

                   

Prior service costs arising during the year

    (3 )   (16 )   (36 )

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the year

    (614 )   291     (601 )

Amortization of prior service cost included in net income

    17     23     30  

Amortization of net actuarial loss included in net income

    79     99     70  

Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments

    (521 )   397     (537 )

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

                   

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the year

    (52 )   28     53  

Reclassification adjustments for net (gains) losses included in net income

    9     (43 )   (28 )

Unrealized gains (losses) of cash flow hedge derivatives

    (43 )   (15 )   25  

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (2,238 )   506     (125 )

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

    480     3,413     2,687  

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

    (115 )   (115 )   (98 )

Total comprehensive income, net of tax, attributable to ABB

    365     3,298     2,589  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6


Table of Contents


ABB Ltd

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31 ($ in millions, except share data)

 
  2014   2013  

Cash and equivalents

    5,443     6,021  

Marketable securities and short-term investments

    1,325     464  

Receivables, net

    11,078     12,146  

Inventories, net

    5,376     6,004  

Prepaid expenses

    218     252  

Deferred taxes

    902     832  

Other current assets

    644     706  

Total current assets

    24,986     26,425  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    5,652     6,254  

Goodwill

    10,053     10,670  

Other intangible assets, net

    2,702     3,297  

Prepaid pension and other employee benefits

    70     93  

Investments in equity-accounted companies

    177     197  

Deferred taxes

    511     370  

Other non-current assets

    727     758  

Total assets

    44,878     48,064  

Accounts payable, trade

    4,765     5,112  

Billings in excess of sales

    1,455     1,714  

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

    353     453  

Advances from customers

    1,624     1,726  

Deferred taxes

    289     259  

Provisions for warranties

    1,148     1,362  

Other provisions

    1,689     1,807  

Other current liabilities

    4,257     4,242  

Total current liabilities

    15,580     16,675  

Long-term debt

    7,338     7,570  

Pension and other employee benefits

    2,394     1,639  

Deferred taxes

    1,165     1,265  

Other non-current liabilities

    1,586     1,707  

Total liabilities

    28,063     28,856  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' equity:

             

Capital stock and additional paid-in capital (2,314,743,264 issued shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013)

    1,777     1,750  

Retained earnings

    19,939     19,186  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,241 )   (2,012 )

Treasury stock, at cost (55,843,639 and 14,093,960 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

    (1,206 )   (246 )

Total ABB stockholders' equity

    16,269     18,678  

Noncontrolling interests

    546     530  

Total stockholders' equity

    16,815     19,208  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    44,878     48,064  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


Table of Contents


ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions)

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Operating activities:

                   

Net income

    2,718     2,907     2,812  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,305     1,318     1,182  

Pension and other employee benefits

    16     6     (13 )

Deferred taxes

    65     (137 )   64  

Net gain from sale of property, plant and equipment

    (17 )   (18 )   (26 )

Net (gain) loss from sale of businesses

    (543 )   16     2  

Other

    112     79     169  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Trade receivables, net

    (12 )   (571 )   (310 )

Inventories, net

    (176 )   324     61  

Trade payables

    257     (43 )   (57 )

Accrued liabilities

    9     71     162  

Billings in excess of sales

    (118 )   (168 )   152  

Provisions, net

    (127 )   199     (109 )

Advances from customers

    39     (145 )   181  

Income taxes payable and receivable

    (13 )   (18 )   (261 )

Other assets and liabilities, net

    330     (167 )   (230 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,845     3,653     3,779  

Investing activities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    (1,430 )   (526 )   (2,288 )

Purchases of short-term investments

    (1,465 )   (30 )   (67 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

    (1,026 )   (1,106 )   (1,293 )

Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired) and increases in cost- and equity-accounted companies

    (70 )   (914 )   (3,694 )

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    361     1,367     1,655  

Proceeds from maturity of marketable securities (available-for-sale)

    523     118      

Proceeds from short-term investments

    1,011     47     27  

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

    33     80     40  

Proceeds from sales of businesses (net of transaction costs and cash disposed) and cost- and equity-accounted companies

    1,110     62     16  

Other investing activities

    (168 )   185     29  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,121 )   (717 )   (5,575 )

Financing activities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net changes in debt with maturities of 90 days or less

    (103 )   (697 )   570  

Increase in debt

    150     492     5,986  

Repayment of debt

    (90 )   (1,893 )   (1,104 )

Delivery of shares

    38     74     90  

Purchases of treasury stock

    (1,003 )        

Dividends paid

    (1,841 )   (1,667 )   (1,626 )

Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders

    (132 )   (149 )   (121 )

Other financing activities

    (43 )   (16 )   (33 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,024 )   (3,856 )   3,762  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    (278 )   66     90  

Net change in cash and equivalents—continuing operations

    (578 )   (854 )   2,056  

Cash and equivalents, beginning of period

    6,021     6,875     4,819  

Cash and equivalents, end of period

    5,443     6,021     6,875  

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

                   

Interest paid

    259     287     189  

Taxes paid

    1,155     1,278     1,211  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8


Table of Contents


ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ($ in millions)

 
   
   
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss    
   
   
   
 
 
  Capital
stock and
additional
paid-in
capital
  Retained
earnings
  Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
  Unrealized
gains
(losses)
on
available-
for-sale
securities
  Pension
and other
post-
retirement
plan
adjustments
  Unrealized
gains
(losses)
of cash
flow hedge
derivatives
  Total
accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Treasury
stock
  Total ABB
stockholders'
equity
  Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
stockholders'
equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

    1,621     16,988     (968 )   20     (1,472 )   12     (2,408 )   (424 )   15,777     559     16,336  

Comprehensive income:

                                                                   

Net income

          2,704                                         2,704     108     2,812  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

                388                       388           388     (5 )   383  

Effect of change in fair value of available-for-sale securities, net of tax

                      4                 4           4           4  

Unrecognized income (expense) related to pensions and other postretirement plans, net of tax

                            (532 )         (532 )         (532 )   (5 )   (537 )

Change in derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax

                                  25     25           25           25  

Total comprehensive income

                                                    2,589     98     2,687  

Changes in noncontrolling interests

                                                        6     6  

Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders

                                                        (123 )   (123 )

Dividends paid

          (1,626 )                                       (1,626 )         (1,626 )

Share-based payment arrangements

    60                                               60           60  

Delivery of shares

    (6 )                                       96     90           90  

Call options

    10                                               10           10  

Replacement options issued in connection with acquisition

    5                                               5           5  

Other

    1                                               1           1  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,691     18,066     (580 )   24     (2,004 )   37     (2,523 )   (328 )   16,906     540     17,446  

Comprehensive income:

                                                                   

Net income

          2,787                                         2,787     120     2,907  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

                149                       149           149     (8 )   141  

Effect of change in fair value of available-for-sale securities, net of tax

                      (17 )               (17 )         (17 )         (17 )

Unrecognized income (expense) related to pensions and other postretirement plans, net of tax

                            394           394           394     3     397  

Change in derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax

                                  (15 )   (15 )         (15 )         (15 )

Total comprehensive income

                                                    3,298     115     3,413  

Changes in noncontrolling interests

    (17 )                                             (17 )   25     8  

Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders

                                                        (150 )   (150 )

Dividends paid

          (1,667 )                                       (1,667 )         (1,667 )

Share-based payment arrangements

    71                                               71           71  

Delivery of shares

    (8 )                                       82     74           74  

Call options

    13                                               13           13  

Replacement options issued in connection with acquisition

    2                                               2           2  

Other

    (2 )                                             (2 )         (2 )

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,750     19,186     (431 )   7     (1,610 )   22     (2,012 )   (246 )   18,678     530     19,208  

Comprehensive income:

                                                                   

Net income

          2,594                                         2,594     124     2,718  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

                (1,671 )                     (1,671 )         (1,671 )   (9 )   (1,680 )

Effect of change in fair value of available-for-sale securities, net of tax

                      6                 6           6           6  

Unrecognized income (expense) related to pensions and other postretirement plans, net of tax

                            (521 )         (521 )         (521 )         (521 )

Change in derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax

                                  (43 )   (43 )         (43 )         (43 )

Total comprehensive income

                                                    365     115     480  

Changes in noncontrolling interests

    (34 )                                             (34 )   33     (1 )

Dividends paid to noncontrolling shareholders

                                                        (132 )   (132 )

Dividends paid

          (1,841 )                                       (1,841 )         (1,841 )

Share-based payment arrangements

    73                                               73           73  

Purchases of treasury stock

                                              (1,015 )   (1,015 )         (1,015 )

Delivery of shares

    (17 )                                       55     38           38  

Call options

    5                                               5           5  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,777     19,939     (2,102 )   13     (2,131 )   (21 )   (4,241 )   (1,206 )   16,269     546     16,815  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9


Table of Contents

Note 1—The Company

        ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) together form a leading global company in power and automation technologies that enable utility and industry customers to improve their performance while lowering environmental impact. The Company works with customers to engineer and install networks, facilities and plants with particular emphasis on enhancing efficiency, reliability and productivity for customers who generate, convert, transmit, distribute and consume energy.

Note 2—Significant accounting policies

        The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basis of presentation

        The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with United States of America (United States or U.S.) generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and are presented in United States dollars ($ or USD) unless otherwise stated. The par value of capital stock is denominated in Swiss francs.

Scope of consolidation

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ABB Ltd and companies which are directly or indirectly controlled by ABB Ltd. Additionally, the Company consolidates variable interest entities if it has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Investments in joint ventures and affiliated companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally through direct or indirect ownership of 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting rights), are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting.

Operating cycle

        A portion of the Company's activities (primarily long-term construction activities) has an operating cycle that exceeds one year. For classification of current assets and liabilities related to such activities, the Company elected to use the duration of the individual contracts as its operating cycle. Accordingly, there are accounts receivable, inventories and provisions related to these contracts which will not be realized within one year that have been classified as current.

Use of estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make assumptions and estimates that directly affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes. The most significant, difficult and subjective of such accounting assumptions and estimates include:

F-10


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The actual results and outcomes may differ from the Company's estimates and assumptions.

Cash and equivalents

        Cash and equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

        Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where the Company operates. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred abroad from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs locally. These funds are included in cash and equivalents as they are not considered restricted.

Marketable securities and short-term investments

        Management determines the appropriate classification of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities at the time of purchase. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification of the Company's investments in debt and equity securities is reassessed. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for accretion of discounts or amortization of premiums to maturity computed under the effective interest method. Such accretion or amortization is included in "Interest and dividend income". Marketable debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value.

        Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from the determination of earnings and are instead recognized in the "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" component of stockholders' equity, net of tax, until realized. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are computed based upon the historical cost of these securities, using the specific identification method.

        Marketable debt securities are generally classified as either "Cash and equivalents" or "Marketable securities and short-term investments" according to their maturity at the time of acquisition.

        Marketable equity securities are generally classified as "Marketable securities and short-term investments", however any marketable securities held as a long-term investment rather than as an investment of excess liquidity, are classified as "Other non-current assets".

        The Company performs a periodic review of its debt and equity securities to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Generally, when an individual security has been in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time, the Company evaluates whether an impairment

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

has occurred. The evaluation is based on specific facts and circumstances at the time of assessment, which include general market conditions, and the duration and extent to which the fair value is below cost.

        If the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost, then an other-than-temporary impairment for the difference is recognized if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost base or (iii) a credit loss exists insofar as the Company does not expect to recover the entire recognized amortized cost of the security. Such impairment charges are generally recognized in "Interest and other finance expense". If the impairment is due to factors other than credit losses, and the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security's amortized cost, such impairment charges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        In addition, for equity securities, the Company assesses whether the cost value will recover within the near-term and whether the Company has the intent and ability to hold that equity security until such recovery occurs. If an other-than-temporary impairment is identified, the security is written down to its fair value and the related losses are recognized in "Interest and other finance expense", unless the impairment relates to equity securities classified as "Other non-current assets", in which case the impairment is reported in "Other income (expense), net".

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

        Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The Company has a group-wide policy on the management of credit risk. The policy includes a credit assessment methodology to assess the creditworthiness of customers and assign to those customers a risk category. Third-party agencies' ratings are considered, if available. For customers where agency ratings are not available, the customer's most recent financial statements, payment history and other relevant information are considered in the assignment to a risk category. Customers are assessed at least annually or more frequently when information on significant changes in the customers' financial position becomes known. In addition to the assignment to a risk category, a credit limit per customer is set.

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer specific data. If an amount has not been settled within its contractual payment term then it is considered past due. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the related allowance when the Company believes that the amount will not be recovered.

        The Company, in its normal course of business, transfers receivables to third parties, generally without recourse. The transfer is accounted for as a sale when the Company has surrendered control over the receivables. Control is deemed to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred receivables have been put presumptively beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the third-party transferees have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred receivables, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control over the transferred receivables and does not retain the ability or obligation to repurchase or redeem the transferred receivables. At the time of sale, the sold receivables are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related cash inflows are classified as operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Costs associated with the sale of receivables, including the related gains and losses from the sales, are included in "Interest and other finance expense". Transfers of receivables that do not meet the

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

requirements for treatment as sales are accounted for as secured borrowings and the related cash flows are classified as financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Concentrations of credit risk

        The Company sells a broad range of products, systems and services to a wide range of industrial, commercial and utility customers as well as various government agencies and quasi-governmental agencies throughout the world. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited, as the Company's customer base is comprised of a large number of individual customers. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial positions are performed to determine whether the use of credit support instruments such as guarantees, letters of credit or credit insurance are necessary; collateral is not generally required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses as discussed above in "Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts". Such losses, in the aggregate, are in line with the Company's expectations.

        It is the Company's policy to invest cash in deposits with banks throughout the world with certain minimum credit ratings and in high quality, low risk, liquid investments. The Company actively manages its credit risk by routinely reviewing the creditworthiness of the banks and the investments held. The Company has not incurred significant credit losses related to such investments.

        The Company's exposure to credit risk on derivative financial instruments is the risk that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations. To reduce this risk, the Company has credit policies that require the establishment and periodic review of credit limits for individual counterparties. In addition, the Company has entered into close-out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties. Close-out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre-defined trigger events. In the Consolidated Financial Statements derivative transactions are presented on a gross basis.

Revenue recognition

        The Company generally recognizes revenues for the sale of goods when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. With regards to the sale of products, delivery is not considered to have occurred, and therefore no revenues are recognized, until the customer has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually-defined shipping terms. The Company uses various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) in its sales of products to third-party customers, such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP). Subsequent to delivery of the products, the Company generally has no further contractual performance obligations that would preclude revenue recognition.

        Revenues under long-term construction-type contracts are generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The Company principally uses the cost-to-cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to the Company's best estimate of total estimated costs, which are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period when the change in estimate is determined.

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Short-term construction-type contracts, or long-term construction-type contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make estimates difficult, are accounted for under the completed-contract method. Revenues under the completed-contract method are recognized upon substantial completion—that is: acceptance by the customer, compliance with performance specifications demonstrated in a factory acceptance test or similar event.

        For non construction-type contracts that contain customer acceptance provisions, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance occurs or the Company has demonstrated the customer-specified objective criteria have been met or the contractual acceptance period has lapsed.

        Revenues from service transactions are recognized as services are performed. For long-term service contracts, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or, if the performance pattern is other than straight-line, as the services are provided. Service revenues reflect revenues earned from the Company's activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance-type contracts, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, and installation and commissioning of products as a stand-alone service or as part of a service contract.

        Revenues for software license fees are recognized when persuasive evidence of a non-cancelable license agreement exists, delivery has occurred, the license fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products and/or services, the total arrangement fee is allocated using the residual method. Under this method, revenue is allocated to the undelivered elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the fair value of such undelivered elements and the residual amounts of revenue are allocated to the delivered elements. Elements included in multiple element arrangements may consist of software licences, maintenance (which includes customer support services and unspecified upgrades), hosting, and consulting services. VSOE is based on the price generally charged when an element is sold separately or, in the case of an element not yet sold separately, the price established by management, if it is probable that the price, once established, will not change once the element is sold separately. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element, the total arrangement fee will be recognized as revenue over the life of the contract or upon delivery of the undelivered element.

        The Company offers multiple element arrangements to meet its customers' needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation and training) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Deliverables of such multiple element arrangements are evaluated to determine the unit of accounting and if certain criteria are met, the Company allocates revenues to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. A hierarchy of selling prices is used to determine the selling price of each specific deliverable that includes VSOE (if available), third-party evidence (if VSOE is not available), or estimated selling price if neither of the first two is available. The estimated selling price reflects the Company's best estimate of what the selling prices of elements would be if the elements were sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is allocated between the elements of an arrangement at the inception of the arrangement. Such arrangements generally include industry-specific performance and termination provisions, such as in the event of substantial delays or non-delivery.

        Revenues are reported net of customer rebates and similar incentives. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue-producing transactions between the Company and its customers, such as sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Contract loss provisions

        Losses on contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.

Shipping and handling costs

        Shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of cost of sales.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method, the weighted-average cost method, or in certain circumstances (for example, where the completed-contract method of revenue recognition is used) the specific identification method. Inventoried costs are stated at acquisition cost or actual production cost, including direct material and labor and applicable manufacturing overheads. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net market value are made, if required, for decreases in sales prices, obsolescence or similar reductions in the estimated net realizable value.

Impairment of long-lived assets

        Long-lived assets that are held and used are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset's net carrying value exceeds the asset's net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life including net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is determined using a market, income and/or cost approach.

Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and is depreciated using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of the assets are generally as follows:

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. For the annual impairment review in 2014, the reporting units were the same as the operating segments for Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Power Products and Power Systems, while for the Process Automation operating segment, the reporting units were determined to be one level below the operating segment.

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        When evaluating goodwill for impairment, the Company uses either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, the two-step quantitative impairment test (described below) is performed, otherwise no further analysis is required. If the Company elects not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed.

        The two-step quantitative impairment test calculates the fair value of a reporting unit (based on the income approach whereby the fair value of a reporting unit is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows) and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying value. If the carrying value of the net assets of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit then the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference.

        The cost of acquired intangible assets with a finite life is amortized using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern of intangible assets' expected contributions to future cash flows. If that pattern cannot be reliably determined, the straight-line method is used. The amortization periods range from 3 to 5 years for software and from 5 to 20 years for customer-, technology- and marketing-related intangibles. Intangible assets with a finite life are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events.

Capitalized software costs

Software for internal use

        Costs incurred in the application development stage until the software is substantially complete are capitalized and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, typically ranging from 3 to 5 years.

Software for sale

        Costs incurred after the software has demonstrated its technological feasibility until the product is available for general release to the customers are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the product. The Company periodically performs an evaluation to determine that the unamortized cost of software to be sold does not exceed the net realizable value. If the unamortized cost of software to be sold exceeds its net realizable value, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage currency, commodity, interest rate and equity exposures, arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities (see Note 5).

        The Company recognizes all derivatives, other than certain derivatives indexed to the Company's own stock, at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are reported at fair value with derivative gains and losses reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying transaction.

F-16


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        If the derivatives are designated as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivatives will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged through earnings (in the case of a fair value hedge) or recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the hedged item is recognized in earnings (in the case of a cash flow hedge). The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings consistent with the classification of the hedged item. Where derivative financial instruments have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions and such forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting is discontinued and any derivative gain or loss previously included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" is reclassified into earnings consistent with the nature of the original forecasted transaction. Gains or losses from derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value hedge are reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged transaction.

        Certain commercial contracts may grant rights to the Company or the counterparties, or contain other provisions that are considered to be derivatives. Such embedded derivatives are assessed at inception of the contract and depending on their characteristics, accounted for as separate derivative instruments and shown at their fair value in the balance sheet with changes in their fair value reported in earnings consistent with the nature of the commercial contract to which they relate.

        Derivatives are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same section as the underlying item. Cash flows from the settlement of undesignated derivatives used to manage the risks of different underlying items on a net basis, are classified within "Net cash provided by operating activities", as the underlying items are primarily operational in nature. Other cash flows on the settlement of derivatives are recorded within "Net cash used in investing activities".

Leases

        The Company leases primarily real estate and office equipment. Rental expense for operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term. Lease transactions where substantially all risks and rewards incident to ownership are transferred from the lessor to the lessee are accounted for as capital leases. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Amounts due under capital leases are recorded as a liability. The interest in assets acquired under capital leases is recorded as property, plant and equipment. Depreciation and amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Translation of foreign currencies and foreign exchange transactions

        The functional currency for most of the Company's subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable functional currencies into the Company's reporting currency is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for income statement accounts using average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are excluded from the determination of earnings and are recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the subsidiary is sold, substantially liquidated or evaluated for impairment in anticipation of disposal.

        Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, such as those resulting from foreign currency denominated receivables or payables, are included in the determination of earnings, except as they relate to intercompany loans that are equity-like in nature with no reasonable expectation of repayment, which are recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss". Exchange gains and losses recognized in earnings are included in "Total revenues", "Total cost of sales", "Selling, general

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

and administrative expenses" or "Interest and other finance expense" consistent with the nature of the underlying item.

Income taxes

        The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for deferred taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a deferred tax asset when it determines that it is more likely than not that the deduction will be sustained based upon the deduction's technical merit. Deferred tax assets and liabilities that can be offset against each other are reported on a net basis. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        Deferred taxes are provided on unredeemed retained earnings of the Company's subsidiaries. However, deferred taxes are not provided on such unredeemed retained earnings to the extent it is expected that the earnings are permanently reinvested. Such earnings may become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends.

        The Company operates in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, is regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of the Company's filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) guidelines and are based on its evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period.

        The Company applies a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Uncertain tax positions that could be settled against existing loss carryforwards or income tax credits are reported net.

        The expense related to tax penalties is classified in the Consolidated Income Statements as "Provision for taxes", while interest thereon is classified as "Interest and other finance expense".

Research and development

        Research and development costs not related to specific customer orders are generally expensed as incurred.

Earnings per share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options, outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company's

F-18


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

share-based payment arrangements. See further discussion related to earnings per share in Note 20 and of potentially dilutive securities in Note 18.

Share-based payment arrangements

        The Company has various share-based payment arrangements for its employees, which are described more fully in Note 18. Such arrangements are accounted for under the fair value method. For awards that are equity-settled, total compensation is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award at that date, and recorded in earnings over the period the employees are required to render service. For awards that are cash-settled, compensation is initially measured at grant date and subsequently remeasured at each reporting period, based on the fair value and vesting percentage of the award at each of those dates, with changes in the liability recorded in earnings.

Fair value measures

        The Company uses fair value measurement principles to record certain financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis and, when necessary, to record certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, as well as to determine fair value disclosures for certain financial instruments carried at amortized cost in the financial statements. Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include foreign currency, commodity and interest rate derivatives, as well as cash-settled call options and available-for-sale securities. Non-financial assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis include long-lived assets that are reduced to their estimated fair value due to impairments.

        Fair value is the price that would be received when selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques including the market approach (using observable market data for identical or similar assets and liabilities), the income approach (discounted cash flow models) and the cost approach (using costs a market participant would incur to develop a comparable asset). Inputs used to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities are defined by a three-level hierarchy, depending on the reliability of those inputs. The Company has categorized its financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets measured at fair value within this hierarchy based on whether the inputs to the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. An observable input is based on market data obtained from independent sources, while an unobservable input reflects the Company's assumptions about market data.

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1:   Valuation inputs consist of quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (observable quoted prices). Assets and liabilities valued using Level 1 inputs include exchange-traded equity securities, listed derivatives which are actively traded such as commodity futures, interest rate futures and certain actively-traded debt securities.

Level 2:

 

Valuation inputs consist of observable inputs (other than Level 1 inputs) such as actively-quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices in inactive markets and inputs other than quoted prices such as interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, or inputs derived from other observable data by interpolation, correlation, regression or other means. The adjustments applied to quoted prices or the inputs used in valuation models may be both observable and unobservable. In these cases, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 2 unless the unobservable portion of the adjustment or the unobservable input to the valuation model is significant, in which case the fair value measurement would be classified as Level 3. Assets and liabilities valued or disclosed using Level 2 inputs include investments in certain funds, reverse repurchase agreements, certain debt securities that are not actively traded, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps, cash-settled call options, forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign exchange swaps and forward rate agreements, as well as financing receivables and debt.

Level 3:

 

Valuation inputs are based on the Company's assumptions of relevant market data (unobservable input). The impairments of certain equity-method investments were calculated using Level 3 inputs.

        Whenever quoted prices involve bid-ask spreads, the Company ordinarily determines fair values based on mid-market quotes. However, for the purpose of determining the fair value of cash-settled call options serving as hedges of the Company's management incentive plan (MIP), bid prices are used.

        When determining fair values based on quoted prices in an active market, the Company considers if the level of transaction activity for the financial instrument has significantly decreased, or would not be considered orderly. In such cases, the resulting changes in valuation techniques would be disclosed. If the market is considered disorderly or if quoted prices are not available, the Company is required to use another valuation technique, such as an income approach.

        Disclosures about the Company's fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are included in Note 6.

Contingencies

        The Company is subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries, related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters, and is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for

F-20


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.

        The Company records a provision for its contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using the Company's best estimate of the amount of loss incurred or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, the Company may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, the Company records such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.

        The Company provides for anticipated costs for warranties when it recognizes revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design, material and workmanship in the Company's products. The Company makes individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order-specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities.

        The Company may have legal obligations to perform environmental clean-up activities related to land and buildings as a result of the normal operations of its business. In some cases, the timing or the method of settlement, or both, are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company, but the underlying obligation itself is unconditional and certain. The Company recognizes a provision for these obligations when it is probable that a liability for the clean-up activity has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of its fair value can be made. In some cases, a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle these matters may be recoverable. An asset is recorded when it is probable that such amounts are recoverable. Provisions for environmental obligations are not discounted to their present value when the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits

        The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The Company recognizes an asset for such a plan's overfunded status or a liability for such a plan's underfunded status in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company measures such a plan's assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year and recognizes the changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes are reported in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        The Company uses actuarial valuations to determine its pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates and expected return on plan assets. Current market conditions are considered in selecting these assumptions.

        The Company's various pension plan assets are assigned to their respective levels in the fair value hierarchy in accordance with the valuation principles described in the "Fair value measures" section above.

        See Note 17 for further discussion of the Company's employee benefit plans.

Business combinations

        The Company accounts for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations using the acquisition method and records these at their respective fair values. Contingent consideration is

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

recorded at fair value as an element of purchase price with subsequent adjustments recognized in income.

        Identifiable intangibles consist of intellectual property such as trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, patented and unpatented technology, in-process research and development, order backlog and capitalized software; these are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Such intangibles are subsequently subject to evaluation for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. See "Goodwill and other intangible assets" above. Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred. Upon gaining control of an entity in which an equity method or cost basis investment was held by the Company, the carrying value of that investment is adjusted to fair value with the related gain or loss recorded in income.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax base of assets and liabilities as well as uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date based on facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. These estimates are subject to change within the measurement period (a period of up to 12 months after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust the provisional acquisition amounts) with any adjustments to the preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill. Changes in deferred taxes, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets that occur after the measurement period are recognized in income.

New accounting pronouncements

Applicable in current period

Parent's accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity

        As of January 2014, the Company adopted an accounting standard update regarding the release of cumulative translation adjustments of a parent when it ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity (for the Company, a foreign entity is an entity having a functional currency other than U.S. dollars). Under the update, the Company is required to release into net income the entire amount of a cumulative translation adjustment related to its investment in a foreign entity when a parent no longer has control as a result of selling a part or all of its investment in the foreign entity or otherwise no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within the foreign entity. For foreign equity-accounted companies, a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment is required to be recognized in net income upon a partial sale of the equity-accounted company. This update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists

        As of January 2014, the Company adopted an accounting standard update regarding the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under the update, the Company is required to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain defined circumstances. This update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity

        In April 2014, an accounting standard update was issued which changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and modifies the related disclosure requirements. Under the update, the Company would report a disposal, or planned disposal, of a component or group of components, as a discontinued operation if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the Company's operations and financial results. A strategic shift could include a disposal of a major geographical area, a major line of business, a major equity-method investment, or other major parts of the Company. A component may be a reportable segment or an operating segment, a reporting unit, a subsidiary, or an asset group. In addition to expanding the existing disclosures for discontinued operations, the update requires new disclosures relating to (i) individually significant disposals that do not qualify for discontinued operations presentation, (ii) continuing involvement with a discontinued operation following the date of disposal and (iii) retained equity-method investments in a discontinued operation. The Company elected to early adopt this update in the first quarter of 2014 and this update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Applicable for future periods

Revenue from contracts with customers

        In May 2014, an accounting standard update was issued to clarify the principles for recognizing revenues from contracts with customers. The update, which supersedes substantially all existing revenue recognition guidance, provides a single comprehensive model for recognizing revenues on the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. Under the standard it is possible that more judgments and estimates would be required than under existing standards, including identifying the separate performance obligations in a contract, estimating any variable consideration elements, and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The update also requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

        The update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2017, and is to be applied either (i) retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented, with the option to elect certain defined practical expedients, or (ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the update recognized at the date of adoption in retained earnings (with additional disclosure as to the impact on individual financial statement lines affected). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 3—Acquisitions and business divestments

Acquisitions

        Acquisitions were as follows:

($ in millions, except number of acquired businesses)
  2014   2013   2012  

Acquisitions (net of cash acquired) (1)

    58     897     3,643  

Aggregate excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired (2)

    9     525     2,895  

Number of acquired businesses

    6     7     9  

(1)
Excluding changes in cost- and equity-accounted companies but including $2 million in 2013 and $5 million in 2012, representing the fair value of replacement vested stock options issued to Power-One and Thomas & Betts employees, respectively, at the corresponding acquisition dates.

(2)
Recorded as goodwill (see Note 11). Includes adjustments of $42 million in 2014 and $63 million in 2013 arising during the measurement period of acquisitions, primarily reflecting a reduction in certain deferred tax liabilities related to Power-One and Thomas & Betts, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions and business divestments (Continued)

        In the table above, the amount for "Acquisitions" and "Aggregate excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired" in 2013 relates primarily to the acquisition of Power-One Inc. (Power-One), while for 2012, the amount relates primarily to the acquisition of Thomas & Betts Corporation (Thomas & Betts).

        Acquisitions of controlling interests have been accounted for under the acquisition method and have been included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of acquisition.

        While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the purchase price allocation for acquisitions is preliminary for up to 12 months after the acquisition date and is subject to refinement as more detailed analyses are completed and additional information about the fair values of the assets and liabilities becomes available.

        On July 25, 2013, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Power-One for $6.35 per share in cash. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $737 million, representing $705 million for the purchase of the shares (net of cash acquired) and $32 million related to the cash settlement of Power-One stock options held at the acquisition date. Power-One is a provider of renewable energy solutions and a designer and manufacturer of photovoltaic inverters. During 2014, the Company disposed of the Power Solutions business of Power-One, which provided energy-efficient power conversion and power management solutions.

        The final aggregate allocation of the purchase consideration for business acquisitions in 2013, was as follows:

($ in millions)
  Allocated amounts (1)   Weighted-average
useful life

Intangible assets

    208   7 years

Fixed assets

    124    

Deferred tax liabilities

    (74 )  

Other assets and liabilities, net

    93    

Goodwill (2)

    546    

Total consideration (net of cash acquired)

    897    

(1)
Excludes measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions.

(2)
Goodwill recognized is not deductible for income tax purposes.

        On May 16, 2012, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Thomas & Betts for $72 per share in cash. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $3,700 million, representing $3,282 million for the purchase of the shares (net of cash acquired of $521 million), $94 million related to cash settlement of Thomas & Betts stock options held at acquisition date and $324 million for the repayment of debt assumed upon acquisition. Thomas & Betts designs, manufactures and markets components used to manage the connection, distribution, transmission and reliability of electrical power in industrial, construction and utility applications. The acquisition of Thomas & Betts supports the Company's strategy of expanding its Low Voltage Products operating segment into new geographies, sectors and products, and consequently the goodwill acquired represents the future benefits associated with the expansion of market access and product scope.

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions and business divestments (Continued)

        The final allocation of the purchase consideration for the Thomas & Betts acquisition in 2012 was as follows:

($ in millions)
  Allocated amounts   Weighted-
average useful life

Customer relationships

    1,169   18 years

Technology

    179   5 years

Trade names

    155   10 years

Order backlog

    12   7.5 months

Intangible assets

    1,515   15 years

Fixed assets

    458    

Debt acquired

    (619 )  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (971 )  

Inventories

    300    

Other assets and liabilities, net (1)

    49    

Goodwill (2)

    2,649    

Total consideration (net of cash acquired) (3)

    3,381    

(1)
Gross receivables from the acquisition totaled $387 million; the fair value of which was $344 million after rebates and allowance for estimated uncollectable receivables.

(2)
Goodwill recognized is not deductible for income tax purposes.

(3)
Cash acquired in the acquisition totaled $521 million. Additional consideration for the acquisition included $94 million related to the cash settlement of stock options held by Thomas & Betts employees at the acquisition date and $5 million representing the fair value of replacement vested stock options issued to Thomas & Betts employees at the acquisition date. The fair value of these stock options was estimated using a Black-Scholes model.

        The Company's Consolidated Income Statement for 2012 includes total revenues of $1,541 million and a net loss (including acquisition-related charges) of $10 million in respect of Thomas & Betts since the date of acquisition.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined pro forma results of the Company and Thomas & Betts for 2012, as if Thomas & Betts had been acquired on January 1, 2011.

($ in millions)
  2012  

Total revenues

    40,251  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,924  

        The unaudited pro forma results above include certain adjustments related to the Thomas & Betts acquisition. The table below summarizes the adjustments necessary to present the pro forma financial

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions and business divestments (Continued)

information of the Company and Thomas & Betts combined, as if Thomas & Betts had been acquired on January 1, 2011.

 
  Adjustments  
($ in millions)
  2012  

Impact on cost of sales from additional amortization of intangible assets (excluding order backlog capitalized upon acquisition)

    (26 )

Impact on cost of sales from amortization of order backlog capitalized upon acquisition

    11  

Impact on cost of sales from fair valuing acquired inventory

    31  

Impact on cost of sales from additional depreciation of fixed assets

    (12 )

Interest expense on Thomas & Betts debt

    5  

Impact on selling, general and administrative expenses from Thomas & Betts stock-option plans adjustments

    16  

Impact on selling, general and administrative expenses from acquisition-related costs

    56  

Impact on interest and other finance expense from bridging facility costs

    13  

Other

    (5 )

Income taxes

    (7 )

Total pro forma adjustments

    82  

        The pro forma results are for information purposes only and do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the planned integration of Thomas & Betts. Accordingly, such pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the date indicated, nor are they indicative of the future operating results of the combined company.

        The aggregate allocation of the purchase consideration for other business acquisitions in 2012, excluding Thomas & Betts, was as follows:

($ in millions)
  Allocated
amounts
 

Intangible assets

    68  

Fixed assets

    25  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (24 )

Other assets and liabilities, net

    21  

Goodwill

    172  

Total consideration (net of cash acquired)

    262  

Business divestments

        In 2014, the Company received proceeds of $1,090 million (net of transaction costs and cash disposed) relating to divestments of consolidated businesses and recorded net gains of $543 million in "Other income (expense), net". In 2013 and 2012, there were no significant amounts recognized from divestments of consolidated businesses.

F-26


Table of Contents

Note 4—Cash and equivalents, marketable securities and short-term investments

Current assets

        Cash and equivalents and marketable securities and short-term investments consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2014  
($ in millions)
  Cost basis   Gross
unrealized
gains
  Gross
unrealized
losses
  Fair value   Cash and
equivalents
  Marketable
securities
and
short-term
investments
 

Cash

    2,218                 2,218     2,218        

Time deposits

    3,340                 3,340     3,140     200  

Other short-term investments

    225                 225           225  

Debt securities available-for-sale:

                                     

—U.S. government obligations

    135     2     (1 )   136         136  

—Other government obligations

    2             2         2  

—Corporate

    734     4     (1 )   737     85     652  

Equity securities available-for-sale

    98     12         110         110  

Total

    6,752     18     (2 )   6,768     5,443     1,325  

 

 
  December 31, 2013  
($ in millions)
  Cost basis   Gross
unrealized
gains
  Gross
unrealized
losses
  Fair value   Cash and
equivalents
  Marketable
securities
and
short-term
investments
 

Cash

    2,414                 2,414     2,414        

Time deposits

    3,556                 3,556     3,538     18  

Other short-term investments

    9                 9           9  

Debt securities available-for-sale:

                                     

—U.S. government obligations

    103     2     (1 )   104         104  

—European government obligations

    24     1         25         25  

—Other government obligations

    3             3         3  

—Corporate

    212     4     (1 )   215     69     146  

Equity securities available-for-sale

    154     9     (4 )   159         159  

Total

    6,475     16     (6 )   6,485     6,021     464  

        Included in Other short-term investments at December 31, 2014, are receivables of $219 million representing reverse repurchase agreements. These collateralized lendings, made to a financial institution, have maturity dates of less than one year.

Non-current assets

        Included in "Other non-current assets" are certain held-to-maturity marketable securities. At December 31, 2014, the amortized cost, gross unrecognized gain and fair value (based on quoted market prices) of these securities were $95 million, $14 million and $109 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the amortized cost, gross unrecognized gain and fair value (based on quoted market prices) of these securities were $104 million, $17 million and $121 million, respectively. These securities are pledged as security for certain outstanding deposit liabilities and the funds received at the respective maturity dates of the securities will only be available to the Company for repayment of these obligations.

F-27


Table of Contents

Note 4—Cash and equivalents, marketable securities and short-term investments (Continued)

Gains, losses and contractual maturities

        Gross realized gains (reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to income) on available-for-sale securities totaled $2 million, $10 million and $3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gross realized losses (reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to income) on available-for-sale securities totaled $23 million in 2014 and were not significant in 2013 and 2012. Such gains and losses were included in "Interest and other finance expense".

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, other-than-temporary impairments recognized on available-for-sale equity securities were not significant.

        At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position were not significant and the Company does not intend and does not expect to be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their amortized cost.

        There were no sales of held-to-maturity securities in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

        Contractual maturities of debt securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2014  
 
  Available-for-sale   Held-to-maturity  
($ in millions)
  Cost basis   Fair value   Cost basis   Fair value  

Less than one year

    637     637          

One to five years

    178     181     75     85  

Six to ten years

    56     57     20     24  

Total

    871     875     95     109  

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company pledged $95 million and $97 million, respectively, of available-for-sale marketable securities as collateral for issued letters of credit and other security arrangements.

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments

        The Company is exposed to certain currency, commodity, interest rate and equity risks arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities. The Company uses derivative instruments to reduce and manage the economic impact of these exposures.

Currency risk

        Due to the global nature of the Company's operations, many of its subsidiaries are exposed to currency risk in their operating activities from entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency. To manage such currency risks, the Company's policies require the subsidiaries to hedge their foreign currency exposures from binding sales and purchase contracts denominated in foreign currencies. For forecasted foreign currency denominated sales of standard products and the related foreign currency denominated purchases, the Company's policy is to hedge up to a maximum of 100 percent of the forecasted foreign currency denominated exposures, depending on the length of the forecasted exposures. Forecasted exposures greater than 12 months are not hedged. Forward foreign exchange contracts are the main instrument used to protect the Company against the volatility of future cash flows (caused by changes in exchange rates) of contracted and forecasted sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, within its treasury operations, the Company primarily

F-28


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

uses foreign exchange swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency and timing mismatches arising in its liquidity management activities.

Commodity risk

        Various commodity products are used in the Company's manufacturing activities. Consequently it is exposed to volatility in future cash flows arising from changes in commodity prices. To manage the price risk of commodities other than electricity, the Company's policies require that the subsidiaries hedge the commodity price risk exposures from binding contracts, as well as at least 50 percent (up to a maximum of 100 percent) of the forecasted commodity exposure over the next 12 months or longer (up to a maximum of 18 months). Primarily swap contracts are used to manage the associated price risks of commodities. As of 2014, the Company no longer enters into electricity futures contracts to manage the price risk on its forecasted electricity needs in certain locations.

Interest rate risk

        The Company has issued bonds at fixed rates. Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate risk associated with certain debt and generally such swaps are designated as fair value hedges. In addition, from time to time, the Company uses instruments such as interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, bond futures or forward rate agreements to manage interest rate risk arising from the Company's balance sheet structure but does not designate such instruments as hedges.

Equity risk

        The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the fair value of its warrant appreciation rights (WARs) issued under its MIP. A WAR gives its holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise. To eliminate such risk, the Company has purchased cash-settled call options which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs.

Volume of derivative activity

        In general, while the Company's primary objective in its use of derivatives is to minimize exposures arising from its business, certain derivatives are designated and qualify for hedge accounting treatment while others either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives

        The gross notional amounts of outstanding foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not) were as follows:

 
  Total notional amounts at
December 31,
 
Type of derivative
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Foreign exchange contracts

    18,564     19,351     19,724  

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

    3,013     3,049     3,572  

Interest rate contracts

    2,242     4,693     3,983  

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

Derivative commodity contracts

        The following table shows the notional amounts of outstanding commodity derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not), on a net basis, to reflect the Company's requirements in the various commodities:

 
   
  Total notional amounts at
December 31,
 
Type of derivative
  Unit   2014   2013   2012  

Copper swaps

  metric tonnes     46,520     42,866     45,222  

Aluminum swaps

  metric tonnes     3,846     3,525     5,495  

Nickel swaps

  metric tonnes         18     21  

Lead swaps

  metric tonnes     6,550     7,100     13,025  

Zinc swaps

  metric tonnes     200     300     225  

Silver swaps

  ounces     1,996,845     1,936,581     1,415,322  

Electricity futures

  megawatt hours         279,995     334,445  

Crude oil swaps

  barrels     128,000     113,000     135,471  

Equity derivatives

        At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company held 61 million, 67 million and 67 million cash-settled call options indexed to ABB Ltd shares (conversion ratio 5:1) with a total fair value of $33 million, $56 million and $26 million, respectively.

Cash flow hedges

        As noted above, the Company mainly uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk of its operations, commodity swaps to manage its commodity risks and cash-settled call options to hedge its WAR liabilities. Where such instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in their fair value is recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same line item and in the same period as the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship, or hedge component excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, is recognized in earnings during the current period.

        At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" included net unrealized losses of $21 million and net unrealized gains of $22 million and $37 million, respectively, net of tax, on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. Of the amount at December 31, 2014, net losses of $12 million are expected to be reclassified to earnings in 2015. At December 31, 2014, the longest maturity of a derivative classified as a cash flow hedge was 57 months.

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the amounts of gains or losses, net of tax, reclassified into earnings due to the discontinuance of cash flow hedge accounting and recognized in earnings due to ineffectiveness in cash flow hedge relationships were not significant.

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

        The pre-tax effects of derivative instruments, designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, on "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" (OCI) and the Consolidated Income Statements were as follows:

2014  
 
  Gains (losses)
recognized in
OCI on
derivatives
(effective
portion)
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Gains (losses) reclassified from
OCI into income (effective portion)
  Gains (losses) recognized in income
(ineffective portion and amount
excluded from effectiveness testing)
 
Type of derivative designated
as a cash flow hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  ($ in millions)   Location   Location  

Foreign exchange contracts

    (42 ) Total revenues     (9 ) Total revenues      

        Total cost of sales     8   Total cost of sales      

Commodity contracts

    (7 ) Total cost of sales     (3 ) Total cost of sales      

Cash-settled call options

    (16 ) SG&A expenses (1)     (6 ) SG&A expenses (1)      

Total

    (65 )       (10 )        


2013  
 
  Gains (losses)
recognized in
OCI on
derivatives
(effective
portion)
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Gains (losses) reclassified from
OCI into income (effective portion)
  Gains (losses) recognized in income
(ineffective portion and amount
excluded from effectiveness testing)
 
Type of derivative designated
as a cash flow hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  ($ in millions)   Location   Location  

Foreign exchange contracts

    22   Total revenues     52   Total revenues      

        Total cost of sales     (1 ) Total cost of sales      

Commodity contracts

    (5 ) Total cost of sales     (5 ) Total cost of sales      

Cash-settled call options

    16   SG&A expenses (1)     8   SG&A expenses (1)      

Total

    33         54          


2012  
 
  Gains (losses)
recognized in
OCI on
derivatives
(effective
portion)
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Gains (losses) reclassified from
OCI into income (effective portion)
  Gains (losses) recognized in income
(ineffective portion and amount
excluded from effectiveness testing)
 
Type of derivative designated
as a cash flow hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  ($ in millions)   Location   Location  

Foreign exchange contracts

    74   Total revenues     69   Total revenues      

        Total cost of sales     (12 ) Total cost of sales      

Commodity contracts

    4   Total cost of sales     (4 ) Total cost of sales      

Cash-settled call options

    (4 ) SG&A expenses (1)     (11 ) SG&A expenses (1)      

Total

    74         42          

(1)
SG&A expenses represent "Selling, general and administrative expenses".

        Net derivative losses of $9 million and net derivative gains of $43 million and $28 million, net of tax, were reclassified from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" to earnings during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

Fair value hedges

        To reduce its interest rate exposure arising primarily from its debt issuance activities, the Company uses interest rate swaps. Where such instruments are designated as fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these instruments, as well as the changes in fair value of the risk component of the underlying debt being hedged, are recorded as offsetting gains and losses in "Interest and other finance expense". Hedge ineffectiveness of instruments designated as fair value hedges in 2014, 2013 and 2012, was not significant.

        The effect of derivative instruments, designated and qualifying as fair value hedges, on the Consolidated Income Statements was as follows:

2014  
 
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on derivatives
designated as fair value hedges
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on hedged item  
Type of derivative
designated as a fair
value hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  Location   Location  

Interest rate contracts

  Interest and other finance expense     84   Interest and other finance expense     (83 )


2013  
 
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on derivatives
designated as fair value hedges
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on hedged item  
Type of derivative
designated as a fair
value hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  Location   Location  

Interest rate contracts

  Interest and other finance expense     (34 ) Interest and other finance expense     35  


2012  
 
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on derivatives
designated as fair value hedges
  Gains (losses) recognized in income on hedged item  
Type of derivative
designated as a fair
value hedge
 
   
  ($ in millions)    
  ($ in millions)  
 
  Location   Location  

Interest rate contracts

  Interest and other finance expense     6   Interest and other finance expense     (6 )

Derivatives not designated in hedge relationships

        Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges or do not qualify as either cash flow or fair value hedges are economic hedges used for risk management purposes. Gains and losses from changes in the fair values of such derivatives are recognized in the same line in the income statement as the economically hedged transaction.

        Furthermore, under certain circumstances, the Company is required to split and account separately for foreign currency derivatives that are embedded within certain binding sales or purchase contracts denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the subsidiary and the counterparty.

F-32


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

        The gains (losses) recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships were as follows:

 
  Gains (losses) recognized in income  
($ in millions)
Type of derivative not designated as a hedge
  Location   2014   2013   2012  

Foreign exchange contracts

  Total revenues     (533 )   (95 )   318  

  Total cost of sales     19     80     (193 )

  SG&A expenses (1)     2     (1 )   (3 )

  Interest and other finance expense     (260 )   223     68  

Embedded foreign exchange contracts

  Total revenues     149     101     (148 )

  Total cost of sales     (27 )   (10 )   28  

Commodity contracts

  Total cost of sales     (28 )   (50 )   10  

  Interest and other finance expense     1     1     1  

Interest rate contracts

  Interest and other finance expense     (1 )   (3 )   (1 )

Cash-settled call options

  Interest and other finance expense     (1 )        

Total

        (679 )   246     80  

(1)
SG&A expenses represent "Selling, general and administrative expenses".

        The fair values of derivatives included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014  
 
  Derivative assets   Derivative liabilities  
($ in millions)
  Current in
"Other current
assets"
  Non-current
in "Other
non-current
assets"
  Current in
"Other current
liabilities"
  Non-current
in "Other
non-current
liabilities"
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                         

Foreign exchange contracts

    9     9     20     16  

Commodity contracts

            3      

Interest rate contracts

        85          

Cash-settled call options

    21     11          

Total

    30     105     23     16  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                         

Foreign exchange contracts

    156     25     369     72  

Commodity contracts

    4         19     3  

Cash-settled call options

    1     1          

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

    98     58     27     17  

Total

    259     84     415     92  

Total fair value

    289     189     438     108  

Thereof, subject to close-out netting agreements

    164     119     399     90  

F-33


Table of Contents

Note 5—Derivative financial instruments (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2013  
 
  Derivative assets   Derivative liabilities  
($ in millions)
  Current in
"Other current
assets"
  Non-current
in "Other
non-current
assets"
  Current in
"Other current
liabilities"
  Non-current
in "Other
non-current
liabilities"
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                         

Foreign exchange contracts

    21     8     10     3  

Commodity contracts

    2         1      

Interest rate contracts

        14         7  

Cash-settled call options

    14     40          

Total

    37     62     11     10  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                         

Foreign exchange contracts

    272     42     121     30  

Commodity contracts

    6     1     15     1  

Cash-settled call options

        2          

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

    57     21     55     11  

Total

    335     66     191     42  

Total fair value

    372     128     202     52  

Thereof, subject to close-out netting agreements

    284     63     130     40  

        Close-out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre-defined trigger events.

        Although the Company is party to close-out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties, the fair values in the tables above and in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, have been presented on a gross basis.

F-34


Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values

Recurring fair value measures

        The fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014  
($ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Assets

                         

Available-for-sale securities in "Cash and equivalents":

                         

Debt securities—Corporate

        85         85  

Available-for-sale securities in "Marketable securities and short-term investments":

                         

Equity securities

        110         110  

Debt securities—U.S. government obligations

    136             136  

Debt securities—Other government obligations

        2         2  

Debt securities—Corporate

        652         652  

Derivative assets—current in "Other current assets"

        289         289  

Derivative assets—non-current in "Other non-current assets"

        189         189  

Total

    136     1,327         1,463  

Liabilities

                         

Derivative liabilities—current in "Other current liabilities"

        438         438  

Derivative liabilities—non-current in "Other non-current liabilities"

        108         108  

Total

        546         546  

 

 
  December 31, 2013  
($ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Assets

                         

Available-for-sale securities in "Cash and equivalents":

                         

Debt securities—Corporate

        69         69  

Available-for-sale securities in "Marketable securities and short-term investments":

                         

Equity securities

        159         159  

Debt securities—U.S. government obligations

    104             104  

Debt securities—European government obligations

    25             25  

Debt securities—Other government obligations

        3         3  

Debt securities—Corporate

        146         146  

Derivative assets—current in "Other current assets"

        372         372  

Derivative assets—non-current in "Other non-current assets"

        128         128  

Total

    129     877         1,006  

Liabilities

                         

Derivative liabilities—current in "Other current liabilities"

    3     199         202  

Derivative liabilities—non-current in "Other non-current liabilities"

        52         52  

Total

    3     251         254  

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

        The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

    Available-for-sale securities in "Cash and equivalents", "Marketable securities and short-term investments" and "Other non-current assets":   If quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets are available, these are considered Level 1 inputs; however, when markets are not active, these inputs are considered Level 2. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using market prices for similar assets or present value techniques, applying an appropriate risk-free interest rate adjusted for nonperformance risk. The inputs used in present value techniques are observable and fall into the Level 2 category.

    Derivatives:   The fair values of derivative instruments are determined using quoted prices of identical instruments from an active market, if available (Level 1). If quoted prices are not available, price quotes for similar instruments, appropriately adjusted, or present value techniques, based on available market data, or option pricing models are used. Cash-settled call options hedging the Company's WAR liability are valued based on bid prices of the equivalent listed warrant. The fair values obtained using price quotes for similar instruments or valuation techniques represent a Level 2 input unless significant unobservable inputs are used.

Non-recurring fair value measures

        There were no significant non-recurring fair value measurements during 2014 and 2013.

Disclosure about financial instruments carried on a cost basis

        The fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2014  
($ in millions)
  Carrying
value
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Assets

                               

Cash and equivalents (excluding available-for-sale securities with original maturities up to 3 months):

                               

Cash

    2,218     2,218             2,218  

Time deposits

    3,140         3,140         3,140  

Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding available-for-sale securities):

                               

Time deposits

    200         200         200  

Receivables under reverse repurchase agreements

    219         219         219  

Other short-term investments

    6     6             6  

Other non-current assets:

                               

Loans granted

    41         44         44  

Held-to-maturity securities

    95         109         109  

Restricted cash and cash deposits

    198     64     161         225  

Liabilities

                               

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    324     115     209         324  

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    7,224     6,148     1,404         7,552  

Non-current deposit liabilities in "Other non-current liabilities"

    222         267         267  

F-36


Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2013  
($ in millions)
  Carrying
value
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Assets

                               

Cash and equivalents (excluding available-for-sale securities with original maturities up to 3 months):

                               

Cash

    2,414     2,414             2,414  

Time deposits

    3,538         3,538         3,538  

Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding available-for-sale securities):

                               

Time deposits

    18         18         18  

Other short-term investments

    9     9             9  

Other non-current assets:

                               

Loans granted

    54         52         52  

Held-to-maturity securities

    104         121         121  

Restricted cash and cash deposits

    276     95     219         314  

Liabilities

                               

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    424     107     317         424  

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

    7,475     6,241     1,333         7,574  

Non-current deposit liabilities in "Other non-current liabilities"

    279         338         338  

        In the above table, certain amounts, included in Long-term debt, previously disclosed at Level 1 at December 31, 2013, have been presented as Level 2.

        The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis:

    Cash and equivalents (excluding available-for-sale securities with original maturities up to 3 months), and Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding available-for-sale securities):   The carrying amounts approximate the fair values as the items are short-term in nature.

    Other non-current assets:   Includes (i) loans granted whose fair values are based on the carrying amount adjusted using a present value technique to reflect a premium or discount based on current market interest rates (Level 2 inputs), (ii) held-to-maturity securities (see Note 4) whose fair values are based on quoted market prices in inactive markets (Level 2 inputs), (iii) restricted cash whose fair values approximate the carrying amounts (Level 1) and (iv) cash deposits pledged in respect of certain non-current deposit liabilities whose fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on current market interest rates (Level 2 inputs).

    Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations):   Includes commercial paper, bank borrowings and overdrafts. The carrying amounts of short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, approximate their fair values.

    Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations):   Fair values of outstanding bonds are determined using quoted market prices (Level 1 inputs), if available. For other bonds and other long-term debt, the fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based upon borrowing rates of similar debt instruments and reflecting appropriate adjustments for non-performance risk (Level 2 inputs).

F-37


Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

    Non-current deposit liabilities in "Other non-current liabilities":   The fair values of non-current deposit liabilities are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on risk-adjusted interest rates (Level 2 inputs).

Note 7—Receivables, net

        "Receivables, net" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Trade receivables

    7,715     8,360  

Other receivables

    701     802  

Allowance

    (279 )   (317 )

    8,137     8,845  

Unbilled receivables, net:

             

Costs and estimated profits in excess of billings

    4,087     4,552  

Advance payments consumed

    (1,146 )   (1,251 )

    2,941     3,301  

Total

    11,078     12,146  

        "Trade receivables" in the table above includes contractual retention amounts billed to customers of $489 million and $552 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Management expects that the substantial majority of related contracts will be completed and the substantial majority of the billed amounts retained by the customer will be collected. Of the retention amounts outstanding at December 31, 2014, 65 percent and 29 percent are expected to be collected in 2015 and 2016, respectively.

        "Other receivables" in the table above consists of value added tax, claims, rental deposits and other non-trade receivables.

        "Costs and estimated profits in excess of billings" in the table above represents revenues earned and recognized for contracts under the percentage-of-completion or completed-contract method of accounting. Management expects that the majority of the amounts will be collected within one year of the respective balance sheet date.

        The reconciliation of changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Balance at January 1,

    317     271     227  

Additions

    103     147     155  

Deductions

    (118 )   (92 )   (113 )

Exchange rate differences

    (23 )   (9 )   2  

Balance at December 31,

    279     317     271  

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 8—Inventories, net

        "Inventories, net" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Raw materials

    2,105     2,403  

Work in process

    1,761     1,893  

Finished goods

    1,572     1,834  

Advances to suppliers

    253     246  

    5,691     6,376  

Advance payments consumed

    (315 )   (372 )

Total

    5,376     6,004  

        "Work in process" in the table above contains inventoried costs relating to long-term contracts of $338 million and $358 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. "Advance payments consumed" in the table above relates to contractual advances received from customers on work in process.

Note 9—Other non-current assets

        "Other non-current assets" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Pledged financial assets

    229     285  

Derivatives (including embedded derivatives) (see Note 5)

    189     128  

Investments

    65     72  

Restricted cash

    64     95  

Loans granted (see Note 6)

    41     54  

Other

    139     124  

Total

    727     758  

        The Company entered into structured leasing transactions with U.S. investors prior to 1999. Certain amounts were transacted at the inception of the leasing arrangements and are included above as "Pledged financial assets". These assets are pledged as security for certain outstanding deposit liabilities included in "Other non-current liabilities" (see Note 13) and the funds received upon maturity of the respective pledged financial assets will only be available to the Company for repayment of these obligations.

        "Investments" represents shares and other equity investments carried at cost.

        "Loans granted" is reported in the balance sheet at outstanding principal amount less any write-offs or allowance for uncollectible loans and primarily represents financing arrangements provided to customers (relating to products manufactured by the Company).

F-39


Table of Contents

Note 10—Property, plant and equipment, net

        "Property, plant and equipment, net" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Land and buildings

    4,142     4,478  

Machinery and equipment

    7,762     8,258  

Construction in progress

    653     645  

    12,557     13,381  

Accumulated depreciation

    (6,905 )   (7,127 )

Total

    5,652     6,254  

        Assets under capital leases included in "Property, plant and equipment, net" were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Land and buildings

    192     112  

Machinery and equipment

    88     98  

    280     210  

Accumulated depreciation

    (163 )   (115 )

Total

    117     95  

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, depreciation, including depreciation of assets under capital leases, was $851 million, $842 million and $733 million, respectively.

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets

        Changes in "Goodwill" were as follows:

($ in millions)
  Discrete
Automation
and Motion
  Low
Voltage
Products
  Process
Automation
  Power
Products
  Power
Systems
  Corporate
and Other
  Total  

Cost at January 1, 2013

    3,420     3,147     1,140     734     1,762     41     10,244  

Accumulated impairment charges

                        (18 )   (18 )

Balance at January 1, 2013

    3,420     3,147     1,140     734     1,762     23     10,226  

Goodwill acquired during the year (1)

    485     (45 )   85                 525  

Goodwill allocated to disposals

    (9 )       (2 )               (11 )

Exchange rate differences

    18     (43 )   6     2     (53 )       (70 )

Balance at December 31, 2013

    3,914     3,059     1,229     736     1,709     23     10,670  

Goodwill acquired during the year (1)

    (52 )   1     24     9         27     9  

Goodwill allocated to disposals

        (181 )   (19 )       (7 )   (27 )   (234 )

Exchange rate differences and other

    (92 )   (172 )   (60 )   (25 )   (42 )   (1 )   (392 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    3,770     2,707     1,174     720     1,660     22     10,053  

(1)
Amounts include adjustments arising during the twelve-month measurement period subsequent to the respective acquisition date.

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        In 2014, goodwill allocated to disposals primarily related to the divestments of the Meyer Steel Structures and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) businesses of Thomas & Betts included in the Low Voltage Products division.

        In 2013, goodwill acquired primarily related to Power-One, acquired in July 2013, which was allocated to the Discrete Automation and Motion operating segment.

        Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
amount
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
amount
 

Capitalized software for internal use

    719     (599 )   120     767     (618 )   149  

Capitalized software for sale

    405     (354 )   51     432     (384 )   48  

Intangibles other than software:

                                     

Customer-related

    2,618     (623 )   1,995     2,773     (481 )   2,292  

Technology-related

    607     (304 )   303     867     (374 )   493  

Marketing-related

    314     (120 )   194     400     (99 )   301  

Other

    72     (33 )   39     63     (49 )   14  

Total

    4,735     (2,033 )   2,702     5,302     (2,005 )   3,297  

        Additions to intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Capitalized software for internal use

    52     66  

Capitalized software for sale

    28     26  

Intangibles other than software:

             

Customer-related

        82  

Technology-related

        110  

Marketing-related

        16  

Other

    16      

Total

    96     300  

        Intangible assets from business combinations in 2014 were not significant. Included in the additions of $300 million in 2013 were the following intangible assets other than goodwill related to business combinations:

 
  2013    
($ in millions)
  Amount acquired   Weighted-average
useful life

Customer-related (1)

    82   11 years

Technology-related

    108   4 years

Marketing-related

    16   10 years

Total

    206   7 years

(1)
Includes the fair value of order backlog acquired in business combinations.

F-41


Table of Contents

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        Amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Capitalized software for internal use

    72     81     79  

Capitalized software for sale

    20     34     38  

Intangibles other than software

    362     361     332  

Total

    454     476     449  

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, impairment charges on intangible assets other than goodwill were not significant.

        At December 31, 2014, future amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill is estimated to be:

 
  ($ in millions)  

2015

    404  

2016

    362  

2017

    275  

2018

    191  

2019

    165  

Thereafter

    1,305  

Total

    2,702  

Note 12—Debt

        The Company's total debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $7,691 million and $8,023 million, respectively.

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

        The Company's "Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Short-term debt (weighted-average interest rate of 5.8% and 6.9%, respectively)

    299     423  

Current maturities of long-term debt (weighted-average nominal interest rate of 5.9% and 3.6%, respectively)

    54     30  

Total

    353     453  

        Short-term debt primarily represented short-term loans from various banks and issued commercial paper.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had in place two commercial paper programs: a $2 billion Euro-commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies (which replaced the previous $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program in February 2014), and a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper in the United States. During 2014, the Company terminated its 5 billion Swedish krona commercial paper program which provided for the issuance of Swedish krona and euro-denominated commercial paper.

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, $120 million and $100 million, respectively, was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States.

        In addition, during 2014, the Company replaced its $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility, maturing 2015, with a new 5-year multicurrency credit facility. The new credit facility matures in 2019 but the Company has the option in 2015 and 2016 to extend the maturity to 2020 and 2021, respectively. The facility is for general corporate purposes. Interest costs on drawings under the facility are LIBOR or EURIBOR (depending on the currency of the drawings) plus a margin of 0.20 percent, while commitment fees (payable on the unused portion of the facility) amount to 35 percent of the margin, which represents commitment fees of 0.07 percent per annum. Utilization fees, payable on drawings, amount to 0.075 percent per annum on drawings up to one-third of the facility, 0.15 percent per annum on drawings in excess of one-third but less than or equal to two-thirds of the facility, or 0.30 percent per annum on drawings over two-thirds of the facility. No amount was drawn at December 31, 2014 and 2013, under either of the facilities. The new facility contains cross-default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if the Company were to default on indebtedness as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.

Long-term debt

        The Company utilizes derivative instruments to modify the interest characteristics of its long-term debt. In particular, the Company uses interest rate swaps to effectively convert certain fixed-rate long-term debt into floating rate obligations. The carrying value of debt, designated as being hedged by fair value hedges, is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the risk component of the debt being hedged.

        The following table summarizes the Company's long-term debt considering the effect of interest rate swaps. Consequently, a fixed-rate debt subject to a fixed-to-floating interest rate swap is included as a floating rate debt in the table below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions, except % data)
  Balance   Nominal
rate
  Effective
rate
  Balance   Nominal
rate
  Effective
rate
 

Floating rate

    2,318     2.7 %   1.1 %   2,211     2.7 %   1.2 %

Fixed rate

    5,074     3.2 %   3.2 %   5,389     3.1 %   3.1 %

    7,392                 7,600              

Current portion of long-term debt

    (54 )   5.9 %   5.9 %   (30 )   3.6 %   3.6 %

Total

    7,338                 7,570              

        At December 31, 2014, the principal amounts of long-term debt repayable (excluding capital lease obligations) at maturity were as follows:

 
  ($ in millions)  

2015

    25  

2016

    1,140  

2017

    869  

2018

    354  

2019

    1,523  

Thereafter

    3,273  

Total

    7,184  

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

        Details of the Company's outstanding bonds were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
 
   
  Nominal
outstanding
  Carrying
value (1)
   
  Nominal
outstanding
  Carrying
value (1)
 
 
   
  (in millions)
   
  (in millions)
 

Bonds:

                                 

2.5% USD Notes, due 2016

  USD     600   $ 599   USD     600   $ 598  

1.25% CHF Bonds, due 2016

  CHF     500   $ 512   CHF     500   $ 568  

1.625% USD Notes, due 2017

  USD     500   $ 498   USD     500   $ 498  

4.25% AUD Notes, due 2017

  AUD     400   $ 335   AUD     400   $ 353  

1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018

  CHF     350   $ 354   CHF     350   $ 393  

2.625% EUR Instruments, due 2019

  EUR     1,250   $ 1,518   EUR     1,250   $ 1,722  

4.0% USD Notes, due 2021

  USD     650   $ 643   USD     650   $ 642  

2.25% CHF Bonds, due 2021

  CHF     350   $ 381   CHF     350   $ 396  

5.625% USD Notes, due 2021

  USD     250   $ 283   USD     250   $ 287  

2.875% USD Notes, due 2022

  USD     1,250   $ 1,275   USD     1,250   $ 1,230  

4.375% USD Notes, due 2042

  USD     750   $ 728   USD     750   $ 727  

Total

            $ 7,126             $ 7,414  

(1)
USD carrying values include bond discounts or premiums, as well as adjustments for fair value hedge accounting, where appropriate.

        The 2.5% USD Notes, due 2016, and the 4.0% USD Notes, due 2021, pay interest semi-annually in arrears, at fixed annual rates of 2.5 percent and 4.0 percent, respectively. The Company may redeem these notes prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.

        The 1.25% CHF Bonds, due 2016, and the 2.25% Bonds, due 2021, pay interest annually in arrears, at fixed annual rates of 1.25 percent and 2.25 percent, respectively. The Company has the option to redeem the bonds prior to maturity, in whole, at par plus accrued interest, if 85 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds has been redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate Swiss franc obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long-term debt above.

        The 1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018, were issued in January 2012, and the Company recorded net proceeds of CHF 346 million (equivalent to approximately $370 million on date of issuance). The bonds have an aggregate principal of CHF 350 million and pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 1.5 percent. The Company has the option to redeem the bonds prior to maturity, in whole, at par plus accrued interest, if 85 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds has been redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

        The 2.625% EUR Instruments, due 2019, were issued in March 2012, and the Company recorded proceeds (net of fees) of EUR 1,245 million (equivalent to approximately $1,648 million on date of issuance). The instruments have an aggregate principal of EUR 1,250 million and pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 2.625 percent per annum.

F-44


Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

        In May 2012, the Company issued the following notes (i) $500 million of 1.625% USD Notes, due 2017, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 1.625 percent, (ii) $1,250 million of 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 2.875 percent, and (iii) $750 million of 4.375% USD Notes, due 2042, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 4.375 percent. The Company may redeem these notes prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date. The aggregate net proceeds of these bond issues, after underwriting discount and other fees, amounted to $2,431 million. These notes, registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, were issued by ABB Finance (USA) Inc., a 100 percent owned finance subsidiary, and were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by ABB Ltd. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the parent company to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. In reliance on Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the separate financial statements of ABB Finance (USA) Inc. are not provided.

        During the third quarter of 2013, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge obligations on an aggregate principal of $850 million of the 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company entered into an additional interest rate swap to hedge a further $200 million of the aggregate principal amount. After considering the impact of such swaps, portions of the outstanding principal became floating rate obligations and consequently $1,050 million and $850 million are shown as floating rate debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in the table of long-term debt above.

        The 5.625% USD Notes, due 2021, were assumed in May 2012, upon the acquisition of Thomas & Betts and pay interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 5.625 percent. These notes, with an aggregate principal of $250 million, were recorded at their fair value on the date the Company acquired Thomas & Betts and are being amortized to par over the period to maturity. The Company has the option to redeem the notes prior to maturity at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.

        The 4.25% AUD Notes, due 2017, were issued in November 2012. Net issuance proceeds (after underwriting fees) totaled AUD 398 million (equivalent to approximately $412 million on date of issuance). The notes, with an aggregate principal of AUD 400 million, pay fixed interest of 4.25 percent semi-annually in arrears. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate Australian dollar obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long-term debt above.

        The Company's bonds contain cross-default clauses which would allow the bondholders to demand repayment if the Company were to default on any borrowing at or above a specified threshold. Furthermore, all such bonds constitute unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with other debt obligations.

        In addition to the bonds described above, included in long-term debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013, are capital lease obligations, bank borrowings of subsidiaries and other long-term debt, none of which is individually significant.

F-45


Table of Contents

Note 13—Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities

        "Other Provisions" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Contract-related provisions

    749     762  

Provision for insurance-related reserves

    239     232  

Provisions for contractual penalties and compliance and litigation matters

    237     327  

Restructuring and restructuring-related provisions

    225     247  

Other

    239     239  

Total

    1,689     1,807  

        "Other current liabilities" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Employee-related liabilities

    1,746     1,854  

Accrued expenses

    545     694  

Derivative liabilities (see Note 5)

    438     202  

Non-trade payables

    312     328  

Income taxes payable

    293     357  

Other tax liabilities

    271     269  

Deferred income

    169     155  

Accrued customer rebates

    165     162  

Accrued interest

    76     79  

Pension and other employee benefits (see Note 17)

    75     82  

Other

    167     60  

Total

    4,257     4,242  

        "Other non-current liabilities" consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Income tax related liabilities

    760     830  

Non-current deposit liabilities (see Note 9)

    222     279  

Environmental provisions (see Note 15)

    109     116  

Derivative liabilities (see Note 5)

    108     52  

Deferred income

    89     57  

Employee-related liabilities

    52     68  

Provisions for contractual penalties and compliance and litigation matters

    41     71  

Other

    205     234  

Total

    1,586     1,707  

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 14—Leases

        The Company's lease obligations primarily relate to real estate and office equipment. Rent expense was $558 million, $602 million and $610 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Sublease income received by the Company on leased assets was $17 million, $22 million and $25 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, future net minimum lease payments for operating leases, having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, consisted of the following:

 
  ($ in millions)  

2015

    432  

2016

    361  

2017

    300  

2018

    210  

2019

    170  

Thereafter

    230  

    1,703  

Sublease income

    (27 )

Total

    1,676  

        At December 31, 2014, the future net minimum lease payments for capital leases and the present value of the net minimum lease payments consisted of the following:

 
  ($ in millions)  

2015

    41  

2016

    35  

2017

    24  

2018

    19  

2019

    16  

Thereafter

    99  

Total minimum lease payments

    234  

Less amount representing estimated executory costs included in total minimum lease payments

    (2 )

Net minimum lease payments

    232  

Less amount representing interest

    (88 )

Present value of minimum lease payments

    144  

        Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals due in the future under non-cancelable subleases. Such minimum sublease rentals were not significant. The present value of minimum lease payments is included in "Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt" or "Long-term debt" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies

Contingencies—Environmental

        The Company is engaged in environmental clean-up activities at certain sites arising under various United States and other environmental protection laws and under certain agreements with third parties. In some cases, these environmental remediation actions are subject to legal proceedings, investigations

F-47


Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

or claims, and it is uncertain to what extent the Company is actually obligated to perform. Provisions for these unresolved matters have been set up if it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The lower end of an estimated range is accrued when a single best estimate is not determinable. The required amounts of the provisions may change in the future as developments occur.

        If a provision has been recognized for any of these matters, the Company records an asset when it is probable that it will recover a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle them. Management is of the opinion, based upon information presently available, that the resolution of any such obligation and non-collection of recoverable costs would not have a further material adverse effect on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The Company is involved in the remediation of environmental contamination at present or former facilities, primarily in the United States. The clean-up of these sites involves primarily soil and groundwater contamination. A significant portion of the provisions in respect of these contingencies reflects the provisions of acquired companies. A portion of one of the acquired companies' remediation liability is indemnified by a prior owner. Accordingly, an asset equal to that portion of the remediation liability is included in "Other non-current assets".

        The impact of environmental obligations on "Income from continuing operations, net of tax" was not significant in 2014, 2013 and 2012. The impact on "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax" was a charge of $41 million in 2013 and was not significant in 2014 and 2012.

        The effect of environmental obligations on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was not significant in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

        Environmental provisions included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Other provisions

    37     37  

Other non-current liabilities

    109     116  

Total

    146     153  

        Provisions for the above estimated losses have not been discounted as the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Contingencies—Regulatory, Compliance and Legal

Antitrust

        In April 2014, the European Commission announced its decision regarding its investigation of anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and granted the Company full immunity from fines under the European Commission's leniency program. In December 2013, the Company agreed with the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) to settle its ongoing investigation into the Company's involvement in anticompetitive practices in the cables industry and the Company agreed to pay a fine of approximately 1.5 million Brazilian reals (equivalent to approximately $1 million on date of payment). The Company's cables business remains under investigation for alleged anticompetitive practices in certain other jurisdictions. An informed judgment about the outcome of these remaining investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for the Company, if any, relating to these remaining investigations cannot be made at this stage.

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        In Brazil, the Company's Gas Insulated Switchgear business is under investigation by the CADE for alleged anticompetitive practices. In addition, the CADE has opened an investigation into certain other power businesses of the Company, including flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and power transformers. An informed judgment about the outcome of these investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for the Company, if any, relating to these investigations cannot be made at this stage.

        In Italy, one of the Company's recently acquired subsidiaries was raided in October 2013 by the Italian Antitrust Agency for alleged anticompetitive practices. In July 2014, the Company received the decision of the Italian Antitrust Agency regarding this matter. The agency closed its investigation without imposing a fine and accepted the non-financial commitments offered by the Company.

        With respect to those aforementioned matters which are still ongoing, management is cooperating fully with the antitrust authorities.

General

        In addition, the Company is aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against it and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, the Company is subject to other various legal proceedings, investigations, and claims that have not yet been resolved. With respect to the above-mentioned regulatory matters and commercial litigation contingencies, the Company will bear the costs of the continuing investigations and any related legal proceedings.

Liabilities recognized

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had aggregate liabilities of $147 million and $245 million, respectively, included in "Other provisions" and "Other non-current liabilities", for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.

Guarantees

General

        The following table provides quantitative data regarding the Company's third-party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a "worst-case scenario", and do not reflect management's expected outcomes.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Maximum potential
payments
 

Performance guarantees

    232     149  

Financial guarantees

    72     77  

Indemnification guarantees

    50     50  

Total

    354     276  

F-49


Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        The carrying amount of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets reflects the Company's best estimate of future payments, which it may incur as part of fulfilling its guarantee obligations. In respect of the above guarantees, the carrying amounts of liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013, were not significant.

Performance guarantees

        Performance guarantees represent obligations where the Company guarantees the performance of a third party's product or service according to the terms of a contract. Such guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed within a specified time. If the third party does not fulfill the obligation, the Company will compensate the guaranteed party in cash or in kind. Performance guarantees include surety bonds, advance payment guarantees and standby letters of credit. The significant performance guarantees are described below.

        The Company retained obligations for guarantees related to the Power Generation business contributed in mid-1999 to the former ABB Alstom Power NV joint venture (Alstom Power NV). The guarantees primarily consist of performance guarantees and other miscellaneous guarantees under certain contracts such as indemnification for personal injuries and property damages, taxes and compliance with labor laws, environmental laws and patents. These guarantees have no fixed expiration date. In May 2000, the Company sold its interest in Alstom Power NV to Alstom SA (Alstom). As a result, Alstom and its subsidiaries have primary responsibility for performing the obligations that are the subject of the guarantees. Further, Alstom, the parent company and Alstom Power NV, have undertaken jointly and severally to fully indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any claims arising under such guarantees. Management's best estimate of the total maximum potential amount payable of quantifiable guarantees issued by the Company on behalf of its former Power Generation business was $65 million at both December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company has not experienced any losses related to guarantees issued on behalf of the former Power Generation business.

        The Company is engaged in executing a number of projects as a member of consortia that include third parties. In certain of these cases, the Company guarantees not only its own performance but also the work of third parties. The original maturity dates of these guarantees range from one to six years. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the maximum potential amount payable under these guarantees as a result of third-party non-performance was $156 million and $70 million, respectively.

Financial guarantees and commercial commitments

        Financial guarantees represent irrevocable assurances that the Company will make payment to a beneficiary in the event that a third party fails to fulfill its financial obligations and the beneficiary under the guarantee incurs a loss due to that failure.

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a maximum potential amount payable of $72 million and $77 million, respectively, under financial guarantees outstanding. Of these amounts, $12 million and $15 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was in respect of guarantees issued on behalf of companies in which the Company formerly had or has an equity interest. The guarantees outstanding have various maturity dates up to 2020.

        In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, the Company has entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively "performance bonds") with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that the Company does not fulfill its contractual obligations. The Company would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

bonds. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Indemnification guarantees

        The Company has indemnified certain purchasers of divested businesses for potential claims arising from the operations of the divested businesses. To the extent the maximum potential loss related to such indemnifications could not be calculated, no amounts have been included under maximum potential payments in the table above. Indemnifications for which maximum potential losses could not be calculated include indemnifications for legal claims. The significant indemnification guarantees for which maximum potential losses could be calculated are described below.

        The Company issued to the purchasers of Lummus Global guarantees related to assets and liabilities divested in 2007. The maximum potential amount payable relating to this business, pursuant to the sales agreement, at each of December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $50 million.

Product and order-related contingencies

        The Company calculates its provision for product warranties based on historical claims experience and specific review of certain contracts.

        The reconciliation of the "Provisions for warranties", including guarantees of product performance, was as follows:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Balance at January 1,

    1,362     1,291  

Net change in warranties due to acquisitions and divestments

    11     111  

Claims paid in cash or in kind

    (319 )   (294 )

Net increase in provision for changes in estimates, warranties issued and warranties expired

    224     245  

Exchange rate differences

    (130 )   9  

Balance at December 31,

    1,148     1,362  

Related party transactions

        The Company conducts business with certain companies where members of the Company's Board of Directors or Executive Committee act, or in recent years have acted, as directors or senior executives. The Company's Board of Directors has determined that the Company's business relationships with those companies do not constitute material business relationships. This determination was made in accordance with the Company's related party transaction policy which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes

        "Provision for taxes" consisted of the following:

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Current taxes

    1,130     1,258     967  

Deferred taxes

    72     (136 )   63  

Tax expense from continuing operations

    1,202     1,122     1,030  

Tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations

    1     (8 )    

        Tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled below from the Company's weighted-average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland and income generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter "foreign jurisdictions") which has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. There is no requirement in Switzerland for any parent company of a group to file a tax return of the consolidated group determining domestic and foreign pre-tax income. As the Company's consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines the weighted-average global tax rate of the Company.

        The reconciliation of "Tax expense from continuing operations" at the weighted-average tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

($ in millions, except % data)
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from continuing operations before taxes

    3,896     4,066     3,838  

Weighted-average global tax rate

    23.8 %   22.7 %   23.6 %

Income taxes at weighted-average tax rate

    929     922     906  

Items taxed at rates other than the weighted-average tax rate

    146     110     60  

Impact of non-deductible goodwill allocated to divested businesses

    77          

Changes in valuation allowance, net

    52     31     44  

Effects of changes in tax laws and enacted tax rates

    (52 )   1     (27 )

Other, net

    50     58     47  

Tax expense from continuing operations

    1,202     1,122     1,030  

Effective tax rate for the year

    30.9 %   27.6 %   26.8 %

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the "Items taxed at rates other than the weighted-average tax rate" predominantly related to tax credits arising in foreign jurisdictions for which the technical merits did not allow a benefit to be taken.

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included reductions in valuation allowances recorded in certain jurisdictions where the Company determined that it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets (recognized for net operating losses and temporary differences in those jurisdictions) would be realized, as well as increases in the valuation allowance in certain other jurisdictions. In 2014, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included an expense of $31 million related to certain of the Company's operations in South America. In 2013, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included an expense of $104 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe and South America. It also included a benefit of $42 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe and in 2012, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included an expense of $36 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe.

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        In 2014, the "Effects of change in tax laws and enacted tax rates" included a benefit of $62 million related to enacted changes in double tax treaties.

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, "Other, net" of $50 million, $58 million and $47 million, respectively, included expenses of $45 million, $71 million and $94 million, respectively, in relation to items that were deducted for financial accounting purposes, but were not tax deductible, such as interest expense, local taxes on productive activities, disallowed meals and entertainment expenses and other similar items.

        In 2014, "Provision for taxes" included $279 million relating to income taxes recorded on $543 million of net gains from sale of businesses. This expense is primarily included in "Weighted-average global tax rate" and "Impact of non-deductible goodwill allocated to divested businesses".

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Unused tax losses and credits

    644     1,000  

Provisions and other accrued liabilities

    825     858  

Pension

    671     477  

Inventories

    297     302  

Property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

    265     83  

Other

    112     140  

Total gross deferred tax asset

    2,814     2,860  

Valuation allowance

    (600 )   (589 )

Total gross deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

    2,214     2,271  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Property, plant and equipment

    (343 )   (323 )

Intangibles and other non-current assets

    (766 )   (1,110 )

Pension and other accrued liabilities

    (191 )   (206 )

Inventories

    (118 )   (135 )

Other current assets

    (149 )   (161 )

Unremitted earnings

    (612 )   (598 )

Other

    (76 )   (60 )

Total gross deferred tax liability

    (2,255 )   (2,593 )

Net deferred tax liability

    (41 )   (322 )

Included in:

             

"Deferred taxes"—current assets

    902     832  

"Deferred taxes"—non-current assets

    511     370  

"Deferred taxes"—current liabilities

    (289 )   (259 )

"Deferred taxes"—non-current liabilities

    (1,165 )   (1,265 )

Net deferred tax liability

    (41 )   (322 )

        Certain entities have deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry-forwards and other items. As recognition of these assets in certain entities did not meet the more likely than not criterion, valuation allowances have been recorded and amount to $600 million and $589 million, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. "Unused tax losses and credits" at December 31, 2014 and

F-53


Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

2013, in the table above, included $151 million and $172 million, respectively, for which the Company has established a full valuation allowance as, due to limitations imposed by the relevant tax law, the Company determined that, more likely than not, such deferred tax assets would not be realized.

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, deferred tax liabilities totaling $612 million and $598 million, respectively, have been provided for primarily in respect of withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter "withholding taxes") on unremitted earnings which will be payable in foreign jurisdictions on the repatriation of earnings to Switzerland. Income which has been generated outside of Switzerland and has already been subject to corporate income tax in such foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

        Certain countries levy withholding taxes on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. In 2014 and 2013, certain taxes arose in certain foreign jurisdictions for which the technical merits do not allow utilization of benefits. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, foreign subsidiary retained earnings subject to withholding taxes upon distribution of approximately $100 million and $200 million, respectively, were considered as permanently reinvested, as these funds are used for financing current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries and, consequently, no deferred tax liability was recorded.

        At December 31, 2014, net operating loss carry-forwards of $2,200 million and tax credits of $67 million were available to reduce future taxes of certain subsidiaries. Of these amounts, $1,232 million of loss carry-forwards and $48 million of tax credits will expire in varying amounts through 2034. The largest amount of these carry-forwards related to the Company's Central Europe operations.

F-54


Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        Unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following:

($ in millions)
  Unrecognized
tax benefits
  Penalties and
interest
related to
unrecognized
tax benefits
  Total  

Classification as unrecognized tax items on January 1, 2012

    653     169     822  

Net change due to acquisitions and divestments

    10         10  

Increase relating to prior year tax positions

    51     26     77  

Decrease relating to prior year tax positions

    (73 )   (56 )   (129 )

Increase relating to current year tax positions

    141     1     142  

Decrease relating to current year tax positions

    (3 )       (3 )

Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities

    (89 )   (11 )   (100 )

Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations

    (29 )   (7 )   (36 )

Exchange rate differences

    8     5     13  

Balance at December 31, 2012, which would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate

    669     127     796  

Net change due to acquisitions and divestments

    17     2     19  

Increase relating to prior year tax positions

    43     36     79  

Decrease relating to prior year tax positions

    (30 )       (30 )

Increase relating to current year tax positions

    90     4     94  

Decrease relating to current year tax positions

    (1 )       (1 )

Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities

    (18 )   (5 )   (23 )

Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations

    (46 )   (13 )   (59 )

Exchange rate differences

    9     3     12  

Balance at December 31, 2013, which would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate

    733     154     887  

Net change due to acquisitions and divestments

    (3 )   1     (2 )

Increase relating to prior year tax positions

    25     39     64  

Decrease relating to prior year tax positions

    (24 )   (7 )   (31 )

Increase relating to current year tax positions

    85         85  

Decrease relating to current year tax positions

    (1 )       (1 )

Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities

    (19 )   (10 )   (29 )

Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations

    (36 )   (19 )   (55 )

Exchange rate differences

    (55 )   (12 )   (67 )

Balance at December 31, 2014, which would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate

    705     146     851  

        In 2014 and 2013, the "Increase relating to current year tax positions" included a total of $56 million and $62 million, respectively, in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.

        In 2012, the "Decrease relating to prior year tax positions" included a total of $87 million relating to the release of provisions due to favorable resolution of a tax dispute in Northern Europe. In 2012, the "Increase relating to current year tax positions" included a total of $108 million in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities. In 2012, the "Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities" included a total of $47 million relating to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        At December 31, 2014, the Company expected the resolution, within the next twelve months, of uncertain tax positions related to pending court cases amounting to $69 million for taxes, penalties and interest. Otherwise, the Company had not identified any other significant changes which were considered reasonably possible to occur within the next twelve months.

        At December 31, 2014, the earliest significant open tax years that remained subject to examination were the following:

Region
  Year  

Europe

    2007  

The Americas

    2010  

Asia

    2005  

Middle East & Africa

    2004  

Note 17—Employee benefits

        The Company operates defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and termination indemnity plans, in accordance with local regulations and practices. These plans cover a large portion of the Company's employees and provide benefits to employees in the event of death, disability, retirement, or termination of employment. Certain of these plans are multi-employer plans. The Company also operates other postretirement benefit plans including postretirement health care benefits, and other employee-related benefits for active employees including long-service award plans. The measurement date used for the Company's employee benefit plans is December 31. The funding policies of the Company's plans are consistent with the local government and tax requirements and several of the plans are not required to be funded according to local government and tax requirements.

        The Company recognizes in its Consolidated Balance Sheets the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans, postretirement plans, and other employee-related benefits measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation.

F-56


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

Obligations and funded status of the plans

        The change in benefit obligation, change in fair value of plan assets, and funded status recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Benefit obligation at January 1,

    12,063     12,063     236     281  

Service cost

    243     249     1     1  

Interest cost

    409     373     10     9  

Contributions by plan participants

    81     81          

Benefit payments

    (632 )   (612 )   (14 )   (15 )

Benefit obligations of businesses acquired (divested)

    (27 )   7          

Actuarial (gain) loss

    1,536     (273 )   14     (41 )

Plan amendments and other

    (64 )   (50 )       2  

Exchange rate differences

    (1,254 )   225     (2 )   (1 )

Benefit obligation at December 31,

    12,355     12,063     245     236  

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

    10,930     10,282          

Actual return on plan assets

    918     621          

Contributions by employer

    308     403     14     15  

Contributions by plan participants

    81     81          

Benefit payments

    (632 )   (612 )   (14 )   (15 )

Plan assets of businesses acquired (divested)

    (25 )            

Plan amendments and other

    (68 )   (57 )        

Exchange rate differences

    (1,047 )   212          

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

    10,465     10,930          

Funded status—underfunded

    1,890     1,133     245     236  

        The amounts recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and "Noncontrolling interests" were:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  
($ in millions)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Net actuarial loss

    (2,765 )   (2,050 )   (2,574 )   (39 )   (25 )   (69 )

Prior service (cost) credit

    2     (21 )   (32 )   16     24     33  

Amount recognized in OCI (1) and NCI (2)

    (2,763 )   (2,071 )   (2,606 )   (23 )   (1 )   (36 )

Taxes associated with amount recognized in OCI (1) and NCI (2)

    652     459     631              

Amount recognized in OCI (1) and NCI (2) , net of tax (3)

    (2,111 )   (1,612 )   (1,975 )   (23 )   (1 )   (36 )

(1)
OCI represents "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

(2)
NCI represents "Noncontrolling interests".

(3)
NCI, net of tax, amounted to $(3) million, $(3) million and $(7) million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-57


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        In addition, the following amounts were recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Overfunded plans

    (42 )   (66 )        

Underfunded plans—current

    19     20     16     18  

Underfunded plans—non-current

    1,913     1,179     229     218  

Funded status—underfunded

    1,890     1,133     245     236  

 

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Non-current assets

             

Overfunded pension plans

    (42 )   (66 )

Other employee-related benefits

    (28 )   (27 )

Prepaid pension and other employee benefits

    (70 )   (93 )

 

 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Current liabilities

             

Underfunded pension plans

    19     20  

Underfunded other postretirement benefit plans

    16     18  

Other employee-related benefits

    40     44  

Pension and other employee benefits (see Note 13)

    75     82  


 
  December 31,  
($ in millions)
  2014   2013  

Non-current liabilities

             

Underfunded pension plans

    1,913     1,179  

Underfunded other postretirement benefit plans

    229     218  

Other employee-related benefits

    252     242  

Pension and other employee benefits

    2,394     1,639  

        The funded status, calculated using the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and fair value of plan assets, for pension plans with a PBO in excess of fair value of plan assets (underfunded) or fair value of plan assets in excess of PBO (overfunded), respectively, was:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  PBO   Assets   Difference   PBO   Assets   Difference  

PBO exceeds assets

    11,576     9,644     1,932     11,054     9,855     1,199  

Assets exceed PBO

    779     821     (42 )   1,009     1,075     (66 )

Total

    12,355     10,465     1,890     12,063     10,930     1,133  

F-58


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) for all defined benefit pension plans was $11,869 million and $11,594 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The funded status, calculated using the ABO and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with ABO in excess of fair value of plan assets (underfunded) or fair value of plan assets in excess of ABO (overfunded), respectively, was:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  ABO   Assets   Difference   ABO   Assets   Difference  

ABO exceeds assets

    9,921     8,091     1,830     9,112     8,161     951  

Assets exceed ABO

    1,948     2,374     (426 )   2,482     2,769     (287 )

Total

    11,869     10,465     1,404     11,594     10,930     664  

        All of the Company's other postretirement benefit plans are unfunded.

Components of net periodic benefit cost

        Net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:

 
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  
($ in millions)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Service cost

    243     249     221     1     1     1  

Interest cost

    409     373     396     10     9     11  

Expected return on plan assets

    (481 )   (479 )   (494 )            

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

    27     34     42     (9 )   (9 )   (9 )

Amortization of net actuarial loss

    99     136     98         4     4  

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

    4     1     2         2      

Net periodic benefit cost

    301     314     265     2     7     7  

        The net actuarial loss and prior service cost for defined pension benefits estimated to be amortized from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" into net periodic benefit cost in 2015 is $132 million and $37 million, respectively.

        The net actuarial loss and prior service (credit) for other postretirement benefits estimated to be amortized from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" into net periodic benefit cost in 2015 is $2 million and $(8) million, respectively.

Assumptions

        The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2014   2013  
(in %)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Discount rate

    2.61     3.58     3.49     4.17  

Rate of compensation increase

    1.65     1.81          

Rate of pension increase

    1.04     1.14          

F-59


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The discount rate assumptions are based upon AA-rated corporate bonds. In those countries with sufficient liquidity in corporate bonds, the Company used the current market long-term corporate bond rates and matched the bond duration with the average duration of the pension liabilities. In those countries where the liquidity of the AA-rated corporate bonds was deemed to be insufficient, the Company determined the discount rate by adding the credit spread derived from an AA corporate bond index in another relevant liquid market, as adjusted for interest rate differentials, to the domestic government bond curve or interest rate swap curve.

        The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the "Net periodic benefit cost":

 
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  
(in %)
  Defined pension
benefits
  Other postretirement
benefits
 

Discount rate

    3.58     3.22     3.91     4.17     3.35     4.07  

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    4.60     4.79     5.38              

Rate of compensation increase

    1.81     1.71     1.62              

        The "Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets" is derived for each benefit plan by considering the expected future long-term return assumption for each individual asset class. A single long-term return assumption is then derived for each plan based upon the plan's target asset allocation.

        The Company maintains other postretirement benefit plans, which are generally contributory with participants' contributions adjusted annually. The assumptions used were:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

    8.00 %   8.15 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

    5.00 %   5.00 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

    2028     2028  

        A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at December 31, 2014:

 
  1-percentage-point  
($ in millions)
  Increase   Decrease  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

    1     (1 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

    22     (19 )

Plan assets

        The Company has pension plans in various countries with the majority of the Company's pension liabilities deriving from a limited number of these countries. The pension plans' structures reflect local regulatory environments and market practices.

        The pension plans are typically funded by regular contributions from employees and the Company. These plans are typically administered by boards of trustees (which include Company representatives) whose primary responsibilities include ensuring that the plans meet their liabilities through contributions and investment returns. The boards of trustees have the responsibility for making key investment strategy decisions within a risk-controlled framework.

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The accumulated contributions are invested in a diversified range of assets that are managed by third-party asset managers, in accordance with local statutory regulations, pension plan rules and the respective plans' investment guidelines, as approved by the boards of trustees.

        Plan assets are generally segregated from those of the Company and invested with the aim of meeting the respective plans' projected future pension liabilities. Plan assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date.

        The boards of trustees manage the assets of the pension plans in a risk-controlled manner and assess the risks embedded in the pension plans through asset/liability management studies. Asset/liability management studies typically take place every three years. However, the risks of the plans are monitored on an ongoing basis.

        The board of trustees' investment goal is to maximize the long-term returns of plan assets within specified risk parameters, while considering the future liabilities and liquidity needs of the individual plans. Risk measures taken into account include the funding ratio of the plan, the likelihood of extraordinary cash contributions being required, the risk embedded in each individual asset class, and the plan asset portfolio as a whole.

        The Company's global pension asset allocation is the result of the asset allocations of the individual plans, which are set by the respective boards of trustees. The target asset allocation of the Company's plans on a weighted-average basis is as follows:

 
  Target
percentage
 

Asset class

       

Equity

    23  

Fixed income

    57  

Real estate

    11  

Other

    9  

    100  

        The actual asset allocations of the plans are in line with the target asset allocations.

        Fixed income assets primarily include corporate bonds of companies from diverse industries and government bonds. Equity assets primarily include investments in large-cap and mid-cap listed companies. Both fixed income and equity assets are invested either via funds or directly in segregated investment mandates, and include an allocation to emerging markets. Real estate consists primarily of direct investments in real estate in Switzerland held in the Swiss plans. The "Other" asset class includes investments in private equity, hedge funds, commodities, and cash and reflects a variety of investment strategies.

        Based on the above global asset allocation and the fair values of the plan assets, the expected long-term return on assets at December 31, 2014, is 4.58 percent. The Company and the local boards of trustees regularly review the investment performance of the asset classes and individual asset managers. Due to the diversified nature of the investments, the Company is of the opinion that no significant concentration of risks exists in its pension fund assets.

        The Company does not expect any plan assets to be returned to the employer during 2015.

F-61


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, plan assets include ABB Ltd's shares (as well as an insignificant amount of the Company's debt instruments) with a total value of $15 million and $18 million, respectively.

        The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets by asset class are presented below. For further information on the fair value hierarchy and an overview of the Company's valuation techniques applied, see the "Fair value measures" section of Note 2.

 
  December 31, 2014  
($ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Asset class

                         

Equity

                         

Equity securities

    433             433  

Mutual funds/commingled funds

        1,821         1,821  

Emerging market mutual funds/commingled funds

        487         487  

Fixed income

                         

Government and corporate securities

    638     1,211         1,849  

Government and corporate—mutual funds/commingled funds

        3,521         3,521  

Emerging market bonds—mutual funds/commingled funds

        671         671  

Insurance contracts

        126         126  

Cash and short-term investments

    274     56         330  

Private equity

            136     136  

Hedge funds

            93     93  

Real estate

        94     842     936  

Commodities

        62         62  

Total

    1,345     8,049     1,071     10,465  

 

 
  December 31, 2013  
($ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
fair value
 

Asset class

                         

Equity

                         

Equity securities

    387             387  

Mutual funds/commingled funds

        2,287         2,287  

Emerging market mutual funds/commingled funds

        515         515  

Fixed income

                         

Government and corporate securities

    586     1,011         1,597  

Government and corporate—mutual funds/commingled funds

        3,442         3,442  

Emerging market bonds—mutual funds/commingled funds

        645         645  

Insurance contracts

        69         69  

Cash and short-term investments

    143     505         648  

Private equity

            155     155  

Hedge funds

            158     158  

Real estate

        82     866     948  

Commodities

        47     32     79  

Total

    1,116     8,603     1,211     10,930  

F-62


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The following table represents the movements of those asset categories whose fair values use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

($ in millions)
  Private
equity
  Hedge
funds
  Real
estate
  Commodities   Total
Level 3
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

    164     153     830     35     1,182  

Return on plan assets

                               

Assets still held at December 31, 2013

    6     28     10     (3 )   41  

Assets sold during the year

    8     (7 )           1  

Purchases (sales)

    (24 )   (19 )   4         (39 )

Transfers into Level 3

            8         8  

Exchange rate differences

    1     3     14         18  

Balance at December 31, 2013

    155     158     866     32     1,211  

Return on plan assets

                               

Assets still held at December 31, 2014

    21     (3 )   43     (5 )   56  

Assets sold during the year

    3     8             11  

Purchases (sales)

    (39 )   (59 )   30         (68 )

Transfers into Level 3

                (27 )   (27 )

Exchange rate differences

    (4 )   (11 )   (97 )       (112 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    136     93     842         1,071  

        Real estate properties, which are primarily located in Switzerland, are valued under the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, by which the market value of a property is determined as the total of all projected future earnings discounted to the valuation date. The discount rates are determined for each property individually according to the property's location and specific use, and by considering initial yields of comparable market transactions.

        Private equity investments include investments in partnerships and related funds. Such investments consist of both publicly-traded and privately-held securities. Publicly-traded securities that are quoted in inactive markets are valued using available quotes and adjusted for liquidity restrictions. Privately-held securities are valued taking into account various factors, such as the most recent financing involving unrelated new investors, earnings multiple analyses using comparable companies and discounted cash flow analyses.

        Hedge funds are normally not exchange-traded and the shares of the funds are not redeemed daily. Depending on the fund structure, the fair values are derived through modeling techniques based on the values of the underlying assets adjusted to reflect liquidity and transferability restrictions.

Contributions

        Employer contributions were as follows:

 
  2014   2013   2014   2013  
($ in millions)
  Defined pension benefits   Other postretirement benefits  

Total contributions to defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans

    308     403     14     15  

Of which, discretionary contributions to defined benefit pension plans

    75     164          

F-63


Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        In 2014, the discretionary contributions included non-cash contributions totaling $25 million of available-for-sale debt securities to certain of the Company's pension plans in the United Kingdom. In 2013, the discretionary contributions included non-cash contributions totaling $160 million of available-for-sale debt securities to certain of the Company's pension plans in Germany and the United Kingdom.

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $233 million, including $23 million of discretionary contributions, to its defined benefit pension plans in 2015. These discretionary contributions are expected to be non-cash contributions. The Company expects to contribute approximately $17 million to its other postretirement benefit plans in 2015.

        The Company also contributes to a number of defined contribution plans. The aggregate expense for these plans was $236 million, $243 million and $220 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Contributions to multi-employer plans were not significant in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments

        The expected future cash flows to be paid by the Company's plans in respect of pension and other postretirement benefit plans (net of Medicare subsidies) at December 31, 2014, are as follows:

($ in millions)
  Defined
pension
benefits
  Other
postretirement
benefits
 

2015

    644     17  

2016

    668     17  

2017

    633     17  

2018

    627     17  

2019

    627     17  

Years 2020 - 2024

    3,002     83  

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements

        The Company has three principal share-based payment plans, as more fully described in the respective sections below. Compensation cost for equity-settled awards is recorded in "Total cost of sales" and in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" and totaled $73 million, $71 million and $60 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Compensation cost for cash-settled awards is recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" and is disclosed in the "WARs", "LTIP" and "Other share-based payments" sections of this note. The total tax benefit recognized in 2014, 2013 and 2012, was not significant.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had the ability to issue up to 94 million new shares out of contingent capital in connection with share-based payment arrangements. In addition, 30 million shares (of the 56 million shares held by the Company in treasury stock at December 31, 2014), could be used to settle share-based payment arrangements (the remaining shares of treasury stock are held for cancellation—see Note 19).

        As the primary trading market for the shares of ABB Ltd is the SIX Swiss Exchange, on which the shares are traded in Swiss francs, certain data disclosed below related to the instruments granted under share-based payment arrangements are presented in Swiss francs.

F-64


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

MIP

        Under the MIP, the Company offers options and cash-settled WARs (and prior to the 2010 launch offered also physically-settled warrants) to key employees for no consideration.

        The warrants and options granted under the MIP allow participants to purchase shares of ABB Ltd at predetermined prices. Participants may sell the warrants and options rather than exercise the right to purchase shares. Equivalent warrants are listed by a third-party bank on the SIX Swiss Exchange, which facilitates pricing and transferability of instruments granted under this plan. The options entitle the holder to request that the third-party bank purchase such options at the market price of equivalent listed warrants related to that MIP launch. If the participant elects to sell the warrants or options, the instruments will thereafter be held by a third party and, consequently, the Company's obligation to deliver shares will be toward this third party. Each WAR gives the participant the right to receive, in cash, the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise of the WAR. The WARs are non-transferable.

        Participants may exercise or sell warrants and options and exercise WARs after the vesting period, which is three years from the date of grant. Vesting restrictions can be waived in certain circumstances such as death or disability. All warrants, options and WARs expire six years from the date of grant.

Warrants and options

        The fair value of each warrant and option is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice model that uses the weighted-average assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from equivalent listed warrants on ABB Ltd shares. The expected term of the warrants and options granted has been assumed to be the contractual six-year life of each warrant and option, based on the fact that after the vesting period, a participant can elect to sell the warrant or option rather than exercise the right to purchase shares, thereby realizing the time value of the warrants and options. The risk-free rate is based on a six-year Swiss franc interest rate, reflecting the six-year contractual life of the warrants and options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous comparable MIP launches.

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Expected volatility

    18 %   21 %   27 %

Dividend yield

    2.88 %   2.90 %   3.60 %

Expected term

    6 years     6 years     6 years  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.24 %   0.57 %   0.30 %

F-65


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Presented below is a summary of the activity related to warrants and options under the MIP:

 
  Number of
instruments
(in
millions)
  Number of
shares
(in millions) (1)
  Weighted-
average
exercise
price
(in Swiss
francs) (2)
  Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions
of Swiss
francs) (3)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    297.9     59.6     21.76              

Granted

    79.9     16.0     21.00              

Exercised

    (5.5 )   (1.1 )   15.75              

Forfeited

    (4.5 )   (0.9 )   19.34              

Expired

    (25.1 )   (5.1 )   36.40              

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    342.7     68.5     20.64     3.6     88  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

    327.3     65.5     20.68     3.6     83  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    121.2     24.2     22.28     2.0     20  

(1)
Information presented reflects the number of shares of ABB Ltd that can be received upon exercise, as warrants and options have a conversion ratio of 5:1.

(2)
Information presented reflects the exercise price per share of ABB Ltd.

(3)
Computed using the closing price, in Swiss francs, of ABB Ltd shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange and the exercise price per share of ABB Ltd.

        At December 31, 2014, there was $62 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the MIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per instrument) of options granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 0.49 Swiss francs, 0.66 Swiss francs and 0.59 Swiss francs, respectively. In 2014 and 2012, the aggregate intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of instruments exercised was not significant. There were no exercises in 2013.

        Presented below is a summary, by launch, related to instruments outstanding at December 31, 2014:

Exercise price (in Swiss francs) (1)
  Number of
instruments
(in
millions)
  Number of
shares
(in millions) (2)
  Weighted-average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)
 

19.00

    22.8     4.6     0.4  

22.50

    36.7     7.3     1.4  

25.50

    43.1     8.6     2.4  

15.75

    60.9     12.2     3.4  

17.50

    14.5     2.9     3.4  

21.50

    85.2     17.0     4.4  

21.00

    79.5     15.9     5.7  

Total number of instruments and shares

    342.7     68.5     3.6  

(1)
Information presented reflects the exercise price per share of ABB Ltd.

(2)
Information presented reflects the number of shares of ABB Ltd that can be received upon exercise.

F-66


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

WARs

        As each WAR gives the holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of the equivalent listed warrant on date of exercise, the Company records a liability based upon the fair value of outstanding WARs at each period end, accreted on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period. In "Selling, general and administrative expenses", the Company recorded an expense of $26 million in 2013 as a result of changes in both the fair value and vested portion of the outstanding WARs. The amount recorded in 2014 and 2012 was not significant. To hedge its exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of outstanding WARs, the Company purchased cash-settled call options, which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs. The cash-settled call options are recorded as derivatives measured at fair value (see Note 5), with subsequent changes in fair value recorded through earnings to the extent that they offset the change in fair value of the liability for the WARs. In 2014, the Company recorded an expense of $11 million and in 2013 an income of $16 million, in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" related to the cash-settled call options. The amount recorded in 2012 was not significant.

        The aggregate fair value of outstanding WARs was $33 million and $56 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of WARs was determined based upon the trading price of equivalent warrants listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange.

        Presented below is a summary of the activity related to WARs:

 
  Number of WARs
(in millions)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    67.3  

Granted

    10.7  

Exercised

    (5.9 )

Forfeited

    (0.7 )

Expired

    (10.2 )

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    61.2  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    18.8  

        The aggregate fair value at date of grant of WARs granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $6 million, $13 million and $10 million, respectively. In 2013 and 2012, share-based liabilities of $9 million and $7 million, respectively, were paid upon exercise of WARs by participants. In 2014, the amount paid was not significant.

ESAP

        The employee share acquisition plan (ESAP) is an employee stock-option plan with a savings feature. Employees save over a twelve-month period, by way of regular payroll deductions. At the end of the savings period, employees choose whether to exercise their stock options using their savings plus interest to buy ABB Ltd shares (American Depositary Shares (ADS) in the case of employees in the United States and Canada—each ADS representing one registered share of the Company) at the exercise price set at the grant date, or have their savings returned with interest. The savings are accumulated in bank accounts held by a third-party trustee on behalf of the participants and earn interest. Employees can withdraw from the ESAP at any time during the savings period and will be entitled to a refund of their accumulated savings.

        The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model as described under the MIP, using the assumptions noted in the table below. The expected term

F-67


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

of the option granted has been determined to be the contractual one-year life of each option, at the end of which the options vest and the participants are required to decide whether to exercise their options or have their savings returned with interest. The risk-free rate is based on one-year Swiss franc interest rates, reflecting the one-year contractual life of the options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous ESAP launches.

 
  2014   2013   2012  

Expected volatility

    18 %   20 %   23 %

Dividend yield

    3.10 %   2.84 %   3.45 %

Expected term

    1 year     1 year     1 year  

Risk-free interest rate

    0 %   0 %   0 %

        Presented below is a summary of activity under the ESAP:

 
  Number of
shares
(in millions) (1)
  Weighted-average
exercise price
(in Swiss francs) (2)
  Weighted-average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)
  Aggregate
intrinsic value
(in millions of
Swiss francs) (2)(3)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    4.7     20.82              

Granted

    3.9     20.97              

Forfeited

    (0.2 )   20.82              

Exercised (4)

    (0.6 )   20.82              

Not exercised (savings returned plus interest)

    (3.9 )   20.82              

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    3.9     20.97     0.8     0.7  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

    3.7     20.97     0.8     0.6  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

                 

(1)
Includes shares represented by ADS.

(2)
Information presented for ADS is based on equivalent Swiss franc denominated awards.

(3)
Computed using the closing price, in Swiss francs, of ABB Ltd shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange and the exercise price of each option in Swiss francs.

(4)
The cash received upon exercise was approximately $12 million and the corresponding tax benefit was not significant. The shares were delivered out of treasury stock.

        The exercise prices per ABB Ltd share and per ADS of 20.97 Swiss francs and $21.81, respectively, for the 2014 grant, 22.90 Swiss francs and $25.21, respectively, for the 2013 grant, and 17.08 Swiss francs and $18.30, respectively, for the 2012 grant were determined using the closing price of the ABB Ltd share on SIX Swiss Exchange and ADS on the New York Stock Exchange on the respective grant dates. For the 2013 grant, the exercise price was effectively reduced as for every ten shares bought through exercise of the options one additional free share would be delivered; therefore the effective exercise prices per ABB Ltd share and per ADS were 20.82 Swiss francs and $22.92, respectively. The table above reflects the effective exercise price.

        At December 31, 2014, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the ESAP was not significant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per option) of options granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012, was 1.19 Swiss francs, 2.79 Swiss francs and 1.29 Swiss

F-68


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

francs, respectively. The total intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of options exercised in 2013 was $24 million, while in 2014 and 2012 it was not significant.

LTIP

        The Company has a long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for members of its Executive Committee and selected other senior executives (Eligible Participants), as defined in the terms of the LTIP. The LTIP involves annual conditional grants of the Company's stock to such Eligible Participants that are subject to certain conditions. The 2014, 2013 and 2012 launches under the LTIP are each composed of two components: (i) a performance component (earnings per share performance) and (ii) a retention component.

        Under the performance component, the number of shares granted is dependent upon the base salary of the Eligible Participant. For the 2014, 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, the actual number of shares that will vest at a future date is dependent on (i) the Company's weighted cumulative earnings per share performance over three financial years, beginning with the year of launch, and (ii) the fulfillment of the service condition as defined in the terms and conditions of the LTIP. The cumulative earnings per share performance is weighted as follows: 33 percent of the first year's result, 67 percent of the second year's result and 100 percent of the third year's result. The actual number of shares that ultimately vest will vary depending on the weighted cumulative earnings per share outcome, interpolated between a lower threshold (no shares vest) and an upper threshold (the number of shares vesting is capped at 200 percent of the conditional grant).

        Under the retention component of the 2014, 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, each Eligible Participant was conditionally granted an individually defined maximum number of shares which fully vest at the end of the respective vesting periods (if the participant remains an Eligible Participant until the end of such period).

        For the 2014, 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, under the performance component, an Eligible Participant receives, in cash, 100 percent of the value of the shares that have vested. Under the retention component, an Eligible Participant receives 70 percent of the shares that have vested in the form of shares and 30 percent of the value of the shares that have vested in cash, with the possibility to elect to receive the 30 percent portion also in shares rather than in cash.

        Presented below is a summary of activity under the LTIP:

 
  Number of shares    
 
 
  Equity &
Cash or
choice of
100% Equity
Settlement (1)
(in millions)
  Only Cash
Settlement (2)
(in millions)
  Total
(in millions)
  Weighted-average
grant-date
fair value
per share
(Swiss francs)
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2014

    1.7     1.1     2.8     17.65  

Granted

    0.6     0.4     1.0     20.35  

Vested

    (0.5 )   (0.1 )   (0.6 )   20.85  

Expired (3)

        (0.3 )   (0.3 )   8.76  

Forfeited

    (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.2 )   15.71  

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

    1.7     1.0     2.7     18.85  

(1)
Shares that, subject to vesting, the Eligible Participant can elect to receive 100 percent in the form of shares.

(2)
Shares that, subject to vesting, the Eligible Participant can only receive in cash.

(3)
Expired as the criteria for the Company's performance condition were not satisfied.

F-69


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Equity-settled awards are recorded in the "Capital stock and additional paid-in capital" component of stockholders' equity, with compensation cost recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" over the vesting period (which is from grant date to the end of the vesting period) based on the grant-date fair value of the shares. Cash-settled awards are recorded as a liability, remeasured at fair value at each reporting date for the percentage vested, with changes in the liability recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses".

        At December 31, 2014, there was $12 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity-settled awards under the LTIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years. The compensation cost recorded in 2014, 2013 and 2012, for cash-settled awards was not significant.

        The aggregate fair value, at the dates of grant, of shares granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $22 million, $22 million and $22 million, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of shares that vested during 2014 was $15 million, while in 2013 and 2012 it was not significant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per share) of shares granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012, was 20.35 Swiss francs, 20.92 Swiss francs and 15.21 Swiss francs, respectively.

        For the earnings per share performance component of the 2014, 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, the aggregate fair value of the conditionally granted shares is based on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at each reporting date and the probable outcome of the earnings per share achievement that would result in the vesting of the highest number of shares, as computed using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The main inputs to this model are the Company's and financial analysts' revenue growth rates and Operational EBITDA margin expectations. For the retention component under the 2014, 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, the fair value of granted shares for equity-settled awards is the market price of the ABB Ltd share on grant date and the fair value of granted shares for cash-settled awards is the market price of the ABB Ltd share at each reporting date.

Other share-based payments

        The Company has other minor share-based payment arrangements with certain employees. The compensation cost related to these arrangements in 2014, 2013 and 2012, was not significant.

Note 19—Stockholders' equity

        At both December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had 2,819 million authorized shares, of which 2,315 million were registered and issued.

        At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) held in April 2014, at the AGM held in April 2013 and at the AGM held in April 2012, shareholders approved the payment of a dividend of 0.70 Swiss francs per share, 0.68 Swiss francs per share and 0.65 Swiss francs per share, respectively, out of the capital contribution reserve in stockholders' equity of the unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd, prepared in accordance with Swiss law. The dividends were paid in May 2014 (amounting to $1,841 million), May 2013 (amounting to $1,667 million) and May 2012 (amounting to $1,626 million), respectively.

        In the second quarter of 2014, the Company purchased on the open market an aggregate of 12.0 million of its own shares to be available for delivery under its employee share programs. These transactions resulted in an increase in "Treasury stock" of $282 million.

        Furthermore, in September 2014, the Company announced a share buyback program for the purchase of up to $4 billion of its own shares over a period ending no later than September 2016. The

F-70


Table of Contents

Note 19—Stockholders' equity (Continued)

Company intends that approximately three quarters of the shares to be purchased will be held for cancellation (after approval from shareholders) and the remainder will be purchased to be available for its employee share programs. Shares acquired for cancellation are acquired through a separate trading line on the SIX Swiss Exchange (on which only the Company can purchase shares), while shares acquired for delivery under employee share programs are acquired through the ordinary trading line. As of December 31, 2014, under the announced share buyback program, the Company had purchased 26.0 million shares for cancellation and 6.8 million shares to support its employee share programs. These transactions resulted in an increase in "Treasury stock" of $733 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, and up to February 28, 2015, the Company purchased, under the announced share buyback program, an additional 11.8 million shares, for approximately $250 million.

        Upon and in connection with each launch of the Company's MIP, the Company sold call options to a bank at fair value, giving the bank the right to acquire shares equivalent to the number of shares represented by the MIP warrant and WAR awards to participants. Under the terms of the agreement with the bank, the call options can only be exercised by the bank to the extent that MIP participants have either sold or exercised their warrants or exercised their WARs. In 2014 and 2012, the bank exercised certain of the call options it held. As a consequence, in 2014 and 2012, the Company delivered 1.3 million and 2.7 million shares, respectively, out of treasury stock. No call options were exercised by the bank in 2013. At December 31, 2014, such call options representing 9.1 million shares and with strike prices ranging from 15.75 to 21.50 Swiss francs (weighted-average strike price of 19.34 Swiss francs) were held by the bank. The call options expire in periods ranging from May 2015 to August 2020. However, only 0.5 million of these instruments, with strike prices ranging from 15.75 to 21.50 Swiss francs (weighted-average strike price of 19.72 Swiss francs), could be exercised at December 31, 2014, under the terms of the agreement with the bank.

        In addition to the above, at December 31, 2014, the Company had further outstanding obligations to deliver:

    up to 4.5 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2009 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 19.00 Swiss francs, vested in May 2012 and expiring in May 2015,

    up to 7.3 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2010 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 22.50 Swiss francs, vested in May 2013 and expiring in May 2016,

    up to 8.6 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2011 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 25.50 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2014 and expiring in May 2017,

    up to 15.1 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2012 launches of the MIP, with a weighted-average strike price of 16.09 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2015 and expiring in May 2018,

    up to 17.0 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2013 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.50 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2016 and expiring in May 2019,

    up to 15.9 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2014 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.00 Swiss francs, vesting in August 2017 and expiring in August 2020,

    up to 3.9 million shares relating to the ESAP, vesting and expiring in November 2015,

    up to 1.7 million shares to Eligible Participants under the 2014, 2013 and 2012, launches of the LTIP, vesting and expiring in August 2017, June 2016 and May 2015, respectively, and

    up to 1.1 million shares in connection with certain other share-based payment arrangements with employees.

F-71


Table of Contents

Note 19—Stockholders' equity (Continued)

        See Note 18 for a description of the above share-based payment arrangements.

        In November 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company delivered 0.6 million, 3.7 million and 2.3 million shares, respectively, from treasury stock, under the ESAP.

        Amounts available to be distributed as dividends to the stockholders of ABB Ltd are based on the requirements of Swiss law and ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, and are determined based on amounts presented in the unconsolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd, prepared in accordance with Swiss law. At December 31, 2014, the total unconsolidated stockholders' equity of ABB Ltd was 9,651 million Swiss francs ($9,752 million), including 2,384 million Swiss francs ($2,409 million) representing share capital, 8,446 million Swiss francs ($8,535 million) representing reserves and 1,179 million Swiss francs ($1,192 million) representing a reduction of equity for own shares (treasury stock). Of the reserves, 1,179 million Swiss francs ($1,192 million) relating to own shares and 477 million Swiss francs ($482 million) representing 20 percent of share capital, are restricted and not available for distribution.

        In February 2015, the Company announced that a proposal will be put to the 2015 AGM for approval by the shareholders to distribute 0.72 Swiss francs per share to shareholders, comprising of a dividend of 0.55 Swiss francs paid out of ABB Ltd's capital contribution reserves and a distribution of 0.17 Swiss francs by way of a nominal value reduction (reduction in the par value of each share by 0.17 Swiss francs from 1.03 Swiss francs to 0.86 Swiss francs).

Note 20—Earnings per share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise outstanding written call options and outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company's share-based payment arrangements. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, outstanding securities representing a maximum of 59 million, 47 million and 56 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Basic earnings per share:

($ in millions, except per share data in $)
  2014   2013   2012  

Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,570     2,824     2,700  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    24     (37 )   4  

Net income

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions)

   
2,288
   
2,297
   
2,293
 

Basic earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.01     (0.02 )    

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

F-72


Table of Contents

Note 20—Earnings per share (Continued)

Diluted earnings per share:

($ in millions, except per share data in $)
  2014   2013   2012  

Amounts attributable to ABB shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    2,570     2,824     2,700  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    24     (37 )   4  

Net income

    2,594     2,787     2,704  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in millions)

   
2,288
   
2,297
   
2,293
 

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   

Call options and shares

    7     8     2  

Dilutive weighted-average number of shares outstanding

    2,295     2,305     2,295  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    1.12     1.23     1.18  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.01     (0.02 )    

Net income

    1.13     1.21     1.18  

Note 21—Other comprehensive income

        The following table includes amounts recorded within "Total other comprehensive income (loss)" including the related income tax effects.

 
  2014   2013   2012  
($ in millions)
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

                                                       

Net change during the year

    (1,691 )   11     (1,680 )   133     8     141     389     (6 )   383  

Available-for-sale securities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the year

    (14 )   5     (9 )   (4 )       (4 )   5     (2 )   3  

Reclassification adjustments for net (gains) losses included in net income

    21     (6 )   15     (14 )   1     (13 )   1         1  

Net change during the year

    7     (1 )   6     (18 )   1     (17 )   6     (2 )   4  

Pension and other postretirement plans:

                                                       

Prior service (costs) credits arising during the year

    (5 )   2     (3 )   (20 )   4     (16 )   (42 )   6     (36 )

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the year

    (826 )   212     (614 )   423     (132 )   291     (846 )   245     (601 )

Amortization of prior service cost included in net income

    18     (1 )   17     25     (2 )   23     33     (3 )   30  

Amortization of net actuarial loss included in net income

    99     (20 )   79     140     (41 )   99     102     (32 )   70  

Net change during the year

    (714 )   193     (521 )   568     (171 )   397     (753 )   216     (537 )

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

                                                       

Net gains (losses) arising during the year

    (65 )   13     (52 )   33     (5 )   28     74     (21 )   53  

Reclassification adjustments for net (gains) losses included in net income

    10     (1 )   9     (54 )   11     (43 )   (42 )   14     (28 )

Net change during the year

    (55 )   12     (43 )   (21 )   6     (15 )   32     (7 )   25  

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    (2,453 )   215     (2,238 )   662     (156 )   506     (326 )   201     (125 )

F-73


Table of Contents

Note 21—Other comprehensive income (Continued)

        The following table shows changes in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" (OCI) attributable to ABB, by component, net of tax:

($ in millions)
  Foreign currency
translation
adjustments
  Unrealized gains
(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities
  Pension and other
postretirement
plan adjustments
  Unrealized gains
(losses) of cash
flow hedge
derivatives
  Total OCI  

Balance at January 1, 2013

    (580 )   24     (2,004 )   37     (2,523 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

    141     (4 )   275     28     440  

Amounts reclassified from OCI

        (13 )   122     (43 )   66  

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

    141     (17 )   397     (15 )   506  

Less:

                               

Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (8 )       3         (5 )

Balance at December 31, 2013

    (431 )   7     (1,610 )   22     (2,012 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

    (1,680 )   (9 )   (617 )   (52 )   (2,358 )

Amounts reclassified from OCI

        15     96     9     120  

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

    (1,680 )   6     (521 )   (43 )   (2,238 )

Less:

                               

Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (9 )               (9 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    (2,102 )   13     (2,131 )   (21 )   (4,241 )

F-74


Table of Contents

Note 21—Other comprehensive income (Continued)

        The following table reflects amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments and Unrealized gains (losses) of cash flow hedge derivatives:

($ in millions)
Details about OCI components

  Location of (gains) losses reclassified from OCI   2014   2013  

Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments:

                 

Amortization of prior service cost

  Net periodic benefit cost (1)     18     25  

Amortization of net actuarial losses

  Net periodic benefit cost (1)     99     140  

Total before tax

        117     165  

Tax

  Provision for taxes     (21 )   (43 )

Amounts reclassified from OCI

        96     122  

Unrealized gains (losses) of cash flow hedge derivatives:

                 

Foreign exchange contracts

  Total revenues     9     (52 )

  Total cost of sales     (8 )   1  

Commodity contracts

  Total cost of sales     3     5  

Cash-settled call options

  SG&A expenses (2)     6     (8 )

Total before tax

        10     (54 )

Tax

  Provision for taxes     (1 )   11  

Amounts reclassified from OCI

        9     (43 )

(1)
These components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 17).

(2)
SG&A expenses represent "Selling, general and administrative expenses".

        The amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities were not significant in 2014 and 2013.

Note 22—Restructuring and related expenses

Restructuring-related activities

        In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company executed minor restructuring-related activities and incurred charges of $235 million, $252 million, and $180 million, respectively, which were mainly recorded in "Total cost of sales".

($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Employee severance costs

    177     154     92  

Estimated contract settlement, loss order and other costs

    31     78     72  

Inventory and long-lived asset impairments

    27     20     16  

Total

    235     252     180  

        At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the balance of restructuring and related liabilities is primarily included in "Other provisions".

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data

        The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is the Company's Executive Committee. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each operating segment using the

F-75


Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

information outlined below. The Company's operating segments consist of Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Process Automation, Power Products and Power Systems. The remaining operations of the Company are included in Corporate and Other.

        A description of the types of products and services provided by each reportable segment is as follows:

    Discrete Automation and Motion:   manufactures and sells motors, generators, variable speed drives, programmable logic controllers, robots and robotics, solar inverters, wind converters, rectifiers, excitation systems, power quality and protection solutions, electric vehicle fast charging infrastructure, components and subsystems for railways, and related services for a wide range of applications in discrete automation, process industries, transportation and utilities.

    Low Voltage Products:   manufactures and sells products and systems that provide protection, control and measurement for electrical installations, as well as enclosures, switchboards, electronics and electromechanical devices for industrial machines, plants and related service. In addition the segment manufactures products for wiring and cable management, cable protection systems, power connection and safety. The segment also makes intelligent building control systems for home and building automation.

    Process Automation:   develops and sells control and plant optimization systems, automation products and solutions, including instrumentation, as well as industry-specific application knowledge and services for the oil, gas and petrochemicals, metals and minerals, marine and turbocharging, pulp and paper, chemical and pharmaceuticals, and power industries.

    Power Products:   manufactures and sells a wide range of products across voltage levels, including circuit breakers, switchgear, capacitors, instrument transformers, power, distribution and traction transformers for electrical and other infrastructure utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers.

    Power Systems:   designs, installs and upgrades high-efficiency transmission and distribution systems and power plant automation and electrification solutions, including monitoring and control products, software and services and incorporating components manufactured by both the Company and by third parties, for power generation, transmission and distribution utilities, other infrastructure utilities, as well as other industrial and commercial enterprises.

    Corporate and Other:   includes headquarters, central research and development, the Company's real estate activities, Group treasury operations and other minor business activities.

        The Company evaluates the profitability of its segments based on Operational EBITDA, which represents income from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items, as well as foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (ii) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (iii) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).

        The CODM primarily reviews the results of each segment on a basis that is before the elimination of profits made on inventory sales between segments. Segment results below are presented before these eliminations, with a total deduction for intersegment profits to arrive at the Company's consolidated Operational EBITDA. Intersegment sales and transfers are accounted for as if the sales and transfers were to third parties, at current market prices.

F-76


Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

        The following tables present segment revenues, Operational EBITDA, the reconciliations of consolidated Operational EBITDA to income from continuing operations before taxes, as well as depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditures for 2014, 2013 and 2012, as well as total assets at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 
  2014  
($ in millions)
  Third-party
revenues
  Intersegment
revenues
  Total
revenues
 

Discrete Automation and Motion

    9,296     846     10,142  

Low Voltage Products

    7,117     415     7,532  

Process Automation

    7,745     203     7,948  

Power Products

    8,782     1,551     10,333  

Power Systems

    6,686     334     7,020  

Corporate and Other

    204     1,592     1,796  

Intersegment elimination

        (4,941 )   (4,941 )

Consolidated

    39,830         39,830  

 

 
  2013  
($ in millions)
  Third-party
revenues
  Intersegment
revenues
  Total
revenues
 

Discrete Automation and Motion

    8,909     1,006     9,915  

Low Voltage Products

    7,338     391     7,729  

Process Automation

    8,287     210     8,497  

Power Products

    9,096     1,936     11,032  

Power Systems

    8,025     350     8,375  

Corporate and Other

    193     1,583     1,776  

Intersegment elimination

        (5,476 )   (5,476 )

Consolidated

    41,848         41,848  

 

 
  2012  
($ in millions)
  Third-party
revenues
  Intersegment
revenues
  Total
revenues
 

Discrete Automation and Motion

    8,480     925     9,405  

Low Voltage Products

    6,276     362     6,638  

Process Automation

    7,946     210     8,156  

Power Products

    8,987     1,730     10,717  

Power Systems

    7,575     277     7,852  

Corporate and Other

    72     1,505     1,577  

Intersegment elimination

        (5,009 )   (5,009 )

Consolidated

    39,336         39,336  

F-77


Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)


($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012  

Operational EBITDA:

                   

Discrete Automation and Motion

    1,760     1,783     1,735  

Low Voltage Products

    1,429     1,468     1,219  

Process Automation

    1,029     1,096     1,003  

Power Products

    1,519     1,637     1,585  

Power Systems

    5     419     290  

Corporate and Other and Intersegment elimination

    (342 )   (328 )   (277 )

Consolidated Operational EBITDA

    5,400     6,075     5,555  

Depreciation and amortization

    (1,305 )   (1,318 )   (1,182 )

Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses

    (235 )   (252 )   (180 )

Gains and losses on sale of businesses, acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items

    482     (181 )   (199 )

Foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations:

                   

Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives)

    (223 )   60     135  

Realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized

    (42 )   14     (28 )

Unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities)

    101     (11 )   (43 )

Income from operations

    4,178     4,387     4,058  

Interest and dividend income

    80     69     73  

Interest and other finance expense

    (362 )   (390 )   (293 )

Income from continuing operations before taxes

    3,896     4,066     3,838  

 

 
  Depreciation and
amortization
  Capital expenditure (1)   Total assets (1) at
December 31,
 
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012   2014   2013   2012  

Discrete Automation and Motion

    309     285     263     192     214     197     10,123     10,931     9,416  

Low Voltage Products

    301     323     250     184     204     208     7,978     9,389     9,534  

Process Automation

    88     87     82     49     68     91     4,268     4,537     4,847  

Power Products

    217     223     209     220     252     259     7,396     7,669     7,701  

Power Systems

    175     183     174     92     101     194     6,855     7,905     8,083  

Corporate and Other

    215     217     204     289     267     344     8,258     7,633     9,489  

Consolidated

    1,305     1,318     1,182     1,026     1,106     1,293     44,878     48,064     49,070  

(1)
Capital expenditure and Total assets are after intersegment eliminations and therefore reflect third-party activities only.

F-78


Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

Geographic information

        Geographic information for revenues and long-lived assets was as follows:

 
  Revenues   Long-lived
assets at
December 31,
 
($ in millions)
  2014   2013   2012   2014   2013  

Europe

    13,674     14,385     14,073     3,460     3,798  

The Americas

    11,482     12,115     10,699     1,215     1,450  

Asia

    10,874     11,230     10,750     789     850  

Middle East and Africa

    3,800     4,118     3,814     188     156  

    39,830     41,848     39,336     5,652     6,254  

        Revenues by geography reflect the location of the customer. Approximately 19 percent, 18 percent and 17 percent of the Company's total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, came from customers in the United States. Approximately 13 percent, 12 percent and 12 percent of the Company's total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were generated from customers in China. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, more than 98 percent of the Company's total revenues were generated from customers outside Switzerland.

        Long-lived assets represent "Property, plant and equipment, net" and are shown by location of the assets. At December 31, 2014, approximately 16 percent, 16 percent and 15 percent were located in Switzerland, the U.S. and Sweden, respectively. At December 31, 2013, approximately 17 percent, 17 percent and 15 percent of the Company's long-lived assets were located in Switzerland, the U.S. and Sweden, respectively.

        The Company does not segregate revenues derived from transactions with external customers for each type or group of products and services. Accordingly, it is not practicable for the Company to present revenues from external customers by product and service type.

F-79




Exhibit 1.1

 

 



 

Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd, Zurich

as of April 30, 2014

 

This is a translation of the original German version.

In case of any discrepancy, the German version shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1: Name, Place of Incorporation, Purpose and Duration

 

 

 

Name, Place of Incorporation

 

Article 1
Under the name

 

 

ABB Ltd

ABB AG

ABB SA

there exists a corporation with its place of incorporation in Zurich.

 

 

 

Purpose

 

Article 2

 

 

1                  The purpose of the Company is to hold interests in business enterprises, particularly in enterprises active in the areas of industry, trade and services.

 

 

2                  The Company may acquire, encumber, exploit or sell real estate and intellectual property rights in Switzerland and abroad and may also finance other companies.

 

 

3                  The Company may engage in all types of transactions and may take all measures that appear appropriate to promote, or that are related to, the purpose of the Company.

 

 

 

Duration

 

Article 3

 

 

The duration of the Company shall be unlimited.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2: Share Capital

 

 

 

Share Capital

 

Article 4

1                  The share capital of the Company is CHF 2,384,185,561.92 and is divided into 2,314,743,264 fully paid registered shares. Each share has a par value of CHF 1.03.

2                  Upon resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, registered shares may be converted into bearer shares and bearer shares may be converted into registered shares.

 

2



 

Contingent

 

Article 4 bis

Share Capital

 

1                  The share capital may be increased in an amount not to exceed CHF 216,300,000 through the issuance of up to 210,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share,

a)              up to the amount of CHF 206,000,000 through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants granted in connection with the issuance on national or international capital markets of newly or already issued bonds or other financial market instruments by the Company or one of its group companies, and

b)              up to the amount of CHF 10,300,000 through the exercise of warrant rights granted to the shareholders by the Company or one of its group companies. The Board of Directors may grant warrant rights not taken up by shareholders for other purposes in the interest of the Company.

The pre-emptive rights of the shareholders shall be excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments or the grant of warrant rights. The then current owners of conversion rights and/or warrants shall be entitled to subscribe for the new shares. The conditions of the conversion rights and/or warrants shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

2                  The acquisition of shares through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants and each subsequent transfer of the shares shall be subject to the restrictions of art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation.

3                  In connection with the issuance by the Company or one of its group companies of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, the Board of Directors shall be authorized to restrict or deny the advance subscription rights of shareholders if such issuances are for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, participations or new investments or the issuance on national or international capital markets. If advance subscription rights are denied by the Board of Directors, the following shall apply: the convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments shall be issued at the relevant market conditions and the new shares shall be issued pursuant to the relevant market conditions taking into account the share price and/or other comparable instruments having a market price. Conversion rights may be exercised during a

 

3



 

 

 

maximum 10-year period, and warrants may be exercised during a maximum 7-year period, in each case from the date of the respective issuance. The advance subscription rights of the shareholders may be granted indirectly.

4                  The share capital may be increased in an amount not to exceed CHF 96,859,964 through the issuance of up to 94,038,800 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share by the issuance of new shares to employees of the Company and group companies. The pre-emptive and advance subscription rights of the shareholders of the Company shall thereby be excluded. The shares or rights to subscribe for shares shall be issued to employees pursuant to one or more regulations to be issued by the Board of Directors, taking into account performance, functions, levels of responsibility and profitability criteria. Shares or subscription rights may be issued to employees at a price lower than that quoted on the stock exchange.

5                  The acquisition of shares within the context of employee share ownership and each subsequent transfer of the shares shall be subject to the restrictions of art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation.

 

Authorized Share Capital

 

Article 4 ter

1                  The Board of Directors shall be authorized to increase the share capital in an amount not to exceed CHF 206,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share by not later than April 29, 2015. Increases in partial amounts shall be permitted.

2                  The subscription and acquisition of the new shares, as well as each subsequent transfer of the shares, shall be subject to the restrictions of art. 5 of these Articles of Incorporation.

3                  The Board of Directors shall determine the date of issue of new shares, the issue price, the type of payment, the conditions for the exercise of pre-emptive rights, and the beginning date for dividend entitlement. In this regard, the Board of Directors may issue new shares by means of a firm underwriting through a banking institution, a syndicate or another third party with a subsequent offer of these shares to the shareholders. The Board of Directors may permit pre-emptive rights that have not been exercised to expire or it may place these rights and/or shares as to which pre-emptive rights

 

4



 

 

 

have been granted but not exercised, at market conditions or use them for other purposes in the interest of the Company.

4                  The Board of Directors is further authorized to restrict or deny the pre-emptive rights of shareholders and allocate such rights to third parties if the shares are to be used:

a)              for the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, or participations, or for new investments, or, in case of a share placement, for the financing or refinancing of such transactions; or

b)              for the purpose of broadening the shareholder constituency in connection with a listing of shares on domestic or foreign stock exchanges.

 

 

 

Share Register and Restrictions on Registration, Nominees

 

Article 5

1                  The Company shall maintain a share register listing the surname and first name (in the case of legal entities, the company name) and address of the holders and usufructuaries of the registered shares.

2                  Acquirors of registered shares shall be registered upon request in the share register as shareholders with the right to vote, provided that they expressly declare that they acquired the registered shares in their own name and for their own account.

3                  If persons fail to expressly declare in their registration applications that they hold the shares for their own account (the “Nominees”), the Board of Directors shall enter such persons in the share register with the right to vote, provided that the Nominee has entered into an agreement with the Board of Directors concerning his status and is subject to a recognized bank or financial market supervision.

4                  After hearing the registered shareholder or Nominee, the Board of Directors may cancel registrations in the share register, retroactive to the date of registration, if such registrations were made based on incorrect information. The relevant shareholder or Nominee shall be informed immediately as to the cancellation.

5                  The Board of Directors shall regulate the details and issue the instructions necessary for compliance with the preceding provisions. In special cases, it may grant exemptions from the rule concerning Nominees. The Board of Directors may delegate its duties.

6                  Notwithstanding paras. 2—4 of this article, acquirors of registered shares may be registered in the share register with Euroclear Sweden AB (“Euroclear”) in accordance with Swedish law.

 

5



 

Share Certificates and Intermediated Securities

 

Article 6

1                  The Company may issue its registered shares in the form of single certificates, global certificates and uncertificated securities. Under the conditions set forth by statutory law, the Company may convert its registered shares from one form into another form at any time and without the approval of the shareholders. The Company shall bear the cost of any such conversion.

2                  If registered shares are issued in the form of single certificates or global certificates, they shall bear the signatures of two members of the Board of Directors. These signatures may be facsimile signatures.

3                  The shareholder has no right to demand a conversion of the form of the registered shares. Each shareholder may, however, at any time request a written confirmation from the Company of the registered shares held by such shareholder, as reflected in the share register.

4                  Intermediated securities based on registered shares of the Company cannot be transferred by way of assignment. A security interest in any such intermediated securities also cannot be granted by way of assignment.

5                  Uncertificated registered shares registered with Euroclear may be pledged in accordance with Swedish law.

 

Exercise of Rights

 

Article 7

1                  The Company shall only accept one representative per share.

2                  The right to vote and rights relating thereto under a registered share may be exercised vis-à-vis the Company only by a shareholder, usufructuary or Nominee registered in the share register with the right to vote.

 

Dividend Access Facility

 

Article 8

1                  The Company has established a dividend access facility under which shareholders who are resident in Sweden have the option to be registered with Euroclear as holders of a total of up to 600,004,716 registered shares of the Company, with suspended dividend entitlement. The claim to dividends against the Company on such registered shares shall be suspended as long as such registered shares are registered with Euroclear. In lieu thereof, on each such registered share, an amount equivalent to the dividend resolved

 

6



 

 

 

on a registered share of the Company shall be paid in Swedish kronor by ABB Norden Holding AB based on the dividend entitlement on a preference share.

2                  In deciding on the appropriation of dividends, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall take into account that the Company will pay dividends only on shares that do not participate in the dividend access facility.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3: Corporate Bodies

A. General Meeting of Shareholders

 

Competence

 

Article 9

The General Meeting of Shareholders is the supreme body of the Company.

 

 

 

Ordinary General Meetings

 

Article 10

The Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held each year within six months after the close of the fiscal year of the Company; the business report, the compensation report and the Auditors’ reports shall be made available for inspection by the shareholders at the place of incorporation of the Company by no later than twenty days prior to the meeting. Each shareholder is entitled to request immediate delivery of a copy of these documents. Shareholders will be notified of this in writing.

 

Extraordinary General Meetings

 

Article 11

1                  Extraordinary General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held when deemed necessary by the Board of Directors or the Auditors.

2                  Furthermore, Extraordinary General Meetings of Shareholders shall be convened upon resolution of a General Meeting of Shareholders or if this is requested by one or more shareholders who represent an aggregate of at least one-tenth of the share capital and who submit a petition signed by such shareholder(s), specifying the items for the agenda and the proposals.

 

7



 

Notice of General Meetings

 

Article 12

1                  Notice of General Meetings of Shareholders shall be given by the Board of Directors or, if necessary, by the Auditors, by no later than twenty days prior to the meeting date. Notice of the meeting shall be given by way of an announcement appearing once in the official publication organ of the Company. Shareholders may also be informed by ordinary mail. Liquidators and representatives of bondholders shall also be entitled to call a General Meeting of Shareholders.

2                  The notice of a meeting shall state the items on the agenda and the proposals of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders who demanded that a General Meeting of Shareholders be held or that an item be included on the agenda and, in case of elections, the names of the nominated candidates.

 

Agenda

 

Article 13

1                  One or more shareholders whose combined shareholdings represent an aggregate par value of at least CHF 412,000 may demand that an item be included on the agenda of a General Meeting of Shareholders. Such inclusion must be requested in writing at least forty days prior to the meeting and shall specify the agenda items and proposals of such shareholder(s).

2                  No resolutions may be passed at a General Meeting of Shareholders concerning agenda items for which proper notice was not given. This provision shall not apply, however, to proposals made during a General Meeting of Shareholders to convene an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders or to initiate a special audit.

3                  No previous notification shall be required for proposals concerning items included on the agenda and for debates as to which no vote is taken.

 

Presiding Officer, Minutes, Vote Counters

 

Article 14

1                  The General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held at the place of incorporation of the Company, unless the Board of Directors decides otherwise. The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, a Vice-Chairman or any other Member appointed by the Board, shall take the chair.

 

8



 

 

 

2                  The presiding officer shall appoint the secretary and the vote counters. The minutes shall be signed by the presiding officer and the secretary.

3                  The presiding officer shall have all powers and authority necessary to ensure the orderly and undisturbed conduct of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

Proxies

 

Article 15

1                  The Board of Directors shall issue procedural rules regarding participation in and representation at the General Meeting of Shareholders.

2                  A shareholder may be represented only by the independent proxy (unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter), his legal representative or, by means of a written proxy, another shareholder with the right to vote. All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by only one representative.

3                  The General Meeting of Shareholders shall elect the independent proxy for a term of office extending until completion of the next ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders. Re-election is possible.

4                  If the Company does not have an independent proxy, the Board of Directors shall appoint the independent proxy for the next General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

Voting Rights

 

Article 16

Subject to art. 5 para. 2 of these Articles of Incorporation, each share shall grant the right to one vote.

 

Resolutions, Elections

 

Article 17

1                  Unless otherwise required by law, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall pass resolutions and decide elections upon an absolute majority of the votes represented.

2                  Resolutions and elections shall be decided by a show of hands, unless a secret ballot is resolved by the General Meeting of Shareholders or is ordered by the presiding officer. The presiding officer may also arrange for resolutions and elections to be carried out by electronic means. Resolutions and elections carried out by electronic means are deemed to have the same effect as secret ballots.

 

9



 

 

 

3                  The presiding officer may at any time order that an election or resolution be repeated if, in his view, the results of the vote are in doubt. In this case, the preceding election or resolution shall be deemed to have not occurred.

4                  If the first ballot fails to result in an election and more than one candidate is standing for election, the presiding officer shall order a second ballot in which a relative majority shall be decisive.

 

Specific Powers of the General Meeting

 

Article 18

The following powers shall be vested exclusively in the General Meeting of Shareholders:

a)              adoption and amendment of the Articles of Incorporation;

b)              election of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the members of the Compensation Committee, the Auditors and the independent proxy;

c)               approval of the annual management report and consolidated financial statements;

d)              approval of the annual financial statements and decision on the allocation of profits shown on the balance sheet, in particular with regard to dividends;

e)               approval of the compensation of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee pursuant to Article 34 of these Articles of Incorporation;

f)                granting discharge to the members of the Board of Directors and the persons entrusted with management;

g)               passing resolutions as to all matters reserved to the authority of the General Meeting by law or under these Articles of Incorporation or that are submitted to the General Meeting by the Board of Directors, subject to art. 716a Swiss Code of Obligations.

 

Special Quorum

 

Article 19

The approval of at least two-thirds of the votes represented shall be required for resolutions of the General Meeting of Shareholders with respect to:

a)              a modification of the purpose of the Company;

b)              the creation of shares with increased voting powers;

c)               restrictions on the transfer of registered shares and the removal of such restrictions;

 

10


 

 

 

d)              restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of such restrictions;

 

 

e)               an authorized or conditional increase in share capital;

 

 

f)                an increase in share capital through the conversion of capital surplus, through an in-kind contribution or in exchange for an acquisition of property, and a grant of special benefits;

 

 

g)               the restriction or denial of pre-emptive rights;

 

 

h)              a transfer of the place of incorporation of the Company;

 

 

i)                  the dissolution of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

B.             Board of Directors

 

 

 

Number of Directors

 

Article 20

The Board of Directors shall consist of no less than 7 and no more than 13 members.

 

 

 

 

 

Article 21

Election, Term of Office

 

1                  The members of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be individually elected by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of office extending until completion of the next Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

2                  Members whose terms of office have expired shall be immediately eligible for re-election.

 

3                  If the office of the Chairman of the Board of Directors is vacant, the Board of Directors shall appoint a new Chairman from among its members for a term of office extending until completion of the next Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

 

Organization of the Board, Reimbursement of Expenses

 

Article 22

 

1                  Except for the election of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the members of the Compensation Committee by the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Board of Directors shall constitute itself. It may elect from among its members one or several Vice-Chairmen. It shall appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Board.

 

2                  The members of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to the reimbursement of all expenses incurred in the interests of the Company.

 

11



 

Convening of Meetings

 

Article 23

 

The Chairman shall convene meetings of the Board of Directors if and when the need arises or whenever a member or the chief executive officer so requests in writing.

 

 

Resolutions

 

Article 24

 

 

1                  In order to pass resolutions, at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors must be present. No attendance quorum shall be required for resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the confirmation of capital increases or for the amendment of the Articles of Incorporation in connection therewith.

 

 

2                  Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted upon a majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie, the Chairman shall have the casting vote.

 

 

3                  Resolutions may be passed by way of circulation (in writing), provided that no member requests oral deliberation.

 

 

 

Specific Powers of the Board

Article 25

1                  The Board of Directors has, in particular, the following nondelegable and inalienable duties:

a)              the ultimate direction of the business of the Company and the issuance of the necessary instructions;

 

 

b)              the determination of the organization of the Company;

 

 

c)               the administration of accounting, financial control and financial planning;

 

 

d)              the appointment and removal of the persons entrusted with management and representation of the Company;

 

 

e)               the ultimate supervision of the persons entrusted with management of the Company, specifically in view of their compliance with law, these Articles of Incorporation, the regulations and directives;

 

 

f)                the preparation of the business report, the compensation report and the General Meetings of Shareholders as well as the implementation of the resolutions adopted by the General Meetings of Shareholders;

 

 

g)               the adoption of resolutions concerning an increase in share capital to the extent that such power is vested in the Board of Directors (art. 651 para. 4 Swiss Code of Obligations) and of

 

12



 

 

 

resolutions concerning the confirmation of capital increases and corresponding amendments to the Articles of Incorporation, as well as making the required report on the capital increase;

 

 

h)              the notification of the court if liabilities exceed assets.

 

 

2                  In addition, the Board of Directors may pass resolutions with respect to all matters that are not reserved to the authority of the General Meeting of Shareholders by law or under these Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

Delegation of Powers

 

Article 26

 

Subject to art. 25 of these Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may delegate management of the Company in whole or in part to individual directors or to third persons pursuant to regulations governing the internal organization.

 

 

 

Signature Power

 

Article 27

 

 

The due and valid representation of the Company by members of the Board of Directors or other persons shall be set forth in regulations governing the internal organization.

 

 

 

 

 

C. Compensation Committee

 

 

 

Number of Members

 

Article 28

 

The Compensation Committee shall consist of no less than three members of the Board of Directors.

 

 

 

Election, Term of Office

 

Article 29

 

1                  The members of the Compensation Committee shall be individually elected by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of office extending until completion of the next Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

2                  Members whose terms of office have expired shall be immediately eligible for re-election.

 

 

3                  If there are vacancies on the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors may appoint substitute members from among its members for a term of office extending until completion of the next Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

13



 

Organization of the Compensation Committee

 

Article 30

 

1                  The Compensation Committee shall constitute itself. The Board of Directors shall elect the chairman of the Compensation Committee.

 

2                  The Board of Directors shall issue regulations establishing the organization and decision-making process of the Compensation Committee.

 

 

 

Powers

 

Article 31

 

 

1                  The Compensation Committee shall support the Board of Directors in establishing and reviewing the compensation strategy and guidelines as well as in preparing the proposals to the General Meeting of Shareholders regarding the compensation of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee, and may submit proposals to the Board of Directors in other compensation-related issues.

 

 

2                  The Board of Directors shall determine in regulations for which positions of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee the Compensation Committee shall submit proposals for the performance metrics, target values and the compensation to the Board of Directors, and for which positions it shall itself determine, in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and the compensation guidelines established by the Board of Directors, the performance metrics, target values and the compensation.

 

 

3                  The Board of Directors may delegate further tasks to the Compensation Committee that shall be determined in regulations.

 

 

 

 

 

D. Auditors

 

 

 

Term, Powers and Duties

 

Article 32

 

1                  The Auditors, which shall be elected by the General Meeting of Shareholders each year, shall have the powers and duties vested in them by law.

 

14



 

 

 

Section 4: Compensation of the Members of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee

 

 

 

General Compensation Principles

 

Article 33

 

1                  Compensation of the members of the Board of Directors consists of fixed compensation. Total compensation shall take into account position and level of responsibility of the recipient.

 

2                  Compensation of the members of the Executive Committee consists of fixed and variable compensation elements. Fixed compensation comprises the base salary and other compensation elements. Variable compensation may comprise short-term and long-term variable compensation elements. Total compensation shall take into account position and level of responsibility of the recipient.

 

3                  Short-term variable compensation elements shall be governed by performance metrics that take into account the performance of the Company, the group or parts thereof, targets in relation to the market, other companies or comparable benchmarks and/or individual targets, and achievement of which is generally measured during a one-year period. Depending on achieved performance, the compensation may amount to a multiplier of target level.

 

4                  Long-term variable compensation elements shall be governed by performance metrics that take into account strategic and/or financial objectives, achievement of which is generally measured during a perennial period, as well as retention elements. Depending on achieved performance, the compensation may amount to a multiplier of target level.

 

 

5                  The Board of Directors or, to the extent delegated to it, the Compensation Committee shall determine the performance metrics and target levels of the short- and long-term variable compensation elements, as well as their achievement.

 

 

6                  Compensation may be paid in the form of cash, shares, or in the form of other types of benefits; for the Executive Committee, compensation may in addition be paid in the form of share-based instruments or units. The Board of Directors or, to the extent delegated to it, the Compensation Committee shall determine grant, vesting, exercise and forfeiture conditions. In particular, they may provide for continuation, acceleration or removal of vesting and

 

15



 

 

 

exercise conditions, for payment or grant of compensation based upon assumed target achievement, or for forfeiture, in each case in the event of pre-determined events such as a change-of-control or termination of an employment or mandate agreement. The Company may procure the required shares through purchases in the market or by using contingent share capital.

 

 

7                  Compensation may be paid by the Company or companies controlled by it.

 

 

 

Approval of Compensation by the General Meeting of Shareholders

 

Article 34

1                  The General Meeting of Shareholders shall approve the proposals of the Board of Directors in relation to the maximum aggregate amounts of:

a)              compensation of the Board of Directors for the next term of office;

b)              compensation of the Executive Committee for the following financial year.

2                  The Board of Directors may submit for approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders deviating or additional proposals relating to the same or different periods.

3                  In the event the General Meeting of Shareholders does not approve a proposal of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall determine, taking into account all relevant factors, the respective (maximum) aggregate amount or (maximum) partial amounts, and submit the amount(s) so determined for approval by a General Meeting of Shareholders.

4                  Compensation may be paid out prior to approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders subject to subsequent approval.

 

Supplementary Amount for Changes to the Executive Committee

 

Article 35

 

If the maximum aggregate amount of compensation already approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders is not sufficient to also cover the compensation of one or more persons who become members of the Executive Committee or are being promoted within the Executive Committee after the General Meeting of Shareholders has approved the compensation of the Executive Committee for the relevant period then the Company or companies controlled by it shall be authorized to pay such members a supplementary amount during the compensation period(s) already approved. The supplementary amount per

 

16



 

 

 

compensation period shall not exceed 30% of the maximum aggregate amount of compensation of the Executive Committee last approved.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5: Agreements with Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee, Credits

 

 

 

Agreements with Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee

 

Article 36

1                  The Company or companies controlled by it may enter into agreements for a fixed term or for an indefinite term with members of the Board of Directors relating to their compensation. Duration and termination shall comply with the term of office and the law.

 

2                  The Company or companies controlled by it may enter into employment agreements for a fixed term or for an indefinite term with members of the Executive Committee. Employment agreements for a fixed term may have a maximum duration of one year. Renewal is possible. Employment agreements for an indefinite term may have a termination notice period of maximum twelve months.

 

3                  The Company or companies controlled by it may enter into non- compete agreements with members of the Executive Committee for the time after termination of employment. Their duration shall not exceed one year, and consideration paid for such non-compete undertaking shall not exceed the last total annual compensation of such member of the Executive Committee.

 

 

 

Credits

 

Article 37

 

 

Credits may not be granted to a member of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6: Mandates Outside the Group

 

 

 

Mandates Outside the Group

 

Article 38

 

1                  No member of the Board of Directors may hold more than ten additional mandates of which no more than four may be in listed companies.

 

 

2                  No member of the Executive Committee may hold more than five mandates of which no more than one may be in a listed company.

 

17



 

 

 

3                  The following mandates shall not be subject to the limitations set forth in paras. 1 and 2 of this Article:

 

 

a)              mandates in companies which are controlled by the Company or which control the Company;

 

 

b)              mandates held at the request of the Company or companies controlled by it. No member of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee shall hold more than ten such mandates; and

 

 

c)               mandates in associations, charitable organizations, foundations, trusts, employee welfare foundations, educational institutions, non-profit institutions and other similar organizations. No member of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee shall hold more than twenty-five such mandates.

 

 

4                  Mandates shall mean mandates in the supreme governing body of a legal entity which is required to be registered in the commercial register or a comparable foreign register. Mandates in different legal entities that are under joint control or same beneficial ownership are deemed one mandate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7: Annual Financial Statements, Consolidated Financial Statements and Profit Allocation

 

 

 

Fiscal Year, Business Report

 

Article 39

 

1                  The fiscal year shall close as of December 31 of each year, closing for the first time on December 31, 1999.

 

 

2                  For each fiscal year, the Board of Directors shall prepare a business report including the annual financial statements (consisting of the profit and loss statements, balance sheet, cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements), the annual management report and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

Allocation of Profit Shown on the Balance Sheet, Reserves

 

Article 40

 

1                  The profit shown on the balance sheet shall be allocated by the General Meeting of Shareholders within the limits set by applicable law. The Board of Directors shall submit its proposals to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

18



 

 

 

2                  Further reserves may be taken in addition to the reserves required by law.

 

 

3                  Dividends that have not been collected within five years after their expiry date shall pass to the Company and be allocated to the general reserves.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8: Announcements, Communications

 

 

 

Announcements, Communications

 

Article 41

 

1                  The official publication organ of the Company shall be the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.

 

2                  To the extent that personal notification is not mandated by law, all communications to the shareholders shall be deemed valid if published in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce. Written communications by the Company to its shareholders shall be sent by ordinary mail to the last address of the shareholder or authorized recipient entered in the share register.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9: Transitional Provisions

 

 

 

Transitional Provisions

 

Article 42

 

1                  Art. 38 shall enter into force following the Company’s 2015 Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

19



 

Contact

 

ABB Ltd

P.O. Box

CH-8050 Zurich

Phone +41 (0)43 317 71 11

Fax     +41 (0)43 317 44 20

www.abb.com

 

© Copyright 2014 ABB. All rights reserved.

 




Exhibit 4.1

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

 

CONFORMED COPY

 

ABB LTD

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF ABB LTD
AS BORROWERS

 

WITH

 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

WITH

 

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC
AS FACILITY AGENT
AND EURO SWINGLINE AGENT

 

AND

 

CITIBANK, N.A
AS DOLLAR SWINGLINE AGENT

 


 

$2,000,000,000
MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT
AGREEMENT

 

DATED 23 MAY 2014
AS AMENDED ON 13 JUNE 2014

 


 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

 

2

2.

 

The Facility

 

24

3.

 

Purpose

 

29

4.

 

Conditions of Utilisation

 

29

5.

 

Utilisation

 

31

6.

 

Optional Currencies

 

34

7.

 

Repayment

 

35

8.

 

Prepayment and Cancellation

 

36

9.

 

Interest

 

42

10.

 

Interest Periods

 

43

11.

 

Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

43

12.

 

Fees

 

45

13.

 

Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

 

47

14.

 

Increased Costs

 

53

15.

 

Other Indemnities

 

55

16.

 

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

56

17.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

57

18.

 

Guarantee and Indemnity

 

57

19.

 

Representations

 

61

20.

 

Information Undertakings

 

64

21.

 

General Undertakings

 

67

22.

 

Events of Default

 

71

23.

 

Changes to the Lenders

 

75

24.

 

Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

 

80

25.

 

Changes to the Obligors

 

82

26.

 

Role of the Agents and the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

84

27.

 

Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

 

91

28.

 

Sharing among the Lenders

 

92

29.

 

Payment Mechanics

 

94

30.

 

Set-Off

 

98

31.

 

Notices

 

98

32.

 

Calculation and Certificates

 

101

33.

 

Partial Invalidity

 

101

 

i



 

34.

 

Remedies and Waivers

 

101

35.

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

102

36.

 

Counterparts

 

105

37.

 

Governing Law

 

106

38.

 

Enforcement

 

106

Schedule 1

 

107

Part I The Original Lenders

 

107

Part II The Dollar Swingline Lenders

 

108

Part III The Euro Swingline Lenders

 

109

Part IV The Original Obligors

 

110

Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent

 

111

Part I Conditions Precedent

 

111

Part II Additional Borrower Conditions Precedent

 

113

Schedule 3 Utilisation Request

 

115

Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

 

116

Schedule 5 Timetables

 

118

Schedule 6 Form of Borrower Accession Letter

 

120

Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter

 

121

Schedule 8 Material Subsidiaries

 

122

Schedule 9 Form of Increase Confirmation

 

123

 

ii



 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 23 May 2014 and made

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  ABB LTD , a company incorporated in Switzerland whose registered office is at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland (“ ABB ” or the “ Guarantor ”);

 

(2)                                  THE SUBSIDIARIES OF ABB listed in Part IV of Schedule 1 ( The Original Obligors ) as original borrowers (the “ Original Borrowers ”);

 

(3)                                  AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED, BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BNP PARIBAS, THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED, COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, CRÉDIT AGRICOLE (SUISSE) SA, CREDIT SUISSE AG, DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A., DNB BANK ASA, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, HANDELSBANKEN CAPITAL MARKETS, SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL), HSBC BANK PLC, INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, ACTING THROUGH ICBC (LONDON) PLC, ING BELGIUM, BRUSSELS, GENEVA BRANCH, J.P. MORGAN LIMITED, MORGAN STANLEY BANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., MERCHANT BANKING, SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL), SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING, STANDARD CHARTERED BANK, UBS AG, UNICREDIT BANK AG in their respective capacities as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”);

 

(4)                                  THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part I to Part III of Schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders ) in their respective capacities as original lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”);

 

(5)                                  CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC in its capacity as facility agent (the “ Facility Agent ”);

 

(6)                                  CITIBANK, N.A. in its capacity as dollar swingline agent (the “ Dollar Swingline Agent ”); and

 

(7)                                  CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC in its capacity as euro swingline agent (the “ Euro Swingline Agent ”).

 

1



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                            Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Acquisition ” means the acquisition by any Group Company of any person not already being a Group Company and which, upon completion of the acquisition, becomes a Group Company.

 

Additional Borrower ” means any wholly owned Subsidiary of ABB that has become an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 25.2 ( Additional Borrowers ).

 

Advance ” means an advance made or to be made under the Facility (including, unless the context otherwise requires, a Swingline Advance) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that advance.

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities thereof) or (ii) any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings.

 

Agents ” means the Dollar Swingline Agent, the Euro Swingline Agent and the Facility Agent, and “ Agent ” means, as the context may require, any of them.

 

Agreed Jurisdiction ” means any of the United States of America, Switzerland, any country that is, at the date of this Agreement, a member of the European Union (other than Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Slovakia and Slovenia) and any other country approved by all the Lenders.

 

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing or registration.

 

Automatic Advance ” means an Advance made pursuant to Clause 5.9 ( Automatic Advance ).

 

Availability Period ” means the period from the date of this Agreement up to and including the date falling one week before the Termination Date.

 

2



 

Available Commitment ” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

(a)                                  the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Advances (including any Separate Advances); and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Advances that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

 

other than, in either case, that Lender’s participation in any Advances that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Dollar Swingline Commitment ” means a Dollar Swingline Lender’s Dollar Swingline Commitment minus:

 

(a)                                  the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Dollar Swingline Advances; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any proposed Utilisation by way of a Dollar Swingline Advance, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Dollar Swingline Advances that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

 

other than, in either case, that Dollar Swingline Lender’s participation in any Dollar Swingline Advances that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Dollar Swingline Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Dollar Swingline Lender’s Available Dollar Swingline Commitment.

 

Available Euro Swingline Commitment ” means a Euro Swingline Lender’s Euro Swingline Commitment minus:

 

(a)                                  the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Euro Swingline Advances; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any proposed Utilisation by way of a Euro Swingline Advance, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Euro Swingline Advances that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

 

other than, in either case, that Euro Swingline Lender’s participation in any Euro Swingline Advances that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Euro Swingline Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Euro Swingline Lender’s Available Euro Swingline Commitment.

 

Available Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

Base Currency ” means Dollars.

 

3



 

Base Currency Amount ” means, in relation to an Advance, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the relevant Borrower for that Advance (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is 3 Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Facility Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment or prepayment of the Advance.

 

Borrower Accession Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Borrower Accession Letter ).

 

Borrowers ” means each Original Borrower and each Additional Borrower, provided that it has not been released from its rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 25.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ).

 

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)                                  the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in an Advance or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Advance or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b)                                  the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

Business Day ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to a Dollar Swingline Advance a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in New York;

 

(b)                                  in relation to any Advance (not being a Dollar Swingline Advance) a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, and:

 

(i)                                      (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than Euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

(ii)                                   (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of Euro) any TARGET Day; and

 

(c)                                   for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

 

Capital Markets Issuer ” means a Group Company whose primary functions within the Group are: (i) the issuance of bonds, commercial paper and/or other debt

 

4



 

instruments; and/or (ii) supporting the intra-Group funding arrangements and treasury operations of the Group.

 

Clean-Up Period ” means, in relation to an Acquisition, the period commencing on the date such Acquisition completes and ending on the date falling 180 days later.

 

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Commitment ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “ Commitment ” in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ); and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ) which (with the expiry of a grace period or the giving of any notice specified in Clause 22 ( Events of Default )) would be an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender:

 

(a)                                  which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available or has notified the Facility Agent that it will not make its participation in an Advance available by the Utilisation Date of that Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

(b)                                  which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

(c)                                   with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event,

 

and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

5



 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                       a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                                       the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i)                                          from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                       from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Dollar Swingline Advance ” means any advance made or to be made under the Dollar Swingline Facility pursuant to a Utilisation Request under Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ).

 

Dollar Swingline Commitmen t” means:

 

(a)                                       in relation to an Original Lender which is a Dollar Swingline Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “ Dollar Swingline Commitment ” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Dollar Swingline Lenders ) and the amount of any other Dollar Swingline Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ); and

 

(b)                                       in relation to any other Dollar Swingline Lender, the amount of any Dollar Swingline Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Dollar Swingline Facility ” means the dollar swingline facility forming part of the Facility as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facility ).

 

Dollar Swingline Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                       any Original Lender whose name is set out in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Dollar Swingline Lenders ); and

 

(b)                                       any bank which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ) or Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) and to

 

6



 

whom a Dollar Swingline Commitment has been transferred or by whom a Dollar Swingline Commitment has been assumed,

 

which in each case has not ceased to have a Dollar Swingline Commitment.

 

Dollar Swingline Rate ” means, at any time, the higher of:

 

(a)                                  the Prime Rate; and

 

(b)                                  the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50 per cent. per annum.

 

Dutch Borrower ” means ABB Finance B.V. and any Additional Borrower which is incorporated or established in The Netherlands.

 

Economic Sanctions Laws ” means economic or trade sanctions laws and regulations as announced and adopted by the Sanctions Authorities (including, but not limited to, the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended by the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010, and by any further amendments thereto (the Iran Sanctions Act)).

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any Group Company conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States of America and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

 

EURIBOR ” means, in relation to any Advance (other than a Euro Swingline Advance) in Euro:

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                  if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance, the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Advance; or

 

(c)                                   if:

 

(i)                                      no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance; and

 

(ii)                                   it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Advance,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for Euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Advance and, if any such rate is below zero, EURIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

Euro Swingline Advance ” means any advance made or to be made under the Euro Swingline Facility pursuant to a Utilisation Request under Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ).

 

7


 

Euro Swingline Commitment ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to an Original Lender which is a Euro Swingline Lender, the amount (in the Base Currency) set opposite its name under the heading “ Euro Swingline Commitment ” in Part III of Schedule 1 ( The Euro Swingline Lenders ) and the amount of any other Euro Swingline Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ); and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other Euro Swingline Lender, the amount of any Euro Swingline Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Euro Swingline Facility ” means the euro swingline facility forming part of the Facility as described in paragraph (b) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facility ).

 

Euro Swingline Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Original Lender whose name is set out in Part III of Schedule 1 ( The Euro Swingline Lenders ); and

 

(b)                                  any bank which has become Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ) or Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) and to whom a Euro Swingline Commitment has been transferred or by whom a Euro Swingline Commitment has been assumed,

 

which in each case has not ceased to have a Euro Swingline Commitment.

 

 “ Euro Swingline Rate ” means, at any time, the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                  the arithmetic mean of the rates per annum (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Euro Swingline Agent at its request quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the European interbank market as of 11.00 a.m. Brussels time on the Utilisation Date for that Euro Swingline Advance for the offering of deposits in Euro for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the relevant Euro Swingline Advance and for settlement on that day; and

 

(b)                                  the Margin.

 

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ).

 

Existing Credit Facility ” means the US$2,000,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit facility made available pursuant to a multicurrency revolving facilities agreement dated 7 October 2009, as amended and restated from time to time.

 

Existing Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the Lenders ).

 

8



 

Extension Request ” means a First Extension Request or a Second Extension Request.

 

Facility ” means the loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 ( The Facility ) incorporating a dollar swingline facility and a euro swingline facility.

 

Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange ” means the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

Facility Office ” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

FATCA ” means:

 

(a)                                  sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b)                                  any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b)                                  in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

(c)                                   in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471 (d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

9



 

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, in relation to any day, the rate per annum equal to

 

(a)                                  the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the US Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for that day (or, if that day is not a New York Business Day, for the immediately preceding New York Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; or

 

(b)                                  if a rate is not so published for any day which is a New York Business Day, the average of the quotations for that day on such transactions received by the Dollar Swingline Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognised standing selected by the Dollar Swingline Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means:

 

(a)                                  the fees letter dated on or around the date of this Agreement from the Original Lenders to ABB, the fees letter dated on or around the date of this Agreement from the Mandated Lead Arrangers to ABB, the agency fees letter dated on or around the date of this Agreement from the Facility Agent to ABB and the swingline agency fees letters dated on or around the date of this Agreement from the Dollar Swingline Agent and the Euro Swingline Agent respectively to ABB setting out the fees referred to in Clause 12 ( Fees );

 

(b)                                  any other agreement setting out fees payable to a Lender referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ).

 

Finance Document ” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Borrower Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such in writing by the Facility Agent and ABB.

 

Finance Party ” means any of the Agents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders.

 

First Extension Request ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.3 ( Extension Option ).

 

Funding Rate ” means any rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.2 ( Market disruption ).

 

GAAP ” means, in relation to a company, generally accepted accounting principles in its jurisdiction of incorporation, US GAAP or IFRS, as applied by ABB in its consolidated financial statements.

 

Group ” means ABB and its Subsidiaries and “ Group Company ” means any one of them.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

10



 

IBOR ” means, as appropriate, LIBOR or EURIBOR.

 

IFRS ” means international accounting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Impaired Agent ” means an Agent at any time when:

 

(a)                                       it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b)                                       it otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

(c)                                        (if it is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

(d)                                       an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to it;

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)         administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)         a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)           the relevant Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

Increase Confirmation ” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

 

Increase Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ).

 

Indebtedness ” means, in relation to a person, its obligations (whether present or future, actual or contingent, as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) incurred in respect of:

 

(a)           moneys borrowed;

 

(b)           any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument;

 

(c)           any acceptance credit, bill discounting, note purchase, factoring or documentary credit facility (or dematerialised equivalent);

 

(d)           any lease required under GAAP as at the date hereof to be treated as a finance lease;

 

(e)           receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent that they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

11



 

(f)                                    any guarantee, bond, stand-by letter of credit or other similar instrument issued in connection with the performance of payment obligations;

 

(g)                                   any interest rate or currency swap agreement or any other hedging or derivatives instrument or agreement (and, when calculating the value of such agreement(s) or instrument(s), only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of such agreement(s) or instrument(s), that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(h)                                  any arrangement entered into primarily as a method of raising finance pursuant to which any asset sold or otherwise disposed of by that person is or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Group Company (whether following the exercise of an option or otherwise); or

 

(i)                                      any guarantee, indemnity or similar insurance against financial loss given in respect of the obligation of any person falling within any of paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 

Information Package ” means the documents concerning the Group prepared by ABB in relation to the Facility and posted on the Debtdomain site titled “ABB RCF-May 2014” up to and including the date of this Agreement.

 

Insolvency Event ” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

(a)                                  is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b)                                  is insolvent and under an insolvency, bankruptcy or governmental proceeding or process:

 

(i)                                      that is not directly or indirectly undertaken for the purpose of restructuring, consolidating, amalgamating, merging, rehabilitating or reorganising that Finance Party to enable that Finance Party to continue its business; and

 

(ii)                                   that is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of its institution or presentation;

 

(c)                                   (except where such action is directly or indirectly undertaken for the purpose of restructuring, consolidating, amalgamating, merging, rehabilitating or reorganising that Finance Party to enable it to continue its business) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official and such proceeding or petition is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of its institution or presentation;

 

(d)                                  (except where such action is directly or indirectly undertaken for the purpose of restructuring, consolidating, amalgamating, merging, rehabilitating or

 

12



 

reorganising that Finance Party to enable it to continue its business) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation;

 

(e)                                   (except where such action is directly or indirectly undertaken for the purpose of restructuring, consolidating, amalgamating, merging, rehabilitating or reorganising that Finance Party to enable it to continue its business) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

(f)                                    causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

 

(g)                                   takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

Interest Period ” means, in relation to an Advance, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 ( Default interest ).

 

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR or EURIBOR for any Advance (other than a Swingline Advance) the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Advance); and

 

(b)                                  the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Advance,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Advance.

 

Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Original Lender; and

 

(b)                                  any bank which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ) or Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Advance (other than an Advance in Euro or a Swingline Advance):

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                  if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance, the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Advance; or

 

13



 

(c)           if:

 

(i)                                      no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Advance; or

 

(ii)                                   no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Advance and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Advance,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for that Advance and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Advance and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders:

 

(a)                                  whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b)                                  if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction.

 

Margin ” means, at any time in relation to an Advance (other than a Dollar Swingline Advance) 0.20 per cent. per annum

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean:

 

(a)                                  as at the date of this Agreement, each Borrower and any Subsidiary of ABB that is listed in Schedule 8 ( Material Subsidiaries ); and

 

(b)                                  at any time thereafter,

 

(i)            each Borrower; and

 

(ii)           any Subsidiary of ABB, that:

 

(A)                                is the holding company of a country (not a region) and that, together with its Subsidiaries, has combined third party revenues or third party assets in excess of 5 per cent. of the consolidated revenues or consolidated total assets of the Group;

 

(B)                                on a non-consolidated (legal entity) basis has third party revenues or third party assets in excess of 10 per cent. of the consolidated revenues or consolidated total assets of the Group; or

 

14



 

(C)                                has any notes, bonds, debenture stock, loan stock or other securities outstanding to non-Group third parties and in respect of which a guarantee, keep-well agreement or other credit support has been provided by ABB,

 

provided always that :

 

(1)                                  the term “ revenues ” shall exclude any revenues attributable to activities classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the term “ assets ” shall exclude any assets classified as held-for-sale or as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements of the Group;

 

(2)                                  all revenue and asset figures shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group;

 

(3)                                  third party revenues ” shall exclude any revenues not included in total revenues in the consolidated income statement of the Group;

 

(4)                                  third party assets ” shall exclude any assets that are not included in total assets in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group; and

 

(5)                                  all revenue and asset figures shall be for the most recently completed financial year of ABB.

 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                  (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                                  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c)                                   if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

New Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the Lenders ).

 

Obligors ” means the Borrowers and the Guarantor.

 

15



 

Optional Currency ” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ).

 

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to ABB, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2013;

 

(b)                                  in relation to each Original Borrower, its financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2013 (audited if available); and

 

(c)                                   in relation to any Additional Borrower, its financial statements delivered pursuant to Part II of Schedule 2 ( Additional Borrower Conditions Precedent ) (audited if available).

 

Original Obligors ” means the Original Borrowers and the Guarantor.

 

Outstandings ” means the aggregate of the Base Currency Amount from time to time of each of the Advances.

 

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Party ” means a party to this Agreement and includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees.

 

Prime Rate ” means, in respect of any Dollar Swingline Advance, for any day, the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time by the Dollar Swingline Agent to be its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City.

 

Project Company ” means any Subsidiary of ABB:

 

(a)                                  which is a single purpose company whose primary purpose is to invest in, lend to or carry out a specific project or portfolio of projects; and

 

(b)                                  none of whose liabilities to repay Project Finance Indebtedness are the subject of security or a guarantee, indemnity or any similar form of assurance, undertaking or support by any Group Company save to the extent described in the definition of Project Finance Indebtedness.

 

Project Finance Indebtedness ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Indebtedness of a Project Company incurred to finance the project constituted by the assets and business of such Project Company or any Indebtedness of such Project Company incurred to refinance any such aforementioned Indebtedness; and

 

(b)                                  where neither the persons to whom such Indebtedness is owed (whether or not a Group Company) nor any other person shall have any recourse whatsoever to any Group Company (other than such Project Company) for the repayment

 

16



 

or payment of any sum relating to such Indebtedness other than recourse directly or indirectly to any Group Company under any form of assurance or undertaking, which recourse (1) is limited to the enforcement of any share pledge granted by a Group Company over its shares in such Project Company or the enforcement of any security granted over a shareholder loan between a Group Company and such Project Company and/or (2) is limited to a claim for damages for breach of an obligation (not being a payment obligation) of the person against whom that recourse is available and/or (3) entitles the creditor for that Indebtedness or the relevant Project Company, upon default by the Project Company (or in other circumstances specified in the documentation relating to the project) to require a payment to be made (whether to or for the benefit of that creditor, the Project Company or another person), provided that , in the case of (3), where that payment is capable of being for an amount which is material either alone or as a percentage of the Indebtedness financing that project, such recourse is capable of being called on only during the period on or prior to practical completion of the project or of that portion of that project being financed by that Indebtedness; or

 

(c)           which the Majority Lenders shall have agreed to treat as Project Finance Indebtedness for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 13.1 ( Definitions ).

 

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined (other than in respect of a Swingline Advance):

 

(a)         (if the currency is Sterling) the first day of that period;

 

(b)         (if the currency is Euro) two days which are:

 

(i)            TARGET Days; and

 

(ii)           days on which banks are open for general business in London, before the first day of that period; or

 

(c)           (for any other currency) two days on which banks are open for general business in London) before the first day of that period,

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Reference Bank Quotation ” means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the Reference Bank Quotations (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request:

 

17


 

(a)          in relation to LIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market; or

 

(b)          in relation to EURIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the European interbank market,

 

in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

Reference Banks ” means Nordea Bank AB (publ), Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), Standard Chartered Bank and such other banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with ABB.

 

Relevant Interbank Market ” means in relation to Euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

 

Reservations ” means any general principles of law which are set out as qualifications as to matters of law in any legal opinion delivered to the Facility Agent under Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

Resignation Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

 

Restricted Party ” means

 

(a)          a person that is a target of Economic Sanctions Laws; or

 

(b)          a person, other than an individual, located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Economic Sanctions Laws that prohibit doing business in or with that country or territory.

 

Revolving Facility Affiliate ” means, in respect of a Lender that is a Swingline Lender, an Affiliate of that Swingline Lender that is itself a Lender.

 

Rollover Advance ” means one or more Advances (other than Swingline Advances):

 

(a)          made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Advance is due to be repaid;

 

(b)          the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Advance;

 

(c)           in the same currency as the maturing Advance (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

(d)          made or to be made to a Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Advance made to such Borrower.

 

18



 

Sanctions Authorities ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC), the U.S. Department of State, the European Union, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United Nations.

 

Screen Rate ” means:

 

(a)          in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate; and

 

(b)          in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate),

 

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with ABB and the Lenders.

 

Second Extension Request ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.3 ( Extension Option ).

 

Securitisations ” means any local or global securitisation programme from time to time established (including as of the date of this Agreement) by any Group Company, each as may be modified, supplemented, renewed, substituted, varied or amended.

 

Security ” means any mortgage, charge, assignment by way of security, pledge, hypothecation, lien and any other security interest of any kind whatsoever.

 

Separate Advances ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 7.1 ( Repayment of Advances ).

 

Specified Time ” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 5 ( Timetables ).

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Swingline Advance ” means a Dollar Swingline Advance or a Euro Swingline Advance.

 

Swingline Affiliate ” means, in respect of a Lender, an Affiliate of that Lender that is a Swingline Lender.

 

Swingline Agents ” means the Dollar Swingline Agent and the Euro Swingline Agent and “ Swingline Agent ” means either of them.

 

19



 

Swingline Commitment ” means, in respect of a Swingline Lender, its Dollar Swingline Commitment or its Euro Swingline Commitment.

 

Swingline Lender ” means a Dollar Swingline Lender or a Euro Swingline Lender.

 

TARGET Day ” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Termination Date ” means, subject to Clause 2.3 ( Extension Option ), the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders, being $2,000,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate from time to time of the Outstandings.

 

Total Swingline Facility Amount ” means the higher of (a) the aggregate of the Dollar Swingline Commitments and (b) the aggregate of the Euro Swingline Commitments, being $750,000,000 as at the date of this Agreement.

 

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and ABB.

 

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

(a)          the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b)          the date on which the Facility Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

 

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

US GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

US Tax Obligor ” means:

 

(a)          a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

(b)          an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

 

20



 

Utilisation ” means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which an Advance is to be made.

 

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2                                Construction

 

(a)                                  Any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                      assets ” includes, except in the definition of Material Subsidiary, present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(ii)                                   bank ” means a bank entity that is licensed to provide banking services in accordance with applicable regulations in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(iii)                                the “ European interbank market ” means the interbank market for Euro operating in Participating Member States;

 

(iv)                               a “ Finance Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated;

 

(v)                                  a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(vi)                               a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, the compliance with which is customary) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(vii)                            a “ financial year ” in relation to ABB, means a period in respect of which it is required to produce annual audited financial statements;

 

(viii)                         except where the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and in the plural include the singular;

 

(ix)                               a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or reenacted; and

 

(x)                                  unless a contrary indication appears, a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

21



 

(b)                                  Where there is a reference in this Agreement to any amount, limit or threshold specified in Dollars, in ascertaining whether or not that amount, limit or threshold has been attained, broken or achieved, as the case may be, a non- Dollar amount shall, unless the context otherwise requires or the contrary is indicated, be counted on the basis of the equivalent in Dollars of that amount using the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange.

 

(c)                                   Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(d)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   A Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

(f)                                    For the avoidance of doubt, where any person is party to this Agreement in more than one capacity, reference to that person in one capacity shall not (except where the context otherwise requires) include reference to it in any other capacity.

 

(g)                                   References to a Commitment of Citibank, N.A./Citibank, N.A., London Branch (together the “ Citi Entities ”) in relation to the Facility shall be construed as a reference to the aggregate Commitment of Citibank, N.A., Citibank, N.A. and London Branch in relation to the Facility (as allocated between the Citi Entities in such proportions and such amounts as each Citi Entity notifies to the Facility Agent from time to time).

 

(h)                                  References to a Commitment of Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited/Bank of America, N.A./Bank of America, N.A. London branch (together the “ BofAML Entities ”) in relation to the Facility shall be construed as a reference to the aggregate Commitment of Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Bank of America, N.A., and Bank of America, N.A. London branch in relation to the Facility (as allocated between the BofAML Entities in such proportions and such amounts as each BofAML Entity notifies to the Facility Agent from time to time).

 

1.3                                Dutch Terms

 

In this Agreement, where it relates to a Dutch entity, a reference to:

 

(a)                                  a necessary action to authorise where applicable, includes without limitation:

 

(i)                                      any action required to comply with the Dutch Works Councils Act ( Wet op de ondernemingsraden ); and

 

(ii)                                   obtaining an unconditional positive advice ( advies ) from the competent works council(s);

 

(b)                                  a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being:

 

(i)                                      declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard );

 

22



 

(ii)                                   dissolved ( ontbonden );

 

(c)                                   a moratorium includes surséance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes surséance verleend ;

 

(d)                                  a trustee in bankruptcy includes a curator ;

 

(e)                                   an administrator includes a bewindvoerder ;

 

(f)                                    a(n) (administrative) receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder ; and

 

(g)                                   an attachment includes a beslag .

 

1.4                               Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

$ ” and “ Dollars ” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America, “ £ ” and “ Sterling ” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, and “ ”, “ EUR ” and “ Euro ” denote the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

1.5                               Third Party Rights

 

A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

23



 

SECTION 2
THE FACILITY

 

2.            THE FACILITY

 

2.1     The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers, a multicurrency revolving credit facility (the “ Facility ”) in a maximum aggregate amount of $2,000,000,000, including within it the following sub-facilities:

 

(a)                                  a Dollar revolving swingline facility (the “ Dollar Swingline Facility ”) in a maximum aggregate amount equal to the aggregate Dollar Swingline Commitments; and

 

(b)                                  a Euro revolving swingline facility (the “ Euro Swingline Facility ”) in a maximum Base Currency Amount equal to the aggregate Euro Swingline Commitments.

 

Each Swingline Commitment of each Lender that is a Swingline Lender forms part of the Commitment of that Lender. Each Swingline Commitment of each Swingline Lender that is a Swingline Affiliate of another Lender forms part of that other Lender’s Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt each Lender and its Swingline Affiliate shall be treated as having a single participation in the Facility and a single vote.

 

2.2     Increase of Commitments

 

(a)                                  ABB may by giving prior notice to the Facility Agent by no later than the date falling 90 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of the Available Commitments and/or any Swingline Commitments of (i) a Defaulting Lender (or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate) in accordance with paragraph (f) of Clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ), (ii) any Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1 ( Lender Illegality ) or (iii) any Lender that has refused an Extension Request and has not been replaced in accordance with Clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ), request that the Total Commitments or the relevant Swingline Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments or the relevant Swingline Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments, the relevant Swingline Commitments or the Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

(i)                                      the increased Commitments and/or the relevant Swingline Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks (each an “ Increase Lender ”) (none of which may be a member of the Group) selected by ABB and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments and/or the relevant

 

24



 

Swingline Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

(ii)                                   each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(iii)                                each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(iv)                               the Commitments and Swingline Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(v)                                  any increase in the Total Commitments and/or the relevant Swingline Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by ABB in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

No Lender shall have any obligation to act as an Increase Lender unless it indicates that it is willing to do so in accordance with sub-paragraph (i).

 

(b)                                  An increase in the Total Commitments and/or any Swingline Commitments will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                      the execution by the Facility Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to ABB and the Increase Lender.

 

(c)                                   No Swingline Commitment of a Lender may exceed the Commitment of that Lender or its Revolving Facility Affiliate pursuant to the operation of this Clause 2.2. Accordingly where the Swingline Commitments are to be increased pursuant to this Clause to replace Swingline Commitments of a Swingline Lender that have been cancelled pursuant to paragraph (f) of Clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 8.1 ( Lender Illegality ) without a commensurate cancellation of the Commitments of that Swingline Lender’s Revolving Facility Affiliate being required at the time of such cancellation, that Revolving Facility Affiliate shall (to the extent of its Commitments at the time of the increase in Swingline Commitments) be required to transfer its Commitments to the relevant Increase Lender (or its Affiliate) on the terms

 

25



 

provided for in Clause 35.5 ( Replacement of a Defaulting Lender ) to the extent necessary to ensure that the Commitments of the Increase Lender (or its Affiliate) are at least equal to each of the Swingline Commitments assumed by that Increase Lender.

 

(d)                                  Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

(e)                                   Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment and/or Swingline Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, ABB shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments under this Clause 2.2.

 

(f)                                    ABB may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between ABB and the Increase Lender in a letter between ABB and the Increase Lender setting out that fee.

 

(g)                                   Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

(i)                                      an “ Existing Lender ” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(ii)                                   the “ New Lender ” were references to that “ Increase Lender ”; and

 

(iii)                                a “ re-transfer ” and “ re-assignment ” were references to respectively a “ transfer ” and “ assignment ”.

 

(h)                                  The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $2,000.

 

2.3        Extension Option

 

(a)                                  ABB may request that the Termination Date be extended subject to the terms of this Clause 2.3:

 

(i)                                      by giving written notice to the Facility Agent not less than 45 days and not more than 90 days before the date which is 12 Months after the date of this Agreement (the “ First Extension Request ”) requesting that the Termination Date shall be the date which is 72 Months after the date of this Agreement (the “ First Extension Termination Date ”); and/or

 

(ii)                                   by giving written notice to the Facility Agent not less than 45 days and not more than 90 days before the date which is 24 Months after the date of this Agreement (the “ Second Extension Request ”) requesting

 

26



 

that the Termination Date shall be the date which is 84 Months after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of any Extension Request (including, in the case of a Second Extension Request, any Lender that refused a First Extension Request).

 

(c)                                   Each Lender (including, in the case of a Second Extension Request, any Lender that refused a First Extension Request) shall notify the Facility Agent of its decision (which shall be in its sole discretion) in respect of whether or not to agree to an Extension Request not later than 20 days before the date which is:

 

(i)                                           in respect of a First Extension Request, the date which is 12 Months after the date of this Agreement (and, if any Lender has not notified the Facility Agent of its acceptance of the First Extension Request on or before such date, it shall be deemed to have refused such First Extension Request); or

 

(ii)                                        in respect of a Second Extension Request, the date which is 24 Months after the date of this Agreement (and, if any Lender has not notified the Facility Agent of its acceptance of the Second Extension Request on or before such date, it shall be deemed to have refused such Second Extension Request),

 

and the Facility Agent shall notify ABB of whether or not each Lender has agreed to the relevant Extension Request promptly, and in any case no later than 5 Business Days after (A) receipt by it of a notification from a Lender as to whether or not it has agreed to the relevant Extension Request and/or (B) the deemed refusal of a Lender to an Extension Request (as applicable).

 

(d)                                  With effect from the date on which ABB receives notification from the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above, the Termination Date shall be extended in relation to the Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments of those Lender(s) who have agreed to the relevant Extension Request.

 

(e)                                   If a Lender agrees to an Extension Request, the agreement of such Lender shall be deemed to include the agreement of its Revolving Facility Affiliate and its Swingline Affiliate.

 

(f)                                    If a Lender refuses an Extension Request and ABB exercises its right to either:

 

(i)                                      replace such refusing Lender pursuant to Clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ); or

 

(ii)                                   increase the Total Commitments following the cancellation of such refusing Lender's Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments, in an amount equal to the Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments so cancelled, pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase of Commitments) ,

 

27


 

the relevant New Lender or Increase Lender (as applicable) shall be deemed to have consented to the Extension Request that was the subject of the refusal.

 

2.4                             Lenders’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                                  The obligations of each Lender under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Lender to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  The rights of each Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Lender from any of the Obligors shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c)                                   A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.5                             Facility Offices

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraph (b) below, a Lender may (i) change its Facility Office for the purpose of this Agreement and/or (ii) nominate a different Facility Office for the purposes of making a particular Advance or particular type of Advance to any Borrower, in which event such Facility Office shall for the purposes of this Agreement be its Facility Office for that Advance or that type of Advance but not otherwise.

 

(b)                                  If a Lender changes its Facility Office or nominates a different Facility Office, (i) that Lender will notify the Facility Agent and ABB promptly (and, in any event, within 5 Business Days) of such change or, as the case may be, nomination, and until it does so, the Facility Agent and ABB will be entitled to assume that no such change has taken place and (ii) if the country of such Facility Office is not subject to the Financial Action Task Force any such change or, as the case may be, nomination shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.

 

2.6                             Borrowers’ right and obligations hereunder

 

(a)                                  Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement or a Borrower Accession Letter irrevocably appoints ABB to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents (in this capacity, the “ Borrowers’ Agent ”) and irrevocably authorises (i) ABB on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Borrower Accession Letter and to make such agreements capable of being given or made by any Borrower notwithstanding that they may affect such Borrower, without further reference to or the consent of such Borrower and (ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to such Borrower pursuant to the Finance Documents to ABB on its behalf, and in each case such Borrower shall be bound thereby as though

 

28



 

such Borrower itself had given such notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made such agreements or received any such notice, demand or other communication.

 

(b)                                  Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, notice or other communication given or made by the Borrowers’ Agent or given to the Borrowers’ Agent under this Agreement, or in connection with this Agreement (whether or not known to any other Borrower and whether occurring before or after such a Borrower became a Borrower under this Agreement) shall be binding for all purposes on all Borrowers as if the Borrowers had expressly made, given or concurred with the same. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Borrowers’ Agent and any Borrower, those of the Borrowers’ Agent shall prevail.

 

(c)                                   The Borrowers’ Agent may resign its appointment hereunder by giving not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to that effect to the Facility Agent, provided that no such resignation shall be effective until a successor consents in writing to the Facility Agent to be appointed.

 

3.                                       PURPOSE

 

3.1                                Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility for the general corporate purposes of the Group, provided that no Swingline Advance shall be used to refinance another Swingline Advance.

 

3.2                                Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.                                       CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                                Initial conditions precedent

 

(a)                                  No Utilisation Request may be served unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall notify ABB and the Lenders promptly upon the conditions set out in paragraph (a) of this Clause 4.1 being satisfied.

 

4.2                                Further conditions precedent

 

(a)                                  The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) and Clause 5.8 ( Swingline Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date (in each case other than in the case of a Rollover Advance):

 

(i)                                      no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

29



 

(ii)                                   the representations to be made by ABB pursuant to Clause 19.16 ( Repetition ) are true in all respects; and

 

(iii)                                such proposed Utilisation Date is not within 30 days of ABB providing notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 8.3 ( Mandatory Prepayment on Change of Control ).

 

(b)                                  An Advance will not be made if it would result in the Base Currency Amount of all Advances exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

4.3                                Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to an Advance if it is Sterling or Euro, or it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Advance provided that there may not at any time be Advances outstanding denominated in more than 5 Optional Currencies.

 

4.4                                Maximum number of Advances

 

(a)                                  No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 10 Advances would be outstanding.

 

(b)                                  Any Advance made by a single Lender under Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

(c)                                   Any Separate Advance shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

30



 

SECTION 3
UTILISATION

 

5.                                       UTILISATION

 

5.1                                Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facility (other than for the purpose of drawing Swingline Advances, which may be drawn in accordance with Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance )) by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                                Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                                  Each Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ) is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                      the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii)                                   the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iii)                                the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b)                                  Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ).

 

5.3                             Currency and amount

 

(a)                                  The currency specified in a Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ) must, in the case of any Advance (not being a Swingline Advance), be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

(b)                                  The amount of the proposed Advance must be:

 

(i)                                      if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of $50,000,000 and an integral multiple of $10,000,000; or

 

(ii)                                   if the currency selected is Euro, a minimum of Euro 50,000,000 and an integral multiple of Euro10,000,000; or

 

(iii)                                if the currency selected is Sterling, a minimum amount of £25,000,000 and an integral multiple of £5,000,000; or

 

(iv)                               if the currency selected is an Optional Currency (other than Euro or Sterling), in such minimum amount and multiple as the Facility Agent and ABB may agree,

 

31



 

or, in any case, the amount of the Available Facility.

 

5.4                                Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                  If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 7.1 ( Repayment of Advances ), each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ), the amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance (not being a Swingline Advance) will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

(c)                                   The Facility Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Advance which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Advance, the amount of its participation in that Advance and (if different) the amount of that participation to be made available in cash, in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5                             Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance

 

The Borrowers may utilise the Dollar Swingline Facility or the Euro Swingline Facility by delivery to the relevant Swingline Agent (with a copy to the Facility Agent) of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.6                             Completion of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance

 

(a)                                  Each Utilisation Request delivered pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ) is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                      it specifies whether the Swingline Advance is to be a Dollar Swingline Advance or a Euro Swingline Advance;

 

(ii)                                   the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(iii)                                the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.7 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iv)                               the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b)                                  Only one Swingline Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request delivered pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ).

 

5.7                             Currency and amount

 

(a)                                  The currency specified in a Utilisation Request delivered pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ) must be

 

32



 

Dollars (in the case of a Dollar Swingline Advance) or Euro (in the case of a Euro Swingline Advance).

 

(b)                                  The amount of the proposed Swingline Advance must be:

 

(i)                                      in the case of a Dollar Swingline Advance, a minimum of $50,000,000 and an integral multiple of $10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Dollar Swingline Facility; or

 

(ii)                                   in the case of a Euro Swingline Advance, a minimum of Euro 50,000,000 and an integral multiple of Euro 10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Euro Swingline Facility; or

 

(c)                                   The amount of a proposed Dollar Swingline Advance or, as the case may be, the Base Currency Amount of a proposed Euro Swingline Advance must not, when aggregated with the Base Currency Amount of all outstanding Swingline Advances outstanding on the proposed Utilisation Date, exceed the Total Swingline Facility Amount.

 

5.8                                Swingline Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                  If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Dollar Swingline Lender (in the case of a Dollar Swingline Advance) or Euro Swingline Lender (in the case of a Euro Swingline Advance) shall, on the relevant Utilisation Date, make its participation in each Dollar Swingline Advance or Euro Swingline Advance (as applicable) available through its Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  The amount of each Swingline Lender’s participation in each Dollar Swingline Advance or Euro Swingline Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Dollar Swingline Commitment or, as the case may be, Available Euro Swingline Commitment to the Available Dollar Swingline Facility or, as the case may be, Available Euro Swingline Facility immediately prior to making the Dollar Swingline Advance or Euro Swingline Advance.

 

(c)                                   The relevant Swingline Agent shall notify each relevant Swingline Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Swingline Advance at the Specified Time.

 

5.9                                Automatic Advance

 

(a)                                  In the event that a Borrower does not repay a Swingline Advance made to it in full on the last day of its Interest Period, on the Business Day falling 3 Business Days prior to such day, that Borrower shall be deemed to have served a Utilisation Request for an Advance (not being a Swingline Advance) to be made on such day in the amount and currency of such Swingline Advance and with an Interest Period of 1 week and such Advance shall be made on such day in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) (for this purpose (i) ignoring the Available Commitment of any Defaulting Lender and (ii) calculating the Available Commitment of each Lender as if the

 

33



 

outstanding Swingline Advance had been repaid in full), and the proceeds thereof applied in repayment of the said Swingline Advance.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) shall not apply to any Advance to which this Clause 5.9 refers.

 

6.                                    OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

6.1                             Selection of currency

 

The relevant Borrower shall select the currency of an Advance in a Utilisation Request.

 

6.2                             Unavailability of a currency

 

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

(a)                                  the Facility Agent has received notice from a Lender that the Optional Currency (other than Euro or Sterling) requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

(b)                                  a Lender notifies the Facility Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in an Advance in the proposed Optional Currency (other than Euro or Sterling) would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

 

the Facility Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Advance in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Advance, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the maturing Advance that is due to be repaid) and its participation will be treated as a separate Advance denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

6.3                             Notification

 

The Facility Agent shall notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of Optional Currency amounts (and the applicable Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange) promptly after they are ascertained.

 

34



 

SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.                                       REPAYMENT

 

7.1                                Repayment of Advances

 

(a)                                  Each Borrower shall repay each Advance made to it on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b)                                  All Advances must be repaid in full on the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender (and, if that Defaulting Lender is the Revolving Facility Affiliate of a Swingline Lender, of that Swingline Lender) in the Advances then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date and will be treated as separate Advances (the “ Separate Advances ”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

(d)                                  A Borrower to whom a Separate Advance is outstanding may prepay that Advance by giving 5 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the relevant Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

(e)                                   Interest in respect of a Separate Advance will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the relevant Lender on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of that Advance. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of Clause 9.1 ( Calculation of interest ), the rate of interest in respect of any Swingline Advance that becomes a Separate Advance in accordance with this Clause 7.1 shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 9.1 ( Calculation of interest ) with effect from the end of the Interest Period during which such Swingline Advance becomes a Separate Advance.

 

(f)                                    The terms of this Agreement relating to the Facility generally shall continue to apply to Separate Advances other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Advance.

 

(g)                                   If one or more Advances are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

(i)                                      on the same day that a maturing Advance is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(ii)                                   in the same currency as the maturing Advance (unless the currency of the maturing Advance was determined pursuant to the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

35



 

(iii)                                in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Advance;

 

the aggregate amount of the new Advance shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Advance so that:

 

(A)                                if the amount of the maturing Advance exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Advance:

 

(1)                                  the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

(2)                                  each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Advance shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Advance and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Advance available in cash; and

 

(B)                                if the amount of the maturing Advance is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Advance:

 

(1)                                  the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

(2)                                  each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Advance available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Advance exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Advance and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Advance shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Advance.

 

8.                                       PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1                                Lender Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Advance:

 

(a)                                  that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b)                                  unless the repayment referred to in paragraph (c) below avoids such unlawfulness, upon the Facility Agent notifying ABB, the Commitment and/or the relevant Swingline Commitment of that Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or its Swingline Affiliate will be immediately cancelled; and

 

36



 

(c)                                   each Borrower shall, to the extent necessary to avoid such unlawfulness, repay that Lender’s and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate’s or its Swingline Affiliate’s participation in the Advances made to it on the last day of the Interest Period for each Advance occurring after the Facility Agent has notified ABB or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than 5 Business Days after receipt of such notice or, if earlier, the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

8.2                                Borrower Illegality

 

If it is or becomes unlawful for a Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, save where such obligations are not, or could reasonably be considered not to be, material to the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Borrower shall within 15 Business Days of being served with notice by the Facility Agent so to do, repay all Advances owing by it, together with accrued interest and all other amounts owing by it under the Finance Documents.

 

8.3                                Mandatory Prepayment on Change of Control

 

If any person (whether alone or together with any associated person) becomes the beneficial owner of shares in the issued share capital of ABB carrying the right to more than 50 per cent. of the votes exercisable at a general meeting of ABB:

 

(a)                                  ABB shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and

 

(b)                                  if within 15 days following such notification to the Facility Agent any Lender so requests (by delivering a notice to ABB through the Facility Agent), each Borrower shall, no later than 15 days following such request, prepay that Lender’s portion of all outstanding Advances, together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts owing to such Lender hereunder and cancel that Lender’s Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments.

 

For the purposes of this Clause 8.3, “ associated person ” means, in relation to any person, a person who is (i) “ acting in concert ” (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers) with that person or (ii) a “ connected person ” (as defined in section 839 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of that person.

 

8.4                                Mandatory Prepayment on Sanctions Misrepresentation or Anti-Bribery and Corruption Misrepresentation

 

(a)                                  Upon ABB becoming aware of a Sanctions Misrepresentation or an Anti- Bribery and Corruption Misrepresentation:

 

(i)                                      ABB shall promptly notify the Facility Agent, which shall promptly notify each Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   if within 15 Business Days following such notification to the Facility Agent any Lender so requests (by delivering a notice to ABB through the Facility Agent), each Borrower shall within 15 Business Days of any such request (or earlier to the extent required by applicable law or

 

37


 

regulation) prepay that Lender’s portion of all outstanding Advances, together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts owing to such Lender hereunder, and cancel that Lender’s Commitments and/or Swingline Commitments.

 

(b)                                  For the purpose of this Clause 8.4:

 

(i)                                      a “ Sanctions Misrepresentation ” means any statement or representation made or deemed (by virtue of Clause 19.16 ( Repetition )) to have been made by any Obligor pursuant to Clause 19.14 ( Sanctions ) being or proving to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to have been made; and

 

(ii)                                   an “ Anti-Bribery and Corruption Misrepresentation ” means any statement or representation made or deemed (by virtue of Clause 19.16 ( Repetition )) to have been made by any Obligor pursuant to Clause 19.15 ( Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations ) being or proving to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to have been made.

 

8.5                                Voluntary cancellation

 

ABB may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $25,000,000 and an integral multiple of $10,000,000) of the Available Facility, the Available Dollar Swingline Facility or the Available Euro Swingline Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.5 shall reduce rateably the Commitments of the Lenders or the relevant Swingline Commitments of the relevant Swingline Lenders.

 

8.6                                Voluntary Prepayment

 

A Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (in the case of any Advance other than a Swingline Advance) or 1 Business Day’s (in the case of any Swingline Advance) (or in either case such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of an Advance made to it (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Advance by a minimum amount of $25,000,000 and rounded as the Facility Agent may reasonably require).

 

8.7                                Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a)                                 If:

 

(i)                                      any sum payable to any Lender by ABB or a Borrower is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(ii)                                   any Lender claims indemnification from ABB or a Borrower under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

38



 

(iii)                                any Lender refuses (or is deemed to have refused) its consent to an Extension Request,

 

then ABB may:

 

(A)                                in the case of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues; and

 

(B)                                in the case of paragraph (iii) above, at any time after the refusal (or deemed refusal) of the relevant Extension Request (but in the case of a refusal (or deemed refusal) of a First Extension Request not from the date, if any, that such Lender agrees to a Second Extension Request),

 

give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment and/or any Swingline Commitment of that Lender and/or of its Revolving Facility Affiliate or its Swingline Affiliate and its intention to procure the repayment of the participation in the Advances of that Lender and/or of its Revolving Facility Affiliate or its Swingline Affiliate or give the Facility Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or its Swingline Affiliate in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

(b)                                  On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment and/or the relevant Swingline Commitment of the relevant Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or its Swingline Affiliate shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   On the last day of each Interest Period in respect of an Advance which ends after ABB has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by ABB in that notice), each Borrower to whom an Advance is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Advance.

 

(d)                                  ABB may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 5 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender replace that Lender (and any Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate of that Lender) by requiring such Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender or Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and, save as provided for in this paragraph, not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank selected by ABB which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s or Revolving Facility Affiliate’s or Swingline Affiliate’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. Where a Lender to be replaced pursuant to this paragraph is a Swingline Lender that is the Swingline Affiliate of another

 

39



 

Lender, the rights and obligations required to be transferred pursuant to this Clause by that other Lender in its capacity as the Revolving Facility Affiliate of that Swingline Lender may, at the option of ABB, be limited to those necessary for the Commitments of the replacement Lender (or its Affiliate) to be at least equal to each of the Swingline Commitments to be transferred to such replacement Lender pursuant to this Clause.

 

(e)                                   The replacement of any Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      ABB shall have no right to replace an Agent;

 

(ii)                                   no Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; and

 

(iii)                                in no event shall any Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(f)

 

(i)                                      If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, ABB may, at any time whilst that Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Facility Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment, Available Dollar Swingline Commitment or Available Euro Swingline Commitment of that Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate.

 

(ii)                                   On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment, Available Dollar Swingline Commitment or Available Euro Swingline Commitment (as applicable) of the relevant Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(iii)                                The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

8.8                                Restrictions

 

(a)                                  Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b)                                  Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c)                                   Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any part of the Facility that is repaid may be reborrowed.

 

40



 

(d)                                  No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Advances or cancel all or any part of the Commitments or any Swingline Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Subject to Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ), no amount of the Total Commitments or any Swingline Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f)                                    If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to ABB and the affected Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

(g)                                   Any cancellation of a Swingline Commitment of a Swingline Lender shall reduce the relevant Swingline Commitment accordingly but shall not otherwise cancel or reduce the Commitment of the relevant Lender in respect of the Facility (or of any Revolving Facility Affiliate of the relevant Swingline Lender) unless and to the extent otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Any cancellation of the Commitment of a Lender that is a Swingline Lender or a Revolving Facility Affiliate of a Swingline Lender shall not cancel or reduce any Swingline Commitment of that Lender or its Swingline Affiliate unless a Swingline Commitment of that Lender or its Swingline Affiliate would exceed the Commitment of that Lender immediately following such reduction, in which case the relevant Swingline Commitment of that Lender or its Swingline Affiliate shall be reduced by such amount as is necessary to ensure that, after the relevant cancellation, each such Swingline Commitment does not exceed the Commitment of that Lender.

 

41



 

SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

9.                                       INTEREST

 

9.1                                Calculation of interest

 

(a)                                  The rate of interest on each Advance (other than a Swingline Advance) for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(i)                                      Margin; and

 

(ii)                                   IBOR.

 

(b)                                  The rate of interest on each Swingline Advance for each Interest Period shall accrue from day to day and is (in the case of any Dollar Swingline Advance) the Dollar Swingline Rate or (in the case of any Euro Swingline Advance) the Euro Swingline Rate.

 

9.2                                Payment of interest

 

Each Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Advance made to it on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

9.3                                Default interest

 

(a)                                  If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate 1.00 per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted an Advance (not being a Swingline Advance) in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the relevant Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                  Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.4                                Notification of rates of interest

 

The applicable Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders, ABB and the relevant Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9.5                                Minimum Interest

 

When entering into this Agreement, the Parties have assumed that the interest payable hereunder is not and will not become subject to Swiss withholding tax. Therefore, if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made in one of the circumstances set out in

 

42



 

paragraph (d) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) and if paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) should be unenforceable in respect of a Borrower incorporated in Switzerland or, if different, resident in Switzerland for tax purposes, each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  the interest rates set out in and which are calculated in accordance with Clause 9.1 ( Calculation of interest ) shall constitute minimum interest rates, which, if Swiss withholding tax should apply, shall be adjusted to ensure that any payment of interest due by a Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any deduction of Swiss withholding tax) results in a payment to the Lender of an amount equal to the payment which would have been due had no deduction of Swiss withholding tax been required . For this purpose, the Swiss withholding tax shall be calculated on the full grossed-up interest amount; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent that paragraph (a) above applies, each Borrower shall provide to the Lenders the documents required by law or each applicable double taxation treaty for the Lenders to prepare claims for the refund of any Swiss withholding tax so deducted.

 

10.                                INTEREST PERIODS

 

(a)                                  The relevant Borrower may select an Interest Period for an Advance in the Utilisation Request on 3 Business Days’ written notice to the Facility Agent from the relevant Borrower.

 

(b)                                  Subject to this Clause 10, a Borrower may select an Interest Period of:

 

(i)                                      in relation to any Advance (other than a Swingline Advance), 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months or any other period of less than 1 Month to end on the Termination Date or any other period agreed between the relevant Borrower (or ABB on its behalf) and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders); or

 

(ii)                                   in relation to any Swingline Advance, a period not exceeding 5 Business Days.

 

(c)                                   An Interest Period for an Advance shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(d)                                  Each Advance has one Interest Period only.

 

11.                                CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

11.1                         Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 11.2 ( Market disruption ), if the applicable IBOR or if applicable, the Euro Swingline Rate is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable IBOR or the Euro Swingline Rate shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

43



 

11.2                         Market disruption

 

(a)                                  If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance (other than a Dollar Swingline Advance) for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Advance for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                      the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                   the rate notified to the Facility Agent, ABB and the relevant Borrower by that Lender in a certificate (which sets out the details of the computation of the relevant rate and shall be prima facie non-binding evidence of the same) as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                                  In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

(i)                                      in relation to an Advance (not being a Swingline Advance):

 

(A)                                at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period IBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine the applicable IBOR for the relevant currency and period; or

 

(B)                                before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in an Advance exceed 50 per cent. of that Advance) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of the applicable IBOR; or

 

(ii)                                   in relation to a Euro Swingline Advance on the relevant Utilisation Date, none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine the Euro Swingline Rate.

 

11.3                         Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a)                                  If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or ABB so requires, the Facility Agent and ABB shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b)                                  Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders and ABB, be binding on all Parties.

 

44



 

11.4                         Break Costs

 

(a)                                  The relevant Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of an Advance or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Advance or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide to ABB and the relevant Borrower a certificate (which shall constitute prima facie non-binding evidence of the matters to which it refers) addressed to the Facility Agent, ABB and the relevant Borrower confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue and setting out the manner of computing such Break Costs.

 

12.                                FEES

 

12.1                         Commitment Fee

 

(a)                                  ABB shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee in the Base Currency computed at 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin from time to time on that Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

(b)                                  The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months commencing from the date of this Agreement and on the last day of the Availability Period and, if a Lender’s Commitment is cancelled in full, on the date such cancellation becomes effective in respect of the amount accrued in respect of that Lender’s Available Commitment immediately before such cancellation.

 

(c)                                   No commitment fee is payable to the Facility Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

12.2                         Utilisation Fee

 

(a)                                  ABB shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments) a utilisation fee in respect of the Total Outstandings computed at the rate of:

 

(i)                                      0.075 per cent. per annum for each day that the amount of the Total Outstandings is less than or equal to 33.33 per cent. of the Total Commitments as at the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   0.15 per cent. per annum for each day that the amount of the Total Outstandings is greater than 33.33 per cent. of the Total Commitments but less than or equal to 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments as at the date of this Agreement; and

 

(iii)                                0.30 per cent. per annum for each day that the amount of the Total Outstandings is greater than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments as at the date of this Agreement.

 

45



 

(b)                                  The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months commencing from the date of this Agreement and on the Termination Date.

 

12.3                         Participation Fee

 

ABB shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Original Lenders) a participation fee in the amount and at the time agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.4                         Arrangement Fee

 

ABB shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Mandated Lead Arrangers) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the time agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.5                         Agency Fee

 

ABB shall pay to each Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

46



 

SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

13.                                TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

13.1                         Definitions

 

(a)                                  In this Agreement:

 

Initial Borrower Jurisdiction ” means any of The Netherlands, the United States of America or Switzerland.

 

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be, for or on account of Tax, subject to any liability or required to make any payment in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means:

 

(i)                                      in respect of a payment by a Borrower incorporated in Switzerland, a Lender which is a bank;

 

(ii)                                   in respect of a payment by a Borrower incorporated in the United States of America, a Lender which is:

 

(A)                                created or organised under the laws of the United States of America or of any state (including the District of Columbia) thereof; or

 

(B)                                resident in a jurisdiction having and eligible for the benefit of a double taxation agreement with the United States of America which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States of America on interest and which does not carry on a business in the United States of America through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Facility is effectively connected; or

 

(C)                                entitled to receive payments under the Finance Documents without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes,

 

and which has complied with any procedural requirements within its control necessary to receive such payment without the imposition of United States withholding tax; and

 

(iii)                                in respect of a payment by a Borrower incorporated in any jurisdiction except the United States of America or Switzerland, any Lender.

 

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

47


 

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment ” means an increased payment made by ABB or a Borrower to a Finance Party under Clause 9.5 ( Minimum Interest ), Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment made by ABB or a Borrower under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b)                                  In this Clause 13 a reference to “ determines ” or “ determined ” means, save where expressly stated to the contrary, a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination acting in good faith.

 

13.2                         Tax gross-up

 

(a)                                  ABB and each Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)                                  ABB, a Borrower or a Lender shall promptly upon becoming aware that ABB or a Borrower (as the case may be) must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify ABB and the relevant Borrower.

 

(c)                                   If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by ABB or a Borrower in one of the circumstances set out in paragraph (d) below, the amount of the payment due from ABB or that Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)                                  The circumstances referred to in paragraph (c) above are where a person entitled to the payment:

 

(i)                                      is an Agent;

 

(ii)                                   is a Qualifying Lender; or

 

(iii)                                was a Qualifying Lender at the time it became a Lender but has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender to the extent that this altered status results from any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or double taxation agreement or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

 

(e)                                   If ABB or a Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(f)                                    Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, ABB or the relevant Borrower (as the case may be) shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the

 

48



 

Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(g)                                   Each Finance Party, ABB and the Borrowers shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for ABB or a Borrower to make a payment to which the Finance Party is entitled without a Tax Deduction or with a reduced Tax Deduction. Each Finance Party shall on the reasonable written request of ABB or a Borrower complete and deliver to ABB or that Borrower all documentation reasonably required by ABB or that Borrower in order to enable it to make such payments without a Tax Deduction or with a reduced Tax Deduction (so long as the completion or delivery of such documentation would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the relevant Finance Party).

 

13.3                         Tax indemnity

 

(a)                                  ABB shall (within three Business Days of written demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) above shall not apply with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(i)

 

(A)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes;

 

(B)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction; or

 

(C)                                arising by reason of the making of an Advance to a Borrower in an Initial Borrower Jurisdiction under the law of such jurisdiction, except to the extent arising by reason of a change in law or in any regulation occurring after the date of this Agreement, provided that this paragraph (b)(i)(C) shall not apply to any Tax assessed or imposed on an Agent,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

(ii)                                   which is compensated for by Clause 9.5 ( Minimum Interest ) or Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross up ) (or would have been so compensated but for an exception to those Clauses); or

 

(iii)                                which relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

49



 

(c)                                   A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify ABB.

 

(d)                                  A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from ABB under this Clause 13.3, notify the Facility Agent.

 

13.4                         Tax Credit

 

If ABB or a Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a)                                       a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and

 

(b)                                       that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to ABB (or as the case may be) that Borrower which that Finance Party determines, acting in good faith, will leave that Finance Party (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been made by ABB or that Borrower (as the case may be). The relevant Finance Party shall endeavour, acting in good faith, to obtain, utilise and retain the Tax Credit save that it shall not be obliged to disclose any information relating to its tax or other affairs or any computations in respect thereof.

 

13.5                         Lender Status Confirmation

 

(a)                                       Each New Lender that becomes a Lender after the date of this Agreement shall indicate in the Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, whether or not it is a Qualifying Lender.

 

(b)                                       If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 13.5 then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it were not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Facility Agent to the contrary (and the Facility Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform ABB). For the avoidance of doubt a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 13.5.

 

13.6                         Qualifying Lenders

 

Any Lender which ceases, for any reason, to be a Qualifying Lender shall promptly notify ABB and the relevant Borrower(s) of its change of status.

 

13.7                         Stamp taxes

 

ABB shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability such Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, but not in respect of any assignment or transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

50



 

13.8                         Value added tax

 

(a)                                  All consideration payable under a Finance Document by ABB or the Borrowers to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT.

 

(b)                                  Where a Finance Document requires ABB or the Borrowers to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, ABB or the Borrowers (as the case may be) shall also at the same time pay and indemnify that Finance Party against all VAT directly incurred by that Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to repayment or credit in respect of the VAT.

 

13.9                         FATCA Information

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i)                                      confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A)                                a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B)                                not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii)                                   supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b)                                  If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to 13.9 (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c)                                   Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i)                                      any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                   any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii)                                any duty of confidentiality.

 

51



 

(d)                                  If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

(i)                                           if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii)                                        if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100 per cent.,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

(e)                                   If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Facility Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

(i)                                           where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of request by the Facility Agent;

 

(ii)                                        where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

(A)                           the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

(B)                                where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Facility Agent,

 

supply to the Facility Agent:

 

(1)                                  a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or

 

(2)                                  any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Facility Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA.

 

The Facility Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Lender pursuant to this paragraph (e) to the Borrower and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided without further verification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (e).

 

(f)                                    Each Lender agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or

 

52



 

incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers or promptly notify the Facility Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Facility Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the Borrower. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (f).

 

13.10                  FATCA Deduction

 

(a)                                  Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b)                                  Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify ABB, the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

14.                                INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1                         Increased costs

 

(a)                                  Subject to Clause 14.3 ( Exceptions ) ABB shall, within 3 Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  In this Agreement “ Increased Costs ” means:

 

(i)                                      a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(ii)                                   an additional or increased cost; or

 

(iii)                                a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

14.2                         Increased cost claims

 

(a)                                  A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ) shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify ABB.

 

53



 

(b)                                  Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs with (subject to any rights or duties of confidentiality the relevant Finance Party has in respect of such information) full supporting details (which certificate shall constitute prima facie non-binding evidence of the matters to which it relates).

 

14.3                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i)                                      attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by ABB or a Borrower;

 

(ii)                                   compensated for by Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(iii)                                not payable as provided in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer );

 

(iv)                               attributable to the breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

(v)                                  not notified to ABB within 3 months of being incurred;

 

(vi)                               attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or Basel III in the form existing on the date of this Agreement or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II or Basel III in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

(vii)                            attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(b)                                  In this Clause 14.3:

 

(i)                                      a reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 13.1 ( Definitions ); and

 

(ii)                                   Basel III ” means:

 

(A)                                the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer”

 

54



 

published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated as at the date of this Agreement;

 

(B)                           the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks:   assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement — Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated as at the date of this Agreement; and

 

(C)                           any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III” as at the date of this Agreement.

 

15.                                OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

15.1                         Currency indemnity

 

(a)                                  If any sum due from ABB or a Borrower under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                           making or filing a claim or proof against ABB or any of the Borrowers;

 

(ii)                                        obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

ABB or that Borrower (as the case may be) shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b)                                  ABB and each Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

15.2                         Other indemnities

 

ABB shall indemnify each Lender upon presentation of duly documented evidence thereof against any cost, loss or liability directly incurred by that Lender as a result of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Event of Default (but excluding any costs of enforcement save as provided in Clause 17.3 ( Enforcement costs ));

 

55



 

(b)                                  a failure by ABB or a Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 28 ( Sharing among the Lenders );

 

(c)                                   funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default, negligence or wilful misconduct by that Lender alone); or

 

(d)                                  an Advance (or part of an Advance) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower.

 

15.3                         Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

ABB shall promptly indemnify the Facility Agent, upon presentation of duly documented evidence thereof, against any reasonable cost, loss or liability properly and directly incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a)                                  investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(b)                                  entering into or performing any foreign exchange contract for the purposes of Clause 6 ( Optional Currencies ); or

 

(c)                                   acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes (after due enquiry) to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

16.                                MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

16.1                         Mitigation

 

(a)                                  Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with ABB, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 ( Lender Illegality ), Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ) or which would result in any increased amount being payable under this Agreement by reason of a change in the reserve requirements imposed by the European Central Bank after the date of this Agreement including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office (in each case in accordance with the terms hereof) and, in such circumstances a Lender will, at the request of ABB but subject to ABB indemnifying it for the costs of so doing, transfer its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Lender.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

 

56



 

16.2                         Limitation of liability

 

(a)                                  ABB shall indemnify each Finance Party, upon presentation of duly documented evidence thereof, for all costs and expenses reasonably and directly incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b)                                  A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ) (other than a transfer of its rights and obligations to another Lender where ABB indemnifies it for the cost of so doing) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so could reasonably be expected to be prejudicial to it.

 

17.                                COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

17.1                         Transaction expenses

 

ABB shall, within 10 Business Days of demand, pay (subject to presentation of duly documented evidence thereof) the Agents the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and directly incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

17.2                         Amendment costs

 

If (a) ABB requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 29.10 ( Change of currency ), ABB shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, reimburse the Facility Agent, upon presentation of duly documented evidence thereof, for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and directly incurred by the Facility Agent and which have previously been agreed with ABB in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

17.3                         Enforcement costs

 

ABB shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) directly incurred by that Finance Party at any time after the service of a notice by the Facility Agent under Clause 22.10 ( Acceleration ) in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

18.                                GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

18.1                         Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

57


 

(b)                                  undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c)                                   agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 18 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

18.2                         Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.3                         Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 18 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

18.4                         Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

(a)                                  any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Borrower or other person;

 

(b)                                  the release of any Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or nonobservance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

58



 

(d)                                  any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Borrower or any other person;

 

(e)                                   any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f)                                    any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g)                                   any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.5                         Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 18. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

18.6                         Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a)                                  refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                                  hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause.

 

18.7                         Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full or the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 18:

 

(a)                                  to be indemnified by a Borrower;

 

(b)                                  to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents

 

59



 

or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(c)                                   to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Borrower to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which it has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(d)                                  to exercise any right of set-off against any Borrower; and/or

 

(e)                                   to claim or prove as a creditor of any Borrower in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

18.8                         Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

60


 

SECTION 7
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.                                REPRESENTATIONS

 

ABB (in respect of itself and, where specified, each Group Company or each Material Subsidiary) and each Borrower (in respect of itself) makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.1                         Status

 

(a)                                  It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b)                                  It and each Group Company has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

19.2                         Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to the Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

19.3                         Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not conflict with:

 

(a)                                  any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)                                  its constitutional documents; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any Group Company or any of their assets,

 

and, in the case of paragraph (c) on any repetition after the date of this Agreement, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.4                         Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

19.5                         Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required by ABB and each Borrower (including, in the case of any Dutch Borrower, and if applicable, any works council advice):

 

(a)                                  to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

61



 

(b)                                  to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

19.6                         Insolvency

 

Neither it nor any Material Subsidiary has taken any action nor (so far it is aware, having made all due enquiry) have any steps been taken or legal proceedings been started against it for winding-up, dissolution or re-organisation, the enforcement of any Security over its assets or for the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, or administrator, trustee or similar officer of it or any of its assets.

 

19.7                         No default

 

(a)                             No Default is continuing.

 

(b)                             No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on a Group Company or to which their assets are subject which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.8                         No misleading information

 

(a)                             Any factual information contained in any document forming part of the Information Package was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of the relevant document.

 

(b)                             Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Package and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Information Package being untrue or misleading in any material respect as at the date of the relevant document.

 

19.9                         Financial statements

 

(a)                             The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b)                             The Original Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and operations of the Group or the financial condition and operations of the relevant Original Obligor in respect of the relevant financial year.

 

(c)                              Each of the latest audited consolidated financial statements required to be delivered under paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) fairly presents in all material respects the financial position of the Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the period then ended.

 

(d)                             Each of the latest set of unaudited consolidated financial statements required to be delivered under paragraph (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition of the Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the period then ended.

 

62



 

19.10                  No Material Adverse Effect

 

Since the date of the most recent annual audited accounts of the Group, no event or events have occurred which have had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.11                  Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

19.12                  No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Group Company.

 

19.13                  Environmental Compliance

 

Each Group Company has complied in all respects with all Environmental Law save to the extent that non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.14                  Sanctions

 

(a)                             No Obligor is and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, none of their respective directors or executive officers are, a Restricted Party.

 

(b)                             Each Obligor has instituted and maintains, and will continue to maintain, policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

19.15                  Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations

 

No Obligor nor, to the best of the knowledge of the Obligors, none of their respective directors or executive officers, in connection with this Facility and/or the proceeds arising hereunder, engages in any activity or conduct which would cause any Lender to be in breach of any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law or regulation. Each Obligor has instituted and maintains, and will continue to maintain, policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws.

 

63



 

19.16                  Repetition

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties in Clause 19.1 ( Status ) to Clause 19.4 ( Power and authority ), Clause 19.14 ( Sanctions ) and Clause 19.15 ( Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations ) are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing:

 

(i)                                      in the case of Clause 19.1 ( Status ) to Clause 19.4 ( Power and authority ), on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of Clause 19.14 ( Sanctions ) and Clause 19.15 ( Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations ), on the date of each Utilisation Request.

 

20.                                INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

20.1                         Financial statements

 

(a)                                  ABB and each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years (in the case of ABB) and within 150 days (in the case of each Borrower), its statutory audited unconsolidated annual financial statements for that financial year (if prepared by such Borrower).

 

(b)                                  ABB shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests) as soon as the same become available, but in any event before the date falling 120 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated annual financial statements.

 

(c)                                   ABB shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarter of each of its financial years (except the fourth quarter) its unaudited consolidated financial statements for that quarter and the year-to-date period then ended.

 

20.2                         Requirements as to financial statements

 

Each Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP.

 

64



 

20.3                         Information: miscellaneous

 

ABB shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a)                             all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b)                             promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are commenced against one or more Group Companies and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)                              promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Obligor or any other Material Subsidiary as any Finance Party (acting through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request.

 

20.4                         Notification of default

 

ABB and each Borrower shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

20.5                         Material Subsidiaries

 

ABB shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ), either:

 

(a)                                  a complete and up to date list of Material Subsidiaries at that time; or

 

(b)                                  written confirmation that the list of Material Subsidiaries contained in Schedule 8 ( Material Subsidiaries ) is complete and up to date at that time.

 

20.6                         Use of Websites

 

(a)                                  Any Obligor may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by ABB and the Facility Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

(i)                                      the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii)                                   both ABB and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii)                                the information is in a format previously agreed between ABB and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify ABB

 

65



 

accordingly and ABB shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event ABB shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by ABB and the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent shall notify each Website Lender when any document is posted to the Designated Website.

 

(c)                                   ABB shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i)                                      the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii)                                   the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii)                                any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv)                               any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v)                                  ABB becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If ABB notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by ABB under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d)                                  Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. ABB shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

20.7                         Know your customer checks

 

(a)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

66



 

(iii)                                a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges any Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of that Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of (to the extent that the relevant information is not already available to the applicable Agent or Lender), such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by that Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the applicable Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of any Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by that Agent (for itself) in order for that Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks on Lenders or prospective new Lenders pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   ABB shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent, notify the Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

(d)                                  Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Borrower obliges any Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, ABB shall promptly upon the request of that Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by that Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for that Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower.

 

21.                                GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

67


 

21.1                         Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(a)                                  obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)                                  supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

 

any Authorisation (including, in the case of any Dutch Borrower, any applicable works council advice) required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity and subject to the Reservations enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

21.2                         Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws (including, without limitation, Environmental Law, ERISA and the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht )) to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3                         Negative pledge

 

(a)                                  Neither ABB nor any Borrower shall (and ABB shall procure that no other Group Company will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i)                                      any Security over any bank account in favour of the bank with which such account is held, in each case granted by any Group Company in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(ii)                                   any Security arising by operation of law;

 

(iii)                                any Security contained in a contract for sale or supply entered into in the ordinary course of trading, where such Security is granted to such seller or, as the case may be, supplier and is limited in recourse to the asset sold or, as the case may be, supplied;

 

(iv)                               any Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a Group Company after the date of this Agreement if:

 

(A)                                the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a Group Company; and

 

(B)                                the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a Group Company;

 

68



 

(v)                                  any Security over or affecting any asset of a Group Company after the date of this Agreement, where the Security is created prior to the date on which that Company becomes a Group Company, if:

 

(A)                                the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; and

 

(B)                                the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company;

 

(vi)                               any Security provided by one Group Company (not being ABB) to another Group Company;

 

(vii)                            any Security created in respect of the Securitisations provided that the amounts so secured do not at any time exceed USD 1,500,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies);

 

(viii)                         any Security over the assets of a Project Company, any shareholder loan made to a Project Company or the shares in a Project Company where such Security was created for the purpose of securing Indebtedness incurred to acquire and/or develop the assets of such Project Company and where such Indebtedness constitutes Project Finance Indebtedness of such Project Company;

 

(ix)                               any Security securing Indebtedness incurred by a Group Company to refinance Indebtedness secured by Security of the type referred to in paragraphs (iv) or (v) above where such first-mentioned Security is over the same asset and is of the same type as such second-mentioned Security and the conditions referred to in paragraph (iv) or, as the case may be, (v) above continue to be satisfied, mutatis mutandis ; and

 

(x)                                  any Security not falling within any of paragraphs (i) to (ix) above inclusive in respect of assets having an aggregate value not exceeding 10 per cent. of the aggregate value of the gross assets of the Group (as set out in ABB’s most recently published annual audited consolidated financial statements).

 

21.4                         Claims Pari Passu

 

ABB shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against each Obligor under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

21.5                         Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction save where the Facility Agent is satisfied, acting reasonably, that the relevant Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents will continue to be the legal, valid, binding and (subject to the Reservations) enforceable obligations of the surviving entity.

 

69



 

21.6                         Insurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and ABB shall ensure that each Group Company will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business in the relevant jurisdiction and taking into account the availability of insurance generally.

 

21.7                         Restriction on Subsidiary Debt

 

ABB shall ensure that the aggregate amount of Total Gross Debt other than:

 

(a)                                  Project Finance Indebtedness;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness owed by one Group Company to another Group Company;

 

(c)                                   amounts borrowed by a finance company which is a Group Company and which are on-lent, and remain on-lent, to an Obligor;

 

(d)                                  amounts borrowed by a Group Company from a bank to which cash-collateral (in a substantially equivalent amount) has been granted by a Group Company in respect of the relevant Group Company’s obligation to repay such amounts;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness relating to any leases that are not required to be treated as finance leases under US GAAP as at the date hereof;

 

(f)                                    any amounts borrowed by a Group Company which constitute Total Gross Debt to the extent such amounts are borrowed for the purposes of refinancing other borrowings constituting Total Gross Debt so long as amounts so borrowed are promptly applied in such manner; and

 

(g)                                   Indebtedness in respect of bonds, commercial paper and/or other debt instruments issued by Group Companies that are Capital Markets Issuers,

 

of Group Companies which are not Obligors shall not exceed the greater of: (i) $2,500,000,000; and (ii) 7.5 per cent. of the total assets of the Group (as reflected in the most recent audited consolidated annual financial statements delivered by ABB under paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements )).

 

In this Clause 21.7 “ Total Gross Debt ” means the aggregate of short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt) and long-term debt as reflected in the most recent unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements or audited consolidated annual financial statements delivered by ABB under paragraph (b) or (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ).

 

21.8                         Change of business

 

ABB shall procure that no change is made to the businesses of the Group which would result in the core businesses of the Group, taken as a whole, being other than the businesses of power and automation technology.

 

70



 

21.9                         Economic Sanctions

 

No Borrower shall lend, invest, contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Advance in a manner that would violate the Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

22.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clauses 22.1 ( Non-payment ) to 22.9 ( Cessation of business ) inclusive is an Event of Default.

 

22.1                         Non-payment

 

Any sum due from an Obligor or the Obligors under this Agreement is not paid at the time, at the place at, and in the currency in which, it is expressed to be payable unless payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date and the failure to pay is due solely to administrative error or technical delays in the transmission of funds.

 

22.2                         Other obligations

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment )) and, if the failure to comply is capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 days of the Facility Agent giving notice to ABB of the failure to comply.

 

22.3                         Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed (by virtue of Clause 19.16 ( Repetition )) to be made by ABB or any Borrower in this Agreement (other than a representation or statement made or deemed to be made pursuant to Clause 19.14 ( Sanctions ) or Clause 19.15 ( Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations )) is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed to be made and, where the circumstances making such representation or statement incorrect or misleading are capable of being altered so that such representation or statement is correct, such circumstances are not so altered within 30 days of the Facility Agent giving notice to ABB of such representation or statement being incorrect.

 

22.4                         Cross default

 

(a)                                  Any Indebtedness of all or any of the Group Companies is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b)                                  Any Indebtedness of all or any of the Group Companies has (i) become capable of being declared and is declared to be or (ii) otherwise becomes due and payable, in any case, prior to its specified maturity as a result of a default or an event of default (however described).

 

(c)                                   Any commitment for any Indebtedness of all or any of the Group Companies is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of all or any of the Group Companies as a result of a default or an event of default (however described).

 

71



 

(d)                                  Any creditor of all or any of the Group Companies becomes entitled to declare any Indebtedness of all or any of the Group Companies due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of a default or an event of default (however described).

 

(e)                                   No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.4 if (1) the Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) is Project Finance Indebtedness, intraGroup Indebtedness or Indebtedness under a Finance Document or (2) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness or commitment for Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) (excluding any described in (1) above) above is less than $100,000,000.

 

22.5                         Insolvency

 

(a)                                  Any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary is unable or admits in writing an inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary.

 

22.6                         Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(a)                                  the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, dissolution or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or to the extent permitted by Clause 21.5 ( Merger );

 

(b)                                  a composition, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (other than on a solvent basis to the extent permitted by Clause 21.5 ( Merger ));

 

(c)                                   the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of (i) a winding up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and which is, in any event, discharged within 30 days of its presentation or (ii) a solvent liquidation of any Material Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or (iii) to the extent permitted by Clause 21.5 ( Merger )), receiver, administrator, trustee in bankruptcy, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or any of its assets (having an aggregate value of at least $100,000,000); or

 

(d)                                  enforcement of any Security over any assets (having an aggregate value of at least $100,000,000) of any Material Subsidiary or Obligor by reason of a default or event of default (howsoever described) occurring under the relevant agreement relating to the Indebtedness secured by such Security,

 

72



 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction .

 

22.7                         Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences in writing an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

22.8                         Unlawfulness

 

Subject to Clause 8.2 ( Borrower Illegality ), it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its material obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

22.9                         Cessation of business

 

The Group, taken as a whole, ceases or threatens to cease to do business.

 

22.10                  Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to ABB:

 

(a)                                  cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b)                                  declare that all or part of the Advances, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c)                                   declare that all or part of the Advances be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

22.11                  Clean-Up Period

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document, if during a Clean-Up Period any event or circumstance exists which but for this Clause 22.11 would constitute a Default, such event or circumstance will not constitute a Default (including for the purposes of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )) during such Clean-Up Period if:

 

(a)                                  it relates exclusively to, or arises solely as a result of matters relating to the person(s) acquired pursuant to the relevant Acquisition (or to any Subsidiary(ies) of such person(s)) or to any obligations to procure or ensure in relation to such person(s) (or in relation to any Subsidiary(ies) of such person(s));

 

(b)                                  it is capable of remedy and reasonable steps are promptly taken to remedy it;

 

(c)                                   the circumstances giving rise to it (other than the Acquisition itself) have not been procured by or approved by any Obligor; and

 

73



 

(d)                                  it is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

If such event or circumstance is continuing on or after the expiry of such Clean-Up Period then, with effect from such date, there shall be an Event of Default or, as the case may be, Default notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties).

 

74


 

SECTION 8
CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

23.                                CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

23.1                         Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

(a)                                  assign any of its rights; or

 

(b)                                  transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

to another bank (the “ New Lender ”).

 

23.2                         Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                                  The consent of ABB is required for an assignment or transfer by a Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender that is a bank or unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(b)                                  The consent of ABB to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. ABB will be deemed to have given its consent 10 Business Days after the Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by ABB within that time.

 

(c)                                   An assignment or transfer shall be in respect of a Commitment or a Swingline Commitment of at least $10,000,000 or, if less, the whole of the Commitment or Swingline Commitment of the relevant assignor or transferor ( provided that any such assignment or transfer shall be in respect of a Commitment or Swingline Commitment at least equal to €50,000 (calculated at the then prevailing exchange rate)).

 

(d)                                  An assignment or transfer by a Swingline Lender of any of its Swingline Commitments shall only be made if there is a simultaneous assignment or transfer of an equal amount of its Commitment (or the Commitment of its Revolving Facility Affiliate). This paragraph shall not apply to a transfer of any Swingline Commitment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender provided that no Swingline Commitment of a Lender may exceed the Commitment of that Lender or its Revolving Facility Affiliate.

 

(e)                                   An assignment or transfer by a Lender which is a Swingline Lender or the Revolving Facility Affiliate of a Swingline Lender of any of its Commitment shall only be effective if after such assignment or transfer, the Commitment of that Lender is at least equal to each of the Swingline Commitments of that Lender or its Swingline Affiliate.

 

(f)                                    An assignment will only be effective on: (i) receipt by the Facility Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the Obligors as it would have been under if it

 

75



 

was an Original Lender; and (ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(g)                                   A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

(h)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii)                                   as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged, or at such date it is reasonably foreseeable that an Obligor would be obliged, to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 9.5 ( Minimum Interest ), Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

(i)                                      Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                      that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   that it agrees to and is bound by any extension to the Termination Date in respect of the Commitments being transferred to which the Existing Lender has given its consent in accordance with Clause 2.3 ( Extension Option ).

 

23.3                         Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $2,000.

 

76



 

23.4                         Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                                  Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i)                                      the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

(ii)                                   the financial condition of ABB or any Borrower;

 

(iii)                                the performance and observance by ABB or any Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv)                               the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                                  Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i)                                      has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of ABB and each Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii)                                   will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of ABB and each Borrower and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)                                      accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or

 

(ii)                                   support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by ABB or any Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

23.5                         Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (b) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

77



 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender upon its completion of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                      to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of ABB, the Borrowers and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

(ii)                                   each of ABB, the Borrowers and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as ABB, that Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of ABB, that Borrower and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii)                                the Agents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                               the New Lender shall become a Party as a “ Lender ”.

 

23.6                         Disclosure of information

 

Any Lender may disclose to:

 

(a)                                  any of its Affiliates (provided they are made aware of the confidential nature of the relevant information and that it may be price-sensitive); and

 

(b)                                  any other person:

 

(i)                                      to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor; or

 

(iii)                                to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

 

78



 

any information about ABB, any Borrower, the Group and the Finance Documents as that Lender shall consider appropriate, provided that in relation to paragraphs (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above only, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality undertaking unless such person is any central bank or supranational bank in which case no confidentiality undertaking will be required.

 

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Finance Documents, the Obligors and the Finance Parties hereby agree that each Party and each employee, representative or other agent of each Party may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the “ tax structure ” and “ tax treatment ” (in each case within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the Facility and any materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of the foregoing relating to such tax structure and tax treatment.

 

23.7                         Copy of Transfer Certificate and Increase Confirmation to ABB

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Increase Confirmation, send to ABB a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

23.8                         Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender to a federal reserve or central bank except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(a)                                  release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(b)                                  require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

23.9                         Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a)                                  any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“ Accrued Amounts ”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period

 

79



 

(or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b)                                  the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                      when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

24.                                CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

24.1                         Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a)                                  The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent may disclose:

 

(i)                                      any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to ABB and the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 9.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

(ii)                                   any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i)                                      any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank

 

80



 

Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

(ii)                                   any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii)                                any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv)                               any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  The Facility Agent’s obligations in this Clause 24 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 9.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

24.2                         Other obligations

 

(a)                                  The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i)                                      of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 24.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that

 

81



 

paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii)                                   upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 24.

 

25.                                CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

25.1                         Assignments and transfer by Obligors

 

Neither ABB nor any Borrower may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

25.2                         Additional Borrowers

 

(a)                                  Subject to compliance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.7 ( “Know your customer” checks ), ABB may request by written notice that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

(i)                                      that Subsidiary is incorporated in an Agreed Jurisdiction or all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

(ii)                                   ABB delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed Borrower Accession Letter;

 

(iii)                                ABB confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

(iv)                               the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall notify ABB and the Lenders promptly upon receiving (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

(c)                                   Delivery of a Borrower Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by th relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties in Clause 19.5 ( Validity and admissibility in evidence ) and the representations and warranties deemed to be repeated pursuant to Clause 19.16 ( Repetition ) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

25.3                         Resignation of a Borrower

 

(a)                                  ABB may request that a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Facility Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

82


 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify ABB and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

(i)                                      no Default would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and ABB has confirmed this to be the case); and

 

(ii)                                   the relevant Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations under any Finance Documents,

 

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

25.4                         Repetition of Representation

 

Delivery of a Borrower Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties in Clause 19.5 ( Validity and admissibility in evidence ) and the representations and warranties deemed to be repeated pursuant to Clause 19.16 ( Repetition ) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

83



 

SECTION 9
THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

26.                                ROLE OF THE AGENTS AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

26.1                         Appointment of the Agents

 

(a)                                  Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders appoints each Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders authorises each Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to such Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

(c)                                   The Facility Agent and the Euro Swingline Agent shall, unless ABB agrees otherwise, act out of an office in London.

 

(d)                                  The Dollar Swingline Agent shall, unless ABB agrees otherwise, act out of an office in New York.

 

26.2                         Duties of the Agents

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to that Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to Clause 23.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate and Increase Confirmation to ABB ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

(c)                                   Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, an Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d)                                  If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Lenders.

 

(e)                                   If an Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than an Agent or a Mandated Lead Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                    The Facility Agent shall promptly notify:

 

(i)                                      the Lenders of any Default arising under Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment ); and

 

84



 

(ii)                                   each Swingline Agent of:

 

(A)                                any assignments or transfers by a Lender pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ); and

 

(B)                                any changes to the Obligors pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

(g)                                   The Facility Agent shall provide to ABB within 5 Business Days of a request by ABB (made no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date such list is provided and their respective Commitments and Swingline Commitments, and the name of the credit contact at each Lender with access to the Debtdomain site in respect of the Facility.

 

(h)                                  Each Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

26.3                         Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.4                         No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Agreement constitutes an Agent or a Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b)                                  No Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

26.5                         Business with the Group

 

Each Agent and each Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any of the Group Companies.

 

26.6                         Rights and discretions of the Agents

 

(a)                                  Each Agent may rely on:

 

(i)                                      any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii)                                   any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

85



 

(b)                                  Each Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i)                                      no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment )); and

 

(ii)                                   any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.

 

(c)                                   Each Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d)                                  The Facility Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and ABB and shall disclose the same upon the written request of ABB or the Majority Lenders.

 

(e)                                   Each Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(f)                                    Each Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as an Agent under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, no Agent or Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

26.7                         Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, each Agent shall (a) act in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from acting or exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c)                                   Each Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d)                                  In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) each Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                   No Agent is authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

86



 

 

26.8                         Responsibility for documentation

 

No Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger:

 

(a)                                  is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by an Agent, a Mandated Lead Arranger, ABB, any Borrower or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Package;

 

(b)                                  is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(c)                                   is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

26.9                         Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                                  Without limiting paragraph (b) below, no Agent will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its negligence, wilful default or wilful misconduct.

 

(b)                                  No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of an Agent in respect of any claim it might have against such Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of such Agent may rely on this Clause.

 

(c)                                   No Agent will (absent negligence, wilful default or wilful misconduct directly giving rise to such liability) be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by such Agent if that Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by such Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or any Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

26.10                  Lenders’ indemnity to the Agents

 

The Lenders shall (in proportion to their Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to their Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) severally indemnify each Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any

 

87



 

cost, loss or liability incurred by such Agent (otherwise than by reason of such Agent’s negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless such Agent has been reimbursed by ABB or the Borrowers pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

26.11                  Resignation of an Agent

 

(a)                                  An Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and ABB provided that such successor shall act (to the extent relevant) out of an office in the following locations (each a “ Required Location ”):

 

(i)                                      in the case of the Facility Agent, London or, subject to the consent of ABB (acting reasonably), a location within a Participating Member State;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of the Dollar Swingline Agent, New York or, subject to the consent of ABB (acting reasonably), another location within the United States; and

 

(iii)                                in the case of the Euro Swingline Agent, London or, subject to the consent of ABB (acting reasonably), a location within a Participating Member State.

 

(b)                                  Alternatively an Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and ABB, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Agent which will act out of an office in the relevant Required Location.

 

(c)                                   If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the resigning Agent may appoint a successor Agent which will act out of an office in the relevant Required Location.

 

(d)                                  A successor Agent may only be appointed with the prior consent of ABB (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(e)                                   The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(f)                                    Such Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor as contemplated in paragraphs (b) and (c) above.

 

(g)                                   Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 26. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h)                                  The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a

 

88


 

successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i)                                      the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.9 ( FATCA Information ) and ABB or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii)                                   the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 13.9 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii)                                the Facility Agent notifies ABB and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) ABB or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

26.12                  Replacement of an Agent

 

(a)                                  After consultation with ABB, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to an Agent (or, at any time an Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace that Agent by appointing a successor Agent acting out of an office in the relevant Required Location. A successor Agent may only be appointed with the prior consent of ABB (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(b)                                  The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   The appointment of a successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from that date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 26 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

(d)                                  Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

89



 

26.13                  Confidentiality

 

(a)                                  In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, each Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                                  If information is received by another division or department of an Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and such Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, no Agent or Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

26.14                  Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a)                                  Subject to Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), each Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the relevant Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i)                                      entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii)                                   entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than 5 Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent, appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.1 ( Communications in writing )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 ( Addresses ) and paragraph (b) of Clause 31.1 ( Communications in writing ) and each Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

90



 

26.15                  Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of each Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to each Agent and each Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  the financial condition, status and nature of each Group Company;

 

(b)                                  the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(c)                                   whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(d)                                  the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Package and any other information provided by an Agent, any other Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, a Mandated Lead Arranger the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.16                  Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (in consultation with ABB) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

26.17                  Deduction from amounts payable by an Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to an Agent under the Finance Documents, the relevant Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which such Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

27.                                CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)                                  interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

91



 

(b)                                  oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c)                                   oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

28.                                SHARING AMONG THE LENDERS

 

28.1                         Payments to Lenders

 

If a Lender (a “ Recovering Lender ”) receives or recovers any amount from ABB or a Borrower other than in accordance with Clause 29 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a)                                  the Recovering Lender shall, within 3 Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Facility Agent;

 

(b)                                  the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Lender would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c)                                   the Recovering Lender shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Lender as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.6 ( Partial payments ).

 

28.2                         Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by ABB or the relevant Borrower (as the case may be) and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Lender) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 29.6 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

28.3                         Recovering Lender’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 28.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

92



 

28.4                         Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Lender becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Lender, then:

 

(a)                                  each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Lender an amount equal to its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Lender for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Lender is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and

 

(b)                                  as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

28.5                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  This Clause 28 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Lender would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against ABB or the relevant Borrower (as the case may be).

 

(b)                                  A Recovering Lender is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Lender has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)                                      it notified the other Lenders of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii)                                   the other Lender had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice or did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

93



 

SECTION 10

ADMINISTRATION

 

29.                                PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

29.1                         Payments to the Agents

 

(a)                                  For the purpose of this Clause 29 a reference to the “ Relevant Agent ” means:

 

(i)                                      in relation to payments under the Dollar Swingline Facility, the Dollar Swingline Agent;

 

(ii)                                   in relation to payments under the Euro Swingline Facility, the Euro Swingline Agent; and

 

(iii)                                for all other payments, the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                  On each date on which a Borrower or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, such Borrower or, as the case may be, such Lender shall make the same available to the Relevant Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Relevant Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(c)                                   Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to Euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Relevant Agent specifies.

 

29.2                         Distributions by the Agents

 

Each payment received by an Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 29.3 ( Distributions to the Obligors ) and Clause 29.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by such Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the relevant Agent by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to Euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

29.3                         Distributions to the Obligors

 

An Agent may (with the consent of ABB or the relevant Borrower (as the case may be) or in accordance with Clause 30 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for ABB or that Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from ABB or that Borrower (as the case may be) under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

94



 

29.4                         Clawback

 

(a)                                  Where a sum is to be paid to an Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, such Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its absolute satisfaction that it has actually received that sum (and such Agent shall make such due enquiry as a diligent agent would make in so establishing).

 

(b)                                  If an Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that such Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by such Agent shall on demand refund the same to such Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by such Agent, calculated by such Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

(c)                                   In the event that a Lender fails to make its participation in an Advance available to the Relevant Agent (as defined in Clause 29.1 ( Payments to the Agents )) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Lender hereby indemnifies the Relevant Agent on demand against all costs, losses and expenses that the Relevant Agent may incur as a result of such failure (including, without limitation, where the Relevant Agent, at its sole option, makes arrangements to make available to the relevant Borrower an amount equal to said participation).

 

(d)                                  For the purposes of paragraph (c) of this Clause 29.4, if a Lender makes its participation available to the Relevant Agent after 3.00 p.m. (London time) or, in the case of a Dollar Swingline Advance, 3.00 p.m. (New York time) on the due date, such participation shall be deemed to have been made available on the Business Day immediately succeeding the said due date.

 

29.5                         Impaired Agents

 

(a)

 

(i)                                      If, at any time, an Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to that Agent in accordance with Clause 29.1 ( Payments to the Agents ) may (or shall, in the case of a payment by a Lender if paragraph (ii) below applies) instead pay that amount direct to the required recipient or (except where paragraph (ii) below applies) pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii)                                   This paragraph (ii) applies in relation to a payment by a Lender if ABB has notified that Lender in writing on or before the date falling 3

 

95


 

Business Day prior to the date for payment (or 1 Business Day prior to the date for payment in respect of any Swingline Advance), that the relevant Agent is an Impaired Agent and that this paragraph (ii) applies to such payment.

 

(b)                                  All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

(c)                                   A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

(d)                                  Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 26.11 ( Resignation of an Agent ) or 26.12 ( Replacement of an Agent ), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 29.2 ( Distributions by the Agents ).

 

(e)                                   In this Clause 29.5 “ Acceptable Bank ” means a bank which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited.

 

(f)                                    Each Agent shall notify ABB, the other Agents and the Lenders promptly after becoming an Impaired Agent.

 

29.6                         Partial payments

 

(a)                                  If an Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by ABB or the Borrowers under the Finance Documents, such Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i)                                      first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agents under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                   secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                               fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

96



 

(c)                                   Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by ABB or any Borrower.

 

29.7                         No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by ABB or the Borrowers under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) setoff or counterclaim.

 

29.8                         Business Days

 

(a)                                  Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)                                  During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

29.9                         Currency of account

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from ABB or the Borrowers under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                  A repayment of an Advance or Unpaid Sum or a part of an Advance or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Advance or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c)                                   Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

(d)                                  Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(e)                                   Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

29.10                  Change of currency

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)                                      any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with ABB); and

 

(ii)                                   any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the

 

97



 

conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b)                                  If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with ABB) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

30.                                SET-OFF

 

Without prejudice to the rights at law of each Finance Party, while an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from ABB or the Borrowers under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to ABB or the Borrowers, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

31.                           NOTICES

 

31.1                    Communications in writing

 

(a)                                  Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

(b)                                  With the consent of the relevant Lender, the Agents may serve notices and other information on a Lender by way of electronic mail.

 

31.2                         Addresses

 

(a)                                  The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(i)                                      in the case of the Original Obligors, that identified in Part IV ( The Original Obligors ) of Schedule 1, with a copy to ABB;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of ABB, that identified in Part IV ( The Original Obligors ) of Schedule 1;

 

(iii)                                in the case of an Additional Borrower, that identified in the Borrower Accession Letter relating to that Additional Borrower, with a copy to ABB;

 

(iv)                               in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

(v)                                  in the case of an Agent, that identified in paragraph (b) below,

 

98



 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice.

 

(b)

 

(i)                                      the Facility Agent:

 

Citibank International plc

EMEA Loans Agency

5 th  Floor Citigroup Centre

Mail drop CGC2 05-65

25 Canada Square

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

 

Fax: +44 (0) 20 7492 3980 / +44 (0) 20 7492 3980

 

(ii)                                   the Dollar Swingline Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A.

Global Loans

1615 Brett Road, Ops III

New Castle, DE 19720

GLAgentOfficeOps@citi.com

 

Fax: +1 212 994 0961

 

(iii)                                the Euro Swingline Agent:

 

Citibank International plc

EMEA Loans Agency

5 th  Floor Citigroup Centre

Mail drop CGC2 05-65

25 Canada Square

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

 

31.3                         Delivery

 

(a)                                  Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i)                                      if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)                                   if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or 5 (in the case of domestic mail) or 10 (in the case of air mail) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

(iii)                                if by way of electronic mail, when received.

 

99



 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 31.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer, provided that if receipt is on a day that is not a working day in the country of receipt or is at a time outside normal business hours, such communication shall be effective on the next succeeding working day.

 

(b)                                  Any communication or document to be made or delivered to an Agent will be effective only when actually received by such Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Clause 31.2 ( Addresses ) (or any substitute department or officer as the relevant Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)                                   All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent.

 

31.4                         Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon changing its address or fax number, each Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

31.5                         Electronic communication

 

(a)                                  Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i)                                      notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii)                                   notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b)                                  Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received during a Business Day in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to an Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as such Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c)                                   Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following Business Day.

 

31.6                         Communication when an Agent is an Impaired Agent

 

If an Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through that Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while that Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by that Agent shall be

 

100



 

varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

31.7                         English language

 

(a)                                  Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)                                  All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)                                      in English; or

 

(ii)                                   if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

32.                                     CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES

 

32.1                              Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

32.2                         Certificates and Determinations

 

Except where otherwise indicated, any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

32.3                         Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

33.                                PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

34.                                REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies

 

101



 

 

provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

35.                                AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

35.1                         Required consents

 

(a)                                  Subject to Clause 35.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and ABB and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)                                  The Facility Agent may effect (and is hereby so authorised by each Finance Party), on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

35.2                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)                                      the definition of “ Majority Lenders ” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(ii)                                   an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                                a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(iv)                               an increase in any Commitment or Swingline Commitment other than an increase made in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments );

 

(v)                                  any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(vi)                               Clause 2.4 ( Lenders’ rights and obligations ), Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ), Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 25 ( Changes to the Obligors ), Clause 28 ( Sharing among the Lenders ) or this Clause 35;

 

(vii)                            the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

 

(viii)                         any change to the Obligors other than in accordance with Clause 25 ( Changes to the Obligors ),

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b)                                  An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of any Agent or any Mandated Lead Arranger (in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of such Agent or such Mandated Lead Arranger.

 

102



 

 

35.3                         Restricted Lenders

 

In relation to each Lender that notifies the Facility Agent to this effect (each a “ Restricted Lender ”), Clause 8.4 ( Mandatory Prepayment on Sanctions Misrepresentation ) and/or Clause 19.14 ( Sanctions ) and/or Clause 21.9 ( Economic Sanctions ) (together, the “ Sanctions Provisions ”) shall only apply or, as applicable, be given for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that it would not result in (i) any violation of, conflict with or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (ii) a violation or conflict with section 7 foreign trade rules (AWV) ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung ) (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1 a no. 3 foreign trade law (AWG) ( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz )) or a similar anti-boycott statute. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of a Sanctions Provision of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made.

 

35.4                         Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

(a)                                  For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents:

 

(i)                                      that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments; and

 

(ii)                                   that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be ignored if that Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a waiver or amendment within the time period specified by ABB and (unless it is an Impaired Agent) the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                  For the purposes of this Clause 35.4, the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

(i)                                      any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender (and each Lender shall notify the Facility Agent and ABB promptly after becoming a Defaulting Lender);

 

(ii)                                   any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

103


 

35.5                         Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

(a)                                  ABB may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent and such Lender:

 

(i)                                      replace such Lender and any Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate of that Lender by requiring such Lender and any such Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate to (and to the extent permitted by law that Lender or Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and, save to the extent provided for in this Clause, not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including in respect of any Separate Advances); or

 

(ii)                                   require such Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender or Revolving Facility Affiliate of Swingline Affiliate shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and, save to the extent provided for in this Clause, not part only) of the undrawn Commitment and/or Swingline Commitment of such Lender and/or its Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate,

 

to a Lender or other bank (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by ABB, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender, Revolving Facility Affiliate or Swingline Affiliate (including the assumption of participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) of the transferor on the same basis as the transferor) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s or Revolving Facility Affiliate’s or Swingline Affiliate’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. Where a Lender to be replaced pursuant to this paragraph is a Swingline Lender that is the Swingline Affiliate of another Lender, the rights and obligations required to be transferred pursuant to this Clause by that other Lender in its capacity as the Revolving Facility Affiliate of that Swingline Lender may, at the option of ABB, be limited to those necessary for the Commitments of the replacement Lender (or its Affiliate) to be at least equal to each of the Swingline Commitments to be transferred to such replacement Lender pursuant to this Clause.

 

(b)                                  Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      ABB shall have no right to replace an Agent;

 

(ii)                                   no Agent nor the Defaulting Lender nor any other Finance Party shall have any obligation to find a Replacement Lender;

 

104



 

(iii)                                the transfer must take place no later than 20 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

 

(iv)                               in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

36.                                COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

105



 

SECTION 11
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

37 .                                     GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

38 .                                     ENFORCEMENT

 

38.1                              Jurisdiction

 

(a)                                  The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”).

 

(b)                                  The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c)                                   This Clause 38 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute (“ Proceedings ”) in any other courts with jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  If ABB Finance B.V. is represented by an attorney or attorneys in connection with the signing and/or execution and/or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or document referred to herein or made pursuant hereto and the relevant power or powers of attorney is or are expressed to be governed by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, it is hereby expressly acknowledged and accepted by the other parties hereto that such laws shall govern the existence and extent of such attorney’s or attorneys’ authority and the effects of the exercise thereof.

 

(e)                                   ABB and each Borrower incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales agree that the documents which start any Proceedings in England and any other documents required to be served in relation to those Proceedings may be served on ABB Limited, at Daresbury Park, Daresbury, Warrington WA4 4BT, Cheshire, United Kingdom or, if different, its registered office, with a copy to ABB. If the appointment of the person mentioned in this paragraph (e) ceases to be effective, ABB and each Borrower shall immediately appoint another person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England. If ABB or any Borrower fails to do so (and such failure continues for a period of not less than fourteen days), the Facility Agent shall be entitled to appoint such a person by notice to ABB or the relevant Borrower (as the case may be). Nothing contained herein shall restrict the right to serve process in any other manner allowed by law.

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

106



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PART I
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name

 

Commitment ($)

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

74,074,074

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited

 

74,074,074

 

Bank of China Limited, London Branch

 

74,074,074

 

Barclays Bank PLC

 

74,074,074

 

BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA

 

74,074,074

 

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

 

74,074,074

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

74,074,076

 

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Filiale Luxemburg

 

74,074,074

 

Credit Agricole (Suisse) SA

 

74,074,074

 

Credit Suisse AG

 

74,074,074

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

 

74,074,074

 

DNB Bank ASA

 

74,074,074

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

74,074,074

 

HSBC Bank plc

 

74,074,074

 

ICBC (London) plc

 

74,074,074

 

ING Belgium, Brussels, Geneva Branch

 

74,074,074

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch

 

74,074,074

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

74,074,074

 

Nordea Bank AB (publ)

 

74,074,074

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc Niederlassung Frankfurt

 

74,074,074

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

74,074,074

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

74,074,074

 

Société Générale S.A., acting through its Frankfurt branch

 

74,074,074

 

Standard Chartered Bank

 

74,074,074

 

Svenska Handelsbanken AB (publ)

 

74,074,074

 

UBS AG

 

74,074,074

 

UniCredit Luxembourg S.A.

 

74,074,074

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,000,000,000

 

 

107



 

PART II
THE DOLLAR SWINGLINE LENDERS

 

Name

 

Dollar Swingline
Commitment ($)

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

30,000,000

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

30,000,000

 

Barclays Bank PLC

 

30,000,000

 

BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA

 

30,000,000

 

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. (New York Branch)

 

30,000,000

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

30,000,000

 

Commerzbank AG, New York Branch

 

30,000,000

 

Credit Agricole (Suisse) SA

 

30,000,000

 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

 

30,000,000

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

 

30,000,000

 

DNB Capital LLC

 

30,000,000

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

30,000,000

 

HSBC Bank plc

 

30,000,000

 

ING Belgium, Brussels, Geneva Branch

 

30,000,000

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.

 

30,000,000

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

30,000,000

 

Nordea Bank AB (publ)

 

30,000,000

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

30,000,000

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

30,000,000

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

30,000,000

 

Société Générale

 

30,000,000

 

Standard Chartered Bank

 

30,000,000

 

Svenska Handelsbanken AB (publ)

 

30,000,000

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

 

30,000,000

 

UniCredit Luxembourg S.A.

 

30,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

750,000,000

 

 

108


 

PART III
THE EURO SWINGLINE LENDERS

 

Name

 

Euro Swingline
Commitment ($)

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

27,777,777

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited

 

27,777,777

 

Bank of China Limited, London Branch

 

27,777,777

 

Barclays Bank PLC

 

27,777,777

 

BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA

 

27,777,777

 

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

 

27,777,777

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

27,777,777

 

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Filiale Luxemburg

 

27,777,777

 

Credit Agricole (Suisse) SA

 

27,777,777

 

Credit Suisse AG

 

27,777,777

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

 

27,777,777

 

DNB Bank ASA

 

27,777,777

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

27,777,777

 

HSBC Bank plc

 

27,777,777

 

ICBC (London) plc

 

27,777,798

 

ING Belgium, Brussels, Geneva Branch

 

27,777,777

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch

 

27,777,777

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

27,777,777

 

Nordea Bank AB (publ)

 

27,777,777

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc Niederlassung Frankfurt

 

27,777,777

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

27,777,777

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

27,777,777

 

Société Générale S.A., acting through its Frankfurt branch

 

27,777,777

 

Standard Chartered Bank

 

27,777,777

 

Svenska Handelsbanken AB (publ)

 

27,777,777

 

UBS AG

 

27,777,777

 

UniCredit Luxembourg S.A.

 

27,777,777

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

750,000,000

 

 

109



 

PART IV
THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

Name of Original

 

 

 

Jurisdiction of

Borrower

 

Address

 

incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Finance B.V.

 

Burgemeester Haspelslaan 65

 

Netherlands

 

 

1181NB Amstelveen

 

 

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

The Management Board

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+31 20 445 9844

 

 

 

 

Copy:

Legal Department

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+ 41 43 317 7992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Treasury Center

 

187 Danbury Road, Suite 1E

 

Delaware, United

(USA), Inc.

 

Wilton, CT 06897

 

States of America

 

 

U.S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

President

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+1 203 563 0403

 

 

 

 

Copy:

Legal Department

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+ 41 43 317 7992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jurisdiction of

Name of Guarantor

 

Address

 

incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Ltd

 

Affolternstrasse 44

 

Switzerland

 

 

CH-8050 Zurich

 

 

 

 

Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Group Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+41 43 317 3999

 

 

 

 

Copy:

Legal Department

 

 

 

 

Fax:

+41 43 317 7992

 

 

 

110



 

SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART I
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1.                                       Corporate Documents

 

(a)                                  A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

(b)                                  A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (if applicable) or, in the case of ABB Finance B.V., a copy of a resolution of the board of managing directors ( directie ) or, in the case of ABB, a copy of an excerpt of the minutes of, or a circular resolution of, a meeting of the board of directors of ABB:

 

(i)                                      approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii)                                   (other than in relation to ABB) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(iii)                                authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

(c)                                   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)                                  A certificate of each Obligor (signed without personal liability by an authorised signatory of each Obligor) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that relevant Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(e)                                   A copy of a good standing certificate (including verification of tax status) with respect to ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc., issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(f)                                    A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor, certifying without personal liability that each copy document relating to it specified in paragraph 1(a) - (d) of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

111



 

2.                                       Legal opinions

 

(a)                                  A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Agents in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, Amsterdam, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Agents in the Netherlands in the form approved by the Facility Agent.

 

(c)                                   A legal opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, United States legal advisers to ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc. in the form approved by the Facility Agent.

 

(d)                                  A legal opinion of Lalive, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Agents in Switzerland in the form approved by the Facility Agent.

 

3.                                       Other documents and evidence

 

(a)                                  Evidence that the process agent referred to in paragraph (e) of Clause 38.1 ( Jurisdiction ) has accepted its appointment.

 

(b)                                  Evidence that the Existing Credit Facility has been repaid or cancelled in full.

 

(c)                                   The Original Financial Statements of each Obligor.

 

(d)                                  Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from ABB pursuant to Clause 12 ( Fees ) and Clause 17 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

112



 

PART II
ADDITIONAL BORROWER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1.                                       A Borrower Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and ABB.

 

2.                                       A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower.

 

3.                                       A copy of a resolution of the board of directors, or other suitable authority, of the Additional Borrower:

 

(a)                                  approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Borrower Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Borrower Accession Letter;

 

(b)                                  authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Borrower Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

(c)                                   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4.                                       If required under applicable law, a copy of a resolution of the Additional Borrower stating that the shareholders resolve and approve the entering into, and the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.

 

5.                                       If applicable, a copy of (i) the request for advice from each works council, or central or European works council with jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) the positive advice from such works council which contains no condition, which if complied with, could result in a breach of any of any of the Finance Documents.

 

6.                                       A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

7.                                       A certificate of the Additional Borrower (signed by two duly authorised signatories) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

8.                                       A copy of a good standing certificate (including verification of tax status) with respect to any Additional Borrower whose jurisdiction of incorporation is a state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Additional Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

9.                                       A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document listed in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Borrower Accession Letter.

 

10.                                A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent reasonably considers to be necessary in connection with the entry into

 

113


 

and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Borrower Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

11.                           If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Borrower.

 

12.                           A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Facility Agent in England.

 

13.                           If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Facility Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is incorporated.

 

14.                           If the proposed Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in paragraph (e) of Clause 38.1 ( Jurisdiction ), if not a Borrower, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Borrower.

 

114



 

SCHEDULE 3
UTILISATION REQUEST(1)

 

From:

[Name of Borrower]

 

 

To:

[Agent]

 

 

Copied to:

[Facility Agent]*

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

ABB Ltd - $2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [
· ] (the “Credit Agreement”)

 

1.                                  Words and expressions defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning when used herein.

 

2.                                  We wish to borrow a(n) [Advance/Dollar Swingline Advance/Euro Swingline Advance] on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

[ · ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the

 

next Business Day)

 

 

Currency of Advance:

[ · ]

 

 

Amount:

[ · ]

 

 

Interest Period:

[ · ]

 

3.                                  We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4.                                  The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

 

5.                                  This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

[Name of Borrower]

 


(1) [ WARNING NOTE: Please seek Dutch legal advice (i) until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to in Article 4.1(1) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU/575/2013)) has been published by the competent authority, if the share of a Lender in any utilisation requested by a Dutch borrower is less than EUR 100,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and (ii) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public” has been published by the competent authority, if the Lender is considered to be part of the public on the basis of such interpretation. ]

 

115



 

SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:

[ · ] as Facility Agent

 

 

From:

[Existing Lender] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [New Lender] (the “ New

 

Lender ”)

 

Dated:   

 

ABB Ltd - $2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [
· ] (the “Credit Agreement”)

 

1.                                       Words and expressions defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning when used herein.

 

2.                                       We refer to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender and the New Lender transferring by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s [Commitment/Swingline Commitment], rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ).

 

(b)                                  The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

(c)                                   The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3.                                       The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph[s] [ · ] of the definition of Qualifying Lender]/[not a Qualifying Lender].

 

4.                                       The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

5.                                       This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

116



 

THE SCHEDULE (2)

Commitment/Swingline Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details of Commitment, Dollar Swingline Commitment and/or Euro Swingline
Commitment
]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for
payments
]

 

[Existing Lender]

 

[New Lender]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 


(2) [ WARNING NOTE: Please seek Dutch legal advice (i) until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to in Article 4.1(1) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU/575/2013)) has been published by the competent authority, if the share of a Lender in any utilisation requested by a Dutch borrower is less than EUR 100,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and (ii) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public” has been published by the competent authority, if the Lender is considered to be part of the public on the basis of such interpretation. ]

 

117



 

SCHEDULE 5
TIMETABLES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances in

 

 

 

 

Advances in

 

Advances in

 

other

 

Automatic

 

 

Euro

 

Dollars

 

currencies

 

Advances

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )

 

10 a.m. London time, 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date

 

11 a.m. London time, 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date

 

11 a.m. London time, 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Advance, if required under Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation )

 

11 a.m. London time, 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date

 

N/A

 

11 a.m. London time, 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date

 

Promptly following Utilisation of the Advance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation )

 

Promptly upon receipt from the relevant Borrower

 

Promptly upon receipt from the relevant Borrower

 

Promptly upon receipt from the relevant Borrower

 

Promptly following Utilisation of the Advance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.5 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for a Swingline Advance ))

 

9.30 a.m. London time on the proposed Utilisation Date

 

11 a.m. New York time on the proposed Utilisation Date

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

118


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances in

 

 

 

 

Advances in

 

Advances in

 

other

 

Automatic

 

 

Euro

 

Dollars

 

currencies

 

Advances

Swingline Agent notifies each Swingline Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Swingline Advance (paragraph (c) of Clause 5.8 ( Swingline Lenders' Participation ))

 

Promptly upon receipt from the relevant Borrower

 

Promptly upon receipt from the relevant Borrower

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Agent receives a notification from a Lender under Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Quotation Day as of 9 a.m. London time

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Agent gives notice in accordance with Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Upon receipt of notification from the Lenders

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. Brussels time

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. London time

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. London time

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. London time

 

119



 

SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF BORROWER ACCESSION LETTER

 

To:                              [ · ] as Facility Agent

 

From:                [Subsidiary] and ABB Ltd

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

ABB Ltd - $2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [
· ] (the “Credit Agreement”)

 

1.                             We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is a Borrower Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Borrower Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Borrower Accession Letter.

 

2.                             [Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Additional Borrowers ) of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.                             [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction].

 

4.                             [Subsidiary] is a wholly owned Subsidiary of ABB Ltd.

 

5.                             [Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No:

 

Attention:

 

6.                             This Borrower Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

ABB LTD

 

[Subsidiary]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

120



 

SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To:                              [ · ] as Facility Agent

 

From:                [resigning Borrower] and ABB Ltd

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

ABB Ltd - $2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [
· ] (the “Credit Agreement”)

 

1.                             We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2.                             Pursuant to Clause 25.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ), we request that [resigning Borrower] be released from its obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

 

3.                             We confirm that:

 

(a)                                                 no Default would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

(b)                                                 [resigning Borrower] is under no actual or contingent liability under the Credit Agreement.

 

4.                             This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

ABB LTD

 

[Subsidiary]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

121



 

SCHEDULE 8
MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES

 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction

 

ABB Interest

 

 

 

 

(%)

ABB Capital B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc.

 

United States

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Financial Services AB

 

Sweden

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB (China) Ltd.

 

China

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Holdings, Inc.

 

United States

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Beteiligungs- und Verwaltungsges GmbH

 

Germany

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Schweiz AG

 

Switzerland

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB AB

 

Sweden

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Finance (Australia) Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Finance B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

ABB Finance (USA), Inc.

 

United States

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas & Betts Corporation

 

United States

 

100

 

122



 

SCHEDULE 9
FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To:                  [ ] as Facility Agent, and ABB Ltd, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Increase Lender] (the “ Increase Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

ABB Ltd - $2,000,000,000 Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [
· ] (the “Credit Agreement”)

 

1.                             We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2.                             We refer to Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ).

 

3.                             The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the [Commitment/Swingline Commitment] specified in the Schedule (the “ Relevant Commitment ”) as if it were an Original Lender under the Credit Agreement.

 

4.                             The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “ Increase Date ”) is [ ].

 

5.                             On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6.                             The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7.                             The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph[s] [ · ] of the definition of Qualifying Lender]/[not a Qualifying Lender].

 

8.                             The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of Clause 2.2 ( Increase of Commitments ).

 

9.                             This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

10.                      This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11.                      This Credit Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Credit Agreement.

 

123


 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[ insert relevant details of Commitment, Dollar Swingline Commitment and/or Euro Swingline
Commitment
]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for
payments
]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

By:

 

 

 

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Credit Agreement by the Facility Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ ].

 

Facility Agent

 

By:

 

 

 

124



 

SIGNATURES

 

THE GUARANTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Brown

 

/s/ Véronique Dersy

RICHARD A BROWN

 

VERONIQUE DERSY

For and on behalf of

 

 

ABB LTD

 

 

 

 

THE ORIGINAL BORROWERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marta I. Wolodzko

 

/s/ Willem K. Bakker

For and on behalf of

 

 

ABB FINANCE B.V.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Hagmann

 

/s/ E. Barry Lyon

For and on behalf of

 

 

ABB TREASURY CENTER (USA), INC.

 

 

 



 

THE FACILITY AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Lisa Lee

 

C.S.

LISA LEE

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC

 

 

 



 

THE EURO SWINGLINE AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Lisa Lee

 

C.S.

LISA LEE

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC

 

 

 

 

THE DOLLAR SWINGLINE AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Basham

 

 

RICHARD BASHAM

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

 

 



 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ A. Wodniok

 

/s/ A. Munk

A .WODNIOK

 

A. MUNK

For and on behalf of

 

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Vipul Kumar

 

 

VIPAL KUMAR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Steve Hardman

 

/s/ Huabin Wang

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Jackson

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Pegrum

 

/s/Sue Mingay

For and on behalf of

 

 

BNP PARIBAS

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Trenouth

 

 

ANDREW TRENOUTH

 

 

Deputy General Manager and Managing Director
Corporate Banking Division for EMEA

 

 

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lucy Devlin

 

 

LUCY DEVLIN

 

 

Vice President

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrea Stockemer

 

/s/ Bianca Bahn

ANDREA STOCKEMER

 

BIANCA BAHN

For and on behalf of

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

 

 



 

/s/ Joël Bòurquín

 

/s/ Claude R. Chaubert

JOËL BÒURQUÍN

 

CLAUDE R. CHAUBERT

Member of the Management Committee

 

Member of the Management Committee

For and on behalf of

 

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Anthony W. Southcott

 

/s/ Clemens Kramer

ANTHONY W. SOUTHCOTT

 

CLEMENS KRAMER

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

 

 

 

 

/s/ M. Sinn-Conrad

 

/s/ M. Lutz

M. SINN-CONRAD

 

M. LUTZ

For and on behalf of

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Wentworth

 

/s/ Helle Reese Holm

For and on behalf of

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alisdair Fraser

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gunnar Forsling

 

/s/ Anna Schalin

GUNNAR FORSLING

 

ANNA SHALIN

For and on behalf of

 

 

HANDELSBANKEN CAPITAL MARKETS, SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

/s/ Sinead Murphy

 

 

SINEAD MURPHY

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC

 

 

 


 

/s/ Bo Jiang

 

/s/ Lingyan Kong

For and on behalf of

 

 

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, ACTING THROUGH ICBC (LONDON) PLC

 

 

/s/ Erik Fortgens

 

/s/ Ko Osinga

ERIK FORTGENS

 

KO OSINGA

Head Corporate Banking Switzerland

 

Head of Credit Risk

For and on behalf of

 

 

ING BELGIUM, BRUSSELS, GENEVA BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Adnan Shakir

 

 

ADNAN SHAKIR

 

 

Vice President

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

J.P. MORGAN LIMITED

 

 

 

 

/s/ Shervin Sharghy

 

 

SHERVIN SHARGHY

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Niklas Nasiell

 

/s/ Björn Hökby

NIKLAS NASIELL

 

BJÖRN HÖKBY

For and on behalf of

 

 

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stefanie Nordmann

 

 

STEFANIE NORDMANN

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Javier Muntañola Prosper

 

/s/ Isabel Pastor Gonzalez del Val

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 



 

/s/ Michael I. Dicks

 

/s/ Duncan Nash

MICHAEL I. DICKS

 

DUNCAN NASH

For and on behalf of

 

 

MERCHANT BANKING, SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

/s/ Sven Streiter

 

/s/ Claire Gross

For and on behalf of

 

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

 

 

/s/ Prabhakar Sundaresan

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dominic Halbheer

 

/s/ Marc Reinmann

DOMINIC HALBHEER

 

MARC REINMANN

For and on behalf of

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andreas Lukas

 

/s/ Christian Eberle

DR. ANDREA LUKAS

 

CHRISTIAN EBERLE

Tel. +49 89 378 13072

 

MNC9TE

 

 

Tel: +49 89 378 24067

For and on behalf of

 

 

UNICREDIT BANK AG

 

 

 



 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ A. Wodniok

 

/s/ A. Munk

A. WODNIOK

 

A. MUNK

For and on behalf of

 

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vipul Kumar

 

 

VIPUL KUMAR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (as lender to Borrowers incorporated in the Netherlands and the EU)

 

 

/s/ Justin Cheung

 

 

JUSTIN CHEUNG, AVP

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., LONDON BRANCH (as lender to Borrowers incorporated in the United States of America and Switzerland)

 

 

/s/ Steve Hardman

 

/s/ Huabin Wang

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Jackson

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent Aniort

 

 

VINCENT ANIORT

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Trenouth

 

 

ANDREW TRENOUTH

 

 

Deputy General Manager and Managing Director

 

 

Corporate Banking Division for EMEA

 

 

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.

 

 

 



 

/s/ Lucy Devlin

 

 

LUCY DEVLIN

 

 

Vice President

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Angeliki Meintani

 

/s/ Frank Schmidt

ANGELIKI MEINTANI

 

FRANK SCHMIDT

For and on behalf of

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, FILIALE LUXEMBURG

 

 

/s/ Joël Bòurquín

 

/s/ Claude R. Chaubert

JOËL BÒURQUÍN

 

CLAUDE R. CHAUBERT

Member of the Management Committee

 

Member of the Management Committee

For and on behalf of

 

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Anthony W. Southcott

 

/s/ Clemens Kramer

ANTHONY W. SOUTCOTT

 

CLEMENS KRAMER

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

 

 

 

/s/ M. Sinn-Conrad

 

/s/ M. Lutz

M. SINN-CONRAD

 

M. LUTZ

For and on behalf of

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Wentworth

 

/s/ Helle Reese Holm

For and on behalf of

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alisdair Fraser

 

 

ALISDAIR FRASER

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

 

 


 

 

/s/ Sinead Murphy

 

 

SINEAD MURPHY

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bo Jiang

 

/s/ Lingyan Kong

For and on behalf of

 

 

ICBC (LONDON) PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Erik Fortgens

 

/s/ Ko Osinga

ERIK FORTGENS

 

KO OSINGA

Head Corporate Banking Switzerland

 

Head of Credit Risk

For and on behalf of

 

 

ING BELGIUM, BRUSSELS, GENEVA BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Adnan Shakir

 

 

ADNAN SHAKIR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

/s/ Michael King

 

 

MICHAEL KING

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Niklas Nasiell

 

/s/ Björn Hökby

NIKLAS NASIELL

 

BJÖRN HÖKBY

For and on behalf of

 

 

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stefanie Nordmann

 

/s/ Wilhelm Wibbeler

STEFANIE NORDMANN

 

WILHELM WIBBELER

Director

 

Director

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC NIEDERLASSUNG FRANKFURT

 



 

/s/ Javier Muntañola Prosper

 

/s/ Isabel Pastor Gonzalez del Val

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael I. Dicks

 

/s/ Duncan Nash

MICHAEL I. DICKS

 

DUNCAN NASH

For and on behalf of

 

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sven Streiter

 

/s/ Claire Gross

SVEN STREITER

 

CLAIRE GROSS

For and on behalf of

 

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALÉ S.A., ACTING THROUGH ITS FRANKFURT BRANCH

 

 

/s/ Prabhakar Sundaresan

 

 

PRABHAKAR SUNDARESAN

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

 

 

 

/s/ Per Karlsson

 

/s/ Britt-Mari Wiséen

PER KARLSSON

 

BRITT-MARI WISÉEN

For and on behalf of

 

 

SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dominic Halbheer

 

/s/ Marc Reinmann

DOMINIC HALBHEER

 

MARC REINMANN

For and on behalf of

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Reidenbach

 

/s/ Manfredi Bianchi

ROBERT REIDENBACH

 

MANFREDI BIANCHI

For and on behalfof

 

 

UNICREDIT LUXEMBOURG S. A.

 

 

 



 

THE DOLLAR SWINGLINE LENDERS

 

 

/s/ A. Wodniok

 

/s/ A. Munk

A. WODNIOK

 

A. MUNK

For and on behalf of

 

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Vipal Kumar

 

 

VIPAL KUMAR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (as lender to

such other jurisdictions as may be notified to the Facility Agent from time to time)

 

 

/s/ Darren Bielawski

 

 

DARREN BIELAWSK

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (as lender to Borrowers incorporated in the Netherlands,

the United States of America, Switzerland and such other jurisdictions as may be

notified to the Facility Agent from time to time )

 

 

/s/ Matthew Jackson

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent Aniort

 

 

VINCENT ANIORT

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Trenouth

 

 

ANDREW TRENOUTH

Deputy General Manager and Managing Director
Corporate Banking Division for EMEA

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd

For and on behalf of

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD. (NEW YORK BRANCH)

 



 

/s/ Richard Basham

 

 

RICHARD BASHAM

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin Preissler

 

/s/ James Boyle

MARTIN PREISSLER

 

JAMES BOYLE

Managing Director

 

Director

For and on behalf of

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

/s/ Joël Bòurquín

 

/s/ Claude R. Chaubert

JOËL BÒURQUÍN

 

CLAUDE R. CHAUBERT

Member of the Management Committee

 

Member of the Management Committee

For and on behalf of

 

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE (SUISSE) SA

 

 

/s/ James Moran

 

/s/ Nupur Kumar

JAMES MORAN

 

NUPUR KUMAR.

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

 

/s/ M. Sinn-Conrad

 

/s/ M. Lutz

M. SINN-CONRAD

 

M. LUTZ

For and on behalf of

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

/s/ Joe Hykle

 

/s/ Kelton Glasscock

JOE HYKLE

 

KELTON GLASSCOCK

Senior Vice President

 

Senior Vice President

For and on behalf of

 

 

DNB CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alisdair Fraser

 

 

ALISDAIR FRASER

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 


 

 

/s/ Sinead Murphy

 

 

SINEAD MURPHY

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Erik Fortgens

 

/s/ Ko Osinga

ERIK FORTGENS

 

KO OSINGA

Head Corporate Banking Switzerland

 

Head of Credit Risk

For and on behalf of

 

 

ING BELGIUM, BRUSSELS, GENEVA BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Adnan Shakir

 

 

ADNAN SHAKIR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael King

 

 

MICHAEL KING

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Björn Hökby

 

/s/ Niklas Nasiell

BJÖRN HÖKBY

 

NIKLAS NASIELL

For and on behalf of

 

 

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stefanie Nordmann

 

 

STEFANIE NORDMANN

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Javier Muntañola Prosper

 

/s/ Isabel Pastor Gonzalez del Val

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 



 

/s/ Michael I. Dicks

 

/s/ Duncan Nash

MICHAEL I. DICKS

 

DUNCAN NASH

For and on behalf of

 

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Shelly Guttman

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE

 

 

 

 

/s/ Prabhakar Sundaresan

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

 

 

 

/s/ Per Karlsson

 

/s/ Britt-Mari Wiséen

PER KARLSSON

 

BRITT-MARI WISÉEN

For and on behalf of

 

 

SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Obertüfer

 

/s/ Lana Gifas

DANIEL OBERTÜFER

 

LANA GIFAS

Associate Director

 

Director Banking Product Services, US

For and on behalf of

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Reidenbach

 

/s/ Manfredi Bianchi

ROBERT REIDENBACH

 

MANFREDI BIANCHI

For and on behalf of

 

 

UNICREDIT LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

 



 

THE EURO SWINGLINE LENDERS

 

 

/s/ A. Wodniok

 

/s/ A. Munk

A. WODNIOK

 

A. MUNK

For and on behalf of

 

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Vipul Kumar

 

 

VIPUL KUMAR

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (as lender to Borrowers incorporated in the Netherlands and the EU)

 

 

/s/ Justin Cheung

 

 

JUSTIN CHEUNG, AVP

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA N.A., LONDON BRANCH (as lender to Borrowers incorporated in the United States of America and Switzerland)

 

 

/s/ Steve Hardman

 

/s/ Huabin Wang

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Jackson

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent Aniort

 

 

VINCENT ANIORT

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 


 

 

/s/ Andrew Trenouth

 

 

ANDREW TRENOUTH

 

 

Deputy General Manager and Managing Director

 

 

Corporate Banking Division for EMEA

 

 

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lucy Devlin

 

 

LUCY DEVLIN

 

 

Vice President

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Angeliki Meintani

 

/s/ Frank Schmidt

ANGELIKI MEINTANI

 

FRANK SCHMIDT

For and on behalf of

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, FILIALE LUXEMBURG

 

 

/s/ Joël Bòurquín

 

/s/Claude R. Chaubert

JOËL BÒURQUÍN

 

CLAUDE R. CHAUBERT

Member of the Management Committee

 

Member of the Management Committee

For and on behalf of

 

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE (SUISSE) SA

 

 

 

 

/s/ Anthony W. Southcott

 

/s/ Clemens Kramer

ANTHONY W. SOUTHCOTT

 

CLEMENS KRAMER

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

 

 

 

 

/s/ M. Sinn-Conrad

 

/s/ M. Lutz

M. SINN-CONRAD

 

M. LUTZ

For and on behalf of

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Wentworth

 

/s/ Helle Reese Holm

For and on behalf of

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 



 

/s/ Alisdair Fraser

 

 

ALISDAIR FRASER

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sinead Murphy

 

 

SINEAD MURPHY

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bo Jiang

 

/s/ Lingyan Kong

For and on behalf of

 

 

ICBC (LONDON) PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Erik Fortgens

 

/s/ Ko Osinga

ERIK FORTGENS

 

KO OSINGA

Head Corporate Banking Switzerland

 

Head of Credit Risk

For and on behalf of

 

 

ING BELGIUM, BRUSSELS, GENEVA BRANCH

 

 

 

 

/s/ Adnan Shakir

 

 

ADNAN SHAKIR

 

 

Vice President

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael King

 

 

MICHAEL KING

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Björn Hökby

 

/s/ Niklas Nasiell

BJÖRN HÖKBY

 

NIKLAS NASIELL

For and on behalf of

 

 

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)

 

 

 



 

/s/ Stefanie Nordmann

 

/s/ Wilhelm Wibbeler

STEFANIE NORDMANN

 

WILHELM WIBBELER

Director

 

Director

For and on behalf of

 

 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC NIEDERLASSUNG FRANKFURT

 

 

/s/ Javier Muntañola Prosper

 

/s/ Isabel Pastor Gonzalez del Val

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael I. Dicks

 

/s/ Duncan Nash

MICHAEL I. DICKS

 

DUNCAN NASH

For and on behalf of

 

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sven Streiter

 

/s/ Claire Gross

For and on behalf of

 

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE S.A., ACTING THROUGH ITS FRANKFURT BRANCH

 

 

/s/ Prabhakar Sundaresan

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Per Karlsson

 

/s/ Britt-Mari Wiséen

PER KARLSSON

 

BRITT-MARI WISÉEN

For and on behalf of

 

 

SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dominic Halbheer

 

/s/ Marc Reinmann

DOMINIC HALBHEER

 

MARC REINMANN

For and on behalf of

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Reidenbach

 

/s/ Manfredi Bianchi

ROBERT REIDENBACH

 

MANFREDI BIANCHI

For and on behalf of

 

 

UNICREDIT LUXEMBOURG S.A.

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 7.1

 

ABB Ltd

 

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions, except ratio)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before taxes

 

3,896

 

4,066

 

3,838

 

4,550

 

3,740

 

Fixed charges

 

453

 

500

 

475

 

376

 

269

 

Other income (1)

 

(14

)

(13

)

(1

)

(4

)

(3

)

Income from continuing operations before taxes, as adjusted

 

4,335

 

4,553

 

4,312

 

4,922

 

4,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (incl. amortization of premiums and discounts related to indebtedness)

 

261

 

293

 

254

 

171

 

94

 

Other fixed charges (2)

 

192

 

207

 

221

 

205

 

175

 

Fixed charges

 

453

 

500

 

475

 

376

 

269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

10

 

9

 

9

 

13

 

15

 

 


(1) Other income represents mainly (income) / loss from equity-accounted companies.

(2) Other fixed charges represent mainly the estimated interest component within rental expense.

 

For the purposes of calculating our ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxes, to which we add back fixed charges and exclude income or loss from equity-accounted companies. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the amortization of premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, and the portion of rental expense deemed representative of an interest factor. Interest expense excludes tax-related interest expense.

 




Exhibit 8.1

 

ABB Ltd, Consolidated subsidiaries (excluding dormant subsidiaries) as per December 31, 2014

 

Country

 

Name

 

ABB Interest %

 

Algeria

 

ABB Algeria SpA Asea Brown Boveri

 

100.00

 

Algeria

 

ABB Algerie Produits SpA

 

70.00

 

Algeria

 

SARPI - Société Algérienne pour la réalisation de projets industriels

 

50.00

 

Angola

 

Asea Brown Boveri Electrica SGPS (Angola) Limitada

 

100.00

 

Argentina

 

ABB S.A.

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

ABB Australia Pty Limited

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

ABB Finance (Australia) Pty Limited

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

ABB Group Holdings Pty. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

ABB Group Investment Management Pty. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Bruce McNaught and Associates Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Comlabs Systems Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

EAM Software Finance Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

EAM Software Holdings Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

EnergyPoint IRM Pty Ltd

 

75.00

 

Australia

 

Karjeni Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Mincom eBusiness Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Mincom Professional Services Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Power-One Energy Solutions Pty Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Thomas & Betts Australasia Pty. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Ventyx International Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Ventyx Managed Services Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 

Australia

 

Ventyx Pty Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Austria

 

ABB AG

 

100.00

 

Austria

 

PMA GmbH

 

100.00

 

Bahrain

 

ABB Technologies W.L.L.

 

100.00

 

Bangladesh

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

 

Belgium

 

ABB N.V.

 

100.00

 

Belgium

 

Thomas & Betts Benelux BVBA

 

100.00

 

Belgium

 

Thomas & Betts European Centre S.A.

 

100.00

 

Bolivia, Plurinational State of

 

Asea Brown Boveri Ltda.

 

99.98

 

Botswana

 

ABB (Pty) Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Brazil

 

ABB Ltda.

 

100.00

 

Bulgaria

 

ABB Avangard AD

 

99.85

 

Bulgaria

 

ABB Bulgaria EOOD

 

100.00

 

Cameroon

 

Asea Brown Boveri S.A.

 

99.99

 

Canada

 

ABB Inc.

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

ABB ONTARIO INC.

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Baldor Electric Canada Inc.

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Baldor Motors and Drives (Alberta) Ltd. (Alberta)

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Baldor Quebec Atlantique Inc.

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Canadian Electro Drives (2009) Ltd. (British columbia)

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Canada, Inc

 

100.00

 

Canada

 

Thomas & Betts Limited

 

100.00

 

Chile

 

ABB S.A.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB (China) Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Bailey Beijing Engineering Co. Ltd.

 

51.00

 

China

 

ABB Beijing Drive Systems Co. Ltd.

 

90.00

 

China

 

ABB Chongqing Transformer Company Ltd.

 

62.20

 

China

 

ABB DATONG Traction Transformers Co., Ltd.

 

50.00

 

China

 

ABB Electrical Machines Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Engineering (Shanghai) Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Generators Ltd.

 

51.00

 

China

 

ABB Genway Xiamen Electrical Equipment Co. Ltd.

 

70.00

 

China

 

ABB Guangdong Sihui Instrument Transformer Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Hefei Transformer Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB High Voltage Switchgear (Xiamen) Company Ltd.

 

51.00

 

China

 

ABB High Voltage Switchgear Co. Ltd.

 

60.00

 

China

 

ABB Jiangjin Turbo Systems Company Limited

 

61.00

 

China

 

ABB Jiangsu Jingke Instrument Transformer Co., Ltd.

 

70.00

 

China

 

ABB LV Installation Materials Co. Ltd. Beijing

 

85.70

 

China

 

ABB Microunion Traction Equipment Limited

 

50.00

 

 



 

China

 

ABB Power Equipment (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Shanghai Free Trade Zone Industrial Co., Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Shanghai Motors Co. Ltd.

 

75.00

 

China

 

ABB Shanghai Transformer Co. Ltd.

 

51.00

 

China

 

ABB Sifang Power System Co. Ltd.

 

50.00

 

China

 

ABB Silver Star Shenzhen Surge Arrestor Co., Ltd.

 

60.00

 

China

 

ABB Tianjin Switchgear Co., Ltd.

 

60.00

 

China

 

ABB Xi’an High Power Rectifier Company Limited

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Xi’an Power Capacitor Company Limited

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Xiamen Corporation Management Service Co., Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Xiamen Electrical Controlgear Co. Ltd.

 

80.00

 

China

 

ABB Xiamen Energy Conservation Service Company Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Xiamen Low Voltage Equipment Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

ABB Xiamen Switchgear Co. Ltd.

 

64.30

 

China

 

ABB Xinhui Low Voltage Switchgear Co. Ltd.

 

90.00

 

China

 

ABB Zhongshan Transformer Company Ltd.

 

51.00

 

China

 

Baldor Electric (Shanghai) Company Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

Comem (Hefei) Transformers Equipments Ltd

 

100.00

 

China

 

Hangzhou Winmation Automation Company Limited

 

100.00

 

China

 

Maska Power Transmission (Changzhou) Co.Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

Power-One Renewable Energy (China) Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

 

China

 

Shantou Winride Switchgear Co., Ltd.

 

70.00

 

China

 

Yangzhou SAC Switchgear Co., Ltd

 

55.00

 

Colombia

 

ABB Ltda.

 

100.00

 

Congo, Democratic Republic of the

 

ABB SARL

 

100.00

 

Cote d’Ivoire

 

ABB Technology SA

 

99.40

 

Croatia

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Czech Republic

 

ABB s.r.o.

 

100.00

 

Denmark

 

ABB A/S

 

100.00

 

Ecuador

 

ABB Ecuador S.A.

 

96.87

 

Egypt

 

ABB Construction (ABACON) S.A.E.

 

100.00

 

Egypt

 

ABB for Electrical Industries (ABB ARAB) S.A.E.

 

100.00

 

Egypt

 

ABB For Feeding Industries SAE

 

100.00

 

Egypt

 

ABB Transformers S.A.E.

 

65.00

 

Egypt

 

ABB Turbochargers S.A.E.

 

100.00

 

Egypt

 

Asea Brown Boveri S.A.E.

 

100.00

 

El Salvador

 

ABB S.A. de CV

 

100.00

 

Estonia

 

ABB AS

 

100.00

 

Finland

 

ABB Oy

 

100.00

 

Finland

 

Kajaani Process Measurements Ltd.

 

100.00

 

France

 

ABB France

 

99.83

 

France

 

ABB S.A.

 

100.00

 

France

 

Drilling Technical Supply S.A.

 

100.00

 

France

 

Kaufel S.A.

 

100.00

 

France

 

L’Ebenoid

 

100.00

 

France

 

Newron System SA

 

100.00

 

France

 

PMA France S.A.R.L.

 

100.00

 

France

 

Striebel & John France S.A.R.L.

.

51.00

 

France

 

Ventyx France S.A.

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB abService GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB AG

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Ausbildungszentrum Berlin GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Automation GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Automation Products GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Bauprojektmanagement GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Beteiligungs- und Verwaltungsges. mbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Beteiligungs-Management GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Business Services GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Grundbesitz GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Kaufel GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Logistics Center Europe GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Stotz-Kontakt GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

ABB Stotz-Kontakt/Striebel & John Vertriebsges. mbH

 

75.50

 

Germany

 

ABB Training Center GmbH & Co. KG

 

100.00

 

 



 

Germany

 

ABB Wirtschaftsbetriebe GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Busch-Jaeger Elektro GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Hartmann & Braun Grundstücksverwaltungs GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Lorentzen & Wettre GMBH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

PMA Deutschland GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Power-One GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Pucaro Elektro-Isolierstoffe GmbH

 

100.00

 

Germany

 

Striebel & John GmbH & Co. KG

 

51.00

 

Germany

 

Striebel Vermögensverwaltungsges. mbH

 

51.00

 

Ghana

 

ABB Power & Automation Limited

 

100.00

 

Greece

 

Asea Brown Boveri S.A.

 

100.00

 

Greece

 

Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Greece S.A.

 

100.00

 

Guernsey

 

ABB Equity Limited

 

100.00

 

Guernsey

 

ABB ESAP Limited

 

100.00

 

Guernsey

 

ABB Insurance Limited

 

100.00

 

Guernsey

 

ABB LTIP Limited

 

100.00

 

Guernsey

 

ABB Transinvest Limited

 

100.00

 

Hong Kong

 

ABB (Hong Kong) Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Hong Kong

 

ABB Holding Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Hong Kong

 

ABB Turbo Systems (Hong Kong) Limited

 

61.00

 

Hong Kong

 

LMS Asia Limited

 

100.00

 

Hong Kong

 

Newave Energy Hong Kong Ltd.

 

60.00

 

Hungary

 

ABB Engineering Trading and Service Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Hungary

 

Thomas & Betts Gyártó Kft.

 

100.00

 

India

 

ABB Global Industries and Services Limited

 

100.00

 

India

 

ABB India Limited

 

75.00

 

Indonesia

 

PT ABB Sakti Industri

 

60.00

 

Iraq

 

Iraq Technology for Advanced Energy LLC

 

100.00

 

Ireland

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

 

Israel

 

ABB Technologies Ltd.

 

99.99

 

Israel

 

Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Israel Ltd.

 

99.99

 

Italy

 

ABB S.p.A.

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Intermagnetics Srl

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Italtrasfo Srl

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

PMA Italia S.R.L.

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Power-One Italy S.p.A.

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Terman 2014 Srl

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Thomas & Betts Italy Sales S.R.L.

 

100.00

 

Italy

 

Trasfo Real Estate Srl

 

100.00

 

Japan

 

ABB Bailey Japan Limited

 

51.00

 

Japan

 

ABB K.K.

 

100.00

 

Japan

 

Turbo Systems United Co. Ltd.

 

60.00

 

Jordan

 

ABB Limited/Jordan LLC.

 

100.00

 

Jordan

 

ABB Near East Trading Ltd.

 

95.00

 

Kazakhstan

 

ABB LLP.

 

100.00

 

Kazakhstan

 

CJSC Energia Kazakh Scientific Research Institute of Energy

 

93.74

 

Kenya

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

 

Korea, Republic of

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Kuwait

 

ABB Engg. Technologies Co. (KSCC)

 

49.00

 

Latvia

 

ABB SIA

 

100.00

 

Lithuania

 

ABB UAB

 

100.00

 

Malaysia

 

ABB Holdings Sdn. Bhd.

 

100.00

 

Malaysia

 

ABB Malaysia Sdn Bhd.

 

100.00

 

Malaysia

 

ABB Manufacturing Sdn. Bhd.

 

100.00

 

Malaysia

 

Thomas & Betts Asia (Malaysia) Sdn BHD

 

100.00

 

Malaysia

 

Ventyx Shared Services (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

 

100.00

 

Mauritius

 

Asea Brown Boveri Ltd.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

ABB Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Asea Brown Boveri S.A. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Thomas & Betts Corporacion Mexicana S.A. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Thomas & Betts Division Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Thomas & Betts Monterrey S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Thomas & Betts Procesos de Manufactura, S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Mexico

 

Thomas y Betts de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

100.00

 

Morocco

 

ABB S.A.

 

99.96

 

 


 

Mozambique

 

ABB Limitada

 

100.00

Namibia

 

ABB (Nambia) (Pty) Ltd.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB Capital, B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB Equity Ventures B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB Finance B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB Holdings B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

ABB Investments B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Amarcon B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Power-One Renewable Energy International, B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

PWO Holdings B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Spirit Holding B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Spirit IT B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

T&B Australia Holding B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Thomas & Betts Europe C.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Thomas & Betts Holding B.V.

 

100.00

Netherlands

 

Thomas & Betts Netherlands B.V.

 

100.00

New Caledonia

 

ABB SAS

 

100.00

New Zealand

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

Nigeria

 

ABB OGP LIMITED

 

100.00

Nigeria

 

ABBNG Limited

 

60.00

Norway

 

ABB AS

 

100.00

Norway

 

ABB Holding AS

 

100.00

Norway

 

EIE 2 AS

 

100.00

Oman

 

ABB LLC,

 

65.00

Pakistan

 

ABB (Pvt) Ltd.

 

100.00

Pakistan

 

ABB Power & Automation (Private) Limited

 

99.99

Panama

 

ABB S.A.

 

100.00

Panama

 

Sucursal Panama de ABB SA

 

100.00

Peru

 

ABB S.A.

 

98.18

Philippines

 

ABB, Inc.

 

100.00

Poland

 

ABB Entrelec Sp. zo.o.

 

100.00

Poland

 

ABB IT Sp. z o. o.

 

99.92

Poland

 

ABB Real Estate Spolka z ograniczona odpowiedzialnoscia spolka komandytowa

 

99.92

Poland

 

ABB Sp. z o.o.

 

99.92

Portugal

 

ABB (Asea Brown Boveri), S.A.

 

100.00

Puerto Rico

 

Thomas & Betts Caribe, Inc.

 

100.00

Qatar

 

ABB LLC

 

49.00

Qatar

 

ABB Oryx Motors and Generator Service LLC

 

49.00

Romania

 

ABB SRL

 

100.00

Russian Federation

 

ABB Electrical Equipment Ltd.

 

100.00

Russian Federation

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Russian Federation

 

ABB Power and Automation Systems Ltd.

 

76.20

Russian Federation

 

El-Bi Rus LLC

 

99.95

Saudi Arabia

 

ABB Automation Co. Ltd.

 

65.00

Saudi Arabia

 

ABB Contracting Company Ltd.

 

65.00

Saudi Arabia

 

ABB Electrical Industries Ltd.

 

65.00

Saudi Arabia

 

ABB Service Co. Ltd.

 

65.00

Saudi Arabia

 

Electrical Materials Center

 

Saudi Arabia

 

Saudi SAE Technical Construction Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

Saudi Arabia

 

Thomas & Betts (KSA) LLC

 

100.00

Senegal

 

ABB Technologies S.A.

 

99.99

Serbia

 

ABB d.o.o.

 

100.00

Singapore

 

ABB Holdings Pte. Ltd.

 

100.00

Singapore

 

ABB Pte. Ltd.

 

100.00

Singapore

 

Baldor Electric (Asia) PTE Ltd.

 

100.00

Singapore

 

Thomas & Betts Asia (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

 

100.00

Slovakia

 

ABB, s.r.o.

 

100.00

Slovenia

 

ABB Inzeniring d.o.o.

 

100.00

South Africa

 

ABB Holdings (Pty) Ltd.

 

100.00

South Africa

 

ABB Investments (Pty) Ltd

 

51.00

South Africa

 

ABB South Africa (Pty) Ltd.

 

74.91

South Africa

 

Ventyx (Pty) Ltd

 

100.00

South Africa

 

Ventyx Data Services South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

 

74.80

Spain

 

ABB Ring Motors Spain, SL

 

100.00

 



 

Spain

 

Asea Brown Boveri S.A.

 

100.00

Spain

 

Thomas & Betts Spain S.L.

 

100.00

Sri Lanka

 

Asea Brown Boveri Lanka (Private) Limited

 

100.00

Sweden

 

ABB AB

 

100.00

Sweden

 

ABB Financial Services AB

 

100.00

Sweden

 

ABB Inocean AB

 

51.00

Sweden

 

ABB Norden Holding AB

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Finance Support AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Finanz AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Immobilien AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Information Systems Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB International Marketing Ltd in liquidation

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB International Resources Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Intra AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Management Services Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Research Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Schweiz AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Sécheron S.A.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Supply Operations Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Technology Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Turbo Systems AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Turbo Systems Holding Ltd.

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

ABB Verwaltungs AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

Newave Energy AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

Newave SA

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

PMA AG

 

100.00

Switzerland

 

Trasfor SA

 

100.00

Taiwan, Province of China

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Tanzania, United Republic of

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

Thailand

 

ABB LIMITED

 

100.00

Thailand

 

Asea Brown Boveri Holding Ltd.

 

100.00

Thailand

 

Kent Meters (Thailand) Ltd.

 

100.00

Tunisia

 

ABB Maghreb Services S.A.

 

99.90

Tunisia

 

L’Ebenoid Production

 

100.00

Turkey

 

ABB Elektrik Sanayi A.S.

 

99.95

Turkey

 

ABB Ihracat Ticaret Ve Elektrik Sanayi AS

 

99.94

Turkey

 

Elbi Elektrik Uluslararasi Ticaret Ve Sanayi A.S.

 

99.95

Turkey

 

Winmation Elektrik Sanayi A.S.

 

99.95

Uganda

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Ukraine

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Ukraine

 

Elbi Electrics Ukraine LLC

 

99.95

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB Automation L.L.C.

 

49.00

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB FZ-LLC

 

100.00

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB Global Marketing FZ LLC

 

100.00

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB Industries (L.L.C.)

 

49.00

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB Industries FZ

 

100.00

United Arab Emirates

 

ABB Transmission & Distribution Limited LLC

 

49.00

United Kingdom

 

ABB Combined Heat and Power Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

ABB Holdings Limited

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

ABB Investments Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

ABB Limited

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

ABB Service Limited

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Baldor UK Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Cable Management Products Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Dundas Group Holdings Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Dundas Holdings Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Dynamotive Limited

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Lorentzen & Wettre Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

PMA UK Limited

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Thomas & Betts Holdings (U.K.)

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Thomas & Betts Limited (U.K.)

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Trasfor Electric Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Ventyx (UK) Ltd.

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

Ventyx Pty Ltd

 

100.00

 



 

United Kingdom

 

Ventyx Services Pty Ltd

 

100.00

United Kingdom

 

W.J. Furse & Co. Ltd.

 

100.00

United States

 

ABB Finance (USA) Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

ABB Holdings Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

ABB Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

ABB Susa Inc. (New York)

 

100.00

United States

 

ABB Treasury Center (USA), Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Augat Europe LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Baldor Electric Company (Missouri)

 

100.00

United States

 

Combustion Engineering Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Dutch L.P. Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Edison Holding Corporation (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Jennings Technology Company, LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

KEC Acquisition Corporation (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Kuhlman Electric Corporation (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Los Gatos Research (California)

 

100.00

United States

 

Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions Asia Pacific LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Power-One, Inc (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Caribe Corp. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Corporation (Tennessee)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Europe Inc (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts International LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Mexico LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Power Solutions II LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Thomas & Betts Power Solutions LLC (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Ventyx Inc. (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Verdi Holding Corporation (Delaware)

 

100.00

United States

 

Winmation Inc.(Delaware)

 

100.00

Viet Nam

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Zambia

 

ABB Ltd.

 

100.00

Zimbabwe

 

ABB (Private) Ltd.

 

100.00

 




Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Ulrich Spiesshofer, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of ABB Ltd;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 5, 2015

    By:   /s/ ULRICH SPIESSHOFER

Ulrich Spiesshofer
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)



Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Eric Elzvik, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of ABB Ltd;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 5, 2015

    By:   /s/ ERIC ELZVIK

Eric Elzvik
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)



Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF ABB LTD, PURSUANT TO
SECTION 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 of ABB Ltd (the "Company") as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on the date hereof (the "Report") and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Ulrich Spiesshofer, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, that, to my knowledge:

Dated: March 5, 2015

    By:   /s/ ULRICH SPIESSHOFER

Ulrich Spiesshofer
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)



Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF ABB LTD, PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 of ABB Ltd (the "Company") as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on the date hereof (the "Report") and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Eric Elzvik, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, that, to my knowledge:

Dated: March 5, 2015

    By:   /s/ ERIC ELZVIK

Eric Elzvik
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)



Exhibit 15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

1)              Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-180922) of ABB Ltd and ABB Finance (USA) Inc. pertaining to the registration of debt securities offered by ABB Finance (USA) Inc.,

 

2)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-190180) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Power-One,  Inc., Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, Power-One, Inc., Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,

 

3)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-181583) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Thomas & Betts Corporation 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, Thomas & Betts Corporation Equity Compensation Plan, Thomas & Betts Corporation 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and Thomas & Betts Corporation 1993 Management Stock Ownership Plan,

 

4)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-179472) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Baldor Electric Company Employees Profit Sharing and Savings Plan,

 

5)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-171971) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the Baldor Electric Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Baldor Electric Company 1994 Incentive Stock Plan, and

 

6)              Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-129271) of ABB Ltd pertaining to the ABB Employee Share Acquisition Plan — U.S. Share Acquisition Sub-Plan;

 

of our reports dated March 5, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of ABB Ltd included in its Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

 

 

 

Zurich, Switzerland

 

March 5, 2015